Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Just Construction Inc; 2019-07-24; PWS19-745TRAN
Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 08 CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 08 PROJECT: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening CONTRACT NO. PWS19-745TRAN P.O. NO. P138023 ACCOUNT NO. 3427000.9060/60432.9066 3427000.9060/60442.9066 CONTRACTOR: Just Construction, Inc. ADDRESS: 3103 Market Street San Diego, CA 92102 The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein. Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all other goods and services required to implement this change. Payment stated on this change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work including charges for field overhead, extended home office overhead, delays, disruptions, cumulative impacts, loss of efficiency, extended equipment costs and overtime premium costs and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and not in conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not effective unless signed by the City Manager and/or the Mayor or his/her designee. Pursuant to Section 3 of the General Provisions of this contract, perform the following: Item 1: COR 9: Concrete Pedestal Demolition. Increase the number of working days by 0. Increase to contract cost……….……………………………………..……..…$1,808.07 Item 2: Increase the number of working days by one (1) due to the Caltrans observed Veteran’s Day holiday on Nov. 10, 2020. Increase the number of working days by 1. Increase to contract cost……….…………………………………..………..…..…..$0.00 Item 3: Increase the number of working days by three (3) due to inclement weather on Oct. 25, 2020, Nov. 8, 2020 and Nov. 9, 2020. Increase the number of working days by 3. Increase to contract cost……….…………………………………..………..…..…..$0.00 Item 4: Increase the number of working days by two (2) due to the Caltrans observed Thanksgiving holiday on Nov. 25, 2020 and Nov. 29, 2020. DocuSign Envelope ID: 33555384-CF54-498B-BA78-F7CE40FAD896 Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 08 Increase the number of working days by 2. Increase to contract cost……….…………………………………..………..…..…..$0.00 TOTAL INCREASE TO CONTRACT COST………………….……………..……………$1,808.07 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE INCREASED BY SIX (6) WORKING DAYS AS A RESULT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER. RECOMMENDED BY: APPROVED BY: MUNICIPAL PROJECTS MANAGER (DATE) CONTRACTOR (DATE) ENGINEERING MANAGER (DATE) FINANCE DIRECTOR (DATE) _____________________________________ DEPUTY CITY MANAGER, PW (DATE) CITY MANAGER / MAYOR (DATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY (DATE) DISTRIBUTION: RECORDS MANAGEMENT (ORIGINAL), PURCHASING CONTRACTOR 12-23-20 DocuSign Envelope ID: 33555384-CF54-498B-BA78-F7CE40FAD896 12/24/2020 12/28/2020 12/28/2020 12/28/2020 12/28/2020 1/10/2021 DocuSign Envelope ID: 7B119A38-4633-4CF6-8CF6-AC0DB13933FA DocuSign Envelope ID: 7B119A38-4633-4CF6-8CF6-AC0DB13933FA 10/26/2020 11/9/2020 11/9/2020 11/10/2020 11/10/2020 11/10/2020 DocuSign Envelope ID: 911B9DDC-FDEB-4AAD-8D34-0ED785E28F87 DocuSign Envelope ID: 911B9DDC-FDEB-4AAD-8D34-0ED785E28F87 10/13/2020 10/13/2020 10/13/2020 10/13/2020 10/13/2020 10/27/2020 Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 05 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 05 PROJECT: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening CONTRACT NO. PWS19-745TRAN P.O. NO. P138023 ACCOUNT NO. 3427000.9060/60432.9066 3427000.9060/60442.9066 CONTRACTOR: Just Construction, Inc. ADDRESS: 3103 Market Street San Diego, CA 92102 The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein. Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all other goods and services required to implement this change. Payment stated on this change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work including charges for field overhead, extended home office overhead, delays, disruptions, cumulative impacts, loss of efficiency, extended equipment costs and overtime premium costs and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and not in conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not effective unless signed by the City Manager and/or the Mayor or his/her designee. Pursuant to Section 3 of the General Provisions of this contract, perform the following: Item 1: COR 5R2: Additional traffic control in Phase I. Increase the number of working days by 0. Increase to contract cost……….……………………………………..………$12,005.48 Item 2: Increase the number of working days by two (2) due to Caltrans methacrylate installation on Aug. 19, 2020 and Aug. 20, 2020. Increase the number of working days by 2. Increase to contract cost……….…………………………………..………..…..…..$0.00 Item 3: Increase the number of working days by one (1) due to the Caltrans observed Labor Day holiday on Sept. 7, 2020. Increase the number of working days by 1. Increase to contract cost……….…………………………………..………..…..…..$0.00 TOTAL INCREASE TO CONTRACT COST………………….…………………………$12,005.48 DocuSign Envelope ID: 6DE8366C-502F-4452-B76A-6318192DA769 Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 05 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE INCREASED BY THREE (3) WORKING DAYS AS A RESULT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER. RECOMMENDED BY: APPROVED BY: MUNICIPAL PROJECTS MANAGER (DATE) CONTRACTOR (DATE) ENGINEERING MANAGER (DATE) FINANCE DIRECTOR (DATE) _____________________________________ DEPUTY CITY MANAGER, PW (DATE) CITY MANAGER / MAYOR (DATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY (DATE) DISTRIBUTION: RECORDS MANAGEMENT (ORIGINAL), PURCHASING CONTRACTOR 9-9-20 DocuSign Envelope ID: 6DE8366C-502F-4452-B76A-6318192DA769 9/10/2020 9/14/2020 9/14/2020 9/15/2020 9/15/2020 9/25/2020 Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 04 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 04 PROJECT: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening CONTRACT NO. PWS19-745TRAN P.O. NO. P138023 ACCOUNT NO. 3427000.9060/60432.9066 3427000.9060/60442.9066 CONTRACTOR: Just Construction, Inc. ADDRESS: 3103 Market Street San Diego, CA 92102 The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein. Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all other goods and services required to implement this change. Payment stated on this change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work including charges for field overhead, extended home office overhead, delays, disruptions, cumulative impacts, loss of efficiency, extended equipment costs and overtime premium costs and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and not in conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not effective unless signed by the City Manager and/or the Mayor or his/her designee. Pursuant to Section 3 of the General Provisions of this contract, perform the following: Item 1: COR 8: Temporary relocation of Caltrans TDC. Increase the number of working days by 0. Increase to contract cost……….……………………………………..…………$5,277.25 TOTAL INCREASE TO CONTRACT COST………………….…………………………$5,277.25 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE INCREASED BY ZERO (0) WORKING DAYS AS A RESULT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER. DocuSign Envelope ID: DBB1F934-C46E-46CC-9B6D-59C195CE8835 Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 04 RECOMMENDED BY: APPROVED BY: MUNICIPAL PROJECTS MANAGER (DATE) CONTRACTOR (DATE) ENGINEERING MANAGER (DATE) FINANCE DIRECTOR (DATE) _____________________________________ DEPUTY CITY MANAGER, PW (DATE) CITY MANAGER / MAYOR (DATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY (DATE) DISTRIBUTION: RECORDS MANAGEMENT (ORIGINAL), PURCHASING CONTRACTOR Septemeber 1, 2020 DocuSign Envelope ID: DBB1F934-C46E-46CC-9B6D-59C195CE8835 9/1/2020 9/7/2020 9/8/2020 9/8/2020 9/14/2020 9/15/2020 Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 03 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 03 PROJECT: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening CONTRACT NO. PWS19-745TRAN P.O. NO. P138023 ACCOUNT NO. 3427000.9060/60432.9066 3427000.9060/60442.9066 CONTRACTOR: Just Construction, Inc. ADDRESS: 3103 Market Street San Diego, CA 92102 The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein. Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all other goods and services required to implement this change. Payment stated on this change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work including charges for field overhead, extended home office overhead, delays, disruptions, cumulative impacts, loss of efficiency, extended equipment costs and overtime premium costs and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and not in conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not effective unless signed by the City Manager and/or the Mayor or his/her designee. Pursuant to Section 3 of the General Provisions of this contract, perform the following: Item 1: COR 1R4: Removal of unforeseen rebar in Phase I concrete median. Increase the number of working days by 2. Increase to contract cost……….……………………………………..…………$7,733.33 Item 2: COR 4: Removal and disposal of asbestos concrete pipe fire hydrant line. Increase the number of working days by 0. Increase to contract cost……….……………………………………..…………$3,406.33 Item 3: COR 6: Additional light relocation, tree removal, and clear and grub of 950SF. Increase the number of working days by 0. Increase to contract cost……….……………………………………..……..…$12,597.23 TOTAL INCREASE TO CONTRACT COST………………….…………………………$23,736.89 DocuSign Envelope ID: 50C18A8B-AA51-4226-9043-3082D0F9398D Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 03 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE INCREASED BY TWO (2) WORKING DAYS AS A RESULT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER. RECOMMENDED BY: APPROVED BY: MUNICIPAL PROJECTS MANAGER (DATE) CONTRACTOR (DATE) ENGINEERING MANAGER (DATE) FINANCE DIRECTOR (DATE) _____________________________________ DEPUTY CITY MANAGER, PW (DATE) CITY MANAGER / MAYOR (DATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY (DATE) DISTRIBUTION: RECORDS MANAGEMENT (ORIGINAL), PURCHASING CONTRACTOR 08-06-20 DocuSign Envelope ID: 50C18A8B-AA51-4226-9043-3082D0F9398D 8/10/2020 8/10/2020 8/10/2020 8/11/2020 8/26/2020 8/26/2020 Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 02 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 02 PROJECT: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening CONTRACT NO. PWS19-745TRAN P.O. NO. P138023 ACCOUNT NO. 3427000.9060/60432.9066 3427000.9060/60442.9066 CONTRACTOR: Just Construction. Inc. ADDRESS: 3103 Market Street San Diego. CA 92102 The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein. Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all other goods and services required to implement this change. Payment stated on this change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work including charges for field overhead, extended home office overhead, delays, disruptions, cumulative impacts, loss of efficiency, extended equipment costs and overtime premium costs and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and not in conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not effective unless signed by the City Manager andlor the Mayor or hislher designee. Pursuant to Section 3 of the General Provisions of this contract, perform the following: Item 1: Item 2: Item 3: COR3R3: Reimbursement of additional mobilization costs for the postponement of the scheduled mobilization date. Increase the number of working days by O. Increase to contract cost. ................................................................. $4,827.68 Increase the number of working days by one (1) due to inclement weather on May 18,2020. Increase the number of working days by 1. Increase to contract cost. ....................................................................... $0.00 Increase the number of working days by one (1) due to the Caltrans observed Memorial Day holiday on May 26, 2020. Increase the number of working days by 1. Increase to contract cost.. ...................................................................... $0.00 DocuSign Envelope ID: 95DEF55B-11A9-4A6C-931A-47DFBD70706C Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 02 Item 4: Increase the number of working days by one (1) due to the Caltrans observed July 4th holiday on July 5, 2020. Increase the number of working days by 1. Increase to contract cost.. ...................................................................... $0.00 Item 5: Increase the number of working days by three (3) due to stop work and have employees tested for COVID-19. Increase the number of working days by 3. Increase to contract cost ........................................................................ $0.00 TOTAL INCREASETO CONTRACT COST ....................................................... $4,827.68 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE INCREASED BY SIX (6) WORKING DAYS AS A RESULT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER. RECOMMENDED BY: APPROVED BY: q{-z--.... -7-1"cpw MUNICIPAL PROJECTS MANAGER (DATE) CONTRACTOR (DATE) ENGINEERING MANAGER (DATE) FINANCE DIRECTOR (DATE) DEPUTY CITY MANAGER (DATE) CITY MANAGER / MAYOR (DATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY (DATE) DISTRIBUTION: RECORDS MANAGEMENT (ORIGINAL), PURCHASING CONTRACTOR DocuSign Envelope ID: 95DEF55B-11A9-4A6C-931A-47DFBD70706C 7/6/2020 7/6/2020 7/6/2020 7/7/2020 7/7/2020 7/13/2020 Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 01 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 01 PROJECT: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening CONTRACT NO. PWS19-745TRAN P.O. NO. P138023 ACCOUNT NO. 3427000.9060/60432.9066 3427000.9060/60442.9066 CONTRACTOR: Just Construction, Inc. ADDRESS: 3103 Market Street San Diego, CA 92102 The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein. Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all other goods and services required to implement this change. Payment stated on this change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work including charges for field overhead, extended home office overhead, delays, disruptions, cumulative impacts, loss of efficiency, extended equipment costs and overtime premium costs and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and not in conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not effective unless signed by the City Manager and/or the Mayor or his/her designee. Pursuant to Section 3 of the General Provisions of this contract, perform the following: Item 1: Add forty-two (42) working days to the project due to the procurement of the traffic signal pole, for a revised completion date of May 27, 2020. Increase to contract cost. ....................................................................... $0.00 TOTAL INCREASE TO CONTRACT COST ........................................................... $0.00 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE INCREASED BY FORTY-TWO (42) WORKING DAYS AS A RESULT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER. Project: 6043 & 6044, Palomar Airport Road Widening Change Order No. 01 2.,4,, 2u1CJ (DATE) t/). )o (DATE) \ APPROVED BY: ~wtB1.-h~! President 01-17-2020 c9~_?TOR o. (DATE) -~-----~-·---~1/_~___.7/Jo20 FINA ED ECTOR (DATE) ;-,Jq, x.;io (DATE) DISTRIBUTION: PROJECT FILE (ORIGINAL), PURCHASING, CONTRACTOR CITY OF CARLSBAD San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL PROVISIONS, SUPPLEMENT AL PROVISIONS, AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PALO MAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 & 6044 PWS19-745TRAN l' •ff Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 1 of 162 TABLE OF CONTENTS Notice Inviting Bids ................................................................................................................ 7 Contractor's Proposal ........................................................................................................... 12 Bid Security Form ................................................................................................................. 25 Bidder's Bond to Accompany Proposal ................................................................................. 26 Guide for Completing the "Designation of Subcontractors" Form .......................................... 27 Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Items .............................. 29 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience ........................................................ 30 Bidder's Certificate of Insurance for General Liability, Employers' Liability, Automotive Liability and Workers' Compensation .................................................................................... 31 Bidder's Statement Re Debarment. ....................................................................................... 32 Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record ..................................................................... 33 Noncollusion Declaration to Be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid ........................ 35 Contract Public Works .......................................................................................................... 36 Labor and Materials Bond .................................................................................................... .43 Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond ................................................................................... .45 Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention .................................. .47 l'\ •'1 Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 2 of 162 Section 1 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 Section 2 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 Section 3 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 Section 4 4-1 4-2 Section 5 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 Section 6 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 GENERAL PROVISIONS The following Sections replace Part 1 of the SSPWC Terms, Definitions Abbreviations and Symbols Terms ................................................................................................................ 50 Definitions .......................................................................................................... 50 Abbreviations ..................................................................................................... 54 Units of Measure ................................................................................................ 57 Symbols ............................................................................................................. 58 Scope and Control of The Work Award and Execution of Contract ....................................................................... 59 Assignment ........................................................................................................ 59 Subcontracts ...................................................................................................... 59 Contract Bonds .................................................................................................. 60 Plans and Specifications .................................................................................... 61 Work to b~ Done ................................................................................................ 65 Subsurface Data ................................................................................................ 65 Right-of-Way ...................................................................................................... 65 Surveying ........................................................................................................... 66 Authority of Board and Engineer ........................................................................ 70 Inspection .......................................................................................................... 70 Changes in Work Changes Requested by the Contractor .............................................................. 71 Changes Initiated by the Agency ....................................................................... 71 Extra Work ......................................................................................................... 72 Changed Conditions .......................................................................................... 75 Disputed Work ................................................................................................... 76 Control of Materials Materials and Workmanship ............................................................................... 82 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage ............................................... 86 Utilities Location ............................................................................................................. 87 Protection .......................................................................................................... 87 Removal ............................................................................................................ 88 Relocation .......................................................................................................... 88 Delays ............................................................................................................... 89 Cooperation ....................................................................................................... 89 Prosecution, Progress and Acceptance of the Work Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work ........................................ 90 Prosecution of Work .......................................................................................... 91 Suspension of Work ........................................................................................... 92 Default by Contractor ......................................................................................... 92 Termination of Contract ..................................................................................... 93 Delays and Extensions of Time .......................................................................... 93 Time of Completion ............................................................................................ 94 l'\ •ff Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 3 of 162 6-8 6-9 6-10 Section 7 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 Section 8 8-1 Section 9 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty ............................................................. 95 Liquidated Damages .......................................................................................... 95 Use of Improvement During Construction .......................................................... 96 Responsibilities of the Contractor Contractor's Equipment and Facilities ................................................................ 97 Labor ................................................................................................................. 97 Liability Insurance .............................................................................................. 97 Workers' Compensation Insurance .................................................................... 97 Permits .............................................................................................................. 98 The Contractor's Representative ....................................................................... 98 Cooperation and Collateral Work ....................................................................... 99 Project Site Maintenance ................................................................................... 99 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements ...................................... 101 Public Convenience and Safety ....................................................................... 102 Patent Fees or Royalties .................................................................................. 109 Advertising_ ...................................................................................................... 109 Laws to be Observed ....................................................................................... 109 Antitrust Claims ................................................................................................ 109 Facilities for Agency Personnel General. ........................................................................................................... 11 O Measurement and Payment Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work ............................................... 111 Lump Sum Work .............................................................................................. 111 Payment .......................................................................................................... 111 Bid Item Descriptions ....................................................................................... 115 ,, •ff Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 4 of 162 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO PART 2, 3, 4, 6 AND 8 OF THE SSPWC Part 2 Construction Materials Section 200 Rock Materials 200-1 Rock Products ................................................................................................. 124 200-2 Untreated Base Materials ................................................................................ 124 Section 201 201-1 201-3 Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials Portland Cement Concrete .............................................................................. 125 Expansion Joint Filler and Joint Sealants ......................................................... 126 Section 203 Bituminous Materials 203-6 Asphalt Concrete ............................................................................................. 127 Section 206 206-1 206-6 206-7 206-8 206-9 Miscellaneous Metal Items Structural Steel, Rivets, Bolts, Pins, and Anchor Bolts ..................................... 128 Chain Link Fence ............................................................................................. 129 Traffic Signs ..................................................................................................... 129 Light Gage Steel Tubing and Connectors ........................................................ 131 Portable Changeable Message Sign ................................................................ 132 Section 209 Pressure Pipe 209-7 Pipeline Identification ....................................................................................... 134 Section 210 Paint and Protective Coatings 210-1 Paint ................................................................................................................ 135 210-3 Galvanizing ..................................................................................................... 135 Section 213 Engineering Geosynthetics 213-5 Geotextiles and Geog rids ................................................................................ 136 Section 214 Traffic Striping, Curb and Pavement Markings, and Pavement Markers 214-4 Paint for Striping and Marking .......................................................................... 137 214-6 Pavement Markers ........................................................................................... 137 PART3 Section 300 300-1 300-2 300-12 Construction Methods Earthwork Clearing and Grubbing .................................................................................... 139 Unclassified Excavation ................................................................................... 139 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan ............................................................ 140 Section 301 Subgrade Preparation, Treated Soil and Placement of Base Materials 301-1 Subgrade Preparation ...................................................................................... 143 Section 302 Roadway Surfacing 302-5 Asphalt Concrete Pavement ............................................................................ 143 Section 303 303-1 303-2 303-5 Concrete and Masonry Construction Concrete Structures ......................................................................................... 145 Air-Placed Concrete ......................................................................................... 146 Concrete Curbs, Walks, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Alley Intersections, Access Ramps, And Driveways ....................................................................... 146 ,, •+;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 5 of 162 303-6 Stamped Concrete ........................................................................................... 147 303-7 Colored Concrete ............................................................................................. 148 Section 304 Metal Fabrication and Construction 304-3 Chain Link Fence ............................................................................................. 149 Section 306 306-3 306-12 306-13 306-15 Open Trench Conduit Construction Trench Excavation ........................................................................................... 149 Backfill ............................................................................................................. 152 Trench Resurfacing ......................................................................................... 153 Payment .......................................................................................................... 153 Section 314 Traffic Striping, Curb and Pavement Markings, and Pavement Markers 314-4 Application of Traffic Striping and Curb and Pavement Markings .................... 153 314-5 Pavement Markers ........................................................................................... 155 PART4 Section 401 401-3 PART6 Section 601 601-2 601-3 601-4 PARTS EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS Removal Concrete and Masonry Improvements_ ............................................................ 156 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES Temporary Traffic Control for Construction and Maintenance Work Zones Temporary Traffic Control Plan (TCP) .............................................................. 157 Temporary Traffic Control (TTC) Zone Devices ............................................... 157 Temporary Traffic Striping and Pavement Markings ........................................ 160 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION Section 801 Installation 801-1 General. ........................................................................................................... 161 801-5 Irrigation System lnstall .................................................................................... 161 Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Appendix G Appendix H Appendix I Appendix Project Notification Door Hanger Standard Plans Traffic Signal and Street Lighting Notes Signing and Striping General Notes Pothole Report CAL TRANS Encroachment Permit Storm Crete Modular Precast Porous Concrete Paving Slabs General Detail and Technical Sections Carlsbad Technical Specifications for Potable Water, Recycled Water, & Sewer Facilities Caltrans Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) l". •,;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 6 of 162 CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS Until 11 a.m. on June 4, 2019, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows: The Palomar Airport Road Wid- ening project consists of widening eastbound Palomar Airport Road by constructing a dedicated right-turn lane and extending an existing left-turn lane onto Paseo Del Norte. PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 AND 6044 PWS19-745TRAN INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevoca- ble offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Depart- ment. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be sub- stituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another juris- diction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans, provisions, and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the City Clerk's Office. The spec- ifications for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications and the Standard Spec- ifications for Public Works Construction, 2018 edition and the supplements thereto as pub- lished by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc. all hereinafter desig- nated "SSPWC", as amended. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifi- cations for full particulars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) to the SSPWC do not apply. The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contrac- tors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. ,, • .-, Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 7 of 162 BID DOCUMENTS The bid documents comprise the following documents which must be completed and properly executed including notarization, where indicated. 1. Contractor's Proposal 2. Bidder's Bond 3. Noncollusion Declaration 4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid 5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 6. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 7. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 8. Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 9. Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record 10. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits -(optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000). TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General Provisions Section 6-7. SPECIAL TY CONTRACTORS: ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submit- ted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: A-GENERAL ENGINEERING. ESCROW AGREEMENT If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 5% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and sub- mitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Bid packages, various supplemental provisions and Contract documents may be obtained on the City of Carlsbad web site at www.carlsbadca.gov. Paper copies will not be sold. l'\ • ., Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 8 of 162 INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the draw- ings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore spec- ified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. BIDDER'S INQUIRIES Questions on the bid documents during the bid period shall be submitted in writing, via email, solely to: Graham Jordan, Contract Administrator graham.jordan@carlsbadca.gov Questions shall be definite and certain and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes, de- tails or specification sheets. The cutoff date to submit questions regarding this project is 5 p.m. on May 24, 2019. No Questions will be entertained after this date. The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum and provided to those bidding the project by May 28, 2019. REJECTION OF BIDS The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Con- tract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777 .5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work. A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work ,, •ff Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 9 of 162 pursuant to Section 1725.5. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. The Prime Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with Section 1776 of the Labor Code, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, verifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. PRE BID MEETING A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will not be held. UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. ADDENDUMS Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the General Pro- visions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commis- sioner. If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commenc- ing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. l' •,;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 10 of 162 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price. The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. BUSINESS LICENSE The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. 2018-075 adopted on the 22°' day of May, 2018. /? r}___ May 2, 2019 (_ ~----_ Date Graham Jordan, Deputy Clerk l'\ •+;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 11 of 162 City Council City of Carlsbad vr~ CITY OF CARLSBAD·~ PALMOAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 CONTRACTO~SPROPOSAL 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 SIG~~ The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, Bid Item Descriptions and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equip- ment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 6043 and 6044 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, Bid Item Descriptions and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING SCHEDULE "A" 6043 AND 6044 SHARED IMPROVEMENTS Item No. Description A-1 Mobilization (not to exceed 10%) ~ it:1 -to v\. v "WI D \AS O\,~ (Price in Words) A-2 Traffic Control -\-v-/e,V\tt -5e.ve/'- (Price in Words) A-3 Water Pollution Control Plan t½{ee ::\:½t>IA.S~ t ~e.Ye~ ~e 6-5 e~~ (Price in Words) A-4 Record Drawings .lr;WO ~~c.(.:::t DV\.--e_,,, ~n.A ,e-J v1>c-t-1f (Price in Words) Approxi- mate Quantity And Unit LS LS LS LS Unit Price (Figures) ('\ •+i' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Total Amount (Figures) $ Z7r drJCJ. OU $ ~ 7ft o. r:J() $ rz_\ b o. ou Page 12 of 162 Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "A": E. l ljk '\" 4 ->~ 'J-4' c)V\.,~ "'-W'\,<l r e,,,6 ~ o r +-+ Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "A": $_----"g'-6----'-I_Cf_i_O_._0_CJ _______ _ SCHEDULE "B" 6043 LEFT TURN LANE IMPROVEMENTS Approxi- ltem mate No. Description Quantity and Unit B-1 Remove Existing Stamped 3,300 SF Concrete Median t-W O ~ 0 \ l0t 0 ct-"'~ (Unit Price in Words) B-2 Remove Existing Median 254 LF Curb and Gutter ~od Jo\L,t,,,s ~ (Unit Pric in Words) B-3 Remove AC Pavement 280 SF -fo""' cio\\c. ,s Ol..""d B-4 Construct Type A2-6 Curb 254 LF and Gutter per CAL TRANS A87A 'T'h.~r-\-1;-se-,,eV\ Jo\~o.r_s e ~ ~ ~ e, e V'--\-_s (Unitrice in Words) B-5 Construct Median Stamped 1,573 SF Concrete +\ ~ r--t ee A do\\ CU" s B-6 (Unit Price in Words) Construct Full Depth AC Pavement Section e~~h.r do\\o--vs (Unit Price in Words) 2,000 SF Unit Price (Figures) $ 2-70 $ 4. >O $ y. 3c) $ :,7, <; 0 $ \),00 <g. 60 $ ____ _ (' •+;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Total Amount (Figures) $ I OJ?.2.o $ 9-6ol. 2 o $ \7 zoo. fJo Page 13 of 162 Approxi- Item mate Unit Price Total Amount No. Descri12tion Quantity (Figures) (Figures) and Unit $ ScYCXJ. Oo B-7 Remove Existing Traffic LS ; Stripes, Signs, and Markings .\-~ ~e,.. tk,o \A-.f' a/I, cl Di~ wv--r ~~,e,,-~ <Wl\....rJ (Price in Words) B-8 Install Signing, Striping, and LS $ I qL '>GCJ. <!J (} Markings Q,,~"'-"'"ee~ ~ \,\S DlV\.6 £ ~( 42-e, "'""" 1/\-6 ... ed W\C :?!t S~)d~ (Price in Words) B-9 Traffic Signal Modification LS $ )OL 2 GO. (JQ lflt0\ ¾~otv-0 j hvv ~\,\.,~ f~ OV'\.6 .S 1)( t '\,. (Price in Words) Q Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "B": Vl 1 ~-e.+~ -+wo -\-¼O\A,.SC(,~ {Ql,l,r ~ '-V'\6rel ~v'ld. Se.Ve,,v,,--t ~-cS ~I'-d<>\\~v-s 1 +olAf+1:" ce,vv!-5 Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "B": $ __ C/_Z_...__..;Y;...._7....;;6_. _lf;......;:;D;...._ _____ _ SCHEDULE "C" 6044 RIGHT TURN LANE IMPROVEMENTS Item No. C-1 C-2 Descri12tion Remove Existing Traffic Stripes, Signs, and Mark- ings .y\,u, aj OI, 1/\,J,, £;ve, ~IN.,-V\M,n,~..--£: J (Price in Words) Remove AC Pavement Approximate Quantity Unit Price and Unit (Figures) LS 2,245 SF $ Y. 30 and Base Material o(_/\,~ fo v..r d-C \ \~r j .\-¼ ~ , -\' ~ (.,,€, vvk (Unit Price in Words) {' • ., Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Total Amount (Figures) $ f;,/f t)[}. & 0 $ 9-L 6S3. So Page 14 of 162 Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Descri12tion and Unit (Figures} (Figures} C-3 Remove Existing Concrete 3,972 SF $ 2-7 0 $ I0LZ2'1,v(O , Walk -t-Wo cWl\O\,rs ~ Se-ve.::.V\.,t~ ~ ( (Unit Price i Words) C-4 Remove Curb and Gutte4 413 LF $ Y,3o $ 1; 775_ 9o ~o~-r .k\\OLr.s fu~v~ c..~v-A--s (Unit Pricen Words) C-5 Remove Concrete Planter 430 LF $ s ,L( 0 $ 7-.l )2.? .0() Curb c\;\6-s 4 s:_.'," e ~"'-v-\--y Let"A-c (Unit Price in Words) C-6 Clear, Grub and Grade 2,500 SF $ y,30 $ \ oL 7so. oo Irz,rovement Area V\..,'f do\\O'l,v.5 ~ ¾''¼~ rt';\: ce.vv\-5 (Unit Price in Words) C-7 Remove Tree 6 EA $7£7~O,0D $~1 b<;O. 0 () W\,ee.., ~~v\,J ; 5, €,\/VI\_ '"'-""~ re~ ou"-~-e~1~;-i' (Unit Price in Words) C-8 Remove Concrete Wall LS $ 2; 70 o .rJo WVo +lv, Id S, p{,"'6 ~ SQY'Vll. ~~.e ~ (Price in Words) $ ~Ylt.C)o C-9 Remove Curb Outlet 1 EA $ \ L 9 Y v/ .Ou ~H O{ll ~vt-!,c,w0 ' ½,"'-!'.lcl f.e,}. ~ %o~, tt---tv W"" V\,\ v\ e. (Unit Price in Words) C-10 Remove Concrete Protec-2 EA $ <ttJlf.tJO $ ~ 11<?.ou I tion Post e. '( ~ \I\ i l.t\ v\. ~ re.-~ ~ ~ ~ )t t;s. -f o vvr (Unit Price in Words) {'\ •+; Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 15 of 162 Item No. C-11 Description Remove and Reconstruct Chain Link Fence OV\ e. ""~ ( ~ ~V\ ~ Approximate Quantity and Unit 45 LF \'\.1-"' e, +~ -~ 0 IA• <¼)\ \01, ,r~. '\:01,-(1-\-~ l~ S (Unit Price in Words) ' C-12 Construct Driveway at Is-258 SF lands Restaurant -\::We..~~-O>'l,e Ao\ \Ol-1"_51 5~ )(+':;:\ e,e"'-t:$ (Unit Price in Words) C-13 Construct Driveway at Mo-390 SF bile Gas Station -t-YYU\.:\'[s-a~ clc)\\o..v~ s~.Xt;(" c..e"'-':!:5 (Unit Price in Words) C-14 Construct Type A Concrete 1 EA Curb Ramp per SDRSD G- 27 ~ Vv/' Wlo "½0d".:") ±::W 0 \/1.-V'W\.c:><e.J,, M¢--~we\v e,,, (Unit Price in Words) C-15 Construct Full Depth AC 5,410 SF Pavement tction 1 e~~ ~ \\et.V'!; ,u,vo, ,i X +-y Ce,,11\,-\ 5 (Unit Price in Words) C-16 Adjust Manhole to Finish 1 EA Grade ~ Vl ~ :\½£2 \t\-:S a ,11v 6, ~ (~n~Jt#r1cJSin Words) C-17 Construct Concrete Side-1,750 SF walk per SDRSD G-7 Je.v€-YL ~\\Ill-( _s t>.,V\~ f>~x~ ~ (Unit Pricin Words) ., Unit Price (Figures) $ \9'-1,YO $ '2,\,6c) $ 7-1, Go $ '1, f, o f.;, Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Total Amount (Figures) $ ~ 1 7'1~,0C) $ S, !;71 . ~o ) $ 1,½z«.oo Page 16 of 162 Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Descrigtion and Unit (F,ures) (Figures) C-18 Construct Ribbon Gutter\ 95 LF $ q. io $ q, 'l 3v(. lJ c} y\,~ ~e-t-t -Se,>le,Vl & \(;l.v~ ; ~V'/ e,~ ~ Ce vt,-n (Unit Price Words) C-19 Construct Type-G Curb 60 LF $ {{q, 6 O $ Z, 916.00 ; and Gutter per SDRSD G- 2 ' V\; fQ"'-'t-j; -e,~ ,\--d~~cA,v5t ~~ )( f+ e,e,VV\5 (Unit Price in Words) C-20 Construct Type A2-6 Curb 14 LF $ <;?I. oo $ \/ \ )l{ ' t:} 0 and Gutter per CAL TRANS A87A d,, e \\dvv 5 ~i\~-o~ (Unit Price in Words) C-21 Construct Type A1-6 Curb 625 LF $ z:s. ~o $ I Lf/i? 75 .cJO per CAL TRANS A87 A ~ e,vt-\-t-¼re.e_ ~l ~ GU'j ' I e, ~\rJ.:---4 ce"'-~ -5 (Unitlcein Words) C-22 2" AC Cold Mill and Dis-26,065 SF $ o. 90 $ 7-1/15~-c; o posal of Grindings rvi nre-~ ... ue Vvti (Unit Price in Words) C-23 2" C2 PG 64-10 HMA Pav-26,065 SF $ 1.ZO $ s 7c: '3:::t~-oo ing ~co\ \GV'5 T'No ~e V'-~ ce,IAA--{ (Unit Price inords) C-24 Construct Type A Curb 1 EA $ S 1 1Lfo.00 $ S191.,<0. 00 Outlet per SDRSD 0-25 ~,~~ -wtvLU ~Ii~ ~vie, "'-~~~ J.,.v\,6 '~w~ (Unit Price in Words) {'. • ., Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 17 of 162 Item No. C-25 C-26 Approximate Quantity Description and Unit Construct Pervious Gutter 333 LF Section -t'ltJ ~d r u 4 ~ % '"--\-e e vt ~ \ \C<.,5 , ±YY(',Vl,t-\ef c-::-e,14\f (Unit Price in Words) Construct 4" PVC Storm Drain \, \(AA.r\-i=~ e:iw--6,e,\tiVs 1 tiwidL b , )< t -a= t.-e V\.7\-r (Unit Price in Words) 95 LF C-27 Construct Storm Drain 6 EA Cleanout~ <9-rte.., ~ \A.J C\.,~ -rv'V fl ~ "U\-~ ~ k:\:t s ~X (Unit Price in Words) C-28 Install Water Service per 2 EA CSDW-3 ~~x1"~Et:~~1 J (Unit Price in Words) C-29 Install Recycled Water 1 EA Service for Future Connec- tion per CSDW-3 -r:WfJ -\--½,o vv.S~ :, e," e ~ "'-WI\ 6: '{'._, ~ (Unit Price in Words) C-30 Install Water Service per 1 EA CSDW-4 ili-r e e .\---½ow D\, \I\,, A >r-Y':fQ h,V\1"4--'e.¢, ft>r+~ (Unit Price in Words) C-31 Install Water Service 4 EA Connection per CSD W-8 t';e:-V\::~~~ ~(4' (Unit Price in Words) Unit Price (Figures) $ 2 1<;?. 20 $ 4Q'.h0 $ L zf-6. oo ) $ 2,700. OU $ 3,7._Lfo.o{) ) l'\ •+;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Total Amount (Figures) $ 71, bG(!). t,o ) $ LL617.oo } $ 3 2'1rJ. f)() $ ~ \-Z1 1GO. 60 ~\--t Page 18 of 162 Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Fiaures) (Figures) C-32 Remove Existing Water 3 EA $ L to :Jio. OD $ '=4 8'&2 .Cl) Service , ~lJ!~~iltl: (Unit Price in Words) C-33 Remove Existing Fire Ser-1 EA $ Lt1<tbV $ lf; 8'to vie r C-34 Install Protection Post per 2 EA $ 1, ~2/J. m $ 3, J-40,a) !a~4 . j J ~~!£6/y: (,e_ ±~ (Unit Price in Words) C-35 Relocate Existing Back-3 EA $ 2-)]0lJ. (1) $ ?fi I D(J. C!J ~ per ~D W-20 ~ f!f& Ol{Sftn ,, = '?d1 7f tvt_Jd ld:[ (Unit Price in Words) C-36 1 EA $ 21 ozo, {D J $ 20~{) f co C-37 Relocate Street Light per 1 EA $ ~ /?0,(!) $ ql L8D,tlJ SDRSD E-1 I). ~ ) . ~f i#Jr!{' er ~ (Unit Price in Words) C-38 ~:ftnii& 3 EA $ 5,4[)0,()_0 $ lfc; lJJtJ. m I (Unit Price in Words) (' • ., Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 19 of 162 Item No. C-39 C-40 Relocate Cable Pedestal and Corresponding Con- Approximate Quantity and Unit LS 1 EA i \&ftl)l{',!JJ ~ lz( ./UtJi. ref[ 'c.{Ptf (Unit Price in Words) C-41 C-42 C-43 Relocate Potable Irrigation Valves~.,/ 11&:!::.~ C-44 Relocate Private Recycled ~valV£ Boxes,, ..J!I ~ fl1j4YJf1Y:?U (Unit Pri)fr; Words) 1 EA 7 EA 4 EA 3 EA C-45 Traft~irl !1,eloca1U "tJd LS •~6~o/rf Y){6 (Price in Words)<{ Unit Price (Figures) s 1; 72IJ,tD s 5l(O,CD s !,!)tOlD ' l'\ • ., Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Total Amount (Figures) .,..~ s I c2, RtJo. CA../ r I s 9, 7zo. clJ $ 34-0,(JJ Page 20 of 162 Item No. C-46 Description Install Signing, Striping };~arkin~ -rwvtJ'dr,s ~ (Price in Words) Approximate Quantity and Unit LS Unit Price (Figures) J'1JJ8D•C0 Total Amount (Figures) $ 11, za:2.co t Total amount of bid in words including Schedule "A" Schedule "B" and Schedule "C": ~~~~~~~i........l....:~~~~~1...=:L..,,,~~~ Jd (a,u) ou~~~i~ ers including Schedule "A", Schedule "B" and Schedule "C": $_rz ......... 4 .......... t-+- 1 Y.....&....,;0......,;;;:3_._1O __________ _ The basis of award will be the sum of Schedule "A", Schedule "B" and Schedule "C". Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No(s). 1 has/have been received and is/are included in this proposal. The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number 968910 , classification AB & C-8 which expires on January 31, 2020 , and Department of Industrial Relations PWC registration num- ber 1000000608 which expires on July 31 1 2019 , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City§ 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be ,, •+; Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 21 of 162 invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is __ B_i_d_d_e_r'_s_B_o_n_d _______ (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-in- surance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. ,, •+;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 22 of 162 IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprieto_,, _________________ _ (3) Place of Business ____ ""'" ____________________ _ (Street and Number) City and State----:::...-'------------------------- ,,,,,-_________ Telephone No. ______________ _ IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted _________ __,, _______ _ (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signatur (4) Zip Code_~ ________ Telephone No. ______________ _ l'\ •,;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 23 of 162 IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted Just Construction, Inc. (2) _ _,;~~------------------------------r~. VP /Treasurer (Title) Impress Corporate Seal here (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of _C_a_lif_o_r_ni_a ______ _ (4) Place of Business 3103 Market Street (Street and Number) City and State San Diego, California (5) Zip Code __ 9_2_1_0_2 _____ Telephone No. 619-702-7220 (6) E-Mail leonor@justconstructioninc.com NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: Hector A. Romero -President Hector M. Romero -VP/Treasurer Leonor Romero -Secretary ('\ •f' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 24 of 162 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of San Diego On June 4, 2019 before me, Leonor Romero, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Hector M. Romero who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. (Seal) BID SECURITY FORM (Check to Accompany Bid) PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers chec CARLSBAD, in the sum of ________ --, _______________ _ ________________ "--______ dollars($ ______ _,, this amount being ten percent (10%) oft total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the City vided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of its legally constituted co cting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the requir Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insur- ance coverage within the pulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the under- signed. The proceeds his check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw his er bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless erwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to an- other bidde BIDDER (NOTE: e Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall cuted--the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.) ,, • .., Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 25 of 162 BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, Just Construction, Inc. , as Principal, and Allegheny Casualty Company , as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) 10% of Bid Amount for which payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above-bounden Principal for: PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. SIGNED AND SEALED, this __ 17_th ___ day of _____ M_a_y ______ ,, 20_1_9 _ Bart Stewart, Attorney-in-Fact (Print Namemtle) (Print Name/Title) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY -ATTACH ATTORNEY-IN- FACT CERTIFICATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By: C, .L ,£ / Deputy City Attorney y ~ ~ Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 26 of 162 POWER OF ATTORNEY INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY Bond# N/A One Newark Center, 20th Floor, Newark, New Jersey 07102-5207 PHONE: (973) 624-7200 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, having their principal office in the City of Newark, New Jersey, do hereby constitute and appoint BART STEWART Encinitas, CA their true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, contract or otherwise, and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the said INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by their regularly elected officers at their principal offices. This Power of Attorney is executed, and may be revoked, pursuant to and by authority of the By-Laws of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY and is granted under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly held on the 20th day of July, 2010 and by the Board of Directors of ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY at a meeting duly held on the 10th day of July, 2015 "RESOLVED, that (1) the Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Vice President, or Secretary of the Corporation shall have the power to appoint, and to revoke the appointments of, Attorneys-in-Fact or agents with power and authority as defined or limited in their respective powers of attorney, and to execute on behalf of the Corporation and affix the Corporation's seal thereto, bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other written obligations in the nature thereof or related thereto; and (2) any such Officers of the Corporation may appoint and revoke the appointments of joint-control custodians, agents for acceptance of process, and Attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute waivers and consents on behalf of the Corporation; and (3) the signature of any such Officer of the Corporation and the Corporation's seal may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, contract of indemnity or other written obligation in the nature thereof or related thereto, such signature and seals when so used whether heretofore or hereafter, being hereby adopted by the Corporation as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Corporation, to be valid and binding upon the Corporation with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY have each executed and attested these presents on this 31st day of December, 2017 STATE OF NEW JERSEY County of Essex George R. James Executive Vice President (International Fidelity Insurance Company) and Vice President (Allegheny Casualty Company) On this 31st day of December, 2017 , before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and, being by me duly sworn, said he is the therein described and authorized officer of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and of ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY; that the seals affixed to said instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies; that the said Corporate Seals and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies. ,,,,,., ..... ,,,,,,,. ,..... ~ "'v c~ .,,., .i' c,t-; __ •••.••• ~....:!,,•,,, ! .··+,ss•o,t·•.~ \ .. ..... ~+--: --~ .,o•. s i :o NOTARY -: i : :,.. ...... :: ! : :S PUBLIC o,: : \dl"• ,'),,.$ ~ ----.• a,. ~ -· ~ .:, ~,, .,i•·-.!t .. -··-,_ ... .t ,,,,. OF NE'l<I ~ ,.,, .. ,,,,, ,, .. ,, ,,,,, .. ,,,,,, IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my Official Seal, at the City of Newark, New Jersey the day and year first above written. Cathy a Notary Public of New Jersey My Commission Expires April 16, 2019 CERTIFICATION I, the undersigned officer of INlERNA nONAI. FlDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing ccpy of :tie Pnwer or Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Sections of the By-Laws of said Companies as set forth in said Power of Attorney, witr. !he or!g:nals on file in the home of said companies, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my h;md on this day, May 17, 2019 A00982 Maria H. Branco, Assistant Secretary ALL-PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California } County of San Diego } On 05/17/2019 before me, ---~~--....,,.,-~:r::-:=e--=-:l..,,,,.,....,.,..,=-:==------ personally appeared _B_a_rt_S_t_e_w_a_rt __________________ _ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(&) whose name(s-)(@are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that ~he/they executed the same in@ier/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by ~er/their signature(&) on the instrument the person(&), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s} acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT (Title or description of attached document) (Title or description of attached document continued) Number of Pages __ Document Date ___ _ CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER □ Individual (s) □ Corporate Officer (Title) □ Partner(s) □ Attorney-in-Fact □ Trustee(s) □ Other _________ _ 2015 Version wwv1.NotaryC\asses.com 800-873-9865 J •. a. ELYSE HMJGH l · Commi11ion No. 2227679 i NOTARY PUBUC-CALIFORNIA ' f SAN DIEGO COUNTY J ~ Commiaion expns .1aru,y 8. 2022 I INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM This form complies ll'ith rnrrent California statutes regarding no/at)' ll'ording and, if needed should be completed and attached to the document. Acknolll'edgentsfrom other states may be completed for documents being sent to that state so long as the wording does not require the California notaJ)' to violate California notary Im,·. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e he/she/ffley;-is /are) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. ❖ Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. ❖ Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. ❖ Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document with a staple ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of San Diego On June 4, 2019 before me, Leonor Romero, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Hector M. Romero who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. (Seal) GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS" FORM REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following "Subcontractor Disclosure Form" Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially, "Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", "Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer'', "Own Organization", "Subcontractor'', and "Work". Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions. CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes perfor- mance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be performed by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of Cali- fornia whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or im- provement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non- responsive. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcon- tractor-installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item. When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter "NONE" in the appropriate space. When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces. (" • ., Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 27 of 162 Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be deter- mined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the various supplemental provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final. Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7. Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. ,, • ., Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 28 of 162 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. Portion of Work Subcontractor Name and Location of Business SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS Phone No. and Email Address DIR Registration No. Subcontractor's License No. and Classification Amount of Work by Subcontractor in Dollars* Page _1_ of _J__ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form * Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(3)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." l' •+; Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 29 of 162 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE (To Accompany Proposal) PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used. Date Name and Address Name and Phone Amount Contract of the Employer No. of Person to Type of Work of Completed Contract Contract 4/13/2018 City of Chula Vista Carlos Melendez Curb & Gutter, $822,532.0( ----A""' A --I OUU IVld.ll.Wt::11 ,_ ... r--, rh11b \/i.c-+~ rA a1 a-1 619-300-2244 drivewavs sidewalk, alley aprons, aspna11, 1 ... •-•-/("'\ ,+1 .... +.-----·-, strorm drain cleanout. 1/22/2016 County of San Diego Scott Schedell 18",24" RCP instal $590,501.0( c: c:nn f"'l ........ 1--.J ..,_, -,_ -,_ ------'"" ·--,-, --· -San Diego, CA 619-318-7017 lets, cross qutter, clean-outs, traffic .I I' .I. '"::I -'::I ' asphalt, stripinq, etc. 10/21/2016 r,itv of ~::in Dii::>110 Terri Knips Curb pop-outs, $528,409.0 C''.J_ ·~•l, "I"'\/\ ,...._ J ---··' --9577 Chesapeake Dr 619-980-0628 Ramps,driveways, var I u11:::yu, vi"'\ ;;;JL. I,.::, cross gutter, curb K -_.LI, __ ---l-.-1.&. _, ' 't"' ·-· .. , VCT Line, traffic signal, striping, etc 6/5/2015 San Diego Unified William Melton ADA Ramps, side 1$448 705.0( --· r ur l Ul::>U ll,l num, v•---~uuc;r, 3165 Pacific Hvwv 619-686-6233 curb & qutter, San Diego, CA 92101 clean outs, .. --I"' ..... , ---'t-'' •::,, sidewalk driveways, etc. {'\ •f' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 30 of 162 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION (To Accompany Proposal) PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: ~ Comprehensive General Liability D Automobile Liability D Workers Compensation D Employer's Liability 2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of in- surance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. l' •ff Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 31 of 162 I I JUSTCON OP ID: RWR ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) ~ 07/09/2019 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER ~2~~~cT KEVIN REED Reed Surety & Insurance ritJgNJo Extl: 714-389-6797 I rffc Nol: 714-276-2684 Services, Inc PO Box 2352 E-MAIL Oran2e, CA 92859 ADDRESS: KEVI REED INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURER A : JAMES RIVER INS. co. 12203 INSURED JUST CONSTRUCTION INC INSURER B : WEST AMERICAN INSURANCE co 44393 3103 MARKET ST INSURER C: TOPA INSURANCE COMPANY 18031 SAN DIEGO, CA 92102 INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOT\MTHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ~UUL ~~ POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD POLICY NUMBER IMM/DD/YYYYl IMM/DD/YYYYl A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,00C -==i CLAIMS-MADE 0 OCCUR DAMAGE TO '"'" 1 tcu 50,00C X X 00071955-3 06/21/2019 06/21/2020 PREMISES /Ea occurrence\ $ - MED EXP (Any one person) $ 1,00C - PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,00C -GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,00C =7 QgPRO-DLoc PRODUCTS -COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,00C POLICY JECT OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,00C /Ea accident\ -I X ANY AUTO X X BAW2056531995 05/21/2019 05/21/2020 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ -ALL OWNED X SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ -AUTOS _ AUTOS X X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ HIRED AUTOS /Per accident\ -_ AUTOS $ X UMBRELLA LIAB HOCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 - C EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE X X BINDER 712019 07/03/2019 07/03/2020 AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 DED I I RETENTION$ FOLL FORM $ WORKERS COMPENSATION I PER I I OTH-AND EMPLOYERS" LIABILITY STATUTE ER Y/N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE □ N/A E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory In NH) EL DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $ ~~S~~ftf~~ o'fgPERATIONS below EL DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/ LOCATIONS/ VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached If more space Is required) PROJECT: PALOMAR AIRPORT RD WIDENING; BID NO. PWS19-745TRAN; CONTRACT NO. 6043 & 6044. The City of Carlsbad, its officials, emP.loyees and volunteers are named as additional insured as required by written contract and evidenced by the attached endorsements. Coverage is Primary and Non- Contributory. Ten (10) days notice of cancellation applies. CERTIFICATE HOLDER I CITY OF CARLSBAD/CMWD c/o EXIGIS INS COMPLIANCE SERVICES PO BOX4668 NEW YORK, NY 10163-4668 CITYCAR CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE KEVIN REED Digitally signed by KEVIN P REED ON: cn=KEVIN P REED, o,=REED SURETY AND & INSURANCE SERVICES INC, ou=PRESIOENT, emall=KEVIN@REEDSURETY.COM, c=US Date. 2019.07.09 13:31 :58 -06'00' © 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD POLICY NUMBER: 00071955-3 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NON CONTRIBUTORY ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS Name Of Additional Insured Person{s) Or Organization(s): If no entry appears above, this endorsement applies to all Additional Insureds covered under this policy. Any coverage provided to an Additional Insured under this policy shall be excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to such Additional Insured whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis unless a written contract or written agreement specifically requires that this insurance apply on a primary and noncontributory basis. ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE POLICY REMAIN UNCHANGED. AP5031US 04-10 Page 1 of 1 POLICY NUMBER: 00071955-3 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 07 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS -COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Location And Description Of Completed Opera- Or Organization(s): tions Where required by written contract or written All operations of the Named Insureds. agreement. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. CG 20 37 07 04 Section II -Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organiza- tion(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused, in whole or in part, by "your work" at the location desig- nated and described in the schedule of this endorse- ment performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". © ISO Properties, Inc., 2004 Page 1 of 1 D POLICY NUMBER: 00071955-3 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 07 04 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS -SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Oraanization(s): Location(s) Of Covered Operations Where required by written contract or written agreement. All operations of the Named Insureds. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II -Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s) at the location(s) desig- nated above. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclu- sions apply: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: 1. All work, including materials, parts or equip- ment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its in- tended use by any person or organization oth- er than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a princi- pal as a part of the same project. CG 20 10 07 04 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2004 Page 1 of 1 D POLICY NUMBER: 00071955-3 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Where required by written contract or written agreement. Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV -Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products- completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 05 09 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 □ 0 Policy No. BAW2056531995 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 88 10 01 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage afforded by this endorsement, the provisions of the policy apply unless modified by the endorsement. COVERAGE INDEX SUBJECT PROVISION NUMBER ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT 3 ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT 12 AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS 19 AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION 5 AUDIO, VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE 13 BROAD FORM INSURED 1 BODILY INJURY REDEFINED 22 EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS (including employee hired auto) 2 EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION 23 EXTRA EXPENSE -BROADENED COVERAGE 10 GLASS REPAIR -WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE 15 HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE (including employee hired auto and loss of use) 6 HIRED AUTO COVERAGE TERRITORY 20 LOAN / LEASE GAP 14 PARKED AUTO COLLISION COVERAGE (WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE) 16 PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE 11 PHYSICAL DAMAGE -ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE COVERAGE 8 RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT 9 SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 4 TOWING AND LABOR 7 TWO OR MORE DEDUCTIBLES 17 UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS 18 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US 20 SECTION II • LIABILITY COVERAGE is amended as follows: 1. BROADFORMINSURED SECTION II -LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. · WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include the following as an insured: d. Any legally incorporated entity of which you own more than 50 percent of the voting stock during the policy period. However, "insured" does not include any organization that: (1) Is a partnership or joint venture; or (2) Is an insured under any other automobile policy; or (3) Has exhausted its Limit of Insurance under any other automobile policy. Paragraph d. (2) of this provision does not apply to a policy written to apply specifically in excess of this policy. e. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership or joint venture, of which you own more than 50 percent of the voting stock. This automatic coverage is afforded only for 180 days from the date of acquisition or formation. However, coverage under this provision does not apply: (1) If there is similar insurance or a self-insured retention plan available to that organization; © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 7 ----==== -- 0 (2) If the Limits of Insurance of any other insurance policy have been exhausted; or (3) To "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. 2. EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS SECTION II -LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. -WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include the following as an insured: f. Any "employee" of yours while using a covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow, but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you. Insurance provided by this endorse- ment is excess over any other insurance available to any "employee". g. An "employee" of yours while operating an "auto" hired or borrowed under a written contract or agreement in that "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties re- lated to the conduct of your business and within the scope of their employment. Insurance provided by this endorsement is excess over any other insurance available to the "employee". 3. ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT SECTION II -LIABILITY COVERAGE, paragraph A.1. -WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include the following as an insured: h. Any person or organization with respect to the operation, maintenance or use of a covered "auto", provided that you and such person or organization have agreed in a written contract, agreement, or permit issued to you by governmental or public authority, to add such person, or organization, or governmental or public authority to this policy as an "insured". However, such person or organization is an "insured": (1) Only with respect to the operation, maintenance or use of a covered "auto"; (2) Only for "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused by an "accident" which takes place after you executed the written contract or agreement, or the permit has been issued to you; and (3) Only for the duration of that contract, agreement or permit 4. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 5. SECTION II -LIABILITY COVERAGE, Coverage Extensions, 2.a. Supplementary Payments, para- graphs (2) and (4) are replaced by the following: (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic violations ) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request, including actual loss of earn- ings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION In those jurisdictions where, by law, fellow employees are not entitled to the protection afforded to the employer by the workers compensation exclusivity rule, or similar protection, the following provision is added: SECTION II -LIABILITY, exclusion B.5. FELLOW EMPLOYEE does not apply if the "bodily injury" results from the use of a covered "auto" you own or hire. SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended as follows: 6. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE Paragraph A.4. Coverage Extensions of SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: If hired "autos" are covered "autos" for Liability Coverage, and if Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss or Collision coverage are provided under the Business Auto Coverage Form for any "auto" you own, then the Physical Damage coverages provided are extended to "autos": a. You hire, rent or borrow; or © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 7 0 b. Your "employee" hires or rents under a written contract or agreement in that "employee's" name, but only if the damage occurs while the vehicle is being used in the conduct of your business, subject to the following limit and deductible: A. The most we will pay for "loss" in any one "accident" or "loss" is the smallest of: (1) $50,000; or (2) The actual cash value of the damaged or stolen property as of the time of the "loss"; or (3) The cost of repairing or replacing the damaged or stolen property with other property of like kind and quality, minus a deductible. 8. The deductible will be equal to the largest deductible applicable to any owned "auto" for that coverage. C. Subject to the limit, deductible and excess provisions described in this provision, we will provide coverage equal to the broadest coverage applicable to any covered "auto" you own. D. Subject to a maximum of $1,000 per "accident", we will also cover the actual loss of use of the hired "auto" if it results from an "accident", you are legally liable and the lessor incurs an actual financial loss. E. This coverage extension does not apply to: (1) Any "auto" that is hired, rented or borrowed with a driver; or (2) Any "auto" that is hired, rented or borrowed from your "employee". For the purposes of this provision, SECTION V -DEFINITIONS is amended by adding the following: "Total loss" means a "loss" in which the cost of repairs plus the salvage value exceeds the actual cash value. 7. TOWING AND LABOR SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, paragraph A.2. Towing, is amended by the addition of the following: We will pay towing and labor costs incurred, up to the limits shown below, each time a covered "auto" classified and rated as a private passenger type, "light truck" or "medium truck" is dis- abled: a. For private passenger type vehicles, we will pay up to $50 per disablement. b. For "light trucks", we will pay up to $50 per disablement. "Light trucks" are trucks that have a gross vehicle weight (GVW) of 10,000 pounds or less. c. For "medium trucks" , we will pay up to $150 per disablement. "Medium trucks" are trucks that have a gross vehicle weight (GVW) of 10,001 -20,000 pounds. However, the labor must be performed at the place of disablement. 8. PHYSICAL DAMAGE -ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE COVERAGE Paragraph A.4.a., Coverage Extension of SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, is amend- ed to provide a limit of $50 per day and a maximum limit of $1,500 © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 7 -= -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;a ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;a ==== ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;a ~ iiiiiiiiiiiiiii § ==== ---- 0 9. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: a. We will pay up to $75 per day for rental reimbursement expenses incurred by you for the rental of an "auto" because of "accident" or "loss", to an "auto" for which we also pay a "loss" under Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss or Collision Coverages. We will pay only for those expenses incurred after the first 24 hours following the "accident" or "loss" to the covered "auto." b. Rental Reimbursement will be based on the rental of a comparable vehicle, which in many cases may be substantially less than $75 per day, and will only be allowed for the period of time it should take to repair or replace the vehicle with reasonable speed and similar quality, up to a maximum of 30 days. c. We will also pay up to $500 for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by you to remove and replace your tools and equipment from the covered "auto". d. This coverage does not apply unless you have a business necessity that other "autos" avail- able for your use and operation cannot fill. e. If "loss" results from the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided under Paragraph 4. Coverage Extension. f. No deductible applies to this coverage. For the purposes of this endorsement provision, materials and equipment do not include "personal effects" as defined in provision 11. 10. EXTRA EXPENSE -BROADENED COVERAGE Under SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, we will pay for the expense of returning a stolen covered "auto" to you. The maximum amount we will pay is $1,000. 11. PERSONAL EFFECTS COVERAGE A. SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. COVERAGE, is amended by adding the following: If you have purchased Comprehensive Coverage on this policy for an "auto" you own and that "auto" is stolen, we will pay, without application of a deductible, up to $600 for "personal effects" stolen with the "auto." The insurance provided under this provision is excess over any other collectible insurance. 8. SECTION V -DEFINITIONS is amended by adding the following: For the purposes of this provision, "personal effects" mean tangible property that is worn or carried by an insured." "Personal effects" does not include tools, equipment, jewelry, money or securities. 12. ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, 8. EXCLUSIONS is amended by adding the follow- ing: If you have purchased Comprehensive or Collision Coverage under this policy, the exclusion for "loss" relating to mechanical breakdown does not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag. Any insurance we provide shall be excess over any other collectible insurance or reimbursement by manufacturer's warranty. However, we agree to pay any deductible applicable to the other cov- erage or warranty. 13. AUDIO, VISUAL AND DATA ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT COVERAGE SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, 8. EXCLUSIONS, exception paragraph a. to exclu- sions 4.c. and 4.d. is deleted and replaced with the following: © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 7 0 Exclusion 4.c. and 4.d. do not apply to: a. Electronic equipment that receives or transmits audio, visual or data signals, whether or not designed solely for the reproduction of sound, if the equipment is permanently installed in the covered "auto" at the time of the "loss" and such equipment is designed to be solely operated by use of the power from the "auto's" electrical system, in or upon the covered "auto" and physical damage coverages are provided for the covered "auto"; or If the "loss" occurs solely to audio, visual or data electronic equipment or accessories used with this equipment, then our obligation to pay for, repair, return or replace damaged or stolen property will be reduced by a $100 deductible. 14. LOAN / LEASE GAP COVERAGE A. Paragraph C., LIMIT OF INSURANCE of SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by adding the following: The most we will pay for a "total loss" to a covered "auto" owned by or leased to you in any one "accident" is the greater of the: 1. Balance due under the terms of the loan or lease to which the damaged covered "auto" is subject at the time of the "loss" less the amount of: a. Overdue payments and financial penalties associated with those payments as of the date of the "loss", b. Financial penalties imposed under a lease due to high mileage, excessive use or ab- normal wear and tear, c. Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease, d. Transfer or rollover balances from previous loans or leases, e. Final payment due under a "Balloon Loan", f. The dollar amount of any unrepaired damage which occurred prior to the "total loss" of a covered "auto", g. Security deposits not refunded by a lessor, h. All refunds payable or paid to you as a result of the early termination of a lease agreement or as a result of the early termination of any warranty or extended service agreement on a covered "auto", i. Any amount representing taxes, j. Loan or lease termination fees; or 2. The actual cash value of the damage or stolen property as of the time of the "loss". An adjustment for depreciation and physical condition will be made in determining the actual cash value at the time of the "loss". This adjustment is not applicable in Texas. B. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS This coverage applies only to the original loan for which the covered "auto" that incurred the loss serves as collateral, or lease written on the covered "auto" that incurred the loss. C. SECTION V -DEFINTIONS is changed by adding the following: As used in this endorsement provision, the following definitions apply: "Total loss" means a "loss" in which the cost of repairs plus the salvage value exceeds the actual cash value. A "balloon loan" is one with periodic payments that are insufficient to repay the balance over the term of the loan, thereby requiring a large final payment. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 7 .... N ---- §-- a .... N 0 ;:: ---- 15. GLASS REPAIR-WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE Paragraph D. Deductible of SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by the addition of the following: No deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. 16. PARKED AUTO COLLISION COVERAGE (WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE) Paragraph D. Deductible of SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended by the addition of the following: The deductible does not apply to "loss" caused by collision to such covered "auto" of the private passenger type or light weight truck with a gross vehicle weight of 10,000 lbs. or less as defined by the manufacturer as maximum loaded weight the "auto" is designed to carry while it is: a. In the charge of an "insured"; b. Legally parked; and c. Unoccupied. The "loss" must be reported to the police authorities within 24 hours of known damage. The total amount of the damage to the covered "auto" must exceed the deductible shown in the Declarations. This provision does not apply to any "loss" if the covered "auto" is in the charge of any person or organization engaged in the automobile business. 17. TWO OR MORE DEDUCTIBLES Under SECTION Ill PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, if two or more company policies or coverage forms apply to the same accident, the following applies to paragraph D. Deductible: a. If the applicable Business Auto deductible is the smaller (or smallest) deductible it will be waived; or b. If the applicable Business Auto deductible is not the smaller (or smallest) deductible it will be reduced by the amount of the smaller (or smallest) deductible; or c. If the loss involves two or more Business Auto coverage forms or policies the smaller (or smallest) deductible will be waived. For the purpose of this endorsement company means any company that is part of the Liberty Mutual Group. SECTION IV -BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is amended as follows: 18. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS SECTION IV-BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, Paragraph B.2. is amended by adding the following: If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards, exposures or material facts existing as of the inception date or renewal date of the Business Auto Coverage Form, the coverage afforded by this policy will not be prejudiced. However, you must report the undisclosed hazard of exposure as soon as practicable after its discovery, and we have the right to collect additional premium for any such hazard or exposure. 19. AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT, OR LOSS SECTION IV -BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph A.2.a. is replaced in its entirety by the following: a. In the event of "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss", you must promptly notify us when it is known to: 1. You, if you are an individual; 2. A partner, if you are a partnership; 3. Member, if you are a limited liability company; 4. An executive officer or the "employee" designated by the Named Insured to give such notice, if you are a corporation. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 7 0 To the extent possible, notice to us should include: (1) How, when and where the "accident" or "loss" took place; (2) The "insureds" name and address; and (3) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses. 20. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US SECTION IV -BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph A.5., Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us, is amended by the addition of the following: If the person or organization has waived those rights before an "accident" or "loss", our rights are waived also. 21. HIRED AUTO COVERAGE TERRITORY SECTION IV -BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, paragraph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, is amended by the addition of the following: f. For "autos" hired 30 days or less, the coverage territory is anywhere in the world, provided that the insured's responsibility to pay for damages is determined in a "suit", on the merits, in the United States, the territories and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico or Canada or in a settlement we agree to. This extension of coverage does not apply to an "auto" hired, leased, rented or borrowed with a driver. SECTION V -DEFINITIONS is amended as follows: 22. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED Under SECTION V -DEFINTIONS, definition C. is replaced by the following: "Bodily injury" means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death resulting from any of these at any time. COMMMON POLICY CONDITIONS 23. EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS, paragraph A. -CANCELLATION condition applies except as fol- lows: If we cancel for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, we will mail to the first Named Insured written notice of cancellation at least 60 days before the effective date of cancellation. This provision does not apply in those states which require more than 60 days prior notice of cancella- tion. © 2013 Liberty Mutual Insurance CA 88 10 01 13 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 7 STATE 1...-C,M~E-N':->AI l<.JN 1NSU~~NCE FUND ISSUE DATE: 06-19-2019 POLICYHOLDER COPY SP P.O. BOX 8192, PLEASANTON, CA 94588 CERTIFICATE OF WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE GROUP: POLICY NUMBER: 9001957-2018 CERTIFICATE ID: 62 CERTIFICATE EXPIRES: 12-23-2019 12-23-2018/12-23-2019 THIS CERTIFICATE SUPERSEDES AND CORRECTS CERTIFICATE# 60 DATED 06-11-2019 CITY OF CARLSBAD CMWD-EXIGIS INS COMPLIANCE SERVICES PO BOX 4668 ECM#35050 SP JOB:PALOMARAIRPORTRDWIDENINGCNTRCT#6043 & 6044 PALOMAR AIRPORT RD CARLSBAD NEW YORK NY 10183 CA 92008 This is to certify that we have issued a valid Workers' Compensation insurance policy in a form approved by the California Insurance Commissioner to the employer named below for the policy period indicated. This policy is not subject to cancellation by the Fund except upon 30 days advance written notice to the employer. We will also give you 30 days advance notice should this policy be cancelled prior to its normal expiration. This certificate of insurance is not an insurance policy and does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policy listed herein. Notwithstanding any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate of insurance may be issued or to which it may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policy described herein is subject to all the terms, exclusions, and conditions, of such policy. ~ti£/ ;i_,,,. .di~~ Authorized Representative President and CEO EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY LIMIT INCLUDING DEFENSE COSTS: $1,000,000 PER OCCURRENCE. ENDORSEMENT #2065 ENTITLED CERTIFICATE HOLDERS' NOTICE EFFECTIVE 12-23-2012 IS ATTACHED TO AND FORMS A PART OF THIS POLICY. ENDORSEMENT #1651 -HECTOR ANDRES ROMERO PRESIDENT -EXCLUDED. ENDORSEMENT #1651 -LEONOR ROMERO SECRETARY -EXCLUDED. ENDORSEMENT #1651 -HECTOR MANUEL ROMERO TREASURER -EXCLUDED. EMPLOYER JUST CONSTRUCTION INC. AND/OR ROMERO, HECTOR 3103 MARKET ST SAN DIEGO CA 92102 (REV.7-2014) PRINTED [P1Y,SD] 06-19-2019 BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? X yes no 2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debar- ments. N/A party debarred party debarred agency agency period of debarment period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: Just Construction, Inc. Hector M. Romero -VP/Treasurer (print name/title) Page _1 _ of _1 _ pages of this Re Debarment form ,, •+;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 32 of 162 BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contrac- tors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? X yes no 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor's license ever been stayed? X yes no 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? X yes no 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? X yes no 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore. N/A (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) Page _1_ of _1 _ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form ~ • ., Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 33 of 162 BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. NIA (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: Just Construction, Inc. (~a of Contractor) _ By:_....,_,,__ ____________ _ (si here) Hector M. Romero-VP/Treausrer (print name/title) Page _1_ of _1 __ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form l' •+;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 34 of 162 NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 The undersigned declares: I am the VP/Treasurer of Just Construction the party making the foregoing bid. The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, com- pany, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partner- ship, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby repre- sents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on June 4 --':a..aa.a,.a=.,.....;..... _______ _ 20~ at San Diego [city]. CA [state]. s;g~~----- ,., •;;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 35 of 162 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of San Diego On June 4, 2019 before me, Leonor Romero, Notary Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Hector M. Romero who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person{s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. (Seal) I LEONOR ROMERO ~ COMM.# 2251561 ,,. NOfAAY PIJll.tC,CAIJFOINA UI SAM D1100 COUNTY • 111 CCIIII. h,. AUO, 25, 2022 CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this ctJ. '-Ith day of....::::::::~~~~---------' 2019, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal ration, (hereinafter called "City"), and Just Construction, Inc., a California corporation whose rincipal place of business is 3103 Market Street, San Diego, CA 92102 (hereinafter called "Contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract docu- ments for: PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Noncollusion Declaration, Designation of Subcontrac- tors, Technical Ability and Experience, Bidder's Statement Re Debarment, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contrac- tor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compli- ance. 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress pay- ments on the last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground condi- tions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground l' •;; Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 36 of 162 conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City. 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class Ill disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inher- ent in work of the character provided for in the contract. City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the require- ments of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligi- bility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. Contractor shall comply with Cali- fornia Labor Code, section 1776, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, ver- ifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from l' •ti Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 37 of 162 or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. De- fense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. 10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70. (A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a. Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance: Insurance written on an "occurrence" ba- sis, including products-completed operations, personal & advertising injury, with limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers' Liability limits of $1,000,000 per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded ,, • ., Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 38 of 162 to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each com- pany affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage pro- vided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (C) Notice of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in cov- erage or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles and Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its officials or employees. (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for sub- contractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G) Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70. (H) Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorse- ments for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City. (I) Cost of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid. {'\ •+if Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 39 of 162 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is incorporated by reference. A copy of Section 9204 is in- cluded in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by ref- erence. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In the event of a conflict between Section 9204 and Article 1.5, Section 9204 shall apply. Notwithstanding the pro- visions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in antici- pation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate igno- rance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above.~ ~init 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's prin- cipal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records. ,, •;, Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 40 of 162 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substi- tuted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. 15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or sub- contractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursu- ant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. 17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill .,., •+;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 41 of 162 17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTAR!AL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: ust Construction, Inc. Cl:n~ . ,m ~Jb-/ ~ARBARA ENGLESON, City Clerk Leonor Romero -Secretary (print name and title) President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By Deputy c~df; '):.C::::: ,, •;;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 42 of 162 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CML CODE§ 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached. and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. Siate of California County of San Diego On June 19, 2019 before me, Sonia Cebrero Garcia, Notary Public Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared __ H_e_c_to_r_M_R_o_m_e_ro _____________________ _ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. SONIA CEBRERO GARCIA Notary Public • California San Diego County f Commission # 2252426 My Comm. Expires Aug 31, 2022 Place Notary Seal Above ---------------OPTIONAL--------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Trtle or Type of Document: Contract Palomar Airport Rd Widening Document Date: June 19 2019 Number of Pages: _____ _ Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: ________________________ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ____________ _ Signer's Name: ____________ _ □ Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ □ Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ □ Partner - 0 Limited O General 0 Partner -0 Limited O General □ Individual CJ Attorney in Fact 0 Individual □ Attorney in Fact □ Trustee O Guardian or Conservator 0 Trustee □ Guardian or Conservator 0 Other: ______________ _ □ Other: ______________ _ Signer Is Representing: _________ _ Signer ls Representing: ________ _ ©2016 National Notary Association· www.NationalNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item 15907 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness. accuracy, or validity of that document. Siate of California County of San Diego On June 19, 2019 before me, Sonia Cebrero Garcia, Notary Public Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared _L ___ e __ o_n ___ or_R_o_m_er-'-o _______________________ _ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person{s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL 1Y OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Place Notary Seal Above ----------------OPTIONAL---------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Contract Palomar Airport Rd Widening Document Date: June 19 2019 Number of Pages: _____ _ Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: _______________________ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ____________ _ Signer's Name: ___________ _ □ Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ 0 Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ □ Partner -0 Limited O General 0 Partner -Cl Limited O General □ Individual C Attorney in Fact O Individual □ Attorney in Fact □ Trustee O Guardian or Conservator 0 Trustee O Guardian or Conservator 0 Other: ______________ _ 0 Other: ______________ _ Signer Is Representing: _________ _ Signer Is Representing: ________ _ ©2016 National Notary Association· www.NationalNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item :ft5907 . '. Bond No. SXACSU0739397 *Premium Included in Performance Bond LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, has awarded to Just Construction, Inc. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, ____ J_u_st_c_o_ns_tr_uc_ti_on_,_in_c_. _________ , as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Allegheny Casualty Company _____________ as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of ,-::--:--,::---=:----,-,::-----,,-,---,--..,..,,,.,-,--=-:------,,...,..,,.-,-,-=-,,-------,---=-=-:--:-::c:::--:--:----Seven Hundred Forty-One Thousand Four Hundred Sixty-Three and 10/100 Dollars($ 741,463.10 ), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontrac- tors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 9100, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Develop- ment Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attor- ney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 9554. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 9100, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. 0 Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 43 of 162 In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this ___ _ day of __________ _, 20~. CONTRACTOR: By:-l----l'--r¥f-cl:r-C.....,--,-----===--- s1gn here) LeW~ (print name here) Executed by SURETY this ___ 1_2t_h __ day of ____ J_u_n_e ______ , 20-2.:__. SURETY: Allegheny Casualty Company (name of Surety) 2400 East Katella Avenue, Suite 250; Anaheim, CA 92806 (address of Surety) (714) 602-9170 ~ph~' of Surety)--> By: __ f-3-_•~--------i __ _ (slgnatureofAttorney-in-Fact) Bart Stewart, Attorney-in-Fact (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney) (Proper nota;ial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) tPresident or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By: Deputy City)ijromey elf ~ Q Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 44 of 162 POWER OF ATTORNEY INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY Bond # SXACSU0739397 One Newark Center, 20th Floor, Newark, New Jersey 07102-5207 PHONE: (973) 624-7200 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, having their principal office in the City of Newark, New Jersey, do hereby constitute and appoint BART STEWART Encinitas, CA their true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, contract or otherwise, and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the said INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by their regularly elected officers at their principal offices. This Power of Attorney is executed, and may be revoked, pursuant to and by authority of the By-Laws of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY and is granted under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly held on the 20th day of July, 2010 and by the Board of Directors of ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY at a meeting duly held on the 10th day of July, 2015 "RESOLVED, that (1) the Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Vice President, or Secretary of the Corporation shall have the power to appoint, and to revoke the appointments of, Attorneys-in-Fact or agents with power and authority as defined or limited in their respective powers of attorney, and to execute on behalf of the Corporation and affix the Corporation's seal thereto, bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other written obligations in the nature thereof or related thereto; and (2) any such Officers of the Corporation may appoint and revoke the appointments of joint-control custodians, agents for acceptance of process, and Attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute waivers and consents on behalf of the Corporation; and (3) the signature of any such Officer of the Corporation and the Corporation's seal may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, contract of indemnity or other written obligation in the nature thereof or related thereto, such signature and seals when so used whether heretofore or hereafter, being hereby adopted by the Corporation as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Corporation, to be valid and binding upon the Corporation with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY have each executed and attested these presents on this 31st day of December, 2017 STATE OF NEW JERSEY County of Essex George R. James Executive Vice President (International Fidelity Insurance Company) and Vice President (Allegheny Casualty Company) On this 31st day of December, 2017 , before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and, being by me duly sworn, said he is the therein described and authorized officer of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and of ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY; that the seals affixed to said instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies; that the said Corporate Seals and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my Official Seal, at the City of Newark, New Jersey the day and year first above written. Cathy a Notary Public of New Jersey My Commission Expires April 16, 2019 CERTIFICATION I, the undersigned officer of INTER.lliATIONAL Fll)ELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing coµy of tt1e Power cf Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Sections of the By-Laws of said Companies as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with tt;e original.r, 011 file in the home of said companies, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, i have hereunto set my hand on this day, June 12, 2019 A00982 Maria H. Branco, Assistant Secretary ALL-PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California } County of San Diego } On 06/12/2019 before me, ---~'-----~o;-,.,.;-,-,,-=,..,....,,~,..,...,.,.,,,..,-=-,..,..,,..----- personally appeared _B_a_rt_S_t_e_w_a_rt _________________ _ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(&) whose name(s-)(@are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that ~he/they executed the same in@ler/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by ~er/their signature(&) on the instrument the person(&), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT (Title or description of attached document) (Title or description of attached document continued) Number of Pages __ Document Date ___ _ CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER □ Individual (s) □ Corporate Officer (Title) □ Partner(s) □ Attorney-in-Fact □ Trustee(s) □ Other _________ _ 2015 Version WVNJ.NotaryCla.sses.com 800-873-9865 C Seal) ERIN ELYSE HAUGH ! Commission No. 2227679 ~ NOTARY PUBLIC -CALIFORNIA ] SAN DIEGO COUNTY ~ Commission Expres January 6, 2022 ~ INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM This form complies with current California statutes regarding natal)' wording and, if needed. should be completed and attached to the document. Acknolwedgentsfrom other states may be completed for documents being sent to that state so long as the 1rnrding does not require the California notary to violate California natal)' law. • State and County infonnation must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect fonns (i.e. l.e/she/#½ey;-is ia£e) or circling the correct fonns. Failure to correctly indicate this infonnation may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area pennits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk ❖ Additional infonnation is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. ❖ Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. ❖ Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document with a staple. CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE! ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certtlicate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. Siate of California County of San Diego On June 19, 2019 Date before me, Sonia Cebrero Garcia, Notary Public Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared ___ H_e_c_to_r_M_. R_o_m_e_r_o ____________________ _ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person{s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. SONIA CEBRERO ~RC\~ Notary Public -Cahforma x San Dil!%O County ! Commission# 2252426 My Comm, ~pires Aug 31, 2022 Place Notary Seal Above ----------------OPTIONAL---------------- Though th;s section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this fomi to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: _La_b_o_r_a_n_d_M_a_t_e_ria_l_s_B_o_n_d __________________ _ Document Date: June 12, 2019 Number of Pages: __ _.c4 ___ _ Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: _______________________ _ Capacity{ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ___________ _ Signer's Name: ____________ _ 0 Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ 0 Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ D Partner -0 Limited O General 0 Partner -0 Limited O General □ Individual u Attorney in Fact 0 Individual □ Attorney in Fact D Trustee O Guardian or Conservator D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator O Other: ______________ _ 0 Other: ______________ _ Signer Is Representing: _________ _ Signer Is Representing: ________ _ (6(,.~~"G<,~~-§,6._~~~~~'i&,.~~-¥<:,.~~"": ©2016 National Notary Association· www.NationalNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item f5907 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE! ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of San Diego On June 19, 2019 before me, Sonia Cebrero Garcia, Notary Public Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared __;L""'e'""o"'"'n-"-or'"""R""'"o""'m-'-'-"-er'--'o _______________________ _ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature{s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Place Notary Seal Above % z .. ---------------OPTIONAL--------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: _L_a_b_o_r_a_n_d_M_a_t_er_ia_l_s_B_o_n_d __________________ _ Document Date: June 12, 2019 Number of Pages: ---'-4 ___ _ Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: ________________________ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ____________ _ Signer's Name: ____________ _ 0 Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ □ Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ O Partner -□ Limited □ General 0 Partner -□ Limited O General □ Individual O Attorney in Fact O Individual □ Attorney in Fact □ Trustee □ Guardian or Conservator □ Trustee O Guardian or Conservator □Other: ______________ _ □ Other: ______________ _ Signer Is Representing: _________ _ Signer Is Representing: ________ _ ©2016 National Notary Association· www.NationalNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item -it5907 Bond No. SXACSU0739397 *Premium: $10,915.00 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, has awarded to Just Construction, Inc. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE, Just Construction, Inc. 'as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Allegheny Casualty Company ______________ as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of ____________________________ _ Seven Hundred Forty-One Thousand Four Hundred Sixty-Three and 10/100 Dollars ($ 741,463.10 ), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. ft Q Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 45 of 162 In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this ___ _ day of ________ , 20-2:._. CONTRACTOR: (print name here) (Title and Organization of Signatory) By:~ signhere) La?avcE1'iYlE-~V (print name here) _ ___&?-ae;,br~ {Title and Organi ation of signatory) Executed by SURETY this 12th day of June 20 19 -------------· -- SURETY: Allegheny Casualty Company (name of Surety) 2400 East Katella Avenue, Suite 250; Anaheim, CA 92806 (address of Surety) (714) 602-9170 (telephone numb r _of Surety) Bart Stewart, Attorney-in-Fact (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) · (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be at- tached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assis- tant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By: ~,f .£ L Depu ~AYorney '5 ~ ~ Revised 6/12/18 Contract No 6043 and 6044 Page 46 of 162 ' . POWER OF ATTORNEY INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY Bond # SXACSU0739397 One Newark Center, 20th Floor, Newark, New Jersey 07102-5207 PHONE: (973) 624-7200 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, having their principal office in the City of Newark, New Jersey, do hereby constitute and appoint BART STEWART Encinitas, CA their true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds and undertakings, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, which are or may be allowed, required or permitted by law, statute, rule, regulation, contract or otherwise, and the execution of such instrument(s) in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the said INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if the same had been duly executed and acknowledged by their regularly elected officers at their principal offices. This Power of Attorney is executed, and may be revoked, pursuant to and by authority of the By-Laws of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY and is granted under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly held on the 20th day of July, 2010 and by the Board of Directors of ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY at a meeting duly held on the 10th day of July, 2015 "RESOLVED, that (1) the Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President, Vice President, or Secretary of the Corporation shall have the power to appoint, and to revoke the appointments of, Attorneys-in-Fact or agents with power and authority as defined or limited in their respective powers of attorney, and to execute on behalf of the Corporation and affix the Corporation's seal thereto, bonds, undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other written obligations in the nature thereof or related thereto; and (2) any such Officers of the Corporation may appoint and revoke the appointments of joint-control custodians, agents for acceptance of process, and Attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute waivers and consents on behalf of the Corporation; and (3) the signature of any such Officer of the Corporation and the Corporation's seal may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, contract of indemnity or other written obligation in the nature thereof or related thereto, such signature and seals when so used whether heretofore or hereafter, being hereby adopted by the Corporation as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Corporation, to be valid and binding upon the Corporation with the same force and effect as though manually affixed." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY have each executed and attested these presents on this 31st day of December, 2017 STATE OF NEW JERSEY County of Essex George R. James Executive Vice President (International Fidelity Insurance Company) and Vice President (Allegheny Casualty Company) On this 31st day of December, 2017 , before me came the individual who executed the preceding instrument, to me personally known, and, being by me duly sworn, said he is the therein described and authorized officer of INTERNATIONAL FIDELITY INSURANCE COMPANY and of ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY; that the seals affixed to said instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies; that the said Corporate Seals and his signature were duly affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my Official Seal, at the City of Newark, New Jersey the day and year first above written. Cathy a Notary Public of New Jersey My Commission Expires April 16, 2019 CERTIFICATION I, the undersigned officer of INTERNATIONAL FIDEUTY INSURANCE COMPANY and ALLEGHENY CASUAL TY COMPANY do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power c,f Artumey :.rnd affidavit, and the copy of the Sections of the By-Laws of said Companies as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the originals on me in the heme of sald companies, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have heiei.;nto set my hand on ihis day, June 12, 2019 A00982 Maria H. Branco, Assistant Secretary \ . . ALL-PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California } County of San Diego } On 06/12/2019 before me, ----~--~----'----'=-~-~------ person a II y appeared _B_a_rt_S_te_w_a_rt __________________ _ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(~)(©are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that ~he/they executed the same in@ier/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by ~er/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(5) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT (Title or description of attached document) (Title or description of attached document continued) Number of Pages __ Document Date ___ _ CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER □ Individual (s) □ Corporate Officer (Title) □ Partner(s) □ Attorney-in-Fact □ Trustee(s) □ Other _________ _ 2015 Version w•,,vw.Not3ryClasses.com 800-873-9865 J........ ERINELYSEHAUGH f 1i: ' . Commission No. 2227679 ► ~ NOTARY PUBLIC• CALIFORNIA ~ t · SAN DIEGO COUNTY ~ t Commission Expi'es January 6, 2022 ~ INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM This form complzes with current California statutes regarding notal)' wording and, if needed. should be completed and attached to the document. Acknolwedgents from other states may be completed for documents being sent to that state so long as the wording does not require the California notary to violate California notary fall'. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. l;e/she/tl,ey, is /are) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. ❖ Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. ❖ Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. ❖ Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i e. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document with a staple. ... CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document State of California County of San Diego On June 19, 2019 before me, Sonia Cebrero Garcia. Notary Public Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared ___ H_e_c_to_r_M_._R_o_m_e_r_o ____________________ _ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL lY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph 1············~ : ;-Notary Public • California : is true and correct. ,~ SONIA CEBRERO GARCIA i San Diego County ~ Commission II 2252426 My Comm. Expires Aug 31, 2022 Place Notary Seal Above ----------------OPTIONAL---------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Trtle or Type of Document: Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond Document Date: June 12. 2019 Number of Pages: __ 4"----- Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: _______________________ _ Capacity{ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ____________ _ Signer's Name: ____________ _ 0 Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ □ Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ D Partner -□ Limited O General 0 Partner -0 Limited O General D Individual u Attorney in Fact □ Individual D Attorney in Fact D Trustee O Guardian or Conservator CJ Trustee □ Guardian or Conservator Ci Other: _______________ _ 0 Other: ______________ _ Signer fs Representing: _________ _ Signer Is Representing: ________ _ ldl-~~~™"8..,.~~~~~...g(....g(,.~--'!E£,""-K,"\R,,~~ ©2016 National Notary Association· www.NationalNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item f5907 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE! ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. Siate of California County of San Diego On June 19, 2019 Date before me, Sonia Cebrero Garcia, Notary Public Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared ___ Le_o_n_o_r_R_o_m_e_ro ______________________ _ Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s} on the instrument the person{s}, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph 1············1 is true and correct. ._., o, , SONIA CEBRERO GARCIA _ : ' """·~ • Notary Public -California z ;: u ~. ;: San Oi~o County i z i · , Commission # 2252426 - ••,.0•~'• My Comm. Expires Aug 31, 2022 Place Notary Seal Above ----------------OPTIONAL---------------- Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Trtle or Type of Document: Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond Document Date: June 12, 2019 Number of Pages: ___ 4 ___ _ Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: ________________________ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ____________ _ Signer's Name: ____________ _ 0 Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ u Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ 0 Partner -0 Limited O General 0 Partner -0 Limited O General D Individual CJ Attorney in Fact 0 Individual D Attorney in Fact 0 Trustee □ Guardian or Conservator 0 Trustee O Guardian or Conservator 0 Other: ______________ _ 0 Other: ______________ _ Signer Is Representing: _________ _ Signer Is Representing: ________ _ ~~~~~~~~'9<:.-~~~~~~ ©2016 National Notary Association· www.NationafNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item 15907 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and whose address is ---------------------------hereinafter called --------------------------- 11 Contractor" and whose address ----------------------is hereinafter -----------------------------ca II e d "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as fol- lows: 1. Pursuant to section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Con- tractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 in the amount of ____________ dated ______ (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make pay- ments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into secu- rities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Es- crow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City. l' •;;' Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 47 of 162 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Con- tractor. 7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and com- plete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pur- suant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the secu- rities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For City: For Contractor: For Escrow Agent: Title FINANCE DIRECTOR ------'-~~~~~~~-'--'----- Name ----------------- Signature ______________ _ Address 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008 Title ----------------- Name ---------------- Signature ______________ _ Address ---------------- Title ----------------- Name ---------------- Signature ______________ _ Address ---------------- At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. l'\ •ff Revised 6/12/18 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 48 of 162 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For City: For Contractor: For Escrow Agent: l' •,;' Revised 6/12/18 Title MAYOR -----'----'~~-'----------- Name ________________ _ Signature ______________ _ Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, CA 92008 Title ----------------- Name ---------------- Signature ______________ _ Address ---------------- Title ----------------- Name ---------------- Signature ______________ _ Address ---------------- Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 49 of 162 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING CONTRACT NO. 6043 and 6044 CITY OF CARLSBAD BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 --TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS -Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, in- structed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "sched- uled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be un- derstood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the ap- proval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its ex- pense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnish- ing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. 1-2 DEFINITIONS. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. l' •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 50 of 162 Addendum -Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bul- letins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency -The City of Carlsbad, California. Agreement-See Contract. Assessment Act Contract -A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base -A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid -The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder -Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board -The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond -Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. City Council -the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. City Manager -the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. Cash Contract -A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order -A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code -The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager-the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract -The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. Contract Documents -Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documen- tation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the General Provisions, permits from other agencies, the Technical Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, the Plans, Stand- ard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 51 of 162 Contractor -The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contrac- tor" shall mean Contractor. Contract Price -The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price -The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer -The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days -Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection -The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board -Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier -Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, lumi- naire, etc. Engineer -The City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile -Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer -A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer -A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire -The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm -The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Minor Bid Item -A single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification -Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award -The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. {'\ •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 52 of 162 Notice to Proceed -A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Own Organization -When used in Section 2-3.1 -Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Fur- ther, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person -Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans -The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract -Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector -The Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract admin- istration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal -See Bid. Reference Specifications -Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway -The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection -Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer -Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. Specifications -General Provisions, Standard Specifications, Technical Specifications, Refer- ence Specifications, Supplemental Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Standard -The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. Standard Plans -Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. ('\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 53 of 162 Standard Specifications -The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the "Greenbook". State -State of California. Storm Drain -Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street -Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase -A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor -An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade -For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, sub- base, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision -Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement -A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Supplemental Provisions -Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Surety-Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne-Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility -Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private ease- ment. Work -That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 54 of 162 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN ............................................................. Abandon D .............................................................. Load of pipe ABAND ...................................................... Abandoned dB .................................................................. Decibels ABS ........................ Acrylonitrile -butadiene -styrene DBL ................................................................... Double AC ..................................................... Asphalt Concrete DF ............................................................... Douglas fir ACP .......................................... Asbestos cement pipe DIA ................................................................. Diameter ACWS ..................... Asphalt concrete wearing surface DIP ..................................................... Ductile iron pipe ALT ................................................................ Alternate DL ................................................................ Dead load APTS ................................ Apartment and Apartments DR ...................................................... Dimension Ratio AMER STD ................................... American Standard DT ................................................................. Drain Tile AWG ............... American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) DWG ............................................................... Drawing BC .................................................. Beginning of curve DWY ............................................................. Driveway BCR ....................................... Beginning of curb return DWY APPR ................................... Driveway approach BORY ............................................................ Boundary E ...................................................................... Electric BF ..................................................... Bottom of footing EA ........................................................................ Each BLDG ........................................ Building and Buildings EC ............................................................ End of curve BM ............................................................ Bench mark ECR ................................................ End of curb return BVC ................................... Beginning of vertical curve EF ................................................................ Each face B/W ........................................................... Back of wall EG .......................................................... Edge of gutter CIC ..................................................... Center to center EGL. ................................................. Energy grade line CAB ...................................... Crushed aggregate base El .................................................................. Elevation CAUOSHA ............ California Occupational Safety and ELC ..................................... Electro lier lighting conduit Health Administration EL T ........................................................ Extra long ton CalTrans ....... California Department of Transportation ENGR ....................................... Engineer, Engineering CAP ................................... Corrugated aluminum pipe EP ................................................... Edge of pavement CB ............................................................. Catch Basin ESMT ........................................................... Easement Cb ........................................................................ Curb ETB .......................................... Emulsion-treated base CBP ............................... Catch Basin Connection Pipe EVC .............................................. End of vertical curb CBR ....................................... California Bearing Ratio EWA. .............................. Encina Wastewater Authority CCR ............................. California Code of Regulations EXC ............................................................ Excavation CCTV ............................................... Closed Circuit TV EXP JT ................................................. Expansion joint CES ......................... Carlsbad Engineering Standards EXST ............................................................... Existing CF ................................................................. Curb face F .................................................................. Fahrenheit CF ................................................................ Cubic foot F&C ................................................... Frame and cover C&G .................................................... Curb and gutter F&I .................................................. Furnish and install CFR ................................ Code of Federal Regulations FAB ............................................................... Fabricate CFS .......................................... Cubic Feet per Second FAS ............................................... Flashing arrow sign CIP ......................................................... Cast iron pipe FD ............................................................... Floor drain GIPP ............................................... Cast-in place pipe FON ........................................................... Foundation CL ............................................. Clearance, center line FED SPEC .................................. Federal Specification CLF ..................................................... Chain link fence FG ........................................................ Finished grade CMB ............................... Crushed miscellaneous base FH ............................................................. Fire hydrant CMC ......................................... Cement mortar-coated FL ................................................................... Flow line CML ............................................ Cement mortar-lined FS ...................................................... Finished surface CMWD .................... Carlsbad Municipal Water District FT-LB ......................................................... Foot-pound CO ................................................... Cleanout (Sewer) FTG .................................................................. Footing COL ................................................................. Column FW ............................................................ Face of wall COMM ...................................................... Commercial G ........................................................................... G~ CONG ............................................................ Concrete GA. .................................................................... Gauge CONN ........................................................ Connection GAL. ............................................... Gallon and Gallons CONST ................................... Construct, Construction GAL V ......................................................... Galvanized COORD ...................................................... Coordinate GAR ........................................... Garage and Garages CSP ........................................... Corrugated steel pipe GIP .............................................. Galvanized iron pipe CSD ............................... Carlsbad Standard Drawings GL ......................................... Ground line or grade line CTB ............................................. Cement treated base GM .............................................................. Gas meter CV ............................................................. Check valve GNV ............................................... Ground Not Visible CY ............................................................... Cubic yard GP .................................................................. Guy pole ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 55 of 162 GPM ................................................ gallons per minute PCC ....................... Portland cement concrete or point GR ..................................................................... Grade of compound curvature GRTG .............................................................. Grating GSP ........................................... Galvanized steel pipe H ............................................................ High or height HB .................................................................. Hose bib PCVC ....................... Point of compound vertical curve PE ............................................................ Polyethylene Pl .................................................. Point of intersection PL ............................................................ Property line HC ................................................... House connection HOWL ........................................................... Headwall HGL ............................................. Hydraulic grade line HORIZ .......................................................... Horizontal HP ............................................................. Horsepower HPG ................................................ High pressure gas HPS ............................... High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR ............................................................ Hydraulic IE ........................................................ Invert Elevation PMB ............................ Processed miscellaneous base POC ...................................................... Point on curve POT ................................................... Point on tangent PP .............................................................. Power pole PRC .......................................... Point of reverse curve PRVC ............................ Point of reverse vertical curve PSI ......................................... Pounds per square inch PT .................................................... Point of tangency PVC ................................................. Polyvinyl chloride PVMT ........................................................... Pavement ID ......................................................... Inside diameter INCL ............................................................... Including INSP ............................................................ Inspection INV ...................................................................... Invert PVT RM/ ....................................... Private right-of-way Q ........................ Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD ....................................... Quadrangle, Quadrant R ....................................................................... Radius IP ................................................................... Iron pipe R&O ......................................................... Rock and oil JC .................................................... Junction chamber JCT ................................................................. Junction JS ..................................................... Junction structure JT .......................................................................... Joint L ........................................................................ Length ~B ............................................................. ~~~~ RM/ .......................................................... Right-of-way RA ....................................................... Recycling agent RAC ................................... Recycled asphalt concrete RAP ............................... Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC .............................. Rubberized asphalt concrete RC ................................................ Reinforced concrete ~T ................................................................... Lateral RCB ...................................... Reinforced concrete box LB ...................................................................... Pound LD ..................................................... Local depression LF ................................................................ Linear foot RCE ...................................... Registered civil engineer RCP ..................................... Reinforced concrete pipe RCV ........................................... Remote control valve LH ............................................................... Lamp hole REF .............................................................. Reference LL ................................................................... Live load REINF .............................. Reinforced or reinforcement LOL ............................................................. Layout line RES .............................................................. Reservoir LONG ........................................................ Longitudinal LP ............................................................... Lamp post LPS ................................. Low pressure sodium (Light) RGE ........................ Registered geotechnical engineer ROW ....................................................... Right-of-Way RR ................................................................... Railroad LS ............................................................... Lump sum L TS .................................................... Lime treated soil LWD ............................... Leucadia Wastewater District MAI NT ...................................................... Maintenance MAX .............................................................. Maximum RSE ............................. Registered structural engineer RTE .................................... Registered traffic engineer S ................................... Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP ............................... Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD .............................................................. Storm drain MCR ............................................ Middle of curb return MEAS ............................................................. Measure MH ................................... Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC .................................... Milita~ specification MISC ..................................................... Miscellaneous MOD .................................................. Modified, modify SDNR .............................. San Diego Northern Railway SOR ....... Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD ......... San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE ...................................................... Sand Equivalent SEC ................................................................. Section MON ........................................................... Monument MSL .. Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) SF .............................................................. Square foot SFM ................................................ Sewer Force Main MTBM ......................... Microtunneling Boring Machine MUL T ............................................................... Multiple MUTCD ..... Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices SI ...................... International System of Units (Metric) SPEC ..................................................... Specifications SPPWC .......................................... Standard Plans for MVL ............................................... Mercu~ vapor light Public Works Construction NCTD .............................. North County Transit District NRCP .............................. Nonreinforced concrete pipe SSPWC ............................. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction OBS ............................................................... Obsolete OC ............................................................... On center ST HWY ................................................. State highway ST A ................................................................... Station OD .................................................... Outside diameter STD ................................................................ Standard OE .............................................................. Outer edge OHE ................................................. Overhead Electric OMWD .................. Olivenhain Municipal Water District STR .................................................................. Straight STR GR ................................................. Straight grade STRUC ......................................... Structural/Structure OPP ............................................................... Opposite SW ................................................................. Sidewalk ORIG ................................................................ Original SWD ..................................................... Sidewalk drain PB ................................................................... Pull box PC .................................................... Point of curvature SY ............................................................. Square yard ., f.,; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 56 of 162 T .................................................................. Telephone VAR .................................................... Varies, Variable TAN ................................................................. Tangent VB ................................................................ Valve box TC .............................................................. Top of curb VC .......................................................... Vertical curve TEL ............................................................. Telephone VCP .................................................. Vitrified clay pipe TF .......................................................... Top of footing VERT ............................................................... Vertical TOPO ........................................................ Topography VOL. ................................................................. Volume TR ........................................................................ Tract VWD ...................................... Vallecitos Water District TRANS ......................................................... Transition W ....................... Water, Wider or Width, as applicable TS ......................... Traffic signal or transition structure WATCH .............. Work Area Traffic Control Handbook TSC ............................................. Traffic signal conduit WI ............................................................ Wrought iron TSS ........................................... Traffic signal standard WM .......................................................... Water meter TW .............................................................. Top of wall WPJ ........................................... Weakened plane joint TYP ................................................................... Typical XCONN ............................................ Cross connection UE .............................................. Underground Electric XSEC ..................................................... Cross section USA ................................... Underground Service Alert 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO ................................................. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC ................................................................................................... American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI ...................................................................................................... American National Standards Institute API ....................................................................................................................... American Petroleum Institute AREA ............................................................................................. American Railway Engineering Association ASTM ............................................................................................. American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA ................................................................................................. American Wood Preservers Association AWS ........................................................................................................................ American Welding Society AWWA ....................................................................................................... American Water Works Association FHWA ............................................................................................................. Federal Highway Administration GRI ................................................................................................................. Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA ........................................................................................ National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA ............................................... National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL ..................................................................................................................... Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS ............................................................................................................ United States Geological Survey 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S. Stand- ard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 57 of 162 1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) ............................................................................................... 25.4 micrometer (µm) 1 inch (in) ......................................................................................................... 25.4 millimeter (mm) ~ }~~~ (~)).: :: :: :: :: : : :: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: :: :: :: : :: :: ::: : : :: :: : : : : : :: :: :: :: : : : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : : :: :: : : : :: : : :: : ~:~6fi~:::(~)cm) 1 yard (yd) ....................................................................................................... 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) ........................................................................................................ 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (ft2) ............................................................................................. 0.0929 square meter (m2) 1 square yard (yd2) .......................................................................................... 0.8361 square meter (m2) 1 cubic foot (ft3) ............................................................................................... 0.0283 cubic meter (m3) 1 cubic yard (yd3) ............................................................................................. 0.7646 cubic meter (m3) 1 acre ............................................................................................................... 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) ............................................................................................ 3. 7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) ........................................................................................ 29.5735 millileter (ml) 1 pound mass (lb) (avoirdupois) ...................................................................... 0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) ........................................................................................... 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 lb avoirdupois) ........................................................................... 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise ............................................................................................................. 0.1 pascal second (Pa s) 1 centistoke (cs) .............................................................................................. 1 square millimeters per second (mm2/s) 1 pound force (lbf) ........................................................................................... 4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) ........................................................................ 6.8948 Kilo pascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (lbf/ft) ........................................................................... 1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) ................................................................................. 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbt]/s) .......................................................... 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) .................................................................................... 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): ................................................................................... Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 .......................................................................................... 0 c = CF -32)/1.8 SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems 1 Ampere (A) 1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (Im) 1 second (s) Common Metric Prefixes t~~it~li:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~ g;~ micro (µ) .......................................................................................................... 10-6 ~~~o(~)~.: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : : :: :: : : :: :: :: : :: :: : : : :: :: :: :: : : :: : : : : : : : :: : : : : : :: :: :: : : :: :: :: : : ::: :: : : :: :: : : : : : : : : : ~ g:~2 1-5 SYMBOLS ~ L % ' I 0 PL CL SL Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Angle Percent Feet or minutes Inches or seconds Number per or (between words) Degree Property line Centerline Survey line or station line ('\ •,;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 58 of 162 SECTION 2 -SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether as- signed or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), which- ever is greater." "(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Con- tractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 59 of 162 Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 1 0 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceed- ings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The deter- mination of the City Council shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcon- tracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Con- tractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Con- tract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Proce- dure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. l'\ •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 60 of 162 The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commis- sioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifica- tions, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The specifications for the work include the General Provisions, project technical specifications, Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), and the latest supplements thereto, 2018 edition as published by the "Greenbook" Committee of Public Works Standards, Inc., hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as amended. The construction plans consist of one (1) set of drawings. The construction plan set is designated as "Palomar Airport Road Widening," City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 496-9 and consists of fourteen (14) sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, and California Department of Transportation, CALTRANS, standard drawings, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards and Carlsbad Standard Drawings, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter designated as CES and CSD, respectively. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these General Provisions. l'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 61 of 162 The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Speci- fications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifica- tions, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, im- mediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2) Change orders, whichever occurs last. 3) Contract addenda, whichever occurs last. 4) Contract 5) Carlsbad General Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Supplemental Provisions. 6) Plans. 7) Standards plans. a) City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings. c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. e) Traffic Signal Design Guidelines and Standards. f) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans. g) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. h) California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD). 8) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended. 9) Reference Specifications. 10) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Detail drawings shall take precedence over general drawings. Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. {'\ • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 62 of 162 2-5.2.1 Precedence of Contract Documents: Where CALTRANS specifications are used to modify the SSPWC or added to the SSPWC by any of the contract documents the CAL TRANS specifications shall have precedence only in reference to the materials and construction materials referred to in the CAL TRANS specifications. The Invitation to Bid, Contract for Public Works, Part 1 of these Supplemental Provisions and Part 1 of the SSPWC, in the order of precedence in Section 2-5.2 of the SSPWC, shall prevail over the CAL TRANS specifications in all other matters. 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 15 working days for review of submittals unless other- wise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of trans- mittal. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submit- tals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of Transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. 7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." l' • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 63 of 162 Title: By:------------------------------ Date: _____________ _ Company Name: ____________________________ _ 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. Working drawings are required in the following sections: TABLE 2-5.3.2 (A) It em ec1on um S f N b er T"tl I e S b" t u >Jee 1 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders Trench Shoring 2 207-2.5 Joints Reinforced Concrete Pipe 3 207-8.4 Joints Vitrified Clay Pipe 4 209-2.1 General Fabricated Steel Pipe 5 300-3.2 Cofferdams Structure Excavation & Backfill 6 303-1.6 General Falsework 7 303-1. 7 General Placing Reinforcement 8 303-3.1 General Prestressed Concrete Construction 9 304-1.1.1 Shop Drawings Structural Steel 10 304-1.1.2 Falsework Plans Structural Steel 11 304-2.1 General Metal Hand Railings 12 306-2.7.3 General Temporary Bypasses 13 307-1.1 General Jacking Operations 14 307-2.1 General Tunneling Operations 15 307-2.4 Tunnel Supports Tunneling Operations 16 306-8.2.2.3 Remodeling Existing Sewer Facilities Polyethylene Liner Installation 17 308-3 Microtunneling Microtunneling Operations 18 701-17.2.2 Controller Cabinet Wiring Diagrams Traffic Signal Construction Working drawings listed above as Items 1, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 17 shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California. 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or as- sembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifi- cations for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting {' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 64 of 162 information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the sys- tem. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2) List of Materials per 4-1.4. 3) Certifications per 4-1.5. 4) Construction Schedule per 6-1. 5) Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 6) Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. 7) Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.3.1. 8) Request for Permission of Laydown or staging area (if within City ROW) 9) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bul- letins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to de- scribe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, manufac- tured item, or system. 2-5.4 Record Drawings. The Contractor shall provide and keep an up-to-date record set of drawings "as-built", which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, un- derground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. The official record drawing shall accurately reflect all changes and modifications to the original plan. The Contractor shall formally submit the final rec- ord drawing at the final walkthrough meeting. At the direction of the engineer, the Contractor shall correct and revise the Record Drawings to accurately reflect field conditions. Re-submittal of the Record Drawings shall be completed within ten (10) working days of the final walkthrough meeting date and shall reflect any additional punch list items. Payment for the upkeep, revision, and sub- mittal of the record drawings shall be included in the lump sum price for this bid item. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all ma- terials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data was determined. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be considered as a basis for extra work. 2-8 RIGHT-OF-WAY. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be pro- vided by the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and l' • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 65 of 162 facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. 2-9 SURVEYING 2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Con- tractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Sur- veyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by§§ 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, herein- after Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data. All surveying data submittals shall conform to the require- ments of Section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (8½" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and support- ing data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or docu- mentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 -8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under§§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monu- ments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio ,, •,r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 66 of 162 of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. 2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements. Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal loca- tions where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of con- struction in the area marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others. TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) Survey Requirements for Construction Staking Feature Staked Stake De-Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spac-Lateral Spac-Setting Tolerance scription@ ing©,@ ina®,@ /Within) Street Centerline SDRS M-10 :<,;1000', Street Intersections, Begin and end on street cen-0.02' Monument of curves, only when shown on the plans terline Horizontal, also see Section 2-9.2.1 herein Clearing Lath in soil, lath -lntervisible, :o:; 50' on tangents at clearing line 1' Horizontal painted line & :o:; 25' on curves, Painted line -continuous on PCC &AC surfaces Slope RP+ Marker lntervisible and :o:; 50' Grade Breaks 0.1' Vertical & Hori- Stake & <25' zontal Fence RP+ Marker :o:; 200' on tangents, :o:; 50' on curves when NIA 0.1' Horizontal Stake R~ 1000' & 25' on curves when R:o:; 1000' ( constant off- set) Rough Grade RP+ Marker :o:; 50' NIA 0.1' Vertical & Hori- Cuts or Fills ~ 10 Stake zontal m (33') Final Grade (in-RP+ Marker :s; 50' on tangents & curves when R<:: 1000' :s; 22' 3/s" Horizontal & ¼" eludes top of: Stake, Blue-& Vertical Basement soil, top in grad-:o:; 25' on curves when R :o:; 1000' subbase and ing area base) Asphalt Pave-RP, paint on :s; 25' or as per the intersection grid points edge of pave-3/s" Horizontal & ¼" ment Finish previous shown on the plan whichever provides the ment, paving Vertical Course course denser information pass width, crown line & arade breaks Drainage Struc-RP+ Marker intervisible & :o:; 25', beginning and end, BC as appropriate 3ls" Horizontal & ¼" tures, Pipes & Stake & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment Vertical similar Facili-breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, ties CD, 0 Risers & similar facilities (except plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines l' • ., Revised 6115117 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 67 of 162 Feature Staked Stake De-!Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spac-Lateral Spac-Setting Tolerance scription ai ing@,@ ing®,@ (Within) Curb RP+ Marker s 25', BC & EC, at ¼L'1, ½L'1 & ¾t1 on curb ( constant off-3/a" Horizontal & ¼" Stake returns & at beginning & end set) Vertical Traffic Signal CD Vertical locations shall be based on the ulti- mate elevation of curb and sidewalk Signal Poles & RP+ Marker at each pole & controller location as appropriate 3/a" Horizontal & ¼" Controller CD Stake Vertical Junction Box RP+ Marker at each junction box location as appropriate 3/a" Horizontal & ¼" CD Stake Vertical Conduit CD RP+ Marker s 50' on tangents & curves when R;:: 1000' as appropriate 3/a" Horizontal & when Stake & depth cannot be s 25' on curves when R s 1000' or where measured from exist- grade s 0.30% ing pavement ¼" Vertical Minor Structure RP+ Marker for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends as appropriate 3/a" Horizontal & ¼" CD Stake+ Line of box & wings & at each end of the local Vertical (when vertical Stake depression ® data needed) Abutment Fill RP+ Marker s 50' & along end slopes & conic transitions as appropriate 0.1' Vertical & Hori- Stake+ Line zontal Stake Wall CD RP+ Marker s 50' and at beginning & end of: each wall, as appropriate ¼" Horizontal & ¼" Stake+ Line BC & EC, layout line angle points, changes Vertical Point +Guard in footing dimensions &/or elevation & wall Stake heiaht Major Structure ® Footings, RP+ Marker 1 O' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC as appropriate ~ta" Horizontal & ¼" Bents, Abut-Stake+ Line & EC, transition points & at beginning & Vertical ments & Point +Guard end. Elevation points on footings at bottom Wingwalls Stake of columns Superstruc-RP 1 O' to 33' sufficient to use string lines, BC & as appropriate 3/a" Horizontal & ¼" tures EC, transition points & at beginning & end. Vertical Elevation points on footings at bottom of columns Miscellaneous ® Contour Grad-RP+ Marker s 50' along contour 0.1' Vertical & Hori- ina CD Stake line zontal Utilities CD, 0 RP+ Marker s 50' on tangents & curves when R;:: 1000' as appropriate 3/a" Horizontal & ¼" Stake & Vertical s 25' on curves when R s 1000' or where grade s 0.30% Channels, RP+ Marker intervisible & s 100', BC & EC of facilities, as appropriate 0.1' Horizontal & ¼" Dikes & Ditches Stake Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Vertical CD Inlets & similar facilities Signs CD RP+ Marker At sign location Line point 0.1' Vertical & Hori- Stake+ Line zontal Point +Guard Stake Subsurface RP+ Marker intervisible & s 50', BC & EC of facilities, as appropriate 0.1' Horizontal & ¼" Drains CD Stake Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Vertical Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar fa- cilities Overside RP+ Marker longitudinal location At beginning 0.1' Horizontal & ¼" Drains CD Stake & end Vertical Markers CD RP+ Marker for asphalt street surfacing s 50' on tan-At marker lo-¼" Horizontal Stake gents & curves when R;:: 1000' & s 25' on cation(s) curves when Rs 1000'. Railings & Bar-RP+ Marker At beginning & end and s 50' on tangents at railing & ~ta" Horizontal & Verti- riers CD Stake & curves when R ;:: 1000' & s 25' on curves barrier loca-cal when R s 1000' tion(s) AC Dikes CD RP+ Marker At beginning & end as appropriate 0.1' Horizontal & Ver- Stake tical ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 68 of 162 Feature Staked Stake De-Centerline or Parallel to Centerline Spac-Lateral Spac-Setting Tolerance scriotion 0 ina©,@ ing®,@ (Within) Box Culverts 1 0' to 33' as required by the Engineer, BC as appropriate 3/s" Horizontal & ¼" & EC, transition points & at beginning & Vertical end. Elevation points on footings & at in- vert Pavement RP 200' on tangents, 50' on curves when at pavement ¼" Horizontal MarkersCD R ;:,: 1000' & 25' on curves when R ~ 1000'. marker loca- For PCC surfaced streets lane cold joints tion(s) will suffice CD Staking for feature may be omitted when adJacent marker stakes reference the offset and elevation of those features and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature 0 Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table ® Perpendicular to centerline. © Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto ® Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature @ ;:,: means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. ~ means less than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. 0 The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all other utilities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit. All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(8) TABLE 2-9.2.2(8) S St k C I C d f C t f St k" urvey a e o or 0 e or ons rue 10n a mg Type of Stake Description Color* Horizontal Control Coordinated control points, control lines, control reference points, center-White/Red line, alignments, etc. Vertical Control Bench marks White/Or- anae Clearina Limits of clearina Yellow/Black Grading Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, fi-Yellow nal grade, etc. Structure Bridaes, sound and retainina walls, box culverts, etc. White Drainage, Sewer, Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm Blue Curb drains, slope protection, curbs, autters, etc. Right-of-Way Fences, R/ W lines, easements, property monuments, etc. White/Yel- low Miscellaneous Sians, railinas, barriers, liahtino, etc. Oranae * Flagging and marking cards, 1f used. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compen- sation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the re- placement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, in- cluding filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the qual- ity and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. {' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 69 of 162 Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the fin- ished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all mat- ters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instruc- tions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; accepta- bility of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit and Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engi- neer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors' performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Con- tractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal busi- ness hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relat- ing to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Con- tractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Con- tractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized rep- resentatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 70 of 162 SECTION 3 -CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the inter- ests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as grant- ing a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Con- tractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are in- volved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in con- formance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3- 2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work cov- ered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 per- cent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 71 of 162 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work cov- ered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contrac- tor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise spec- ified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.4.1 Schedule of Values. Prior to construction, Contractor shall provide a schedule of values for all lump sum bid items that shall be used for the purpose of progress payments. The prices shall be valid for the purpose of change orders to the project. 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notifi- cation in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material cannot be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 72 of 162 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers com- pensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equip- ment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Sec- tion 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" pub- lished by CAL TRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of- way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all inci- dentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Con- tractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating rec- ommended by the manufacturer. ,, • .,, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 73 of 162 The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Con- tractor or Subcontractors. Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. (e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor .................................... 20 2) Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 3) Equipment Rental ................... 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures . . . 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Sub- contractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcon- tracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting doc- uments to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 74 of 162 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the fol- lowing Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discov- ery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being per- formed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class Ill disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect perfor- mance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the hap- pening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the par- ticular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor be- lieves additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 75 of 162 'The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further under- stands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in re- sponse to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By:--------------Title: _____________ _ Date: --------------- Company Name: ___________________________ _ The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim sub- sequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4. City Engineer 5. City Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or re- quest that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. ,, •;, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 76 of 162 The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a reso- lution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. All claims by the -Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is set forth below: 9204. (a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner. (b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with Sec- tion 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2, and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project. (c) For purposes of this section: (1) "Claim" means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following: (A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project. (B) Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. (2) "Contractor" means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct contract with a public entity for a public works project. (3) (A) "Public entity" means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a state agency, department, office, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State Univer- sity, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public authority, polit- ical subdivision, public corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency. (B) "Public entity" shall not include the following: (i) The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (ii) The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iii) The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that de- partment. (iv) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its juris- diction pursuant to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the Penal Code. (v) The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (vi) The Department of General Services as to all other projects. (vii) The High-Speed Rail Authority. (4) "Public works project" means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind. (5) "Subcontractor" means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 77 of 162 (d) (1) (A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. (B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the gov- erning body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion. (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply. (2) (A) If the claimant disputes the public entity's written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dis- pute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for set- tlement of the dispute. (B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. (C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section. (D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced. (E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under pri- vate arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties' dispute. (3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public entity's failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements l' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 78 of 162 of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. (4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. (5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may re- quest in writing, either on his or her own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be pre- sented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public works project that may give rise to a claim under this section. (f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section. (g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017. (h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its con- tractual obligations. (i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that date. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7 .1 ( commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. l' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 79 of 162 (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifica- tions for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. ( d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. ( d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. {'\ •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 80 of 162 (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (com- mencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims sub- ject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time re- quirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Proce- dure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators ap- pointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a differ- ent division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undis- puted except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 81 of 162 .. SECTION 4-CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the gener- ally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be con- sidered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so di- rected by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable no- tice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Spec- ifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Con- tractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be neces- sary for the completion of the Contract. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrica- tion, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are accepta- ble upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to in- spection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety ,, •;, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 82 of 162 regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be nec- essary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to pur- chase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles out- side the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equip- ment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its ex- pense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engi- neer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the require- ments indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after im- proper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. {'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 83 of 162 Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made nec- essary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifica- tions and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any mate- rial, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durabil- ity, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its in- tended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, ap- pearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1. 7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for propor- tioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 84 of 162 The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regula- tions pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to oper- ation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other oper- ating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pres- sure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain- measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Cal- ibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Mod- ified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as de- fined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The inves- tigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional in- formation in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the co- operative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach res- olution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written noti- fication of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by com- mittee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledge- ment, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Con- tractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the coop- erative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 85 of 162 provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the inves- tigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertain- ing to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engi- neer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. ('\ •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 86 of 162 SECTION 5 -UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known rec- ords, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utili- ties indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, tele- phone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every prop- erty parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Under- ground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the sup- port of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 87 of 162 Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic pro- tection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the proce- dures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering por- tions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements be- fore commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for man- hole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and prop- erty line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3- 3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect in- terfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensa-,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 88 of 162 tion will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the tempo- rary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately fol- lowing the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time avail- able for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Sec- tion 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unrea- sonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not iden- tified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or altera- tions not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. 5-6.1 Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Two water shutdowns are allotted throughout the duration of the project. The Contractor shall schedule all work as necessary to relocate and re- store water services within these two shutdowns. The shutdowns shall occur between the hours of 12 a.m. (midnight) and 5 a.m. Water service shall be fully restored by 5 a.m. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Carlsbad Municipal Water District to schedule and coordinate the shutdown and to fully restore all water services. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 89 of 162 SECTION 6 -PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be re- quired by law the Contractor shall begin work within five (5) calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's man- agement personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the precon- struction meeting. 6-1.2 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Base- line Construction Schedule shall include each item and element described in this section and shall be provided on a physical (paper) copy and electronic media copy. 6-1.2.1 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The schedule shall include, but is not limited to, submittal dates for working drawings and shop drawings, critical path milestones, start and end dates for each bid item and traffic control phases, utility and traffic signal shutdowns, supporting information, and the critical path to project completion, the bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. The construction schedule shall display project specific information including the start and end dates of start and end dates of Phase 1, 2, and 3 of the project, as defined in Section 6-2.1 Order of Work, and the critical path of work activities through these phases. 6-1.2.2 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contrac- tor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition prece- dent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engi- neer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental pro- visions within ten (10) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construc- tion Schedule within ten (10) working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.2.1 through 6-1.2.2.3. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 90 of 162 6-1.2.2.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. 6-1.2.2.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to submitting any additional submittals to the City. 6-1.2.2.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the correc- tions and changes. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be consid- ered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 6-1.2.3 Maintenance of Construction Schedule. The Contractor's schedule shall be updated on a weekly basis and presented at progress meetings per Section 6-2.3. The updated schedule shall display start/early finish dates for critical milestones, percent completed for each work item, lag time, delays, and the number of working days exhausted at the time of progress meeting. 6-1.2.4 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor's preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to mobilization and no sep- arate payment will be made therefore. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore street and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. Specific sequencing constraints include, but are not limited to, the following phases, unless oth- erwise authorized by the agency: ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 91 of 162 6-2.1.1 Phase I. Phase I consists of shifting the eastbound traffic away from the Palomar Airport Road median, as shown on Sheet 10 of the Plans, to construct the left turn lane extension. 6-2.1.2 Phase II. Phase II consists of closing the eastbound Palomar Airport Road shoulder and a portion of the outside lane, as shown on Sheet 11 of the Plans, to construct improvements on the frontage of Mobil Gas Station. 6-2.1.3 Phase Ill. Phase 111 consists of closing the eastbound Palomar Airport Road shoulder and a portion of the outside lane, as shown on Sheet 12 of the Plans, to construct improvements on the frontage of Islands Restaurant. 6-2.2 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of weekly Project Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project Rep- resentative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representa- tive". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engi- neer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of ar- chaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice l"-• .., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 92 of 162 to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the prem- ises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Con- tractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law. 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The City may terminate the Contract at its own discre- tion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to pro- ceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contrac- tor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Con- tractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as pro- vided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 93 of 162 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.3.1 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the clas- sification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reason- able means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Con- tractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7 .1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Con- tract for such portion. The time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in workdays. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 70 working days after the start- ing date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 3. Any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor associa- tion, 4. Any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 5. Any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 8 p.m. and 5 a.m., Sunday night through Friday morning. These times exclude Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor {' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 94 of 162 desires daytime work or to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holi- days. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each work- ing day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indi- cate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is com- pleted and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or perma- nent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engi- neer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6- 6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of $2,000. Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $2,000 per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any pro- gress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 95 of 162 With respect to the public right-of-way, failure of the Contractor to restore and open all travel lanes within designated working hours shall result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For every 15 minute increment ( or portion of time thereof) beyond the hours of work stated in the contract documents, the Contractor Shall pay to the Agency, or have monies due to it, the sum of five hundred dollars ($500). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and will be deducted from monthly progress payments due to the Contractor if such delay occurs. 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the im- provement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any com- pleted facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents. l'\ •,r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 96 of 162 SECTION 7 -RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with ap- plicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agree- ment on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes respon- sibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the re- maining provisions of the Labor Code. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to un- dertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 97 of 162 The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Com- pensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contrac- tor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compen- sation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all per- mits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-5.1 Agency Permits. Agency permits for the Work are included in the Appendix of these con- tract documents. Permits obtained for this project include: 1) Caltrans Encroachment Permit #11-18-NMC-0178 (Appendix F) The Contractor shall abide by all conditions defined in this permit. This includes obtaining an encroachment permit from Caltrans with the associated fee deposit of $3,608.00. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its pres- ence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or com- munication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint ven- ture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or per- son in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. ,, •;;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 98 of 162 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others. the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for dam- ages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time exten- sion if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self- loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at the end of each working day at the minimum, for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed imme- diately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 99 of 162 Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Con- tractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole dis- cretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Con- tract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of em- ployees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sew- age shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. (' •;;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 100 of 162 The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number R-9-2015-0100, Construction General Permit and amendments thereto, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff associated with Construc- tion Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations. The Contractor shall comply with the City SWPPP Manual for Construction BMP's (2016 Edition) for a Tier 2 SWPPP and the Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP) provided in Appendix I. The Contractor shall be responsible for the implementation, maintenance and amending the SWPPP and WPCP and all coordination with the City and Caltrans. This includes, but is not limited to, retaining the appropriate certified personnel to implement, maintain, report and document, and amend the SWPPP and WPCP. All costs shall be included in the contract lump sum price bid. 7-8. 7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. The Contractor shall repair or-replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installa- tions, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relo- cated shall be done in conformance with Part 7 Street Lighting and Traffic Signal Systems of the SSPWC and Appendix C -City of Carlsbad Traffic Signal and Street Lighting Notes. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. l'. •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 101 of 162 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconven- ience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise author- ized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Ac- cess to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian cross- ings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. If backfill has been completed to the extent that safe access may be provided, and the street is opened to local traffic, the Contractor shall immediately clear the street and driveways and provide and maintain access. Only one driveway on Palomar Airport Road entering the Mobil Gas/Island Restaurant property shall be closed at a time. 24 hour access from Palomar Airport Road to these properties shall be maintained. The Contractor shall cooperate with the various parties involved in the delivery of mail and the collection and removal of trash and garbage to maintain existing schedules for these services. Grading operations, roadway excavation and fill construction shall be conducted by the Contractor in a manner to provide a reasonably satisfactory surface for traffic. When rough grading is com- pleted, the roadbed surface shall be brought to a smooth, even condition satisfactory for traffic. Unless otherwise authorized, work shall be performed in only one-half the roadway at one time. One half shall be kept open and unobstructed until the opposite side is ready for use. If one-half a street only is being improved, the other half shall be conditioned and maintained as a detour. The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling the City's contracted waste disposal com- pany, Coast Waste Management at 929-9417. During overlay operations, the Contractors schedule for overlay application shall be designated to provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be overlaid sufficient paved park- ing within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects ve- hicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the af- fected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 102 of 162 The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief descrip- tion of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer. For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with a maximum of a four color contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 lb. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An example of such notice is provided in Appendix "A". In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 72 hours in advance of the work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 72 hours in ad- vance of the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed and re-posted 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled work. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional com- pensation for printing and distributing these notices. The contractor shall replace all street markings and striping damaged by construction activities. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. 7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials or equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored else- where by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equip- ment may be authorized by the Engineer. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed immediately from the site. 7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers, guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The Con- tractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon com- pletion of the Work. l' • .-, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 103 of 162 After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring, partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall notify the following: 1) The Engineer ................................................................................ . 2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch .............................................. . 3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch ........................................... . 4) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (extension 2937) ................ . 5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations .............................................. . 6) North County Transit District ......................................................... . 7) Waste Management ...................................................................... . 8) Islands Restaurant ........................................................................ . 9) Mobil Gas ...................................................................................... . 10) The Coast News Group ................................................................. . 760-602-2720 760-931-2197 760-931-2197 760-438-2980 760-602-2752 760-967-2828 760-929-9400 760-602-9898 760-438-2141 760-436-9737 The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing any traffic control that affects bus stops. The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit, with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering "signs" as set forth in the Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required. All costs involved shall be included in the Bid. Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2009 Revision 1 and 2, as amended for use in California) and these provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contrac- tor shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at his/her sole option, install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater. 7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and con- trol devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.1.et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of Section 214-5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb mark- ing shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Con- tractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Con- tractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall {'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 104 of 162 be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be re- moved from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the trav- eled way and shielded from the view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS "Standard Specifications", except the sleeves shall be 7" long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, in- cluding any Section closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor's vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 6' of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equip- ment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25' intervals to a point not less than 25' past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer. 7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor's personnel shall not work closer than 2', nor oper- ate equipment within 1 0' from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment, the 1 0' shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated and/or maneu- vered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent traffic lane or provide barriers. During the entire construction, a minimum of two through lanes on Palomar Airport Road, shall be open for use at all times. 7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2009 Revision 1 and 2, as amended for use in California) and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in these Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to maintain public safety. When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 105 of 162 7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan. 7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished, placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in the Cal- ifornia Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2009 Revisions 1 and 2, as amended for use in California) published by CAL TRANS. Whenever the work causes obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding. Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose mate- rial. Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with a new traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When tem- porary pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed. 7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan Sheets. Traffic control plans (TCP) are provided on sheets 9-12 of DWG 496-9. The con- tractor shall submit a TCP for all work not covered on these sheets or if the Contractor elects to modify the provided TCP. The Contractor shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all construction activities that are located within the traveled way. The Contractor shall have TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this project that are not included in the project plans. The minimum 15-day review period specified in Section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP, new, modified or added to, for the Engineer's review. New or revised TCP submittals shall include all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition to the subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the traveled surface differs from the finished pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design of TCP shall meet the requirements of the Engineer and California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2009 Revi- sions 1 and 2, as amended for use in California) published by CAL TRANS as published by CAL TRANS. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be pre- pared by a registered professional engineer appropriately registered in the State of California. ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 106 of 162 The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the suitability and quality of any such modifications, sup- plements, and/or new designs to TCP. The Engineer may approve any such modifications, sup- plements, and/or new designs to the TCP when, in the Engineer's sole opinion, such modifica- tions, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP prepared by the registered professional engi- neer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. Such modi- fication, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed TCP are approved by the En- gineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. 7-10.3. 7 Payment. The Contractor shall provide traffic control at the contract lump sum price bid. The contract lump sum price paid for "traffic control" shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor (including flagging costs), materials (including signs), tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in preparation, reproduction and changing of traffic control plans, placing, applying traffic stripes and pavement markers with bituminous adhesive, removing, storing, maintaining, moving to new locations, replacing, and disposing of the components of the traffic control system as shown on the plans and approved additions and modifications, as spec- ified in these supplemental provisions, and as directed by the Engineer. All expenses and time to prepare and review modifications, additions, supplements and/or new TCP designs shall be in- cluded in the lump sum bid for traffic control and no additional payment will be made therefore. Flagging costs will be paid for as a part of the Lump Sum Amount for "Traffic Control." The cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers will be paid for at the unit price bid. When there is no bid item the cost of labor and material for portable concrete barriers they will be paid as an incidental to the work being performed and no additional payment will be made therefore. Pro- gress payments for "Traffic Control" will be based on the percentage of the improvement work completed. 7-10.4 Safety. 7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Con- tractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are pro- vided, or required by law. 7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and stored in accordance with all applicable regulations. ,, •;;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 107 of 162 The Engineer's approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for claims caused by blasting operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Ma- terial Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe condi- tions. 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces. (a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, admin- istering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR. Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and con- tain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Training of personnel 2. Purging and cleaning the space of materials and residue 3. Potential isolation and control of energy and material inflow 4. Controlled access to the space 5. Atmospheric testing of the space 6. Ventilation of the space 7. Special hazards consideration 8. Personal protective equipment 9. Rescue plan provisions The Contractor's submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor per- sonnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP. (b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit- required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit-required con- fined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site. (c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and person- nel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required. l' •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 108 of 162 7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringe- ment of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and reg- ulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grad- ing. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the par- ties." ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 109 of 162 SECTION 8 -FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1 GENERAL. Field facilities for Agency personnel are not required. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 110 of 162 SECTION 9 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from meas- urements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sec- tions involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with dupli- cate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Stand- ard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accord- ance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 111 of 162 Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precau- tions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably ex- pected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of owner- ship shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially com- pleted work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10 Use of Improvement During Construction. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of re- cordation of the "Notice of Completion." If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with appli- cable laws. At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as pre- scribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 Lump Sum Work of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engi- neer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the {' • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 112 of 162 Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Con- tractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental pay- ment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conform- ance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.01 0 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from re- maining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liqui- dated damages under Section 6-9 Liquidated Damages. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substi- tute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corre- sponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjust- ments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5 Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 113 of 162 time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written state- ment required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Condi- tions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Re- port, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or con- tentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5 Disputed Work for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. The Contract lump-sum price paid for mobilization shall not exceed TEN PERCENT (10%) of the total bid and includes full compensation for furnish- ing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in mobilization and preparatory work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and inci- dental to preparing to conduct work on and off the project site and other offsite facilities necessary for work on the project; for all other facilities, sureties, work and operations which must be per- formed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on various contract items on or off the project site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these specifications. l"\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 114 of 162 Mobilization shall include but not be limited to the following items: 1. Obtaining and paying for all required Bonds, Insurance Policies (including premiums and incidentals), and Permits. This includes obtaining a Caltrans encroachment permit as de- scribed in Appendix F. The contractor's lump sum price for mobilization shall include the associated fee deposit for the Caltrans encroachment permit. 2. Submittal of required materials, shop drawings, construction schedule(s), and 3-week look ahead schedule. 3. Establishment of all offices, buildings, construction yards, fencing, sanitary facilities, and any other facilities necessary for work at all project sites. 4. Posting all OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs. 5. The movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to all project sites. 6. Developing and installing construction water supply. 7. Notification of residents and businesses 8. Utility Coordination, mark out, and potholing Progress payments for Mobilization and Preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), forty percent (40%) of the amount bid for Mobilization And Preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second progress payment, an additional sixty percent (60%) of the amount bid for mobilization and preparatory work will be allowed therefore. No additional compensation will be allowed for additional mobilizations required, including but not limited to delays caused by the relocation of existing utility facilities shown on the Plans or dis- covered during construction operations. The deletion of work or the addition of extra work as provided for herein shall be reflected in Contract Change Orders, and shall not affect the price paid for "Mobilization." 9-4 BID ITEMS. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made at the quantity and type as listed in the Contractor's Proposal. All work shown or mentioned on the plans, in the Contract Documents, General Provisions, or Technical Provisions/Specifications shall be considered as included in the Bid Items. Contractor must protect existing utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation sys- tems, and vegetation in place. If damaged during the work, the Contractor is responsible to repair or replace any utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation at their expense. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 115 of 162 Bid Schedule A -6043 and 6044 Shared Improvements Bid Item No. A-1: Mobilization Not to Exceed 10% (Lump Sum) The Contractor shall mobilize per Section 9-3.4.1 Bid Item No. A-2: Traffic Control (Lump Sum) The Contractor shall implement and maintain the provided traffic control plan in accordance with the plan, Section 7-10 and Part 6 of the General and Supplemental Provisions. The contractor shall prepare and submit for approval, per Section 2-5.3 Submittals, a traffic control plan for all stages of work not included in the provided traffic control plan and for any proposed modifications to the provided plan. Bid Item No. A-3: Water Pollution Control Plan (Lump Sum) The Contractor shall implement, maintain, report and document, and amend, when necessary, the provided Tier 2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Water Pollution Control Plan pro- vided in Appendix I in accordance with the plans and per Sections 7-8 and 300-12. Bid Item No. A-4: Record Drawings (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item includes full compensation for all work described in Section 2-5.4 Record Drawings. l'\ • .., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 116 of 162 Bid Schedule B -6043 Left Turn Lane Improvements Bid Item No. B-1: Remove Existing Stamped Concrete Median (Square Feet) The existing stamped concrete median is to be removed in accordance with the plans, Section 300-2 and Section 401. Bid Item No. B-2: Remove Existing Median Curb and Gutter (Linear Feet) The existing median curb and gutter and associated subgrade is to be removed in accordance with the plans, Section 300-2 and Section 401. Bid Item No. B-3: Remove AC Pavement (Square Feet) The existing asphalt concrete and associated base section is to be removed in accordance with the plans and Section 401. Bid Item No. B-4: Construct Type A2-6 Curb and Gutter per CALTRANS A87A (Linear Feet) The Type A2-6 concrete curb and gutter is to be constructed in accordance with CAL TRANS Standard Drawing A87 A, the plans and Section 303-5. Bid Item No. B-5: Construct Median Stamped Concrete (Square Feet) The median stamped concrete section is to be constructed to match the pre-existing color and pattern and in accordance with the plans and Sections 303-6 and 303-7. Bid Item No. B-6: Construct Full Depth AC Pavement Section (Square Feet) The full depth asphalt concrete pavement and joint section is to be constructed per Detail 1 on Sheet 3 of the plans and in accordance with Section 301-1, 301-2 and 302-5. Bid Item No. B-7: Remove Existing Traffic Stripes, Signs, and Marking (Lump Sum) This item constitutes payment to remove all existing traffic stripes, signs, and markings scheduled for removal per the plan and Section 314. This items includes all striping, signs, and markings scheduled for removal along the left turn lanes of east bound Palomar Airport Road and the south bound lanes of Paseo Del Norte. Bid Item No. B-8: Install Signing, Striping, and Markings (Lump Sum) All road striping, markings and signage along the left turn lanes of eastbound Palomar Airport Road, south bound Paseo Del Norte and interstate legends on west bound Palomar Airport Road are to be installed per the plan and Section 314. Bid Item No. B-9: Traffic Signal Modification (Lump Sum) This item constitutes payment to install the new signal head, traffic signal loop detectors and all corresponding conduit for the south bound traffic on Paseo Del Norte in accordance with the plans, Part 7 of the General and Supplemental Provisions, and the City of Carlsbad General Notes for Traffic Signals and Street Lighting (Appendix CJ. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 117 of 162 Bid Schedule C -6044 Right Turn Lane Improvements Bid Item No. C-1: Remove Existing Traffic Stripes, Signs, and Markings (Lump Sum) This item constitutes payment to remove all existing traffic stripes, signs, poles and markings scheduled for removal along the proposed right turn lane of east bound Palomar Airport Road and the south bound Paseo Del Norte lanes per the plan and Section 314. This item includes, but is not limited to, all stop bar and cross walk modifications within the Paseo Del Norte and Palomar Airport Road intersection. Bid Item No. C-2: Remove AC Pavement and Base Material (Square Feet) The existing asphalt concrete and associated base section shall be removed in accordance with the plans and Sections 300-2 and 401. Bid Item No. C-3: Remove Existing Concrete Walk (Square Feet) All concrete walk within the proposed right turn lane improvement area, including all ramps, drive- way panels, pull boxes, conduit, access manholes, rebar, curb ramps, etc., is to be removed in accordance with the plans and Sections 300-2 and 401. Bid Item No. C-4: Remove Curb and Gutter (Linear Feet) The existing curb and gutter is to be removed in accordance with the plans, Section 300-2 and Section 401. Bid Item No. C-5: Remove Concrete Planter Curb (Linear Feet) The existing concrete planter curb is to be removed in accordance with the plans, Section 300-2 and Section 401. Bid Item No. C-6: Clear, Grub and Grade Improvement Area (Square Feet) The entire right turn lane improvement area is to be cleared, grubbed and graded as necessary to construct the improvements in accordance with Sections 300-1, 300-2 and 301-1. Bid Item No. C-7: Remove Tree (Each) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to remove existing tree in accordance with the plans and Section 300-1. Bid Item No. C-8: Remove Concrete Wall (Lump Sum) The existing reinforced concrete wall structure is to be removed in accordance with the plans, Section 300-2 and Section 401. Bid Item No. C-9: Remove Curb Outlet (Each) The existing curb outlet structure, built per San Diego Regional Standard D-25, is to be removed in accordance with the plans, Section 300-2 and Section 401. Bid Item No. C-1 O: Remove Concrete Protection Post (Each) The existing concrete protection posts, built per Carlsbad Standard Drawing W-24, is to be re- moved in accordance with the plans, Section 300-2 and Section 401. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 118 of 162 Bid Item No. C-11: Remove and Reconstruct Chain Link Fence (Linear Feet) The existing chain link fence and footings shall be removed to the nearest post and reconstructed, per Section 304-3 and SDRSD M-6, where indicated on the plan and as necessary to construct the improvements. Bid Item No. C-12: Construct Driveway at Islands Restaurant (Square Feet) The driveway entrance for the Island Restaurant property is to be constructed per San Diego Regional Standard Drawing G-14D, the plans and in accordance with Sections 301-1, 302-5, 302- 6, 303-5 and 404. This item includes all associated asphalt concrete resurfacing on the property as shown on the plan. Bid Item No. C-13: Construct Driveway at Mobile Gas Station (Square Feet) The driveway entrance for the Mobil Gas Station property is to be constructed per San Diego Regional Standard Drawing G-14D, the plans and in accordance with Sections 301-1, 302-5, 302- 6, 303-5 and 404. This item includes all associated asphalt concrete resurfacing on the property as shown on the plan. Bid Item No. C-14: Construct Type-A Concrete Curb Ramp per SDRSD G-27(Each) The type-A concrete curb ramp is to be constructed per San Diego Regional Standard Drawings G-27, the plans, and Section 303-5. Bid Item No. C-15: Construct Full Depth AC Pavement Section (Square Feet) The full depth asphalt concrete pavement and joint section is to be constructed per Detail 1 on Sheet 3 of the plans and in accordance with Sections 301-2 and 302-5. Bid Item No. C-16: Adjust Manhole to Finish Grade (Each) All utility manholes are to be adjusted to final surface grade in accordance with the plans and Section 403. Bid Item No. C-17: Construct Concrete Sidewalk per SDRSD G-7 (Square Feet) The concrete sidewalk is to be constructed per San Diego Regional Standard Drawing G-7, the plans and Section 303-5. Bid Item No. C-18: Construct Ribbon Gutter (Linear Feet) The ribbon gutter is to be constructed per Detail 2 on Sheet 3 of the plans and Sections 301-2 and 303-5. Bid Item No. C-19: Construct Type-G Curb and Gutter per SDRSD G-2 (Linear Feet) The type G concrete curb and gutter is to be constructed per San Diego Regional Standard Draw- ing G-2, the plans, and Section 303-5. Bid Item No. C-20: Construct Type A2-6 Curb and Gutter per CAL TRANS A87 A (Linear Feet) The type A2-6 concrete curb and gutter is to be constructed in accordance with CAL TRANS Standard Drawing A87 A, the plans and Section 303-5. Bid Item No. C-21: Construct Type A 1-6 Curb per CAL TRANS A87 A (Linear Feet) The type A 1-6 concrete curb is to be constructed in accordance with CAL TRANS Standard Draw- ing A87 A, the plans and Section 303-5. ,, •;r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 119 of 162 Bid Item No. C-22: 2" AC Cold Mill and Disposal of Grindings (Square Feet) The 2 inch cold mill grind into the existing asphalt concrete pavement and disposal of grindings shall be in accordance with the plans and Section 401. Bid Item No. C-23: 2" C2 PG 64-10 HMA Paving (Square Feet) This item constitutes payment for the 2 inch C2 PG64-10 Hot Mix Asphalt overlay in accordance with the plans and Section 302-5. Bid Item No. C-24: Construct Type-A Curb Outlet per SDRSD D-25 (Each) The type A curb outlet is to be constructed in accordance with San Diego Regional Standard Drawings D-25, the plans and Section 303-1. Bid Item No. C-25: Construct Pervious Gutter Section (Linear Feet) This item constitutes full payment for the construction of the pervious gutter section, as shown on Detail 4A of sheet 3, of the plan and in accordance the details and technical specifications pro- vided in Appendix G. This item includes, but is not limited to, StromCrete Modular Precast Porous Concrete Paving Slabs or an approved equal, 4" perforated PVC underdrain, 3/8" crushed stone screening course, 3/4" crushed stone reservoir course, 30 Mil. PVC impermeable liner, backer rod, joint filler material and no additional payment will be made therefor. Bid Item No. C-26: Construct 4" PVC Storm Drain (Linear Feet) The 4 inch diameter SOR 35 polyvinyl chloride storm drain pipe shall be constructed per the Plans, Carlsbad Standard Drawing S-5 and Section 306. Item includes, but is not limited to, the connec- tion of the pipe outlet to a SDRSD D-75 Type D ditch per SDRSD D-73 pipe connection to channel. Bid Item No. C-27: Construct Storm Drain Cleanout (Each) The storm drain cleanout shall be constructed per Detail 3 on sheet 3 of the plan and Section 306. Bid Item No. C-28: Install Water Service per CSD W-3 (Each) The 1 inch water service and a 1 inch water meter shall be constructed per Carlsbad Standard Drawings W-2 and W-3 and in accordance with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standard Draw- ings and Specifications Volume 3 Chapter 6 Standard Specifications for Potable Water; Recycled Water; and Sewer Facilities, the plans and these contract documents. Item includes, but is not limited to, the relocation of private water infrastructure to align with the new service location as necessary to restore service in kind. Bid Item No. C-29: Install Recycled Water Service for Future Connection per CSD W-3 (Each) The 1 inch recycled water service and 1 inch water meter shall be constructed per Carlsbad Standard Drawings W-2 and W-3 and in accordance with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Stand- ard Drawings and Specifications Volume 3 Chapter 6 Standard Specifications for Potable Water; Recycled Water; and Sewer Facilities, the plans and these contract documents. The recycled water service shall be isolated at the angle stop prior to the meter box and reserved for a future connection that is not included in this contract. Bid Item No. C-30: Install Water Service per CSD W-4 (Each) The 2 inch water service and 1.5 inch water meter shall be constructed per Carlsbad Standard Drawings W-2 and W-4 and in accordance with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standard Draw- ings and Specifications Volume 3 Chapter 6 Standard Specifications for Potable Water; Recycled Water; and Sewer Facilities, the plans and these contract documents. Item includes, but is not ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 120 of 162 limited to, the relocation of private water infrastructure to align with the new service location as necessary to restore service in kind. Bid Item No. C-31: Install Water Service Connection per CSD W-8 (Each) The potable water and recycled water service connections shall connect to the source main per Carlsbad Standard Drawing W-8 and in accordance with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Stand- ard Drawings and Specifications Volume 3 Chapter 6 Standard Specifications for Potable Water, Recycled Water, and Sewer Facilities, the plans and these contract documents. Bid Item No. C-32: Remove Existing Water Service (Each) The existing water laterals shall be removed in accordance with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standard Drawings and Specifications Volume 3 Chapter 6 Standard Specifications for Potable Water, Recycled Water, and Sewer Facilities, the plans, and these contract documents. This in- cludes, but is not limited to, cutting the existing service 4 inches beyond the corp stop at main, solder an end cap, removal of the abandoned pipe and all water equipment and backfill. Bid Item No. C-33: Remove Existing Fire Service (Each) The existing fire service shall be removed in accordance with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standard Drawings and Specifications Volume 3 Chapter 6 Standard Specifications for Potable Water, Recycled Water, and Sewer Facilities, the plans, and these contract documents. Bid Item No. C-34: Install Protection Post per CSD W-24 (Each) The protection posts shall be constructed to protect the commercial backflow preventer assembly located on the Islands Restaurant's property in accordance to Carlsbad Standard Drawing W24, the plans and these contract documents. Bid Item No. C-35: Relocate Existing Back-flow per CSD W-20 (Each) The existing back flow shall be removed, relocated and reconnected per Carlsbad Standard Draw- ing W-20 and in accordance with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standard Drawings and Spec- ifications Volume 3 Chapter 6 Standard Specifications for Potable Water, Recycled Water, and Sewer Facilities, the plans, and these contract documents. Item includes, but is not limited to, the relocation of private water infrastructure to align with the new backflow location as necessary to restore service in kind. Bid Item No. C-36: Relocate Existing Fire Hydrant Assembly per CSD W-12 (Each) The existing fire hydrant assembly shall be relocated per Carlsbad Standard Drawing W-12 and in accordance with the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standard Drawings and Specifications Vol- ume 3 Chapter 6 Standard Specifications for Potable Water, Recycled Water, and Sewer Facili- ties, the plans, and these contract documents. Bid Item No. C-37: Relocate Street Light per SDRSD E-1 (Each) The existing street lights, including foundations, shall be removed, relocated, constructed and electrical service restored in accordance with San Diego Regional Standard E-1, the plans, and these contract documents. {' •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 121 of 162 Bid Item No. C-38: Relocate Private Light Pole (Each) The existing privately owned street lights identified on the plan, shall be removed (including as- sociated foundations), relocated, constructed and electrical service restored in accordance with San Diego Regional Standard E-1, the plans, and these contract documents. Bid Item No. C-39: Relocate Mobil Gas Freestanding Sign and Corresponding Conduit (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to remove and relocate the existing electric Mobil Gas Station freestanding sign, including the foundation and all corresponding conduit, and relocation coordination with the owner as shown on the plans and in accordance with these contract documents. Bid Item No. C-40: Relocate Cable Pedestal and Corresponding Conduit (Each) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to remove and re- locate the cable pedestal, including all corresponding conduit, and coordinate the relocation with the respective owner in accordance with the plans and these contract documents. Bid Item No. C-41: Relocate Newspaper Box (Each) The existing Coast News newspaper box shall be removed, salvaged and relocated in accordance with the plans and these contract documents. The Contractor shall notify The Coast News Group 48 hours in advance of when the box is to be taken out of service. Bid Item No. C-42: Relocate Pull Box and Corresponding Conduit per CSD GS-21 (Each) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to remove, relocate and restore service to the pull box and corresponding conduit per Carlsbad Standard Drawing GS-21 and coordinate the relocation with the respective utility owner in accordance with the plans and these contract documents. Bid Item No. C-43: Relocate Potable Irrigation Valves (Each) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to remove the ex- isting potable irrigation valves and boxes, relocate in kind at the back of the proposed sidewalk on the Mobil Gas Station property, coordinate the relocation with the owner and restore service in accordance with City of Carlsbad Engineering Standard Drawings and Specifications Volume 3 Chapter 6 Standard Specifications for Potable Water, Recycled Water, and Sewer Facilities, the plans, and these contract documents. Bid Item No. C-44: Relocate Private Recycled Water Valve Boxes (Each) The contract unit price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to remove the ex- isting private recycled water valves and boxes, relocate in kind at the back of the proposed side- walk on the Islands Restaurant property, coordinate the relocation with the owner, and restore service in accordance with City of Carlsbad Engineering Standard Drawings and Specifications Volume 3 Chapter 6 Standard Specifications for Potable Water, Recycled Water, and Sewer Fa- cilities, the plans, and these contract documents. ,, •,r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 122 of 162 Bid Item No. C-45: Traffic Signal Relocation (Lump Sum) The contract lump sum price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to install new and relocated traffic signal poles, including, but not limited to, relocation of push button assembly, installation of new luminaire assembly and removal and installation of all pull boxes, foundations, new loop detectors, service connections and all corresponding conduit, in accordance with the plans, Part 7 of the specifications and the City of Carlsbad General Notes for Traffic Signals and Street Lighting (Appendix C). Bid Item No. C-46: Install Signing, Striping and Markings (Lump Sum) All road striping, markings, symbols, crosswalks and signage within the work area are to be in- stalled per the plan and Section 314. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 123 of 162 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 -ROCK MATERIALS 200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS Add the following section: 200-1.5.6 Permeable Material. All permeable material used for the crushed stone storage reser- voir and leveling course of the previous gutter section, as detailed in Detail 4A on Sheet 3 of the plan, shall conform to the provided Technical Specifications in Appendix G. 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 200-2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate base shall be Class 2 Aggregate Base per Cal- trans Standard Specification, 2015, Section 26: Aggregate Bases, Subsection 26-1.02B Class 2 Aggregate Base and as specified herein. Add the following section: 200-2.2.4 Class 2 Aggregate Base. Aggregate for Class 2 aggregate base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances and shall be of such nature that it can be com- pacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. Aggregate may include ma- terial processed from reclaimed asphalt concrete, Portland cement concrete, lean concrete base, cement treated base or a combination of any of these materials. Aggregate shall conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables. At the option of the Contractor, the grading for either the 11 /2-inch maximum or 3/4 inch maximum shall be used, except that once a grading is selected it shall not be changed without the Engineer's written approval. Sieve Sizes 2'' ..................... . 11/2'' ............. . 1" ...................... . 3/4" ............................. . No.4 ........................... . No. 30 ................. . No. 200 ....................... . ,, •;, Revised 6/15/17 AGGREGATE GRADING REQUIREMENTS Percentage Passing 11/2" Maximum 3/4" Maximum Operating Range Operating Range 100 90-100 50-85 25-45 10-25 2-9 100 90-100 35-60 10-30 2-9 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Tests Resistance (R-value) Sand Equivalent Durability Index Operating Range 78 Min. 25 Min. 35 Min. Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 124 of 162 The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before the Dura- bility Index test is performed. If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Operating Range" but meet the "Contract Compliance" requirements, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the remainder of that day. However, an- other day's work may not be started until tests, or other information, indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the work will comply with the requirements spec- ified for "Operating Range." If the results of either or both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements specified for "Contract Compliance," the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor and approved by the En- gineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the City $2.25 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The City may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may become due, the Contractor under the contract. If both the aggregate grad- ing and Sand Equivalent do not conform to the "Contract Compliance" requirements, only one adjustment shall apply. No single aggregate grading or Sand Equivalent test shall represent more than 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. SECTION 201 -CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) Modify as follows: TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) (3) PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Type of Construction Concrete Class All Concrete Used Within the Right-of-Way 330-C-23 (560-C-3250) (1l Trench Backfill Slurry 115-E-3 (190-E-400) Street Light Foundations and Survey Monu-330-C-23 ments (560-C-3250) Traffic Signal Foundations 385-C-28 (650-CW-4000) Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection 31 0-C-17 ( 520-C-2500P) Maximum Slump mm (Inches) (2) 200 (8") 100 (4") 100 (4") per Table 300-11.3.1 (1) Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC shall be as per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC. (2) As per Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC. (3) Portions of Table 201-1.1.2(A) of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction not shown herein as changed are not affected by this table. ,, •;;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 125 of 162 201-1.2.1 Cement. Substitute the following: a) Portland Cement. Portland Cement shall be Type 11 or V Portland cement conforming to ASTM C150 and the optional requirements of ASTM C150, Table 2 for maximum equivalent al- kalis (Na2O + 0.658K2O) of 0.60 percent. 201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. Substitute the following: (d) Air-Entraining Admixtures. The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2 percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test Method No. 504. 201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS 201-3.4 Type "A" Sealant (Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant). Add the following: All finished concrete surfaces shall have a ½" continuous expansion joint at locations indicated on the plans and notes and shall be located either parallel to perpendicular to the curb line. When not otherwise indicated, all expansion joints located adjacent to colored concrete shall be sealant Type "A" and colored to match the color of the concrete surface. Contractor shall provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. Contractor shall submit product data from the manufacturer of each joint sealant product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Contractor shall also submit samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. Samples shall be submitted to Engineer. Submit complete schedule of type (and location where type is to be used) of each sealant. Contractor shall engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Provide color selections made by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. Sealant color parallel to curbline shall match color of Paving Treatment Type "A" as specified in Section 303-7 Colored Concrete. Joint sealants shall be multi-component polyurethane sealant. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard, non-modified, 2-or-more-part, polyurethane-based, elastomeric sealant; complying with either ASTM-C-920-87, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, or FS TT-S 0227E Class A, non-sag, Type II. Acceptable Products: "Sonneborn NPII"; Sonneborn Building Products Division; "Scofield Litho- seal Trafficalk 3-G", L.M. Scofield Company; or equivalent, as approved by the Engineer. ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 126 of 162 Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Plastic foam joint fillers shall be pre-formed, compressible, resilient, non-staining, non-waxing, non-extruding strips of flexible plastic foam either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell pol- yethylene foam, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. Pol- ystyrene foam is not acceptable. 201-3.7 Type "D" Joint Sealant. Add the following: Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205°C (400°F). Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot- melt rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 201-3.7(A). TABLE 201-3. 7(A) CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT Property Measuring Standard Results Conditions (ASTM Desianation) Cone Penetration ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5 3.5 mm, max. 25°c, 150 q, 5 s Flow, 60°C ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 5 mm, max. Resilience ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 8 25%, min. 25°C Softeninq Point, ASTM D 36 82 °C, min. Ductility, ASTM D 113 300 mm, min. 25°C, 50 mm/min Flash Point, COC, °C ASTM D 92 288 °C, min. Viscosity, Brookfield ASTM D 4402 2.5-3.5 Pa·s No. 27 Spindle, 20 Thermosel, rpm, 190°C, SECTION 203 -BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. 203-6.2.1 Asphalt Binder. Add the Following: Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when the Asphalt Binder content is within +/-0.5% of the design mix and the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.4. Devia- tions in gradation may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the completed mix complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.4.4. Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when visually inspected and the combined gradation of the Bin samples show conformance to the grad- ing as shown in Table 203-6.4.4. 203-6.4 Asphalt Concrete Mixtures. Add the following: Conventional Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-PG64-10 for surface course, and B-PG64-10 for base course. Asphalt concrete shall be class D2-PG70-10 for dikes and class E-PG70-10 ditches. 203-6.4.4 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be determined from samples of asphalt concrete taken after completion of all processing (Wet Mix) or by core sample analysis of the in-place asphalt concrete or by direct central plant inspection ,, • .., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 127 of 162 that confirms the production of a particular mix design and verifies using samples of aggregate taken before the addition of asphalt and mineral filler (Bin). All samples shall be taken in accord- ance with Calif. Test 125. When Wet Mix or Core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for: 1. Asphalt Content and Gradation of Extraction using Calif. Test 382 or ASTM 2172, and Calif. Test 202. 2. Stability using: a. Hveem stability Value using Calif. Tests 304 and 366 shall be the average of three individual Values and/or b. Marshall Stability1 in accordance with the Asphalt lnstitute's MS-2 fabricated and tested for traffic volume and shall be the average of three specimens. 1Only use Marshall Stability when the deviation between individual Hveem Stabilometer Values are greater than +/-5. When using core sample analysis, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results. The amount of asphalt binder used in asphalt concrete placed in dikes, gutters, gutter flares, overside drains and aprons at the ends of drainage structures shall be increased one percent by mass of the aggregate over the amount of asphalt binder determined for use in asphalt concrete placed on the traveled way. Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when the asphalt content is within +/-.40 of the design mix and the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.4.4. Deviations in gradation may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the completed mix complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.4.4 Marshall Stability using Asphalt Institute MS-2. Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when visually inspected and the combined gradation of the Bin samples show conformance to the grad- ing as show in Table 203-6.4.4. SECTION 206 -MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS 206-1 STRUCTURAL STEEL, RIVETS, BOLTS, PINS, AND ANCHOR BOLTS Add the following section: 206-1.6 Stainless Steel Fasteners. Stainless steel fasteners for general applications shall be Type 304 or Type 316. Bolts, screws, studs, threaded rods, and non-headed anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM F593 or F738M. Nuts shall conform to ASTM F594 or F836M. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 128 of 162 206-6 CHAIN LINK FENCE 206-6.3.2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coated Fabric. Add the following: PVC coated chain link fabric shall be Class 2. Add the following section: 206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS. 206-7.1.1 Roadside Signs. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing roadside signs in accordance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provisions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the ser- viceability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and alumi- num marks. 206-7.1.2 Sign Identification. The following notation shall be placed on the lower right side of the back of each sign where the notation shall not be blocked by the sign post or frame: A PROPERTY OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, B. Name of the sign manufacturer, C. Month and year of fabrication, D. Type of retroreflective sheeting, and E. Manufacturer's,identification and lot number of retroreflective sheeting. The above notation shall be applied directly to the aluminum sign panels in 1/4-inch upper case letters and numerals by die-stamp and applied by similar method to the fiberglass reinforced plas- tic signs. Painting, screening, or engraving of the notation will not be allowed. The notation shall be applied without damaging the finish of the sign. 206-7.1.3 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manu- facture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Desig- nation 04956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.1.5 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminium shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designa- tion B449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coat- ing shall be Class 2 with a mass between 1 0 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. l'\ •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 129 of 162 206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold- rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45 or, when the sign area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the parameters in SDRS drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be pro- vided with back braces and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used. 206-7.1. 7 Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be constructed of 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45. 206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the Contractor's performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and porta- ble signs. 206-7.2.1 General. This work shall consist of furnishing and installing temporary signs in accord- ance with details shown on the plans, the California Sign Specifications and these special provi- sions. Permanent and temporary signs shall be free from blemishes that may affect the service- ability and detract from the general sign color and appearance when viewing during daytime and nighttime from a distance of 25 feet. The face of each finished sign shall be uniform, flat, smooth, and free of defects, scratches, wrinkles, gel, hard spots, streaks, extrusion marks, and air bubbles. The front, back and edges of the sign panels shall be free of router chatter marks, burns, sharp edges, loose rivets, delaminated skins, excessive adhesive overspray, and aluminum marks. 206-7.2.2 Drawings. Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved California Sign Specifications. The date of approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manu- facture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to Proceed" of this contract, whichever is most recent. 206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs shall be fabricated with Type IV prismatic sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equivalent) or Type IX prismatic cube lens sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) in accordance to ASTM Desig- nation D4956 and conforming to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.2.4 Sign Panel. Sign panels shall be fabricated from sheet aluminum in accordance with ASTM Designation B209. Sheet aluminum shall be pretreated in accordance to ASTM Designa- tion 8449. The surface of sheet aluminum shall be cleaned, deoxidized, and coated with a light and tightly adherent chromate conversion coating free of powdery residue. The conversion coat- ing shall be Class 2 with a mass between 10 milligrams per square foot. Following the cleaning and coating process, the sheet aluminum shall be protected from exposure to grease, oils, dust, and contaminants. Sheet aluminum shall be free of buckles, warps, dents, cockles, burrs, and defects resulting from fabrication. 206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same manner shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Plans RS1, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as follows: a) Wood posts shall not be used. b) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required. ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 130 of 162 c) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 2.1 m (7'). d) Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and installation to SDRS drawing M-45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5 ft2)of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when approved by the Engineer. e) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions. 206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be 10-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post size and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary mounted signs are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post size and the number of posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate. 206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the requirements of these special provisions, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and legend requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in section 206-7.2 of these special provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12"). All parts of the sign standard or framework shall be finished with 2 applications of orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel background. Testing of paint will not be required. Add the following section: 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS. Add the following section: 206-8.1 General. This Section pertains to 10-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tub- ing used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be cold-roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and punching operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be per- forated on all four faces with 11 mm (7 /16") holes on 25 mm (1 ") centers. Add the following section: 206-8.2 Tolerances. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (+0.011 ", -0.005"). Convexity and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not ex- ceed a tolerance of +0.25 mm (+0.01 0") applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1/16" in 3'). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm (5/32"), plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64"). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall permit 3.60 mm (9/64") radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using 10-gage or 12-gage square tube, consecutive size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.1 m (10'). Tolerance on hole size is plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64") on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2 mm in 6.1 m (1/8" in 20'). In addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing, dimensional tolerances shall not exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(8). ,, • ._, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 131 of 162 TABLE 206-8.2(A) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE Nominal Outside Dimensions Outside Tolerance for All Sides at Corners mm (inches) mm (inches) 25 X 25 (1 X 1) 0.13 0.005 32 X 32 (1¼x1¼) 0.15 0.006 38 X 38 (1½x1½) 0.15 0.006 44x44 (1¾ X 1¾) 0.20 0.008 51 X 51 (2 X 2) 0.20 0.008 56 X 56 (2 3/15 X 23/15) 0.25 0.010 57 X 57 (2¼ X 2¼) 0.25 0.010 64 X 64 (2½ X 2½) 0.25 0.010 51 X 76 (2 X 3) 0.25 0.010 TABLE 206-8.2(8) LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST Nominal Outside Dimension Squareness(1l Twist Permissible in 900 mm (3") mm (Inches) mm (Inches) mm(2l (lnches)(2l 25 X 25 (1 X 1) 0.15 0.006 1.3 0.050 32 X 32 (1-¼ X 1-¼) 0.18 0.007 1.3 0.050 38 X 38 (1-½ X 1-½) 0.20 0.009 1.3 0.050 44 x44 (1-¾x 1-¾) 0.25 0.010 1.6 0.062 51 X 51 (2 X 2) 0.30 0.012 1.6 0.062 56 X 56 (2-3/15 X 2-3/15) 0.36 0.014 1.6 0.062 57 X 57 (2-¼ X 2-¼) 0.36 1.014 1.6 0.062 64 X 64 (2-½ X 2-½) 0.38 0.015 1.9 0.075 51 X 76 (2 X 3) 0.46 0.018 1.9 0.075 . . (1) Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed . (2) Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate and noting the height that either corner on the opposite end of the bottom side is above the surface plate. Add the following section: 206-8.3 Fasteners. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel "pull-through" electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8") diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8") diameter head, and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200") to 0.90 mm (0.356"). The fasteners shall conform to ASTM B-633, Type Ill. Add the following section: 206-9 PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN Add the following section: 206-9.1 General. Each portable changeable message sign (PCMS) unit shall consist of a con- troller unit, a power supply, and a structural support system all mounted on a trailer. The PCMS unit shall be assembled to form a complete self-contained portable changeable message sign, which can be delivered to the site of the work and placed in immediate operation. The complete PCMS unit shall be capable of operating in an ambient air temperature range of -20°C (-4°F) to + 70°C (158°F) and shall not be affected by unauthorized mobile radio transmissions. {'\ • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 132 of 162 The trailer shall be equipped so that it can be leveled and plumbed. Full operation height shall be with the bottom of the sign at least 2.1 m (7') above the ground and the top no more than 4.4 m (14.5') above the ground. After initial placement, PCMS shall be moved from location to location as directed by the Engineer. Add the following section: 206-9.2 Message Board. The message displayed on the PCMS shall be visible from a distance of 460 m (1500') and shall be legible from a distance of 230 m (750'), at noon on a cloudless day, by persons with vision corrected to 20/20. The sign panel shall be 3-line matrix and shall display not less than 7 characters per line. Sign messages to be displayed shall be as approved by the Engineer. The sign face shall be flat black and shall be protected from glare of the sun by a method which does not interfere with the clarity of the sign message. The sign shall be raised and lowered by means of a power driven lifting mechanism. The matrix sign shall be capable of com- plete alphanumeric selection. Lamp matrix type signs shall be equipped with an automatic dimming operational mode that au- tomatically compensates for the influence of a temporary light source or other abnormal lighting conditions. The sign shall have manual dimming operation modes of 3 or more different lamp intensities. Matrix signs not utilizing lamps shall be either internally or externally illuminated at night. The controller shall be an all solid-state unit containing all the necessary circuitry for the storage of at least 5 pre-programmed messages. The controller shall be installed in a location allowing the operator to perform all functions from one position. A keyboard entry system shall be provided to allow an operator to generate an infinite number of additional messages over the pre-pro- grammed stored messages. The keyboard shall be equipped with a security lockout feature to prevent unauthorized use of the controller. The controller shall contain a nonvolatile memory to hold the keyboard created messages in memory during periods when the power is not activated. The controller shall provide for a variable message display rate which allows the operator to match the information display to the speed of the approaching traffic. The flashing off time shall be operator adjustable within the control cabinet. Add the following section: 206-9.3 Operation and Maintenance. PCMS shall be furnished, placed, operated, and main- tained at locations shown on the plans, specified herein, or designated by the Engineer. The PCMS will be diligently maintained and repaired by the Contractor throughout the project in ac- cordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When ownership is transferred to the City (at the end of the job), it must be demonstrated to be in good working condition, and meet the provisions of these specifications, including current registration. Add the following section: 206-9.4 Measurement and Payment. Payment for installation, relocation and maintenance of temporary traffic signs, including Portable Changeable Message Signs, are incidental to the traffic control bid item and no other compensation will be made therefor. ,, •,;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 133 of 162 SECTION 209 -PRESSURE PIPE Add the following section: 209-7 PIPELINE IDENTIFICATION Add the following section: 209-7.3 Underground Utility Marking Tape. Add the following section: 209-7.3.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.005") overall thickness, with no less than a 35 gauge (AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers shall be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or print- ing shall extend to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off. De- tectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 209- 7.3(A) and 209-7.3 (B): TABLE 209-7.3(A) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE PROPERTIES Property Method Value Thickness ASTM D2103 0114 mm (0.0056") Tensile strength ASTM D882 4500g/cm (25 lbs/inch) (5,500 PSI) Elonaation ASTM D882-88 <50 percent at break Printability ASTM D2578 >50 dvnes/sauare centimeter Flexibilitv ASTM D671-81 Pliable hand Inks Manufacturina specifications Heat-set Mylex Message repeat Manufacturing specifications Every 500 mm(20") Foil Manufacturina specifications Dead soft/annealed Top laver Manufacturing specifications Virgin PET Bottom layer Manufacturing specifications Virain LOPE Adhesives Manufacturina specifications >30 percent, solid 1.5#/R Bond strenath Boilina H20 at 100 dearees Celsius Five hours without peel Colors APWACode See Table 207-25.1 (B) TABLE 209-7.3(8) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS Color Utility Marked Red Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems. Yellow Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam. Orange Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable tel- evision. Blue Water systems. Green Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable. Brown Force mains. Purple Reclaimed water lines. ,, ._, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 134 of 162 Add the following section: 209-7.3.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the re- quirements of each of the following agency/association publications. A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety. USAS code for pressure piping B31.8, paragraph 192.321(e). B. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Dam- age to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1. C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid pe- troleum pipelines -APR RP 1109. D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide Spec- ification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment-PBS 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page 501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1. Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC, National Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate hazards. SECTION 210 -PAINT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 210-1 PAINT. 210-1.5 Paint Systems. Add the following to Table 210-1.5(A) TABLE 210-1.5 (A) Surface to be Painted Pre-treatment I Surface Prep-Primer Finish Coats aration Temporary Railing type Abrasive Blast Cleaning to a None Two coats white Acrylic (K) Roughened, Textured Appear-Emulsion Paint (1l ance (1) acrylic emulsion paint designed for use on exterior masonry. This paint shall comply in all respects to Federal Specification TT-P- 19 (latest revision), Paint, Acrylic Emulsion, Exterior. This paint may be tinted by using "universal" or "all purpose" concentrates. 210-3 GALVANIZING. Add the following section: 210-3.6 Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities. The requirements of this section shall pertain only to the preparation and galvanizing of traffic signal facilities. Galvanizing of products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 3.2 mm (1/8") thick or thicker, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 123, except that complete seal welding of tightly contacting surfaces of these products prior to galvanizing is required only where seal welding is shown on the plans or specified in these special provisions. Except for pre-galvanized standard pipe, galvanizing of material 3.2 mm (1/8") thick or thicker shall be performed after fab- rication into the largest practical sections. At the option of the Contractor, material thinner than 3.2 mm (1/8") shall be galvanized either before fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 525M, Coating Designation Z600, or after fabrication in conformance with the requirements of ASTM Designa- tion: A 123, except that the weight of zinc coating shall average not less than 365 g per square meter (1.2 oz. per ft2) of actual surface area with no individual specimen having a coating weight of less than 305 g per square meter (1.0 oz. per ft2). l'\ •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 135 of 162 Galvanizing of standard pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 53. Gal- vanizing will not be required for stainless steel, monel metal and similar corrosion resistant parts. Fabrication shall include all operations such as shearing, cutting, punching, forming, drilling, mill- ing, bending, welding and riveting. All welded areas shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to galvaniz- ing to remove all slab or other material that would interfere with the adherence of the zinc. When it is necessary to straighten any sections after galvanizing, the work shall be performed without damage to the zinc coating. Galvanizing of iron and steel hardware and nuts and bolts, when specified or shown on the plans, shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 153, except whenever threaded studs, bolts, nuts, and washers are specified to conform to ASTM Designation: A 307, A 325, A 325M, A 449, A 563, A 563M, or F 436 and zinc coating is required, they shall be hot-dip zinc coated or mechanically zinc coated in accordance with the requirements of the ASTM Designations. Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be performed after fabrication. Components of bolted as- semblies shall be galvanized separately before assembly. Tapping of nuts or other internally threaded parts to be used with zinc coated bolts, anchor bars or studs shall be done after galva- nizing and shall conform to the requirements for thread dimensions and overtapping allowances in ASTM Designation: A 563 or A 563M. When specified, painting of zinc coated surfaces shall be in accordance with the procedures in Section 210.1 Paint. Galvanized surfaces that are abraded or damaged at any time after the application of the zinc coating shall be repaired by thoroughly wire brushing the damaged areas and removing all loose and cracked coating, after which the cleaned areas shall be painted with two applications of unthinned zinc-rich primer (or- ganic vehicle type) conforming to the provisions in Section 210-3.5 Repair of Damaged Zinc Coat- ing Aerosol cans shall not be used. SECTION 213 -ENGINEERING GEOSYNTHETICS 213-5 GEOTEXTILES AND GEOGRIDS Add the following section: 213-5.1 General. Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in Table 213-5.1 Table 213-5.1 GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS Annlication of Geotextile Tvoe Desianation Separation of Soil and Street Structural Section 90WS Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aqqreqate Drain 180N Reinforcement of Street Structural Section 200WS Remediation and Separation of Soil 270WS Reinforcement of Soil 270WS Drainaqe at the Interface of Soil Structures N/A Drainaqe at the Interface of Soil and Structures N/A Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes Below 225 ka (¼ Ton) 180N Rock Slope Protection Fabric for Rock Sizes lncludina and Above 225 ka (¼ Ton) 250N Plant Protection Coverinq 90N Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG -150 mm x 150 mm (6"x6") Wire and 3 m 90WS ( 1 0') Post Spacinq Erosion Control Fence with 1.8 m (6') Post Spacinq and No Wire Fencina 200WS ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 136 of 162 Add the following section: 213-5.2 Erosion Control Specialties. Storm water erosion control plans shall be prepared, im- plemented, and maintained by individuals with the respective qualifications and certification as specified in the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards Volume 4. Add the following section: 213-5.3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 lbs) of 19 mm(¾") crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not acceptable. SECTION 214 -TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS 214-4.1 General Modify as follows: Paint for traffic lane lines, turn pocket lines, edge lines, chan- nelizing lines, bike lane lines, chevrons, and curbs shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to CAL TRANS Specification No. PTWB-01. Paint for pavement legends, pavement symbols, pave- ment arrows, cross walks, parking stall markings and stop bars shall be alkyd thermoplastic con- forming to CAL TRANS Specification No. 8010-19A. Glass beads shall be applied to the surface of the rapid dry water borne paint and the molten thermoplastic material and shall conform to the requirements of CAL TRANS Specification No. 8010-004 (Type II). CAL TRANS Specifications for water borne paint, thermoplastic material and glass beads may be obtained from the CAL TRANS Transportation Laboratory, P.O. Box 19128, Sacramento, CA 95819, telephone number (916) 227-7000. . 214-6 PAVEMENT MARKERS Add the following section: 214-6.4.3.1 Temporary Reflective Pavement Markers. Temporary pavement markers shown on the plans and required in the specifications shall be one of the types shown in Table 214- 6.4.3.1, or equal thereto. TABLE 214-6.4.3.1 TEMPORARY REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS Type Manufacturer of Distributor TOM-Temporary Overlay Davidson Traffic Control Products, 3110 70th Avenue East, Ta- Markers coma, WA 98424, 877 335-4638 {'\ •+r' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 137 of 162 Add the following section: 214-6.4.3.2 Permanent Reflective Channelizer. Reflective Channelizer shall be new surface- mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Reflective channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Reflective channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheeting as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m at night under illumina- tion of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. Reflective channelizer shall be one of the types shown in Table 214-6.4.3.2, or equal thereto. Type Safe-Hit SH336SMA TABLE 214-6.4.3.2 REFLECTIVE CHANNELIZER Manufacturer of Distributor Safe-Hit, A Division of Energy Absorption Systems, Inc. 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1100 Chicago, IL 60602 (800) 537-8958 Carsonite SDR3036 "Super Duck" Carsonite Composites, LLC 605 Bob Gifford Boulevard Early Branch, SC 29916 (800) 648-7916 Repo "The Replaceable Post" Western Highway Products 10680 Fern Avenue Stanton, CA 90680 (800) 854-3360 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2-5.3 "Submittals". Said certificate shall certify that the permanent reflective channelizers comply with the plans and specifications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the engineer and were manufactured in accordance with the approved quality control program . . , f.., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 138 of 162 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 -EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General. Add the following: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot success- fully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contaminated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefore shall be made to the Contractor. Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and lights, metal guard rail, fences, existing gate, traffic signs (including project notification signs), and other existing surface features that interfere with the work. These items shall be removed as a part of clearing and grubbing whether or not such items are shown on the plans. Existing under- ground pipes and conduits that are shown on the plans and designated to be removed shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing and grubbing. 300-1.4 Payment. Modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be made at the contract unit price. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities, structures, vegeta- tion, unsuitable soil, and signs (including project notification signs) shall be included in the unit bid price for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made therefor. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General. Add the following: Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, trenching and backfilling of storm drains, sewers, other utilities, disposal of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item for clearing and grubbing, all cut and fill including removal and recompaction of soil salvaging clean excavated material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on the plans. Unclassified excavation shall also include scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 300 mm (1 ') of the subgrade in the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent relative compaction, wetland miti- gation grading and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal site or spoil area acquired by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water. 300-2.2.1 General. Add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and place unsuit- able soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 139 of 162 Add the following: Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall consist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding surface is exposed or to a depth determined by the Engineer. If the excavated material contains 4%, or more, water than the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. The cost of spreading and/or drying shall be included in the contract unit price for removal and recompaction. The excavated material shall be placed and compacted in accordance with section 300-4 of the specifications except that section 300-4.9, Measurement and Payment, shall not apply. 300-2.9 Payment. Substitute the following: Payment for all unclassified excavation shall be inci- dental to the item requiring excavation to depth specified on the plan and/or standard drawing and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Add the following section: 300-2.1 0 Grading Tolerance. The Contractor shall finish excavated areas other than slopes and subgrade below structures, within the roadway and sidewalk areas within 30 mm (0.1 ') of the grades shown on the plans. Subgrade tolerances shall conform to the requirements of section 301-1.4. Add the following section: 300-12 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 300-12.1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. As part of the storm water pollution preven- tion work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, here- after referred to as the "SWPPP,". The SWPPP shall conform to the requirements of the 2016 City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards Volume 4 "SWPPP Manual", "Greenbook" Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, the requirements in the California Storm Water Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction ("Hand- book"), the requirements of the Caltrans Encroachment Permit, the requirements in the plans and these supplemental provisions including Appendix I -Ca/trans Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP). 300-12.2 SWPPP Document. Within 15 calendar days after the execution of the contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 copies of the SWPPP to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 2-5.3 of these Special Provisions. If revisions are required, as determined by the Engineer, the Con- tractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer's comments and shall allow 5 days for the Engineer to review the revisions. Upon the Engineer's acceptance of the SWPPP, 3 additional copies of the SWPPP, incorporating the required changes, shall be submitted to the Engineer. In order to allow construction activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the SWPPP while minor revisions are being completed. The objectives of the SWPPP shall be to identify pollution sources that may adversely affect the quality of storm water discharges associated with the project and to identify, construct, implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention measures, hereafter referred to as control measures, to reduce to the extent feasible pollutants in storm water discharges from the construc- tion site both during and after construction is completed under this contract. The SWPPP shall incorporate control measures in the following categories: ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 140 of 162 1. Soil stabilization practices; 2. Sediment control practices; 3. Wind erosion control practices; 4. Non-storm water management and waste management and disposal control practices. 5. Daily street sweeping Specific objectives and minimum requirements for each category of control measures are con- tained in the Handbook. The Contractor shall designate a Water Pollution Control Manager who will have the responsibil- ities outlined in the SWPPP. The SWPPP shall include, but not be limited to, the following items as described in the SWPPP: 1. Source Identification; 2. Erosion and Sediment Controls; 3. Non-Storm Water Management; 4. Waste Management and Disposal; 5. Maintenance, Inspection and Repair procedures; 6. Training and credentials of SWPPP preparer; 7. List of Contractors and Subcontractors; 8. Post-Construction Storm Water Management; 9. Copy of the local permit; 10. BMP Consideration Checklist; 11. SWPPP Checklist; 12. Schedule of Values; and 13. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Drawings. The Contractor shall amend the SWPPP and WPCP, graphically and in narrative form, whenever there is a change in construction activities or operations which may affect the discharge of signif- icant quantities of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, municipal storm drain systems, or when deemed necessary by the Engineer. The SWPPP shall also be amended if it is in violation of any condition of the Permit or has not effectively achieved the objective of reducing pollutants in storm water discharges. Amendments shall show additional control measures or revised oper- ations, including those in areas not shown in the initially accepted SWPPP, which are required on the project to control water pollution effectively. Amendments to the SWPPP shall be submitted for review and acceptance by the Engineer in the same manner specified for the initially accepted SWPPP. Accepted amendments shall be dated and logged in the SWPPP. Upon acceptance of the amendment, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised oper- ations. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the accepted SWPPP and the WPCP and accepted amend- ments at the project site. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, U.S. Envi- ronmental Protection Agency, Caltrans or local storm water management agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to the Engineer. 300-12.3 SWPPP Implementation. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP, the Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the project for installing, constructing, inspecting and main- taining the control measures included in the SWPPP and any amendments thereto and for re- moving and disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 141 of 162 or specified in these supplemental provisions, the Contractor's responsibility for SWPPP imple- mentation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work ordered in accordance with Section 6-3, "Suspension of Work". Requirements for installation, construction, inspection, maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the "Handbook" and these supplemental provisions. Soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures, including minimum requirements, shall be provided throughout the winter season, defined as between October 1 and April 30. Implementation of soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures for soil-disturbed areas of the project site shall be completed, except as provided for below, no later than 20 days prior to the beginning of the winter season or upon start of applicable construction activities for projects which begin either during or within 20 days of the winter season. The Contractor shall implement, year-round and throughout the duration of the project, control measures included in the SWPPP for sediment tracking, wind erosion, non-storm water manage- ment and waste management and disposal. The Engineer may order the suspension of construction operations, at the Contractor's cost, which create water pollution if the Contractor fails to conform to the requirements of this section as determined by the Engineer. 300-12.4 Maintenance. To ensure the proper implementation and functioning of control measures, the Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for the control measures identified in the SWPPP, as described in Section 7-8. The Contractor shall identify corrective actions and time frames to address any damaged measures or reinitiate any measures that have been discontinued. The construction site inspection checklist provided in the "Handbook" shall be used to ensure that the necessary measures are being properly implemented, and to ensure that the control measures are functioning adequately. The Contractor shall submit one copy of each site inspec- tion record to the Engineer, within two days of the inspection. During the winter season, inspections of the construction site shall be conducted by the Contractor to identify deficient measures, as follows: 1. When the five-day rain probability forecast exceeds forty percent (40%). 2. After any precipitation which causes runoff capable of carrying sediment from the construction site; 3. At 24 hour intervals during extended precipitation events; and 4. Routinely, at a minimum of once every week. If the Contractor or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of an • identified control measure, the deficiency shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately, or by a later date and time if requested by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer in writing, but not later than the onset of subsequent precipitation events. The correction of deficiencies shall be at no additional cost to the City. 300-12.5 Payment. The contract lump sum price paid for the Water Pollution Control Plan work shall include full compensation for the retaining certified personnel, the design, submittal, obtain- l' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 142 of 162 ing approval, and amending the Tier 2 SWPPP and for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equip- ment, and incidentals to install, implement, maintain, document and reporting, and remove con- struction BMPs per the approved SWPPP and WPCP. Tier 2 SWPPP and WPCP for the project is provided in the Plans. The contractor's personnel shall document, report and amend the SWPPP and WPCP as necessary to maintain the project site as defined in Section 7-8. Partial payment shall be based on the percentage the total value of work completed. SECTION 301 -SUBGRADE PREPARATION, TREATED MATERIALS AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading "150mm (6 inches)" to "300 mm (12")". 301-1.3 Relative Compaction. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Con- tractor shall compact the upper 300 mm (12") of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material placed on them (including pipelines), or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway, sidewalk constructed over them, to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test D-1557-12. 301-1. 7 Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be incidental to the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor, materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or recompact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed. SECTION 302 -ROADWAY SURFACING 302-5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. Add the following section: 302-5.1.1 Scheduling, Public Convenience and Traffic Control. Add the following: The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to prevent damage by all traffic. The Contractor shall not schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by calling Coast Waste Management at (760) 929-9400. The Contractor shall accommodate mail delivery to residences and businesses during the work. At least two weeks prior to work, Contractor shall send, by first class mail, notification letters to all property addresses on which resurfacing shall occur. Obtaining the appropriate addresses shall be the contractor's responsibility. A sample letter shall be provided by the city and the Contractor shall use the city's sample letter with appropriate street names, dates, times, and phone numbers specific to the work inserted in the letter . . , f.+i, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 143 of 162 During resurfacing operations, the Contractor's schedule shall be designed to provide residents and business owners sufficient paved parking within a 900 foot distance from their homes or businesses. Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects ve- hicular traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contract shall give written notification of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified. The Contractor shall deliver the 72-hour advance notification door hangar which shall state the date and time the work will begin and its anticipated duration. The notification shall list two tele- phone numbers that may be called to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor's permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24 hour number answered by a representative of the Contractor who is knowledgeable about the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the 760 area code. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the con- struction. The Contractor shall use the sample door hangar provided by the city and submit door hangars to the Inspector for approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the In- spector. The notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 4 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability to 65 lb card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. The door hangars shall show the street name, date, time, phone numbers, and appropriate information specific to the work inserted. The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the contract price bid for "Public Notification of Work" and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for work outlined in this section. Add the following: 302-5.2 Pavement Transitions. The Contractor shall ramp the approaches and termini to all structures and vertical joints in the cold-milled area which are transverse to through traffic with temporary asphalt concrete pavement as specified in Section 306-13.1. Ramps shall be con- structed the same day as cold milling and removed the same day as permanent paving. Ramp dimensions and compaction shall be as approved by the Engineer. 302-5.4 Tack Coat. add the following: If the asphalt concrete pavement is being constructed di- rectly upon an existing hard-surfaced pavement, a tack coat of PG 64-10 paving asphalt at a rate of 0.05 gallon per square yard or SS-1h emulsion at a rate between 0.05 and 0.10 gal/SY shall be uniformly applied upon the existing pavement preceding the placement of the asphalt concrete. The contact surfaces of all cold pavement joints, curbs, gutters, manholes, and the like shall be painted with PG 64-10 paving asphalt, or SS-1h emulsion, immediately before the adjoining as- phalt concrete is placed. The Contractor shall place a tack coat between the successive interfaces of existing pavement and new asphalt concrete. l'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 144 of 162 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading. Modify as follows: After second sentence of sixth para- graph, add: The Contractor shall provide the self-propelled spreading and finishing machine used to construct the asphalt concrete surface course with an automatic screed control. The automatic screed control shall be 5.5 m (18') minimum length. The paving machine shall be operated by an operator and two full-time screed men during all paving. The Contractor shall provide an on-site backup paving during all paving operations. No conveyor belt systems will be allowed for moving the AC. No AC windrows will be allowed. Only a surge volume/remix material transfer vehicle (MTV) is allowed to receive the AC from the haul trucks and then place it in the self-propelled spreading and finishing machine. If the Engineer determines the use of the MTV is not practical for a portion of the project, the Engineer may waive its requirement for that portion. 302-5.6.1 General. Modify as follows: Second paragraph, Part (2), add: Pinched joint rolling pro- cedures shall be required, and vibratory rollers shall be limited to breakdown, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Modify as follows: After last paragraph, add: Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the initial breakdown rolling shall be followed by a pneumatic-tired roller as described in this section. Add the following section: 302-5.8 Manholes (and other structures). When placing the overlay the Contractor shall pave over appurtenances in the roadway which includes sanitary and storm access covers, water valve boxes, air vents, sewer dead end boxes and survey monument boxes. Each appurtenance shall be treated or covered to prevent adhesion of the overlay. Each appurtenance shall be located immediately after the overlay is placed and shall be thoroughly cleaned of any and all construction debris which may have entered due to the Contractor's operation. The contractor shall adjust all CMWD water valve boxes per CMWD Standard Drawing No. W11 or CMWD Standard Drawing No. W13. All City of Carlsbad sanitary sewer access covers shall be adjusted per CMWD Drawing No. S1. All storm sewer access covers shall be adjusted per SDRSD D-10. Riser rings or exten- sions shall not be used for the adjustment of these appurtenances. Raising and adjusting to grade all appurtenances in the roadway shall be incidental to the surfac- ing paving bid item and includes all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for completing the work as described in this section. 302-5.9 Measurement and Payment. Add the following: Payment for asphalt concrete paving shall be at the unit price bid per Square Feet. No additional payment shall be made for any tack coat or sand blotter. SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 303-1.2 Subgrade for Concrete Structures. Add the following: If groundwater is encountered, Contractor shall work a minimum 2' deep of¾" gravel into soil to provide an adequate base for construction of concrete structure. 303-1.12 Payment. Delete the subsection in its entirety and replace with the following: Payment for concrete structures, including but not limited to, pull boxes, thrust blocks, SDRSD D-25 Curb ,, •,;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 145 of 162 Outlet, light and signal post foundations as shown on SDRSD E-1, SDRSD D-2 Curb Inlet, D-75 ditch repair for 4" PVC storm drain connection, and protection post per SDRSD CDS W24 are incidental to the respective bid item requiring such structure. Payment shall include compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to construct the concrete struc- tures complete in place. Items shall include cast-in-place PCC, steel reinforcement, covers, rims, grates, frames, collars, cone and draft sections, bases, steps, clean up; and for all other work necessary to install the concrete structure, complete in place, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 303-2 AIR-PLACED CONCRETE. 303-2.1.1 General. Add the following: Modify Regional Standard Drawing D-75 as follows: replace stucco netting with 150mm x 150mm (6" x 6") by No. 10 by No. 10 welded wire mesh. 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS, AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.1.1 General. Add the following: Portland Cement Concrete construction shall include, but not limited to, curbs, walkways, cross gutters, access ramps, driveways, concrete curb outlet, terrace ditches, and all other miscellaneous PCC construction items as indicated on the plans and per these Specifications. 6" Curb and Gutter shall conform to the standard referenced on the plan (I.E: SDRSD G-2 (Type G) or CAL TRANS A82A), the details on the plans, and these specifications. Adjacent AC/AB re- moval associated with concrete curb construction shall be full depth AC replacement and a mini- mum width of one foot from the face of concrete edge. Removal of AC shall be incidental to Section 401-1 Removals. Replacement of AC shall be considered incidental to this Section and conform to the requirements of Sections 203-6 and 302-5. The Contractor shall verify with a "smart level", string line and/or water testing that positive drain- age is maintained upon completion of finishing, and any irregularities causing water ponding shall be corrected and refinished. The City shall be present to verify the concrete forms, prior to pouring any PCC construction improvements. 303-5.5.2 Curb. Add the following: The Contractor shall stamp the curb face with 75 mm (3") high block letters directly above the point that it is crossed by underground facilities with the marking specified in Table 303-5.5.2(A). TABLE 303-5.5.2(A) Curb Face Markin s T e of under round facilities Water Service Lateral Sewer Service Lateral lrri ation Water Lateral or Sleeve Markin w s RW 303-5.9 Measurement and Payment. Add the following: Curb and gutter, and curb, shall be con- sidered as continuing across driveways, access ramps and drainage inlets when constructed ad- jacent thereto. Neither curb and gutter nor curb will be paid for across the length of local depres- sions, except that which occurs in gutter transitions at each side of an inlet. ,, •,;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 146 of 162 303-6 STAMPED CONCRETE. 303-6.1 General. Add the following: Concrete shall be 560-C-3250 with 6"x6" -10 guage wire mesh throughout. Add the following: 303-6.5 Concrete Finishing Products. 303-6.5.1 Water Base Penetrating Sealer for Integral Colored Concrete. (Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer or approved equal) Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted and nat- ural concrete. Water base penetrating sealer shall be a sealer designed for the protection of imprinted, colored and natural concrete, and other masonry surfaces to preserve the natural appearance of the ma- sonry without darkening or adding gloss to the surface. It shall preserve the natural slip resistance of the concrete, etc. Sealer shall repel spills and soils, minimizing staining and maintenance. Seal shall leave no visible material on the surface and shall be absorbed and locked into the pores of the masonry, repelling liquids and soils but leaving the top surface natural in appearance. Install per manufacturer's directions. Seal shall be compatible with the surfaces and materials which it is applied. Concrete sealer shall conform to the following specifications: Color: Odor: Flash Point: Specific Grav.: Density: Drying Time: Cure Time: VOC Content: Polymer Type: Clear, non-yellowing Mild None (C.O.C. method) 1.03 8.6 pounds per gallon 30 minutes to 60 minutes 24 to 48 hours None (0 g/I) excluding water Proprietary Reactive Resin System Coverages (approximate): Smooth Concrete: 300 to 400 square feet per gallon Rough Concrete: 200 to 300 square feet per gallon Note: Coverages vary depending on porosity and condition of surface and method of application Method of: Application Manufacturer: Airless sprayer. Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal, L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 All materials shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured, and stored according to the product manufacturer's direction . . , f.+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 147 of 162 Add the following: 303-6.6 Palomar Airport Road Medians-Use color application method "B" (integral color) per Section 303-7.3. The pattern shall match the existing median condition adjacent to the proposed construction along Palomar Airport Road. The surface texture shall be Flagstone ("Bomanite" Pattern or equal) per the 2016 City of Carlsbad Landscape Manual. Add the following: 303-6. 7 Measurement and Payment. Payment for colored, stamped concrete shall be paid at the contract unit price. Said payment shall include compensation for survey, sawcut, excavation, disposal of material, grading, backfill, compaction, base material, forming, mesh, reinforcing steel, concrete, integral color, texture sealers, transitions, joints, and other material necessary to construct the specific stamped concrete as indicated on the plans and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. 303-7 COLORED CONCRETE 303-7.1 General. Add the following: Integral color shall consist of colored admixtures developed for use in ready mixed concrete. The product shall be made of the highest quality pigments, as well as other ingredients designed to enhance the color and improve the pigment dispersion, workability and finishing performance of the concrete. Integral color pigments shall meet or ex- ceed ASTM-C-979. The coloring method shall be designed for concrete flatwork applications (salt finished, broom finishes, rotary finishes), as well as vertical surfaces, and other types of architec- tural concrete. Pigment shall be a permanent coloration, uniform throughout the concrete surface and interior, and shall be highly UV and fade resistant. Integral colored concrete shall be cured with QC Color Cure color matched to the concrete (see product information bulletin). Provide sample panel submittals of all colors to be used in the in- stallation on identical surfaces for approval by the Engineer. Contractor shall provide a mainte- nance schedule for integral colored concrete. Admixture for all integral colored concrete paving in medians and other integral colored concrete shall be the following: Color: Curing: Santa Barbra Brown (match existing median along Palomar Airport Road) Scofield Colorcure Concrete Sealer (or approved equal). See Section 201 for Con- crete Curing Materials. Manufacturer: Scofield Chromix Admixtures for color-conditioned concrete, or approved equal L.M. Scofield Company 6533 Bandini Boulevard Los Angeles, CA 90040 1-800-800-9900 Admixture products and procedures for installation shall be in strict accordance with the manu- facturer's specifications and recommendations, and those published by the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the Portland Cement Association (PCA). ,, •,;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 148 of 162 SECTION 304 -METAL FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION 304-3 CHAIN LINK FENCE. 304-3.2 Fence Construction. Add the following: Replaced fence portions, including vinyl clad- ding, securing slats, and barbed wire, shall match the height, color, and style of existing fencing within and/or adjacent to the project area. 304-3.4 Measurement and Payment. Delete this section and add the following: The lump sum paid price shall constitute full payment for the removal of existing fence and reinstallation of new chain link fence material where specified on the plan. SECTION 306 -OPEN TRENCH CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION 306-3 TRENCH EXCAVATION 306-3.1 General. Add the following: When the actual elevation or position of any existing pipe, conduit, or other underground appurtenances cannot be determined without excavation, the Con- tractor shall excavate and expose the existing improvement at the location shown on the Plans and any other locations deemed necessary by the Engineer. Such excavation shall be considered as part of the excavation necessary for the work. The Engineer shall be given the opportunity to inspect the existing improvements when it is exposed. Any adjustments in line or grade which may be necessary to accomplish the intent of the plans shall be made at no additional costs. 306-3.2 Removal of Surface Improvements. Add the following: Bituminous pavement, concrete pavement, curbs, sidewalks, or driveways removed in connection with construction shall be re- moved in accordance with Subsection 401 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Pro- visions. 306-3.5 Maximum Length of Open Trench. Add the following: The first sentence for the first paragraph is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Except by permission of the Engi- neer, the maximum length of open trench where prefabricated pipe is used shall be the distance necessary to accommodate the amount of pipe installed in a single day. Add the following section: 306-3.7 Steel Plate Bridging -With a Non-Skid Surface. This section covers the use of steel plate bridging. The Contractor shall not employ the use or use steel plate bridging or trench plate that does not meet the requirements of this section both in application and circumstance of use. Add the following section: 306-3. 7.1 Requirements for Use. Alternate construction methods that avoid the use of steel plate bridging shall be used by the Contractor unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. It is recog- nized that to accommodate excavation work, steel plate bridging may be necessary. All conditions for use of steel plate bridging set forth in the following requirements must be fulfilled as conditions of approval of the use of steel plate bridging. Consideration of steel plate bridging in the review process will take into account the following factors: 1. Traffic volume and composition. 2. Duration of use of the steel plate bridging. ,, •;;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 149 of 162 3. Size of the proposed excavation. 4. Weather conditions. The following formula shall be used to score the permitted use of steel plate bridging: PS = [ ADT + EWL + DAYS + 10 X WEEKEND + 5 X NIGHTS + 20 X WEATHER + SPEED (kmh) + SLOPE X 100] X LANES 1000 8 PS= [ ADT + EWL +DAYS+ 10 X WEEKEND+ 5 X NIGHTS+ 20 X WEATHER+ SPEED (mph)+ SLOPE X 100] X LANES 1000 5 where: PS ADT EWL DAYS WEEKEND NIGHTS WEATHER SPEED SLOPE LANES = plate score. = average daily traffic as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2009 Edition as amended by Supplements 1 and 2. = equivalent wheel loads as defined in the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2009 Edition as amended by Supplements 1 and 2. = total number of 24 hour periods during which the plates will be utilized at the site being considered. = total number of Saturdays, Sundays and holidays that the plates will be uti- lized at the site being considered. = total number of overnight periods that the plates will be in place, exclusive of Saturday, Sunday and holiday nights. = total number of 24-hour periods that the plates will be utilized at the site being considered when the possibility of rain exceeds 40 percent. = the design speed in kilometers per hour or miles per hour, as applicable in the formulae above, of the street where the plates are to be installed. This number shall not be reduced for construction zone speed reductions. = the quotient of the vertical differential divided by the horizontal distance. The vertical and horizontal dimensions shall be measured at the locations spanning a distance of 15 m (50') up and downstream of the position of the proposed steel plate bridging. = the number of lanes where plates will be used. When the computed value of the plate score exceeds 50, steel plate bridging shall not be used unless, and at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the Engineer determines that no alternative method of construction is possible in lieu of using steel plate bridging or that other overriding considerations make the use of steel plate bridging acceptable. Alternatives considered to bridg- ing shall include, but not be limited to, detouring traffic, construction detour routes, tunneling, boring and other methods of trenchless construction. Unless specifically noted in the provisions of the Engineer's approval, the use of steel plate bridging at each location so approved shall not exceed four (4) consecutive working days in any given week. Add the following section: 306-3.7.2 Additional Requirements. In all cases when the depth of the trench exceeds the width of the steel plate bridging resting on each side of the pavement adjacent to the trench, safety regulations require or the Engineer determines that shoring is necessary to protect the health or safety of workers or the public the Contractor shall install shoring conforming to Section 7-10.4.1 of the Standard Specifications. The trench shoring shall be designed and installed to support the steel plate bridging and traffic loads. All approvals for design, substitution of materials ('\ •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 150 of 162 or methods shall be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with all provisions of section 2- 5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals. The Contractor shall backfill and resurface excavations in accordance with section 306-1.5. Add the following section: 306-3.7.3 Installation. When backfilling operations of an excavation in the traveled way, whether transverse or longitudinal cannot be properly completed within a work day, steel plate bridging with a non-skid surface and shoring may be required to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. In such cases, the following conditions shall apply: a) Steel plate bridging when the plate score exceeds 50 is not allowed except when, at the sole discretion of the Engineer, it is approved as specified herein before. b) Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 610 mm (2') beyond the edges of the trench. c) Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate with minimum noise. When the use of steel plate bridging and shoring is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install using either Method (1) or (2) depending on the design speed of the portion of street where the steel plate bridging is proposed for use. Method 1 [For speeds more than 70 Km/hr (45 MPH)]: The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps between the unmilled pavement and the plate shall not ex- ceed 25 mm (1") and shall be filled with elastomeric sealant material which may, at the contrac- tor's option, be mixed with no more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of tables 203-5.2(8) and 203-5.3(A). Method 2 [For speeds 70 Km/hr (45 MPH) or less]: Approach plate(s) and ending plate (if longi- tudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway and shall be secured against displacement by using two adjustable cleats that are no less than 50 mm (2") shorter than the width of the trench bolted to the underside of each plate and located within 150 mm (6") of the beginning and end of the trench for plates at the beginning and end of the trench, a minimum of two 300 mm long by 19 mm diameter (12" x ¾") steel bolts placed through the plate and driven into holes drilled 300 mm (12") into the pavement section, or other devices approved by the Engineer. Subsequent plates shall be butted to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 300 mm (12") taper to cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement section shall be com- pletely filled with elastomeric sealant material. At the Contractor's option, the methods required for Method 1 may be used. If the Contractor so elects, all requirements of Method 1 shall be used. The Contractor shall maintain the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps and maintain and restore the street surface during and after their use. Add the following section: 306-3.7.4 Materials. The minimal thickness of steel plate bridging shall be as shown in Table 306-3.7.4 (A) ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 151 of 162 TABLE 306-3.7.4(A) REQUIRED PLATE THICKNESS FOR A GIVEN TRENCH WIDTH Maximum Trench Width (1J Minimum Plate Thickness 0.3 m (10") 13 mm (½") 0.6 m (23") 19 mm (¾") 0.8m (31") 22 mm <7/s") 1.0 m (41") 25 mm (1") 1.6 m (63") 32 mm (1 ¼") (1) For spans greater than 1.6 m (5'), a structural design shall be prepared by a registered civil engineer and submit- ted to the Engineer for review and approval in accordance with section 2-5.3. Steel plate bridging shall be steel plate designed to support the HS20-44 truck loading per CAL TRANS Bridge Design Specifications Manual. The Contractor shall maintain a non-skid sur- face on the steel plate with no less than a coefficient of friction of 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from the CAL TRANS District 11 Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. In addition to all other required construction signing, the Contractor shall install Rough Road (W33) sign with black lettering on an orange background in advance of steel plate bridging. Add the following section: 306-3.7.5 Measurement and Payment. Steel plate bridge materials including, but not limited to: steel plates, anchoring devices, cold milling, elastomeric sealant material, asphalt ramping and padding, signage, placing, installation, removal, relocation, preparation and processing of shop drawings and submittals to support the use of steel plate bridging and all other materials, labor, supervision, overhead of any type or description will be paid for as an incidental to the work that the bridging is installed to facilitate. No separate payment for steel plate bridging will be made. No extension to contract time will be allowed for, or because of, the use of steel plate bridging. 306-7.3.2.3 Gasket -Type Joints. Add the following: The Contractor shall provide Gasket-type joints for reinforced concrete pipe (watertight joints). 306-12 BACKFILL. 306-12.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall install detectable underground utility marking tape 230 mm x75 mm (9" x 3") above each or, in the case of bundled underground conduit of the same type, the upper underground conduit being installed by the open trench method. The type and color of detectable underground utility marking tape shall conform to the requirements of Section 209-7.3.2 of the Supplemental Specifications. 306-12.3.2 Compaction Requirements. Delete Section 306-12.3.2 and replace with the follow- ing: The Contractor shall densify trench backfill to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction except that in the top 915 mm (36") of the street right-of-way, compaction shall be 95 percent. 306-12.3.2 Compaction Requirements. Delete Section 306-12.3.2 and replace with the follow- ing: The Contractor shall densify trench backfill to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction except that in the top 300 mm (12") of the street right-of-way, compaction shall be 95 percent, in accordance with Carlsbad Standard Drawings S-5 and W-2. ,, •ii' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 152 of 162 306-13 TRENCH RESURFACING. 306-13.1 Temporary Resurfacing. Add the following: Temporary bituminous resurfacing mate- rials which are placed by the Contractor are for its convenience and shall be at no cost to the Agency. Temporary bituminous resurfacing materials shall be used in lieu of permanent resurfac- ing only when approved by the Engineer. When temporary bituminous resurfacing materials are used in lieu of permanent resurfacing it shall be removed and replaced with permanent resurfac- ing within 7 days of placement. No additional payment will be made for temporary bituminous resurfacing materials. The price bid for the associated conduit or structure shall include full com- pensation for furnishing, placing, maintaining, removing, and disposing of such temporary resur- facing materials. 306-13.2 Permanent Resurfacing. Add the following: Except as provided in section 306-13.1, "Temporary Resurfacing," the Contractor shall perform permanent trench resurfacing within 24 hours after the completion of backfill and densification of backfill and aggregate base materials in accordance with Carlsbad Standard Drawings GS-24 through GS-29. 306-15 PAYMENT. 306-15.1 General. This section is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Trench resurfacing shall be incidental to the respective bid item requiring the trench to be excavated and shall be considered full compensation for sawcut, removal and disposal of existing PCC and AC pavement, trench excavation, removal of existing pipeline as specified, over excavation of trench as needed, preparation of bedding material, furnishing and installation of pipe, backfill per Carlsbad Standard Drawing W-2 and S-5, compaction, trench plates, bedding and protection for crossing utilities, aggregate road base to match existing depth, trench resurfacing per Carlsbad Standard Drawing GS-24, removal of spoils, import of fill material, and all other work necessary to install or remove conduit, complete and in place and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. SECTION 314 -TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS 314-4.3.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, labor, and supervision necessary for painting traffic lanes, directional arrows, guidelines, curbs, parking lines, crosswalks, and other designated markings in accordance with the Striping Plans, or for approved temporary traffic control essential for safe control of traffic through and around the con- struction site. The Contractor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic mark- ings and lines that may confuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings. 314-4.3.4.1 General. Add the following: The Contractor shall provide a wet grinding machine with sufficient capacity to completely remove all existing or temporary traffic striping or markings that conflict with the striping plan, or are contrary to the Traffic Manual, or that may be confusing to the public. The surface produced by grinding the existing or temporary traffic striping or markings on pavement shall not exceed variations from a uniform plane more than 3 mm (1/s") in 3 m (10') ., ~+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 153 of 162 when measured parallel to the centerline of the street or more than 6 mm (¼") in 3 m (1 0') when measured perpendicular to the centerline of the street. The use of any equipment that leaves ridges, indentations or other objectionable marks in the pavement shall be discontinued, and equipment capable of providing acceptable surface shall be furnished by the Contractor. This equipment shall meet all requirements of the air pollution control district having jurisdiction. Add the following section: 314-4.3.5.1 Preparation of Existing Surfaces. The Contractor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which are to be abandoned, obliterated or that con- flict with the plans by wet grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sand- blasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum 30mm (0.1 0') thick asphalt concrete overlay is not permitted. Add the following section: 314-4.3.5.2 Layout, Alignment, and Spotting. The Contractor shall establish the necessary con- trol points for all required pavement striping and markings by surveying methods. No layout of traffic striping shall be performed by the Contractor before establishment of the necessary control points. The Contractor shall establish all traffic striping between these points by string line or other method to provide striping that will vary less than 80mm per 100m (1/2 inch in 50 feet) from the specified alignment. The Contractor shall obliterate, straight stripes deviating more than 80mm per 100mm (1 / 2 inch in 50 feet) by wet grinding, and then correcting the markings. The Contractor shall lay out (cat track) immediately behind installation of surface course asphalt and as the work progresses. Add the following section: 314-4.3.5.3 Application of Paint. The Contractor shall apply the first coat of paint immediately upon approval of striping layout by the Engineer and within 72 hours of pavement resurfacing. After one week, a second coat of paint shall be applied to all final, approved striping. The Con- tractor shall paint the ends of each median nose yellow. If required by the approved traffic control plans, the Contractor shall apply temporary traffic stripes in one coat. Temporary traffic stripes shall be maintained by the Contractor so that the stripes are clearly visible both day and night. 314-4.3.6 Payment. Delete this Section and add the following: The contract lump sum price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for the installation and replacement of all final and temporary striping, pavement markers, inlet stenciling, signing, and refreshing all striping within 200 feet in each direction of the project limits of work per this section, the plan, and contract documents. Reapplication of temporary stripes and markings shall be repainted at the Contractor's expense, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. {'\ •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 154 of 162 314-5 PAVEMENT MARKERS 314-5.4 Placement. Add the following: When being installed on asphalt concrete pavement sooner than 14 days after placement of the asphalt concrete pavement course on which the pave- ment markers are to be placed. Add the following section: 314-5.4.1 Reflective Channelizer Placement and Removal. The Contractor shall place and re- move reflective channelizers the same as for pavement marker placement and removal. The Con- tractor shall place the channelizers uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment to the same tolerances of position as for application of paint in Section 310-5. The Contractor shall perform all layout work necessary to place the channelizers to the proper alignment. If the channelizers are displaced or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Con- tractor. When reflective channelizers are removed the pavement surface shall be restored to the same color and surface finish as the adjacent pavement. ., f.+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 155 of 162 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 4, EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 401 -REMOVAL 401-3 CONCRETE AND MASONRY IMPROVEMENTS 401-3.2 Concrete Curb, Walk, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Curb Ramps, Driveway and Alley In- tersections. Delete the third and fourth sentence and add the following: All existing concrete shall be removed to the nearest joint. Concrete shall be removed to neatly sawed edges with saw cuts made to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches. PCC and all other material unsuitable for use as fill, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed from the right-of-way and disposed of by the Contractor at a site of his own choice and he/she shall pay all costs incidental to the disposal. Add the following section: 401-3.2.1 Adjacent Asphalt Concrete Removal. Adjacent AC/AB removal associated with concrete curb construction shall be full depth and a minimum width of one foot from face of concrete edge and continue along the concrete segment scheduled for removal. Removal of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to the removal of the concrete structure bid item per this Section. Replacement of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to the replacement of the concrete structure bid item as specified in Section 303-5. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 156 of 162 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 6 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SECTION 601 -TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES 601-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP). 601-2.2 Payment. Replace this section with the following: The Contract lump sum price paid for the traffic control system shall include full compensation for, but not limited to, design, submittal and approval of the traffic control plan, furnishing all labor (including flagging costs), materials (including construction area signs), tools, equipment, traffic control plans for the project, and inci- dentals, and for doing all the work involved in placing, removing, storing, maintaining, moving to new locations, replacing and disposing of the components of the traffic control including channel- izers (surface mounted), temporary railing (Type K) markers, lights for illuminating the work site, delineators, temporary striping and pavement marking, barricades, portable flashing beacons, flashing arrow signs, portable changeable message signs, as shown on the Plans, these contract documents, and as directed by the Engineer. The traffic control plan shall include, at a minimum, one portable changeable message sign posi- tioned on both eastbound and westbound approaches to the work area. Full compensation for removing and salvaging the traffic control equipment and materials that are to be reused or reset in the project shall be considered included in the Contract lump sum price paid for traffic control system and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Partial payment for traffic control shall be based on the percentage of total value of work com- pleted. 601-3 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (TTC) ZONE DEVICES. 601-3.1 General. ADD the following: The Contractor shall supply and install temporary traffic pavement markers, channelizers, signing, railing (type K), crash cushions and appurtenances at the locations shown on the plans and as required in the specifications, complete in place prior to opening the traveled way served by said final and temporary traffic pavement markers, signing, railing (type K) and appurtenances to public traffic. Add the following section: 601-3.4.1 General. Add the following If temporary traffic signs are displaced or overturned, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately replace the signs in their original approved locations. The Contractor shall maintain all temporary traffic signs used in the Work in a clean, reflective and readable condition. The Contractor shall replace or restore graffiti marked temporary traffic signs and posts used in the Work within 18 hours of such marking {' •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 157 of 162 being discovered during non-working hours or, when the marking is discovered during working hours, within 2 hours of such discovery of marking. 601-3.5 Signs and Signage 601-3.5.1 General. Add the following to the first paragraph: The Contractor shall provide and install all temporary traffic control signs, markers, markings, and delineators at locations shown on plans and specified herein. Modify the last paragraph as follows: Public notification signs of temporary no parking restriction shall be installed at least 72 hours before enforcement of the "No Park" zone. 601-3.5.2 Payment. Modify this section as follows: Payment for signs and signage is incidental to the temporary traffic control plan as specified in Section 601-2.2. 601-3.6 Channelizing Devices 601-3.6.1 General. Replace this section with the following: Channelizers shall be new surface- mounted type and shall be furnished, placed, and maintained at the locations shown on the plans. Channelizer posts shall be orange in color. Channelizers shall have affixed white reflective sheet- ing as specified in the special provisions. The reflective sheeting shall be 75 mm x 300 mm (3" x 12") in size. The reflective sheeting shall be visible at 300 m (1000') at night under illumination of legal high beam headlights, by persons with vision of or corrected to 20/20. The channelizer bases shall be cemented to the pavement in the same manner as provided for cementing pavement markers to pavement in Section 314-5.4, "Placement." Channelizers shall be applied only on a clean, dry surface. Channelizers shall be placed on the alignment and location shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The channelizers shall be placed uniformly, straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved alignment. All layout work necessary to place the channel- izers to the proper alignment shall be performed by the Contractor. If the channelizers are dis- placed or fail to remain in an upright position, from any cause, the channelizers shall immediately be replaced or restored to their original location, by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a Certificate of Compliance in accordance with the provisions of Section 4-1.5, "Certification". Said certificate shall certify that the channelizers comply with the plans and speci- fications and conform to the prequalified design and material requirements approved by the En- gineer and were manufactured in accordance with a quality control program approved by the Engineer. Add the following subsection: 601-3.6.5.1 Temporary Railing and Crash Cushions. Temporary railing (Type K) shall consist of interconnected new or undamaged used precast concrete barrier units as shown on the plans. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions shall consist of new or undamaged used temporary sand- filled crash cushions units as shown on the plans. Add the following subsection: 601-3.6.5.2 Appearance. Exposed surfaces of new and used units of Temporary railing (Type K) shall be freshly coated with a white color paint prior to their first use on the project. The paint shall conform to the provisions in sections 210-1.5 "Paint Systems" and 310 "Painting". Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and cleanup or painting over the graffiti from the K-Rails within 48 hours. The Contractor Shall replace or repaint units of Temporary railing (Type K) or shall remove graffiti, tire or vehicle marks, dirt or any and all materials such that said marks or discoloration mar the appearance of said units when ordered by the Engineer after the units are in place. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 158 of 162 Add the following subsection: 601-3.6.5.3 Manufacture of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the tem- porary railing (Type K) shall be manufactured per CAL TRANS Standard Drawing T3. Concrete used to manufacture Temporary railing (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in sections 201- 1, "Portland Cement Concrete" and 303-1 "Concrete Structures"." Load tickets and a Certificate of Compliance will not be required. Reinforcing steel shall conform to the provisions sections 201- 1, "Portland Cement Concrete" and 303-1 "Concrete Structures". Steel bars to receive bolts at ends of concrete panels shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M. The bolts shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 307. A round bar of the same diameter may be substituted for the end- connecting bolt shown on the plans. The bar shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 36/A 36M, shall have a minimum length of 660 mm and shall have a 75 mm (3") diameter by 9 mm (3/a") thick plate welded on the upper end with a 5-mm (3/15") fillet weld. The final surface finish of temporary railings (Type K) shall conform to the provisions in section 303-1.9.2 "Ordinary Surface Finish." Exposed surfaces of concrete elements shall be cured by the water method, the forms-in-place method, or the pigmented curing compound method. The pigmented curing compound shall be type 2 curing compound. Temporary railing (Type K) may have the Contractor's name or logo on each panel. The name or logo shall not be more than 100 mm in height and shall be located not more than 300 mm above the bottom of the rail panel. Add the following subsection: 601-3.6.5.4 Installation of Temporary Railing. In addition to the requirements herein the tem- porary railing (Type K) shall be installed per CAL TRANS Standard Drawing T3. Temporary railing (Type K) shall be set on firm, stable foundation. The foundation shall be graded to provide a uniform bearing throughout the entire length of the railing. Abutting ends of precast concrete units shall be placed and maintained in alignment without substantial offset to each other. The precast concrete units shall be positioned straight on tangent alignment and on a true arc on curved align- ment. Each rail unit placed within 3 m (1 O') of a traffic lane shall have a reflector installed on top of the rail as directed by the Engineer. Reflectors and adhesive will be furnished by the Contractor. A Type P marker panel conforming to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2009 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2009 California Supplement shall also be installed at each end of railing installed adja- cent to a two-lane, two-way highway and at the end facing traffic of railing installed adjacent to a one-way roadbed. If the railing is placed on a skew, the marker shall be installed at the end of the skew nearest the traveled way. Type P marker panels shall conform to the provisions of Section 206-7.2, "Temporary Traffic Signs". Where shown on the plans, threaded rods or dowels shall be bonded in holes drilled in existing concrete. When temporary railings (Type K) are removed, any area where temporary excavation or embankment was used to accommodate the temporary rail- ing shall be restored to its previous condition or constructed to its planned condition. Add the following subsection: 601-3.6.5.5 Temporary Sand-Filled Crash Cushions. Temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be "Energite Ill" manufactured by Energy Absorption Systems, "Fitch Inertial Barrier System Modules" manufactured by Roadway Safety Service, or equal. Features required to de- termine equivalence of any other temporary sand-filled crash cushion units shall be approval of the system by CAL TRANS and that the temporary sand-filled crash cushion units meet NCH RP 350 standards. Other features will be suitability to application, operational characteristics, dura- bility and other such characteristics that the Engineer shall determine. Temporary sand-filled crash cushions (TSFCC) shall be of the type and array configurations shown on plans, and in- stalled at every end of, or gap in, the temporary railing (Type K) whenever the closest point of approach of traffic, regardless of direction, is 4.6 m (15') or less to the end of the temporary railing l'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 159 of 162 (Type K) being considered. The TSFCC shall be installed per CAL TRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2 for approach speeds no less than the posted speed of the street prior to construction or 55 kilometers per hour (35 mph), whichever is the greater. The TSFCC array shall be appropriate to the application as shown on said standard drawings. A Type J and/or P marker panel conform- ing to the requirements of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2009 Edition as amended by the MUTCD 2009 California Supplement shall also be installed at each TSFCC array as shown in CAL TRANS Standard Drawings T1 and T2. Particular care shall be taken to assure that crash cushions are installed with the soil support- ing them and the adjacent soil leveled to match the elevation of the bottom of the temporary railing immediately adjacent to the crash cushion. All routes of approach to the TSCFF array shall be graded such that any vehicle diverging from the travelled way to strike the TSCFF will travel on a vertical alignment parallel to the segment of the travel lane that it departed from. 601-4 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC STRIPING AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS Add the following section: 601-4.2.1 Application of Temporary Pavement Markers. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be placed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Temporary reflective raised pavement markers shall be cemented to the surfacing with the adhesive recommended by the manufacturer, except epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place temporary reflective raised pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Pavement striping, legends and markers which conflict with any traffic pattern shall be removed by grinding as deter- mined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use temporary reflective raised pavement markers for temporary pavement marking, except when the temporary pavement markers are used to re- place patterns of temporary traffic stripe that will be in place for less than 30 days. Reflective pavement markers used in place of the removable-type pavement markers shall conform to the Section 314-3 Removal of Pavement Markers and Section 314-5 Pavement Markers, except the 14-day waiting period before placing the pavement markers on new asphalt concrete surfacing as specified in Section 314-5.4 Placement, shall not apply; and epoxy adhesive shall not be used to place pavement markers in areas where removal of the markers will be required. Temporary Pavement Markers shall be replaced within the same work day upon discovery of missing mark- ers. {'\ •;, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 160 of 162 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 8 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION SECTION 801 -INSTALLATION 801-1 GENERAL. Add the following: The Contractor shall maintain all landscape and private property surrounding the construction to the greatest extent possible. Any landscape, plants, walls, or steps stones disturbed shall be restored back to pre-construction condition. 801-5 IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION. 801-5.1 General. add the following: The Contractor shall apply irrigation water as often and in sufficient amounts, as conditions may require, to germinate and establish the seed and keep the container plants healthy and growing. The Contractor shall lay out lines, valves, and other under- ground utilities and receive the approval of the Engineer before digging trenches. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by its operations. Connections shall be made at approx- imately the locations shown on the drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for unapproved changes. Permission to shut off any existing in-use water lines must be obtained 48 hours in advance, as to the date, time and exact length of time of each shut-off. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the entire irrigation system is under full automatic operation for a period of seven days prior to any planting. 801-5.2 Trench Excavation and Backfill. Add the following: For trenching through areas where topsoil has been spread, the Contractor shall deposit topsoil on one side of trench and subsoil on opposite side. Subsoil shall be free of all rocks 13 mm (½") in diameter or larger, debris, and litter, prior to use as backfill. The Contractor shall repair any leaks and replace all defective pipe or fittings until lines meet test requirements. The Contractor shall not cover any lines until they have been inspected and approved by the Engineer for tightness, quality of workmanship, and materi- als. The Contractor shall not be backfill trenches until all required tests and observations are performed. Observations include sprinkler heads, all fittings, lateral and mainline pipe, valves, and direct burial wire. 801-5.3.1 Irrigation Pipeline Installation. Add the following: The Contractor shall install all pres- sure main line piping from the irrigation system so as to maintain 3.1 m (1 0') minimum horizontal separation from all potable water piping. Where reclaimed and potable water pressure mainline piping cross, the reclaimed water piping shall be installed below the potable water piping, sleeved in a pressure rating of 200 PSI SOR 21 "Alertline" PVC sleeve which extends a minimum of 3.1 m (1 0') on either side of the potable water piping and be located to provide a minimum vertical clearance of 300 mm (12") between the reclaimed and potable water lines. Conventional (white) PVC pipe Schedule 40 may be used for sleeving material if it is taped along its entire length with 75 mm (3") wide purple warning tape which reads "Caution Reclaimed Water". {'\ •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 161 of 162 801-5.3.3 Plastic Pipeline. Add the following: The Contractor shall store all pipe and fittings under cover until used, and all pipe and fittings shall transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with MEK, or equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. All field cuts shall be beveled to remove burrs and excess before fitting and gluing together. The Contractor shall center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Joints shall be exposed for inspection during testing. Plastic-to-plastic joints shall be solvent-welded, using only solvent recommended by pipe manufacturer. Add the following section: 801-5.3.5 Brass Pipeline. The Contractor shall cut brass piping by power hacksaw, circular cut- ting machine using an abrasive wheel, or hand hacksaw. No piping shall be cut with metallic wheel cutter of any description. The Contractor shall ream and remove rough edges or burrs on all pipe so that smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained, place Teflon tape, Teflon dope, or approved equal on male threads only, and tighten to prevent any leakage. The Contractor shall tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. 801-5.4 Installation of Valves, Valve Boxes, and Special Equipment. Add the following to the sixth paragraph: The Contractor shall install each control valve in a separate valve box with a mini- mum of 300 mm (12") separation between valves and 150 mm (6") from any fixed object or structure. The Contractor shall install no more than one valve per box. All boxes are to be marked as to the type of valve. Remote control valve boxes shall also indicate control station number. Add the following to the seventh paragraph: The Contractor shall install backflow preventer as- sembly in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and as directed on drawings. Exact lo- cation and positioning shall be verified on the site by the Engineer. 801-5.5.4 Sprinkler Head Adjustment. Add the following: The Contractor shall flush and adjust all irrigation heads and valves for optimum performance and to prevent overspray onto walks, roadways buildings, walls, and other structures. 801-5.6 Automatic Control System Installation. Add the following: The Contractor shall install all portions of the electrical installation with materials and methods conforming to the requirements of the 2017 National Electrical Code. The Contractor shall provide no less than one control wire and one common ground wire to service each valve in system. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Page 162 of 162 ., . , May 28, 2019 ADDENDUM NO. 1 (city of Carlsbad RE: PROJECT: PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING, CONT. NO.: 6043 & 6044 BID NO.: PWS19-745TRAN Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. This addendum--receipt acknowledged--must be included to your bid when your bid is submitted. GRAHAM JORDAN Contract Administrator I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 ~A.V-<AC Public Works Contract Administration 1635 Faraday Avenue I Carlsbad, CA 92008 I 760-602-4677 t ,I - CITY OF CARLSBAD PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING Contract No. 6043 & 6044 Bid No. PWS19-745TRAN Addendum No. 1 From: Graham Jordan, Contract Administrator Phone: 760-602-2462 graham.jordan@carlsbadca.gov No. of Pages: 1 page (including this page, excluding the contract, specifications and Drawings) Date: May 28, 2019 Bid Opening Date: June 4, 2019 -11 :00 am (unchanged) QUESTION AND ANSWER Questions relating to the project must go directly to the City's Public Works Contract Administration Division. The City is not responsible for any information obtained through other means. 1. Why is there a bid item B-9 -traffic Signal Modification and C-45 -Traffic Signal Relocation, when there is only 1 traffic signal that we are modifying? What are the delineations for these two bid items? Item B-9 pertains to furnishing and installing the new signal head as shown on Detail A of Sheet 8 of the Plans. Item C-45 pertains to the physical relocation of the existing pole that the signal head is to be housed on and all corresponding electrical work including, but not limited to, all conduits associated with the traffic signal modification plan, removal and replacement of the telephone demarcation cabinet, and reconnection to an AT & T service point and Caltrans signal cabinet. See Section 9-4 Bid Items for the complete bid item descriptions. Contract No. 6043 & 6044 -Palomar Airport Road Widening Addendum No. 1 1 APPENDIX "A" Project Notification Door Hanger ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix A (This Page is Intentionally Left Blank) ,, •fl' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix A ,, •fi' Revised 6/15/17 CITY OF CARLSBAD ROADWORK ABC CONTRACTORS OFFICE# (760)XXX-XXXX FIELD # (760)XXX-XXXX Dear resident: As a part of the City of Carlsbad's ongoing program to maintain its streets, your street will be resurfaced with asphalt concrete over the existing roadway surface. This construction will require the closing of your street to through traffic for one day. Your street, from XYZ St. to DEF Ave. will be closed to through traffic and resurfaced on: MON. TUE. WED. THU. FRI. DATE: XX /XX /XX from 7:00AM. to 5:00 P.M. If you don't plan to leave your home by 7:00 AM. on the above date please park your car on an adjacent street in your neighborhood that will not be resurfaced. Streets scheduled for resurfacing can be determined by calling either the Contractor or the City of Carlsbad's Project Inspector. When walking to and from your car, remember not to walk on the newly overlaid street or you will have black residue on the bottom of your shoes. Please do not drive, walk on, walk pets, play, or skate on the newly overlaid asphalt. Also, please refrain from watering your lawns, washing cars, etc., approximately 6-8 hours after the asphalt is laid as running water will cause damage to the new surface. ABC is the Contractor that will be performing the resurfacing work for the city and you may call them at the above phone number if you have any questions regarding the project. Resurfacing of your street will not occur on the day your trash is collected. Mail delivery may be delayed if the postman cannot reach the mailbox that day. If you have a moving company scheduled for that day please call and inform the Contractor of the date. If you have any concerns which cannot be addressed by the Contractor, you may call the City's Project Inspector@ (xxx) xxx-xxxx. Thank you for your cooperation as we work to make a better City of Carlsbad. Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix A l'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 APPENDIX "B" Standard Plans Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix B (This Page is Intentionally Left Blank) l' •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix B Appendix B CITY OF CARLSBAD MODIFICATIONS TO THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWINGS Note: The minimum allowable concrete mix design for all concrete placed within public right-of-way shall be 560-C-3250 as specified in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction DWG. MODIFICAITON D-2 Enlarge curb inlet top to width of sidewalk {not to exceed 5'6") by length of inlet including wings. Existing reinforcing steel shall be extended across enlarged top to clear distances shown. D-20 Delete. D-27 Add: A maximum of three {3) combined outlets in lieu of Std. D-25 D-40 Add: "T" dimension shall be a minimum of three {3) times size ofrip rap. D-60 Add: Backfill¾" crushed rock up to the spring line of pipe. Add: pipe bedding thickness shall be Pipe Diameter/4 with a minimum thickness of 4" and a Maximum thickness of 8". Modify Note 3 to read as follows: Top 36" of trench backfill in street section shall be 95% relative compaction unless specified otherwise. D-70 Minimum bottom width shall be 6' to facilitate cleaning. D-71 Minimum bottom width shall be 6' to facilitate cleaning. D-75 Delete "Type-A" Add: 6" x 6" x #10 welded wire mesh, instead of stucco netting. E-1 Delete direction burial foundation Add: The light standard shall be pre-stressed concrete round pole. E-2 Grounding per note 2. Attachment of the grounding wire to the anchor bolt shall be below the light standard base plate with an approved connection. G-3 Delete. G-5 Add: Note 4. Tack coat shall be applied between dike and existing asphalt concrete surface as specified in Section 302-5.4 SSPWC G-6 Type B-1 not used. When specified, Type B-2 shall have a curb height of 8", width of 6", with a 3:1 batter. When specifically approved by the City Engineer, Type B-3 shall have a curb height of 8", width of 6", a 3:1 batter with the hinge point eliminated. G-11 Add: Remove curb/gutter and sidewalk from score-mark to score-mark or from joint-to-joint or approved combination. CITY OF CARLSBAD MODIFICATIONS TO THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWINGS (CONTINUED) DWG. MODIFICAITON G-12 Add: smooth trowel flow line (typical) 7-1/2" thick with a minimum of 6" of aggregate base per City of Carlsbad Standard GS-17 G-13 Add: smooth trowel flow line (typical) 7-1/2" thick, with a minimum 6" of aggregate base per City of Carlsbad Standard GS-17. G-14 Change: Residential Thickness= 5-1/2" Commercial/Multi-Family Residential Thickness= 7-1/2" G-15 Delete requirement 3 G-24 Replaced with Carlsbad Standard Drawing GS-25 G-25 "Type-C" only (delete "Type-D") G-26 Change thickness from 5-1/2" to 7-1/2" and add minimum 4" Class II base under curb/gutter (to 6" past back of curb). G-33 Delete G-34 "Type-C" only (delete "Type D") G-35 "Type-F" only (delete "Type E") M General" Agency shall be "City of Carlsbad" M-2 Add: to be used only with specific approval of the City Engineer. IACKFILL BACKFILL [ HE ARCHES BACKFILL BACKFILL I EXCAVATION BACKFILL IN TRENCH \8/ EXCAVATION BACKFILL I o.7 s I SHAPED BEDDING SHAPED BEDDING s = Larger than a◄• IN EMBANKMENT EXCAVATION BACKFILL STRUCTURAL STEEL PLATE PIPE ARCHES AND VEHICULAR UNDERCROSSING 00 ~ ~ .. ~_•wLANE ~- ... ~ o.JO u,z r" lM IN TRENCH ,-\'._BOX RELATIVE COIIPACT!ON EXCAVATION EMBANKMENT CONS7RUCTED PRIOR TO EXCAVATION SEE NOTE 8 BACKFILL ~ IN EMBANKMENT m :~wivE COMPACTION METAL AND PLASTIC PIPES AND CORRUGATED METAL PIPE ARCHES B◄" or Srnall•r 1. PIPES: 30" mlnlmun for dlanai"era up to and lncludtng ◄2" then % diameter bl.rt no more than 6011 required. CORRUGATED llf:TAL PIPE ARCHES! 30" maximum. z. Y, H up to 60" fflO>Clmum, 3. Slope or snore excavation sides as necessary. ◄• Bockflll shall be placed full width of excavation except oa noted. 5. Diagrams do not apply to overslde dralna. 6. Dlmenalona shown are minimum. 7. Conatructlon strutting of atruc-tural steel plate pipe, arches and vehlcular undercroulng to be used when ahown on 'the projac-t plans. When shown, see Standard Plan 088A for strutting requirements. 8, Excavation below pipe c::nd BOX ralotlv• compoctlon requlrementa for ploa-tlc pipes only. ~ STRUCTURE EXCAVATION (CULVERT) ~ ROADWAY EIIBANK!ENT ~ ~;~u~m~::c~ic~~~VERTI m::) :~w~i~~l::c~ic~~~ VERT) ~ ORIGINAL GROUND STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL METAL AND PLASTIC CULVERTS NO SCALE A62F N 0 ... 0 0 -I )I, z 0 )I, :a 0 "a ,- )I,, z )I, 0, N 'Tl Vor X IDEWALK B CURB FACE LIP AT BOTTOII OF t,:J°1:tJE RAMP, ~TTER GRADE CASE A _[T, SEE NOTE 6 "'T Typlcol driveway, ■ldewalk not depressed LIP AT BOTTOII OF ~]Vl:i-~lE RAIi'' GUTTER GRACE CASE B Driveway wl ... h depressed a1dewalk SECTIONS 1" DRIVEWAYS 2·-0· 2'" OR Var . : •. , ·.-.. • .. ''.'. •. ·.:. j"' ' ..•..•.. ,. ..•.. 4. ... " .... "'· . ,, ... "'· . R=l" TYPE A2 CURBS See Table A .. ,, .. #4 LONGITUOINAL BAR 11 '-._-◄ DOWEL SPACED 4"-0" Min LENGTH 8" TYPE A3 CURBS Superimposed on existing pavement See Table A TYPED CURBS See Table A 2'-9" R=1" 2'-0" I R='/z" RE½"e.J,---'-l-"'-l-----"2-"·-.,,o_" ---..i 211 OR Var 2" OR Var ,_. ;• .' ::.-..• : •. _. :.,-. -:J '#, ... J.,, . ..:1 ... LONGITUDINAL BAR R=1" TYPE B2 CURBS TYPE B3 CURBS TYPE B4 CURBS 'OUld See Tobia A Supedmpoeed on exl■+tng pavement See Tobie A 5. X la a vorlabla when aldewolk la located where wheelchair■ may traverse the surface. Slopes shall no't exceed B.33X. 6. Sidewalk and romp +hlckneaa 11T"' at driveway shall be 4" for realdantal and 611 for commerclol. 7.Dlfferenca In alope of the driveway romp and the elope of a I In■ between the gutter aid a point on the roadway S'-011 from gutter I lne ahol I not exceed 1 SX. Reduce driveway ramp slope, not gut+er alc,pa, where requtred. 8. ~~llrir: :J~~ of' clear possogewoy for sldewolk 9. ::~~~~1 .;~~b~ a~~~~~~lt)~~ ~~a:=r~s or curt> heights In exceaa of 6". 10. Across the pedestrian route at curb romp locatlona, ::+~1~r.~g ;J~ 0~~,1~~7 exceed 111 of TYPE Al-6 Al-8 AZ-6 AZ-8 A3-6 A3-B B1-4 81-6 B2-4 82-6 83-4 83-6 84 0-4 D-6 E CURB QUANTITIES CUBIC YARDS PER LINEAR FOOT 0.02585 0.03084 0.05903 0.06379 0.01036 0.01435 0.02185 0.02930 0.05515 0.06171 0.00641 0.01074 0.05709 0.04083 0.06804 0.06661 TYPE E CURB BRIDGE SIDEWALK SLOPE 27.- .. "· '. #• • , •• #. .... ' ... : ... : .... TYPE H CURB On Bridges TABLE A CURB TYPE "Hl" A1-6 1'-Z" A1-8 1'-4" A2-6 1'-0" AZ-8 1'-2" AJ-6 6" A3-B 8" 81-4 1 '-0" B1-6 1·-2· BZ-4 10" 82-6 1•-0• B3-4 4" 83-6 6" D-4 10" D-6 1 '-0" R=Y," FINISHED ROADWAY SURFACE DIMENSIONS "112" "11" 6" 7½" 8" 8" 6" Z'-7Y,"" a• 2'-B" s· 71/4 7" n·.-4• 7½" 6" 9• 4" 2'-711," 6" z•-9• 3" 7" 5" Bl/,"' 4" ,•-611 6" 2'-Z" STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION CURBS AND DRIVEWAYS NO SCALE '"112" 1½" 2" 1v,· 2" 1¼" 1r.- Z'/z" 4• zll," 4" z• 3'/z" 1·-1· 1'-9" A87A N g 0 en -I ,. z C ,. ::u C -a r-,. z ,. QI ..... ,. #4 @ 6" OC BOTH • WAYS CONTINUOUS 'io ANCHOR n ----.....__r-----------\--------L------1r...L~-++-::_~-+--l__ · l Ll ~ "1 I ANCHOR MONOLITHIC 4• MAY BE ~ ;1 r- OPEN I -j[T I/ CHANNEL~ ~'~-~ ....,__.______._.........._ __ -1--1-_.,.----------- L5• DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON PLANS PLAN SECTION A-A • N ....... I LLJ :z :::J GUTTER t-,)$ \ 10· \ 1 \_2-1/2• X 2" X 1/4" x 4' GALVANIZED STEEL ANCHOR DETAIL ANGLE SECTION 8-8 NOTES 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE 560-C-3250. 2. D = INSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE OR DEPTH OF CHANNEL 3. SECTION TO BE SLOPED LATERALLY WITH TOP CONFORMING TO THE GRADES OF THE EXISTING SIDEWALK AND CURB. 4. MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER MAY BE DELETED WITH OPEN CHANNEL 5. TROWEL FINISH TOP SURFACE AND REPRODUCE MARKINGS OF EXISTING SIDEWALK AND CURB. 6. TROWEL FINISH FLOOR OF OUTLET. 7. PROVIDE 1/4" TOOLED GROOVE IN TOP SLAB IN LINE WITH BACK OF ADJACENT CURB. Revision By Approved Date SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING ORIGINAL Kercheval 2 75 Reformatte T.Stanton 04/06 Revised T.Stantan 11/08 CURB OUTLET -TYPE A Edited s.s T. Regello 03/11 Edited T.R. T. Regello 10/15 LEGEND ON PLANS ---~o ---~ RECOMMENDED BY lHE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE DRAWING NUMBER 12 17 '2015 D-25 -~ ~-=---= ~ = ~ - ~---------- GROUND LINE 1:1 r---------71 1\-~-----( I ~ -z ~ II N::e I I E.3 z 1r--~1 I ?5 11----1--t----~ U---j---I I ~ II N ~ I I ~ IJ--~----\ I . ; L_______ ~<o0 s ~ PLAN ~ g LL. LL. 0 z 0 § a,: i:S ROUNDED PIPE ENDS. SEE D-61. ELEVATION NOTES: 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE 560-C-3250. 2. PIPE SHALL CONNECT TO CHANNEL AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND NOT BE CONSTRUCTED DIRECTLY ABOVE A WEEP HOLE. 3. THE MAXIMUM ANGLE OF CONNECTION IS 60' DOWNSTREAM. IN NO CASE SHALL THE PIPE ANGLE UPSTREAM. 4. INSTALL 6 x 6-W1 .4 x W1 .4 WWR IN CONCRITT AROUND PIPE. Revision By A proved Date ORIGINAL Kercheval 2/75 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING Reviewed T. Stanton 04/06 Edited S.S. T. Regello 03/11 PIPE TO CHANNEL CONNECTION Edited T.R. T. Regello 10/15 ·: .. .-. LEGEND ON PLANS RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE DRAWING NUMBER 12 17, '2015 D-73 c.!) z i'5 c.!) z i'5 z ::::> 0 c:::: z-------c----------- LLJ Q_ g ti) z 30" MIN ffi ------------al BOTTOM MAY BE ROUNDED AT THE OPTION OF THE CONTRACTOR ___ _. c.!) z a: g ti) LLJ Q_ g lYPE A 5' MIN ::::> 0 c:::: LLJ Q_ g ti) z ffi al 3" 470-C-2000 CONCRETE OR 3" 2500 PSI AIR PLACED CONCRETE WITH 6 x 6-W1 .4 x W1 .4 WWF BROW DITCH c.!) z i'5 z ::::> 0 c:::: LLJ Q_ g ti) z 2' MIN . N lYPE B 3' MIN ti) 2'MIN c3 ------------------- BOTTOM MAY BE ROUNDED AT THE OPTION OF THE CONTRACTOR lYPE C NOTES 1..&.J al 3" 470-C-2000 CONCRETE OR 3" 2500 PSI AIR PLACED CONCRETE WITH 6 x 6-W1 .4 x W1 .4 WWF TERRACE DITCH 1. LONGITUDINAL SLOPE OF LINED DITCH SHALL BE 2% MINIMUM. 2. USE A 6" THICKENED EDGE ON BOTH SIDES OF THE DRAINAGE DITCH WHEN THE DRAINAGE DITCH IS BUILT DOWN A GRADED SLOPE. . N lYPE D LEGEND ON PLANS Revision RIGINAL SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE eviewed T. Stanton Edited S.S. T. Regello 03/11 Edited T.R. T. Regel lo 10/15 DRAINAGE DITCHES Chai DRAWING NUMBER 12. 17, '2015 D-75 POLE TOP ARM LENGTH 8' MAX CURVE OVERHANG 1' MIN LJGHT STANDARD LJGHT STANDARD --i ~ (.!) w ::i::: w _J ~ • IO . co u 18" UNDISTURBED EARTH SELECT SAND, 95% MINIMUM RELATIVE COMPACTION CORE 5" DIA 12" HIGH {MIN) 560-C-3250 P.C.C. ANCHOR BASE SQUARE OR ROUND, ADD 1' TO EACH DIMENSION FOR LOOSE SOIL OR SOFT CLAY CONDITIONS. DIRECT BURIAL FOUNDATION ANCHOR BASE FOUNDATION POLE MOUNTING HEIGHT HEIGHT 25' ±2' 27' ±1' 28' ±2' 30' ±1' 23• -o· 26' -9" 26' -6" 30• -o· LAMP SIZE (WATTS) 170 M.V. 100 H.P.S. 90 LP.S. 400 M.V. 250 H.P.S. 180 LP.S. 70 H.P.S. 150 H.P.S. FINISHED GRADE ANCHOR BOLTS MUST NOT PROTRUDE • r-- 1/4" . N MINIMUM BOLT CLEARANCE ANCHOR OLTS ( 4 REQ.) 1 "X36"X4" HOOK, GALVANIZED. USE TWO LEVELING NUTS WITH WASHERS (ALL GALV.) ON EACH BOLT. Revision By Approved Date SAN DIEGO REGIONAL ST ANDA RD DRAWING RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE ORIGINAL Delete Metric D. Gerschoffe 06/12 Reviewed D. Gerschoffer 12/ 15 STREET LIGHTING STANDARD DRAWING NUMBER 12. 17, '2015 E-01 -.. 1- w z ::J (D O:c: ::, 6"(_) 11" 2" .1 2" WEAKENED PLANE JOINT GUTTER LINE -.. w z ::J ~: :·f>.:-~.:: i .. 1- 12" -1 2" WEAKENED PLANE JOINT GUTTER LINE 5• CURB AREA=O.89 Sq. Ft. a• CURB AREA= 1.12 Sq. Ft. w z ::J (D ~ __ w_lD_TH_S_H_OW_N_O_N_P_LA_NS__, 18" MIN 1/2" WEAKENED PLANE JOINT 1-1 /2" EXCEPT WHERE ELEVATIONS SHOWN INDICATE OTHERWISE GUTTER NOTES: 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE 52O-C-25OO. 2. SEE STANDARD DRAWINGS G-9 AND G-1O FOR JOINT DETAILS. 3. SLOPE TOP OF CURB 2% MAX TOWARD GUTTER. Revision By Approved Date SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING ORIGINAL KERCHEVAL 12/75 ADD METRIC T. STANTON 03/03 EFORMATTE T. STANTON 04/06 CURBS AND GUTTER -SEPARATE UPDATED MR MR/CV 11/11 UPDATED CV CV 12/15 LEGEND ON PLANS RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE 12. 17 '2015 Chai DRAWING G-01 NUMBER 6" 1/2" R w z ::J CD D:'.: :::, u \ ·~ 2" WEAKENED PLANE JOINT 1" R ... ,4 .• ., ·,4 . . it • .. . . . (/) z 0 ~ Gj w _J (/) w 3:: w D:'.: D:'.: w w :r: :r: I-:;: 0 I-w CL ~ w u u X ci w ~ . z N '--:;: 0 I :r: ~ (/) -t • <D _______ W ______ ~ ~ TYPE w *AREA G 24" 1.34 SQ. FT. H 30" 1.60 SQ FT. * 6" CURB HEIGHT NOTES: 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE 520-C-2500. 2. SEE STANDARD DRAWINGS G-9 AND G-10 FOR JOINT DETAILS. 3. SLOPE TOP OF CURB 2% MAX TOWARD GUTTER. LEGEND ON PLANS Revision By Approved Date RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE ORIGINAL KERCHEVAL 12/75 ADD METRIC T. STANTON 03/03 12 17 '2015 EFORMATTE T. STANTON 04/06 CURB AND GUTTER -COMBINED Choi UPDATED MR MR/CV 11/11 DRAWING G-02 UPDATED CV CV 12/15 NUMBER VARIES WIDTH AS SHOWN ON PLANS / ~ ,.. • t ,-----_/ ~ 2" WEAKENED PLANE JOINT - / I L___ I ------_ _J NOTES: NON-CONTIGUOUS I WIDTH AS SHOWN ON PLANS I 1/2" R ' [4" I ' t ~ 2% MAX CROSS-SLOPE t • • 1 -7Pr ~--,/ ~·~ - - - - - - - ---: _... ---/~ I / k~Y/;,7/ t 2" WEAKENED r -- _ _j ~ PLANE JOINT ---~< ' r L___ I ------_ _J CONTIGUOUS 1/2'' R 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE 52O-C-25OO. LEGEND ON PLANS 2. SEE STANDARD DRAWINGS G-9 AND G-1O FOR JOINT DETAILS, Revision By Approved Date ORIGINAL KERCHEVAL 12/75 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING ADD METRIC T. STANTON 03/03 REFORMATTH T. STANTON 04/06 SIDEWALK -TYPICAL SECTIONS UPDATED MR MR/CV 11 /11 REVIEWED CV CV 12/15 . ~-... ·. ·, ;:.-~ RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE ~ . " J~ 12/11/2015 Choij;frerson R.C.E. 19246 Dote DRAWING NUMBER G-07 MID POINT OF CURB RETURN ~ P.C.R. i ~\-L ! L ! ,7 ', I I . I ' I ',,, _ ___. __ _,_ _ __, __ _,_ _ __,l __ _,_ _ __, __ _,_ _ __, __ _,_----,1 5' TYP.1 15' TYP. 45' TYP. ~~ ·.• .. -P.C.R. ------ ,·-. ------ NOTES: 1. EXPANSION JOINTS - - -AT CURB RETURNS, ADJACENT TO STRUCTURES AND AT 45' INTERVALS. (SEE STANDARD DRAWING G-10). 2. WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS------AT MID POINT OF CURB RETURN, WHEN REQUIED, AND AT 15' INTERVALS FROM P.C.R. (SEE STANDARD DRAWING G-10). 3. 1/4" GROOVES---WITH 1/4" RADIUS EDGES AT 5' INTERVALS. Revision By Approved Date SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING ORIGINAL KERCHEVAL 12/75 ADD METRIC T. STANTON 03/03 REFORMATTE[ T. STANTON 04/06 SIDEWALK JOINT LOCATIONS REVIEWED CV CV 12/15 RECOMMENDED BY TI-IE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE ~ ;Jl:2Eli;:t:5 12/17/2015 Choiu,'erson R.C.E. 19246 Dote DRAWING NUMBER G-09 1/4" . . · .. · ...• . •· .. : . EXPANSION JOINT FILLER MATERIAL 1/8" R .. . . . .· .... A -1 ~ 1 /2'' (PAVEMENT) · ... 1/4" MIN -1/2" MAX (SIDEWALK) EXPANSION JOINT 1/8" R .. • A ·• . .... , . . , . . . . . . . . : ... ·. '• .... · .. · ........ . 1/2" (#4) x 24" SMOOTH, GREASED OR OILED BAR, 30" ON CENTER CONTACT JOINT T 1/8" R 1/8" PREFORMED JOINT FILLER r .. -... 1:_·· ····.~--.··:·~ ·. ... . . . . . . . . ....... ·. '• . . . _· N ... , . . .. ·. --I f---114• ... . · ...... . . • i. ~ .. . .. L •. • : • I. •. • ·.· ..... · .... · . WEAKENED PLANE JOINT CURB AND SIDEWALK 1-1/2" . . .. .. _ ... · . , .. : .. · .. . ~- : ... ·. ·-··· ·.A. ·►: .. , . ·.A_. ,•. . ... "" :· .... ... _ ........... ~-... .. WEAKENED PLANE JOINT GUTTER AND CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1/8" ... -. : ~-. ~1-5/8" KEYED JOINT . .. • .... · ... : .... I Revision By Approved Date SAN DIEGO REGIONAL ST ANDA RD DRAWING RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE ORIGINAL PARKINSON 02/95 ADD METRIC T. STANTON 03/03 T. STANTON 04/06 UPDATED CV MR/CV 11/11 REVIEWED CV CV 12/15 CONCRETE JOINT DETAILS Chai DRAWING NUMBER 12. 11. '2015 G-10 EXISTING SCORE MARK EXISTING SCORE MARK~I. f '. .:_-... ~ ·.'. , , aj AREA TO BE REMOVED 5', OR FROM JOINT IN PANEL, WHICHEVER IS LESS SIDEWALK PLAN EXISTING JOINT AREA TO BE REMOVED • 1<.EXIS.TN~ J.O ~Tt: · · , ·, II ~-· -· · · · · ..... ~-. . . . . .. ' . . . .-· .. SIDEWALK SECTION AREA TO BE REMOVED 30" MIN. 5', OR FROM JOINT IN PANEL, WHICHEVER IS LESS CURB PLAN FROM EXISTING JOINT OR EDGE OF CURB CURB LINE GUTTER LINE EXISTING SCORE MARK 1 • AREA TO BE REMOVED • 1 • 5' MIN. FROM EXISTING • 1 5' MIN. JOINT OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT EXISTING JOINT OR EDGE .. ' NOTE: ... ·.. ... . _ .. ~ I-:::) . --~-.· .. , ., . . ,. •' . _.· .. _.·· . u . . PAVEMENT SECTION 1-1/2" MIN. REMAINING EDGE TO BE SMOOTH AND TRUE WITH NO SHATTER CONCRETE TO BE REMOVED -t- " 1. SIDEWALK CROSS SLOPE SHALL BE 2% MAX. · • ... ·. .. .. 2. WHEN DISTANCE FROM "AREA TO BE REMOVED" TO EXISTING JOINT, EDGE OR SCORE MARK IS LESS THAN MINIMUM SHOWN, "AREA TO BE REMOVED" SHALL SECTION BE EXTENDED TO JOINT, EDGE OR SCORE MARK. SHOWING CUT Revision By Approved Date ORIGINAL KERCHEVAL 12/75 ADD METRIC T. STANTON 03/03 T. STANTON 04/06 UPDATED CV MR/CV 11/11 REVIEWED CV CV 12 15 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK AND PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chai DRAWING NUMBER 12 17 '2015 G-11 R/W------ ::.::: X z ....J <( <( . :i ~--~--:.r ~ CURB LINE ~ O· .N en · 1: 12 MONOLITHIC CURB IF L SPECIFIED OR REQUI-~ ------------- : .. .. X : X . <(. <( : ~ 1: 12 ~ ~ -~ ' N ·:~ ·. .. .,,,--Ul:J..,t(l:_SSr:.U L;Ut<l::l ---- ,,----GUTTER_/ >' \ PLAN \_ " 12 WIDE BORDER WITH 1 / 4" GROOVES APPROX. 3/4" O.C. DRIVEWAY CURB OPENING Y I DRIVEWAY WIDTH I Y BOTTOM OF CURB ELEVATION R/W MONOLITHIC CURB IF I SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED 5-1/2" RESIDENTIAL 7-1/2" COMMERCIAL EDGE OF SIDEWALK NOTES: 2% MAX RISE SECTION X CURB HEIGHT 1· 2· 3• 4• 5• s· 7" a· TABLE A y RAMP LENGTH o·-o· 1·-0· 2'-o· 3'-o" 4'-o" 5'-0" s·-o· 7'-o· 1• ABOVE GUTTER 1. NO CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED UNTIL FORMS AND SUBGRADE ARE INSPECTED BY THE AGENCY. 2. FOR RESIDENTIAL USE, CONCRETE SHALL BE 52O-C-25OO; FOR COMMERCIAL USE, CONCRETE SHALL BE 56O-C-325O. 3. SEE STANDARD DRAWINGS G-15 AND G-16 FOR WIDTH AND LOCATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. SEE STANDARD DRAWINGS G-2 AND G-1O FOR CURB AND JOINT DETAILS. 5. PLACE EXPANSION JOINT AT RIGHT -OF-WAY. 6. DIMENSIONS SHOWN REFLECT A 6" CURB HEIGHT. 7. RAMP LENGTH CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON X-1" TO ACCOUNT FOR THE 1" DRIVEWAY LIP. Revision By Approved Date ORIGINAL HH T. STANTON 02/03 ADD METRIC T. STANTON 03/03 REVIEWED T. STANTON 04/06 UPDATED MR MR/CV 02/12 UPDATED CV CV 12/15 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING CONCRETE DRIVEWAY (FOR CONFINED RIGHT-OF-WAY) RECOMMENDED BY lHE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE Chai DRAWING NUMBER 12 17 '2015 G-14D MONOLITHIC CURB IF SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED 12" WIDE BORDER SEE DETAIL A STANDARD DRAWING G-32A SEE lYPE B Z 4'-0" Z l._A PLAN -lYPE A SIDEWALK CURB MONOLITHIC CURB IF SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED FACE OF CURB 12" WIDE BORDER SEE DETAIL A STANDARD DRAWING G-32A z TRANSmON AREA FACE OF CURB LIP OF GUTTER 4' MIN 4'-0" Z LA R W LIP (TOE) OF GUTTER PLAN -lYPE B X NOTES: TOP OF CURB GUTTER FLOW LINE 1. SEE STANDARD DRAWING G-32A FOR GENERAL NOTES. y 12· 5% MAXIMUM GUTTER APRON SLOPE AT RAMP OPENING SEE DETAIL B STANDARD DRAWING G-32A 2. FOR TRUNCATED DOMES DETAILS, SEE STANDARD DRAWING G-30. 3. Z SIDE SLOPE SHALL BE 10:1. SECTION A-A 4. LANDING CROSS SLOPE SHALL BE 2.0% MAX IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. 5. SEE STANDARD DRAWING G-32B FOR X, Y, AND Z DETAILS. Revision By A proved Date RECOMMENDED BY TI-iE SAN DIEGO SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE ORIGINAL BAHMANIAN 04/86 UPDATE D. DAVIES 12/04 CURB RAMP -TYPES A AND B 12. 17 '2015 REVISED T. STANTON 04/06 Chai UPDATED MR MR/CV 03/12 (NEW CONSTRUCTION) DRAWING G-27 REVIEWED CV CV 12/15 NUMBER DETAIL 1 en ::::;; u.J :::::> ::Ii: 0 ~ Cl z Cl ::::;; ~ b <C <..> :z I :::, ;,-, ~ . "":~ NU ~c, . ~ t0U ·<C ~a.. =,en 4'-0" TRUNCATED DOMES @ 1.6" TO 2.4" SPACING C/C ••••••••••••••••••••••••• •• ••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• • ••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••• PLAN -TILE NOT TO SCALE NOTES 1. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE COLOR SHALL BE YELLOW CONFORMING TO FEDERAL STANDARDS 595B TABLE IV, COLOR NO. 33538, OR AS SPECIFIED BY THE AGENCY. COLOR SHALL BE HOMOGENEOUS THROUGHOUT THE TILE. 1.6" TO 2.4" 2. TRUNCATED DOME TOP DIAMETER OF 50% OF THE BASE DIAMETER MINIMUM TO 65% OF THE BASE DIAMETER MAXIMUM. 0.65" MIN 000 000 000 000 .------+-----E.---+-.... ~--+--0 r SEE NOTE# 2 ~ N 0 I- • <D z ::::;; in CD ci 000 00000 0000000 00000 000000000 000 0000000000000000000 00000 000000000 000 ~-i---~~~--0000000 00 000 0 0 00 L..._--+---e--t---i~N-+-0 DETAIL 1 NOT TO SCALE 00 000 0 NOTE: PATTERN, SIZE & ORIENTATION ARE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION ½" R ". •• I> . ". ". I> SEE NOTE # 3 0.90" TO 1.4" Revision By Approved ORIGINAL PARKINSON Date 02/95 SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING RECOMMENDED BY THE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE ADD METRIC T. STANTON UPDATE D. DAVIES UPDATED MR MR/CV UPDATED MR MR/CV 03/03 12/04 03/12 TRUNCATED DOMES 03/12 Choi DRAWING NUMBER 12. 17. '2015 G-30 1/4" 1 T NOTES A 12" WIDE BORDER TRUNCATED DOMES SEE STANDARD DRAWING G-30 DETAIL A 12" WIDE BORDER I . . I 3'-0" MIN REMOVE & RECONSTRUCT PAVEMENT AS SHOWN ON PLANS TO PROVIDE 5% MAX SLOPE WITHIN 4' -0" RAMP APPROACH. 6" MIN 8" MAX ~M.c1~ ~t::: :O'.~~ <(:ii: .· ... ·:rK.E;;;~ TRUNCATED DOMES DETAIL B SEE NOTE 7 1. THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWALK, AND PAVEMENT FOR PEDESTRIAN RAMP INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH STANDARD DRAWING G-11. FOR CONSTRUCTION OF CURB RAMPS ON EXISTING SIDEWALKS, REMOVAL OF ADDITIONAL SIDEWALK MAY BE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS TO MEET EXISTING GRADE. 2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 520-C-2500. 3. AREAS SHOWN THUS: k'.•:.:~>:j SHALL HAVE A MEDIUM TO HEAVY BROOM TEXTURE FINISH, PERPENDICULAR TO THE AXIS OF THE RAMP. AREAS SHOWN THUS: l?/i: ··_\] ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE RAMP INSTALLATION. 4. IF OBSTRUCTIONS SUCH AS INLETS, UTILITY POLES, FIRE HYDRANTS, ETC., ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE RAMP LOCATIONS MAY BE ADJUSTED UPON THE APPROVAL OF THE AGENCY. 5. THE RAMP SLOPES WILL BE MEASURED RELATIVE TO THE SIDEWALK SLOPE. ADJOINING SLOPE BEYOND THE RAMP SHALL NOT EXCEED 20: 1 (5%). 6. LANDING CROSS SLOPE SHALL BE 2.0% MAX IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. 7. EDGE OF TRUNCATED DOME PANEL SHALL BE LOCATED 6" MINIMUM AND 8" MAXIMUM FROM THE GUTTER FLOWLINE. Revision Date RECOMMENDED BY lHE SAN DIEGO SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE ORIGINAL PARKINSON 02/95 UPDATE D. DAVIES 12/04 12 17 '2015 REVISED T. STANTON 04/06 GENERAL NOTES FOR CURB RAMPS Chai UPDATED MR MR/CV 03/12 DRAWING G-32A REVIEWED CV CV 12/15 NUMBER TABLE A TABLE B X y z CT X y z Z1 CURB RAMP SIDE CURB CURB RAMP SIDE SIDE HEIGHT LENGTH SLOPE TRANS. HEIGHT LENGTH SLOPE SLOPE ( 12: 1) ( 10: 1) ( 12: 1) ( 10: 1) ( 12: 1) 1 n 1 '-0" 1'-6" o'-o" 1" 1 '-0" 1 '-6" 1'-0" 2" 2'-0" 1'-8" o'-o" 2" 2'-0" 1 '-8" 2'-0" 3" 3'-o" 2'-6" 0'-0" 3" 3'-o" 2'-6" 3'-o" 4" 4'-o" 3'-4" 0'-0" 4" 4'-o" 3'-4" 4'-o" 5" 5'-o" 4'-2" o'-0" 5" 5'-0" 4'-2" 5'-0" 6" 6'-o" 5'-o" o'-o" 6" 6'-0" 5'-0" 6'-o" 7" 7'-0" 5'-10" 1-0" 7" 7'-0" 5'-10" 7'-0" 8" 8'-o" 6'-8" 2'-0" 8" 8'-0" 6'-8" 8'-0" TYPE A AND B CURB RAMPS TYPE A-1 AND B-1 CURB RAMPS TABLE C X CT CURB CURB NOTES HEIGHT TRANS. ( 12: 1) 1. DIMENSIONS X, Y, Z, Z1. AND CT MAY BE DETERMINED BY USING THE TABLES ON THIS SHEET WITH PRIOR 4" 4'-o" AGENCY APPROVAL. WITHOUT AGENCY APPROVAL, DIMENSIONS SHOULD NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM SLOPE 5" 5'-o" OR RA TIO PROVIDED. 6" 6'-0" 2. Z* REFERS TO Z OR Z1 IN TABLE B. Z SIDE SLOPE 7" 7'-o" SHALL BE 10: 1, EXCEPT PER NOTE 3. 8" 8'-0" 3. FOR TYPE A-1 AND B-1 CURB RAMPS, WHERE A 4' 9" 9'-0" LANDING CANNOT BE CONSTRUCTED DUE TO INADEQUATE RIGHT OF WAY, A 3' MINIMUM LANDING IS ACCEPTABLE 1 o" 1 o'-o" WITH PRIOR AGENCY APPROVAL AND PROVIDED THE SIDE SLOPES ARE REVISED TO 12: 1 PER SIDE SLOPE Z1 IN 11" 11 '-0" TABLE B. 12" 12'-o" 13" 13'-o" TYPE C CURB RAMP Revision By Approved Date RECOMMENDED BY 11-IE SAN DIEGO SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE ORIGINAL MR MR/CV 03/12 UPDATED CV CV 12/15 J~ 12/17/2015 ' NOTES FOR CURB RAMPS Choi_werson R.C.E. 19246 Dote DRAWING NUMBER G-328 LIP 1 /2" MIN. 3/4" MAX. 1 /8" EDGE TAPER PRECAST -----REINFORCED-----CONCRETE 5 -t------r.i+'r-----+-3-=-" -t--'--..,....,.., en z ~ X ...+--~~...__ ______ ___,_-'-'-A-I wz ~ A l TYPE 31/2 5 COVER EDGE CLEAN CRUSHED ROCK (1/2• MAX.) SECTION A-A r+B + TRAFFIC + SIGNAL ---.~s PLAN MIN. DEPTH BOX AND L* MOLDED LETTERS 1/8 DEEP (SEE NOTE 2) W* R THICKNESS EXTENSION 1 3/4· NO 15 3/8. 10 1/8" 1 1/8. EXTENSION 2· 22· 23 1/4. 13 3/4. 1 1/4. SECTION 8-8 COVER REINFORCING PLAN NOTES: 1 ). USE STEEL COVER WHEN SUBJECTED TO TRAFFIC LOADS. 2). PULL BOX COVER SHALL BE MARKED "STREET LIGHTING" WHERE PULL BOX CONTAINS STREET LIGHTING CONDUCTORS ONLY. "HIGH VOLTAGE" SHALL BE ADDED WHERE VOLTAGE IS ABOVE 600 VOL TS. • TOP DIMENSION 3). THE L AND W DIMENSIONS OF THE COVER SEAT SHALL BE 1 /8" GREATER THAN THE COVER DIMENSIONS. 4 ). COMPACT EARTH UNDER AND AROUND PULL BOX. _~E_V.;,,+,-,i,l,AP .... P...,R"""'V.....,,..D_A_TE.,._ __ C_I_T_Y_O_F __ C_A_R_L_S_B_A_D __ ---1/7L c:L 6 _ 04 PULL BOX FOR CITY ENGINEER DATE TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND SUPPLEMENTAL GS 21 STREET LIGHTING STANDARD NO. - ~ 14" MIN. G) 190-E-400 CONCRETE, MAXIMUM 8" SLUMP SLURRY BACKFILL TO SURFACE. FOLLOW WITH 12" WIDE BY 1-1/2" DEEP GRIND AND RESURFACING. ALLOW MIN. 72 HOURS CURE BEFORE GRINDING. I @ D2-AR-4000 ASPHALT CONCRETE @ ALL CONDUIT AND CABLE SECTION N.T.S. © @ ® EXISTING A.C. PAVEMENT EXISTING BASE MA TERI AL MORTAR SAND COMPACTED TO 95% RELATIVE DENSITY. (J) UNDISTURBED SOIL ® ® SYMMETRICAL ABOUT CENTERLINE OF TRENCH. GRADE SS-1 h EMULSIFIED ASPHALT APPLIED AT 0.15 GALLON PER SQUARE YARD. @ EXISTING ASPHALT PAVEMENT FINISHED GRADE, SMOOTHNESS & COMPACTION OF RESURFACING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SEC 302-5.6.2 SSPWC EXCEPT THAT THE SMOOTHNESS SHALL BE DETERMINED OVER THE LENGTH & WIDTH OF PAVEM~NJ AREAS DISTURBER BY THE CONTRACTOR S/ PERMITEE S OPERATIONS. 6" CONDUIT AND CABL * MINIMUM WIDTH 4" MAXIMUM WIDTH 6" @ RESPRAY GRADE SS-1h EMULSIFIED ASPHALT AT 0.15 GALLON PER SQUARE YARD 6" WIDE, CENTERED ON EDGE LINE OF GRIND AFTER PLACING A.C. & BEFORE SURFACE TREATMENT. @ SURFACE TREATMENT TO MATCH EXISTING PAVEMENT (E.G. SEAL COAT, CHIP SEAL) @ WHEN THE EDGE OF THE GRIND LINE IS WITHIN 12" OF EDGE OF PAVEMENT, ANY STRUCTUR~, AN ADJACENT TRENCH PATCH OR ANY O 1HER PAVING JOIN LINE THE 1-1 /2'' DEEP GRIND SHALL BE EXTENDED TO 'rHE EXISTING STRUCTURE OR JOIN LINE. REV. APPROVED DATE CITY OF CARLSBAD · 12/11 NARROW TRENCH BACKFILL & ASPHALT CONCRETE RESURFACING l,.4,!:w.2£.......a.......1a1:.c.'-L,l.ffll',. CITY ENGINEER SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARD NO. DAlE GS-24 NOTES: 1. A TACK COAT OF ASPHALTIC EMULSION OR PAVING ASPHALT SHALL BE APPLIED TO EXISllNG A.C. OR P.C.C. CONTACT SURFACES PRIOR TO RESURFACING PER SSPWC SECTION 302-5. 2. ASPHALT CONCRETE RESURFACING -BASE COURSE: a. MINIMUM TOTAL A.C. THICKNESS SHALL BE ONE INCH GREATER THAN EXISTING A.C. b. A.C. SHALL BE B-PG64-10 FOR BASE COURSE, PER SECTION 203-6 OF SSPWC. c. BASE COURSE SHALL BE LAID DOWN WITH SELF PROPELLED PAVING MACHINE AND AND COMPACTED PER SSPWC SECTION 302-5. 3. ASPHALT CONCRETE RESURFACING (FINISH COURSE): a. PROVIDE 2 INCH DEEP GRIND AND A.C. FINISH COURSE C2-PG64-10 PER SECTION 203-6 OF SSPWC. b. FINISH COURSE FOR RESURFACING SHALL BE LAID DOWN USING A SELF-PROPELLED PAVING MACHINE AND COMPACTED. c. SMOOTHNESS AND COMPACllON OF RESURFACING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SEC 302-5 SSPWC EXCEPT THAT THE SMOOTHNESS SHALL BE DETERMINED OVER THE LENGTH AND WIDTH OF PAVED AREAS DISTURBED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S OPERA llONS. 4. SURFACE TREATMENT TO MATCH EXISTING PAVEMENT SURFACE (SLURRY, CHIP SEAL, ETC.) 5. SLOUGHING OF TRENCH UNDER PAVEMENT SHALL BE CAUSE FOR REQUIRING ADDlllONAL PAVEMENT AND BASE. REV. APPROVED DATE CITY OF CARLSBAD ..... ......, .............. illilliii,....,.iioi,,i,,i-+-------lllllllliiiio--lliiiliiiiillliiiiiilillliiiliiiliiiiiioi-----1~01.,_,-T-lJ....~"" . ? ;10 NOTES FOR ASPHALT CONCRETE CITY ENGIN~ER \l DATE TRENCH RESURFACING SUPPLEMENTAL GS 28 STANDARD NO. - 1. THE REMOVAL OF EXISTlNG CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER, SIDEWLK AND PAVEMENT FOR PEDESTRIAN RAMP INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH SDRSD G-11. 2. AREAS SHOWN THUS:~ SHALL HAVE A HEAVY BROOM "RIPPLE" TEXTURE FINISH, TRANSVERSE TO AXIS OF RAMP CONTRASTING VI SU ALLY WITH ADJOINING SURF ACES. 3. AREAS SHOWN THUS: I I ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE RAMP INSTALLATION AND SHALL BE CONCRETE CLASS 520-C-2500. 4. IF OBSTRUCTIONS SUCH AS INLETS, UTlLITY POLES, FIRE HYDRANTS, ETC. ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE RAMP LOCATIONS MAY BE ADJUSTED UPON THE APPROVAL OF THE RESIDENT ENGINEER. 5. RAMP SLOPE SHALL BE A MINIMUM GRADE OF 15: 1. 6. THE RAMP SLOPES WILL BE MEASURED RELATIVE TO THE SIDEWALK SLOPE, SEE DETAIL A BELOW. SIDEWALK ADJOINING SLOPE BEYOND RAMP SHALL NOT EXCEED 20: 1 (5%). X -========:iY SLOPE = X:Y WHERE X IS LEVEL PLANE DETAIL A LINE OF CURB REMOVE & RECONSTRUCT PAVEMENT AS SHOWN ON PLANS TO PROVIDE 5% MAX. SLOPE WITHIN 4' OF SIDEWALK LIMIT. DETAIL B .,_t'\ __ c. __ v . .....,.AP .... P .... R_o_vEiliiiD.....,DA __ T __ E,._ __ c_I_T_Y_O_F_c_A_R_L_s_B_A_D __ ____. /3L 6L 6 _ 04 GENERAL NOTES FOR PEDESTRIAN RAMPS CITY ENGINEER SUPPLEMENTAL STANDARD NO. DATE GS-32 10' max. 10' max. Post Top Post Top Crown for drainage 2· NOTES 1. All footings shall be 520-C-2500 concrete. Ground Line Depth = 2'-6" for fence height of 5' or under. Depth = 3' -o• for fence height of over 5'. Diameter of footing = 4 times outside diameter ol post. 2. The following items shall be furnished and installed only when Fastener Footing shown on the plans and/or called for in the special provisions. a. Barbed Wire EXTENSION ARM AND BARBED WIRE b. Extension Arm c. Top Horizontal Roil 3. Chain link fence shall conform to Section 206-6 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction unless specifically noted on this drawing. 4. See Standard Drawing M-20 for additional details. Revision By Approved Date SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING ORIGINAL A.Kercheval 12 75 Delete Metric D. Gerschoffer 05/12 Reviewed D. Gerschoffer 12/ 15 CHAIN LINK FENCE LEGEND ON PLANS --0 lE lE lE 0 RECOMMENDED BY 1HE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE DRAWING NUMBER M-06 STREET LOCATIONS I 1. .,.; ,.:_ I 1. I .1 ., )--" .. , ... ::-~·: I I ~-~ I I I I ;?~:· I ..... . ,._,:·~ . ·~ I I ,;: I I I I ... ., I • ... -:~ ..... -~'t'. I I ~ ~ I I I I >-·'·•· . ~~-,.. •I .. . , ~ ■ -.~:, ■ I ::-:;·t I •1 •1 --t + -·----·----·-+t ■ t+ t,.J t,.J t,.J .1 I .I I I II I I I I I I I -: I I .... ·1 I I 1· \ I I I I Q) .!: "ij; O> I I -c I I LLJ I I C: I I ■ ~ C '5 Q) ... ::::iE I I Q) $: ·1 ·1 -c :5 0 ..c. V> □ t+ t,.J FREEWAY LOCATION l r-::KERS -Shall be blue 2-way stimsonite lifelite BBAB or equal. 6" 7 \ Traffic stripe --:J+---'1-,,:.r- ADHESIVE -An ample amount of two (A&B) epoxy or equal. Marker ■-t DETAIL SURFACES -Clean and dry prior to installation per manufacturer's recommendations. Install markers with reflective surface facing oncoming vehicles and offset 2" from lane lines toward fire hydrant. NOTES 1. Fire Department will provide location(s) for all markers in PRD's, Commercial Lots and other areas outside of Public Right of Way. 2. Markers must be installed at the new and relocated hydrants and within all resurfacing projects. 3. For streets without lane lines or streets with raised pavement markers and no painted lane lines, install markers 6" from centerline or existing markers. Revision By Approved Date Updated D. Gerechoffer 15-Dec SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING FIRE HYDRANT MARKERS LEGEND ON PLANS Marker ■ Fire Hydrant IX?<J RECOMMENDED BY 11-IE SAN DIEGO REGIONAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE DRAWING NUMBER M-19 TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION WITH DIMENSIONS AND COMPACTION ZONES TRENCH ZONE -1-1-1 I 3' • I UPPER -, ZONE 95% t MID ZONE 90% PIPE ZONE 90% 12" MIN. ~ TRENCH WIDTH INVERT. 4" MIN. TO B" MAX. BENEATH PIPE 1 Ml . N A WHICHEVER IS GREATER. T ,[W MAX. ALLOWABLE SLOPE OF EXCAVATION PER REQUIREMENTS OF CAL/OSHA. D/4 P.V.C. PIPE PIPE ZONE NOTES: ill~-·v Ja;i.. TRENCH WIDTH ---i ~ 1. PERCENTAGES SHOWN EQUAL MINIMUM RELATIVE COMPACTION. 2. 3. MINIMUM DEPTH OF COVER FROM TOP OF PIPE TO FINISH GRADE FOR ALL SANITARY SEWER INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE 3 FEET. FOR COVER LESS THAN 3', SPECIAL DESIGN AND APPROVAL REQUIRED. TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL SHALL BE PER SECTION 02223. NO ROCKS LARGER THAN 4" IN ANY DIMENSION WILL BE ALLOWED IN BACKFILL. ASPHALT OR CONCRETE CHUNKS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 12" MIN. II-It: ~ ~ .. !!:: .i: ~ ~i BELL ..,,. ,,...., II-,:::. INVERT. -- .s;tl.Eal.lsasl.l! .. ll;;;ll 3/4" CRUSHED ROCK DATE S-5 a:: ~ 0 (.) :::1: => :::1: z ~ io n ITEM 1 i!: Q.. w 0 ::x: (.) z w ~ Q.. (/) wlw -<( Q.. CD w z 0 N ::x: (.) z w ~ w z 0 N w Q.. a: A \ \ \ \ \ \ \ • N N ~ TOP OF PIPE 0 SPRINGLINE 0 w Q.. a: u:> BEDDING PIPE DIAMETER MIN. 1" THROUGH 8" 6" 10.. THROUGH 16 a- 1 a-THROUGH 24·· 10 .. 2T THROUGH 36 .. 12 .. TRENCH WIDTH AT TOP OF TRENCH VARIES AS ORIGINAL GROUND AND MATCH ADJACENT UNDISTURBED GROUND \ TOP OF BACKFILL TO BE SAME I I ,. I'" I ,. I I I ,. I I ,. ,. ,. I~ I ,. ,. I ,. ,. , .. PIPE • WIDTH ,. AXIMUM ALLOWABLE SLOPE OF EXCAVATION PER REQUIREMENTS OF CAL/OSHA BACKFILL TRENCH TH NATIVE EARTH BACKFILL OR IMPORTED MA TERI AL 90% RELATIVE COMPATION* BACKFILL PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE WI H IMPORTED SAND __,. __ -4-__;;:;.,.;i;~.,...,,.,,i.L.---,---,-. h 90% RELA TIV[ COMP A 110N ...L L HAUNCHING A PIPE OD A TRENCH WIDTH IN PIPE ZONE LIMITED MAX. g" 12 18 .. 24'" DESCRIPTION *IN PAVED AREA, TRENCH ZONE SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 95% MIN. NO SCALE SPEC DWG BEDDING AND BACKFILL MA TERI AL SECT 02223 REV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION STANDARD DWG. NO. W-2 SIDEWALK ~u ~ ::J CURB & GUTTER _IJ:l c::::::, a.. a.. METER.....L.J.U.~ BALL VALVE BY DISTRICT NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ANGLE VALVE & METER BOX TO F.G. AFTER SIDEWALK IS INSTALLED & APPROVED ♦ 1/2" . N N 2. DISTRICT WILL SET METER AND BALL VALVE 3. ALL 2" OR SMALLER COPPER JOINTS SHALL BE PRESS-CONNECT IN CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. 4. TAP TO MAIN TO BE MINIMUM OF 24" FROM NEAREST COUPLING, FITTING, VALVE, BELL OR OTHER TAPS. 5. POSITON ANODE MIDWAY BETWEEN PIPELINE AND METER BOX. c::: 2' MIN. ® ! <I• CD:IXl)oR 5 CONNECT TO OUTLET ASSY. iii c:;c:==:::::::g:ll::........:iQ DETAIL NON-CONTIGUOUS SIDEWALK & CURB 6. INTERIOR OF METER BOX SHALL BE CLEAR OF DEBRIS TO DEPTH OF 12" AND CORP STOP FULLY EXPOSED ITEM DESCRIPTION COPPER TYPE 'K' SOFT OUTLET ON PVC PRESSURE PIPE OUTLET ON AC PIPE OUTLET ON CML&C STEEL PIPE OUTLET ON DUCTILE IRON PIPE 1" ANGLE METER STOP METER BOX AND COVER TRAFFIC AREA METER BOX AND COVER NON-TRAFFIC AREA 30 LB. ZINC ANODE WITH ANODE LEAD WIRE EV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ----+-0 ~ 2 ----1 16 111 WATER SERVICE CONNECTION FOR 5/8", 3/4 11 & 111 METERS SPEC DWG DISTRICT ENGINEER STANDARD DWG. NO. 15057 W-8 W-8 W-9 W-9 W-25 02 16 DATE W-3 SIDEWALK METER BY DISTRICT. u I=! ::J ~ CD_ ::::> 0:: a... a... -~ .. ~-._· _.:_:: :-. : .: .. -~~-: :· -~ . - . ~ .. l~n~ >.·-< ::·4 ·. ·. ~ ·•· I I '-:;:111=111=11=~-.· .. =1IFI' llr llr f!!! : ·B" C) • ~!!Jr I (fjJJJ)oR@ _L-ill . . ~ .-~ .. ~[]} [I] <1 -"-fr -:; ... ·. . ;:, ~lr-,_A r=· '"4 t-. ~--------=---- ITEM 1 I 4 5 6 7 8 9 1]0 0 ~ r ~ I~ r ~ ~ ~ ~ l!f--CD ~ g CD ~ u ~0------'-! __ ~r-® ? @ ~==:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=:=-::-:-:=:.::r--J-- N OTES: 2' MIN : N N - FLANGED BALL VALVE BY DISTRICT. 1. DISTRICT WILL SET METER AND BALL VALVE 2. ALL 2" AND SMALLER COPPER JOINTS SHALL BE PRESS-CONNECT IN CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. 3. TAP TO MAIN TO BE MINIMUM OF 18" FROM NEAREST COUPLING OF TAP. 4. POSITION ANODE MIDWAY BETWEEN PIPELINE AND METER BOX. 5. FOR NON-CONTIGUOUS SIDEWALK SEE DETAIL DRAWING W3. DESCRIPTION SPEC/DWG 2" COPPER SERVICE PIPE 15057 OUTLET ON PVC PRESSURE PIPE W-8 OUTLET ON ACP PIPE W-8 OUTLET ON CML&C STEEL PIPE W-9 OUTLET ON DUCTILE IRON PIPE W-9 2" ANGLE METER STOP METER BOX AND COVER (TRAFFIC AREA) METER BOX AND COVER (NON-TRAFFIC AREA 2" C X C 90" ELL (PRESS-CONNECT). 30 LB. ZINC ANODE WITH ANODE LEAD WIRE W-25 .EV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT _ .J' ../ ..... ....,. .................. ---1--..--------------------1-/~ ..z ·.-n?/1n -1------02 --'-11-6 211 WATER SERVI CE CONNECT! ON D1S1RICT ENGINEER -DATE FOR I 1/211 & 211 METERS STANDARD DWG. NO. W-4 SURFACE. 5' 2' MIN I --------------30 LB. ZINC ANODE -:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:~---------WI TH ANODE LEAD WIRE PER STD. DWG. NO. 25. NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOLDERING REQUIREMENTS 2. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR LID PAINTING REQUIREMENTS. 3. POSITION ANODE MIDWAY BETWEEN PIPELINE AND VALVE BOX. ITEM DESCRIPTION 1 1" TYPE K ' SOFT COPPER 2 OUTLET ON PVC PRESSURE PIPE. 3 OUTLET ON AC PIPE. 4 OUTLET ON CML&C STEEL PIPE. 5 OUTLET ON DUCTILE IRON PIPE. 6 1" ANGLE METER STOP 7 1 1 4 X 1 BRASS BUSHING. 8 1 BRASS STREET ELL. 9 1" ADAPTER M.I.P. X N.S.HT 10 HOSE THREAD CAP 11 VALVE BOX LID 12 CONCRETE COLLAR 13 8 PVC, C900 SPEC DWG REV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT 1• MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY IL=~~~~ , 7~ DATE STANDARD DWG. NO. W-5 ITEM 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 @)-~ .. g" ... ... : :,· ,, . .. . -a . . . . ... LOCATON OF 12-----• CC go· ELL (SIL VER SOLDER LOCATON OF BO CORP. STOP. ® NOTES: • . . ·4_. _. · .. · ' . . : ""'· ® (J) l_ 3"AC T 1 r· 24" 1. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOLDERING REQUIREMENTS 2. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR LID PAINTING REQUIREMENTS 3. SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR ASSEMBLY SIZE. C X FIP 45' BEND (SILVER SOLDER) :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::-t-:.:===--~3~0,,bLB!:!:.--A:Z~IN~C...!.A~NO~D&E 'MTH ANODE LEAD 'MRE PER STD. DWG. NO 25. DESCRIPTION SPEC DWG OUTLET ON PVC PRESURE PIPE W-8 OUTLET ON AC PIPE W-8 OUTLET ON CML&C STEEL PIPE W-9 OUTLET ON DUCTILE IRON PIPE W-9 2" COPPER SERVICE PIPE. TYPE 'K' SOFT . 2" ANGLE METER STOP 2 METER COMPANION FLANGE. BRASS NUTS AND BOLTS . 2 BRASS STREET ELL ADAPTER-2" M.I.P. X 2 1 2" NSHT W 2 1 2" CAP 12" DIA. C.I. VALVE BOX COVER MARKED WATER OR RECYCLED WATER 30" DIAMETER X 8" THICK CONCRETE RING 12" GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SOR 35 REV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT 2" BLOW-OFF / MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLIES STANDARD DWG. NO. W-6 ENU.OSURE PER APPROVED MATERIAL UST E~3 SEE SIDE @--' on• rv FIP Rnm (2. SILVER SOLDER) VIEW JO THE I EFT~ ~ @~r ~ T ?'1.: UltJ Rl,i:--~ on· CxC Rnm k""l,~J------, ,-, -7'? (r SILVER SOLDER) N N CON NE "'T TO · ·• • · · • · ·····••· • 30 LB. ZINC ANODE WITH ANODE ... 2 LEAD WIRE PER STD. DWG. NO. 25 - J ,,,t->"""f I ~ ?' UIN. ~ OU~Y. 34 ( ~~"" ~ NOTES: +\JY---',.,...__,~:+;:. 1. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR 0 SOLDERING REQUIREMENTS. 2. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTING REQUIREMENTS. 4. ALL VALVES AND FITTINGS SHALL BE SAME SIZE AS AIR VENT INLET. 3. SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR ASSEMBLY SIZE. 5. POSITON ANODE MIDWAY BETWEEN PIPELINE AND VALVE BOX. ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC/DWG ITEM DESCRIPTION 1 1" COPPER, (TYPE 'K' , SOFT)., 2" 14 COPPER SER. PIPE. (TYPE "K ' SOFT' 2" COPPER ADA TER, COPPER SOLDER JOINT x MALE IPT, 0-300 PSI 2 3 4 5 6 7 OUTLET ON PVC PRESSURE PIPE OUTLET ON AC PIPE OUTLET ON CML&C STEEL PIPE OUTLET ON DUCTILE IRON PIPE 1" OR 2" ANGLE METER STOP METER BOX & COVER TRAFFIC AREA) 8 METER BOX & COVER (NONTRAFFIC AREA) 9 1" OR 2" HEAVY DUTY COMBINATION AIR RELEASE. 10 1'' OR 2" BRASS STREET "L" 11 1 OR 2 X 6 BRASS NIPPLE 12 1 OR 2" SCHEDULE 40 PVC W-8 W-8 W-9 W-9 15 2" FLARED TUBE STR CPLG, COPPER x MALE IPT. 0-150 PSI 16 CONCRETE ANCHOR BLOCK WITH 2 CUBIC FEET 17 2" CL 125 CAST BRONZE go· ELBOW WITH FEMALE IPT 18 2" BRASS PIPE, REGULAR WALL WITH MALE IPT 19 30"x30' x6" CONCRETE PAD 20 2" COMB. AIR RELEASE AND VACUUM VALVE, FEMALE IPT 21 AVE ASSEMBLY ENCLOSURE 13 BRASS METER COMPANION FLANGE. 22 1" OR 2" METER STOP (BRASS NUTS AND BOLTS ON 2") ?.ii 2" BRON7F BA I VAL VE SPEC/DWG REV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT R•t,......+T-•.l... 1,. id!ZfJ. ABOVE SURFACE I 8 2" AIR-VACUUM VALVE CITY ENGINE~ V DATE ASSEMBL y 8 APPURTENANCE STANDARD DWG. NO. w-7 ITEM 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A.C. MAIN FOR WATER SERVICE CONNECTION ( TYP. ) DESCRIPTION DOUBLE BAND BRASS SERVICE SADDLE. BRONZE DOUBLE STRAP SERVICE SADDLE. CORP. STOP 1 WATER SERVICE. CORP. STOP 2 WATER SERVICE. CORP. STOP 1" AIR VACUUM VALVE ASSEMBLY. CORP. STOP 2" AIR VACUUM VALVE ASSEMBLY 1 MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY 2 BLOW-OFF MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY. P.V.C. MAIN 2" MANUAL BLOW-OFF AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY. REV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT SPEC DWG W-3 W-4 W-7 W-7 W-5 W-5&6 W-6&7 -----------i------t OUTLETS ON A.C. OR P.V.C. MAIN FOR DATE I INCH THRU 2 INCH ASSEMBLIES STANDARD DWG. NO. W-8 D.I. MAIN STEEL MAIN FOR WATER SERVICE CONNECTION ( TYP. ) ITEM DESCRIPTION 1 DOUBLE BAND BRASS SERVICE SADDLE. 2 CORP. STOP 1 WATER SERVICE. 3 CORP. STOP 2" WATER SERVICE. 4 CORP. STOP 1 AIR VACUUM VALVE ASSEMBLY. 5 CORP. STOP 2" AIR VACUUM VALVE ASSEMBLY. 6 1" MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY. 7 2 BLOW-OFF MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY. 8 2 BLOW-OFF AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLY. 9 NOT USED 10 3000 PSI FORGED STEEL COUPLING WELDED TO MAIN. 11 IN SULA TING BUSHING. LEXAN OR DELRIN . REV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUN~CIPAL WATER DISTRICT -------OUTLETS ON D.I. OR STEEL MAIN FOR I INCH THRU 2 INCH ASSEMBLIES SPEC DWG W-3 W-4 W-7 W-7 W-5 W-6&7 W-6&7 W-14 W-10 DATE STANDARD DWG. NO. W-9 COPPER I 1" ITEM 2 3 4 5 6 FIELD WELD ( TYPICAL ). IELD APPLIED CEMENT MORT AR ALL AROU~D. SIZING TABLE STEEL IN SULA TING SECTION A-A NOTES: 1 . DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS SHALL BE REQUIRED ON ALL AIR AND VACUUM VALVE ASSEMBLIES, MANUAL AIR RELEASE ASSEMBLIES, BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLIES AND WATER SERVICE ASSEMBLIES WHERE COPPER TUBING OR BRASSS PIPE CONNECTIONS ARE MADE TO STEEL MAINS. DESCRIPTION SPEC DWG CL 3000 STEEL COUPLING -STEEL WELDED. SEE DRAWING NO W9 W-9 IN SULA TING BUSHING -NPT LEXAN OR DELRIN. 9 DIA. 10 GA. SADDLE. NOT USED 1" & 2" COPPER SERVICE PIPE TYPE "K" SOFT REV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT DIELECTRIC CONNECTION TO STEEL MAIN STANDARD DWG. NO. W-1 O • • <( w 0::: <( l'.) 0::: CD NOTES: 1. FIRE HYDRANT BASE -6 EA. 13/16" DIA. HOLES. 2. BOLTS & NUTS -3/4" X 3" HEX HEADS. 3. INSTALL BOLTS WITH NUTS ON TOP OF FLANGE. 4. SEE SPECIFICATION FOR PAINTING REQUIREMENTS. (BEGIN PAINT AT SCORE IN BREAK-OFF SPOOL). 5. SEE SPECIFICATION FOR BURIED FLANGE REQUIREMENTS. 6. SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR FIRE HYDRANT LOCATIONS. 7. A 3' CLEAR SPACE SHALL BE MAINTAINED AROUND THE CIRCUMFERENCE OF F.H. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED OR APPROVED. * 36" BEHIND FACE OF CURB FOR NON-CONTIGUOUS / OR NO SIDEWALK. 8. ~~~ BT~~D c~~~DA~~R Bii:~. ~~~~~ BE , .• {: } ::'::":.\?<<·, ~'.j_:i:~ :;!_t'.\T ~ SIDEWALK CURB & GUTTER 7 0% SLOPE -- I-VARIES ITEM DESCRIPTION A.C.P. -RT X FL TEE. 18"* I I I (/) z: w :::ii: a::: <( :: >N .-- <C w a:: <C 0 a:: CD SPE WG 2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE -D.I. TEE WITH 6 FL. OUTLET. PJ OR MJ X FL 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 REV. STEEL PIPE -6" STEEL FL OUTLET. ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE -RT X FL TEE WITH 6" OUTLET. 6" FL X PJ GATE VALVE. 6" CLASS 150 PVC PRESSURE PIPE. 6 X 30 PJ X FL BURYELL. 6 HOLE PATTERN . 6 VARIABLE LENGTH FL. BREAK OFF SPOOL. GROOVED BOTH ENDS 6" FIRE HYDRANT. POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY. THRUST BLOCK APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY p=.;='--L-ff-=-'=~r _,__,_1.i...:+=-Kt CITY ENGINE DATE STANDARD DWG. NO. W-12 A A ◄ 24" DIA. B PLAN B OR(D FINISH GRADE. AC PAVEMENT. B B 24" DIA. I }-----© RISER SHALL NO ~-® REST ON BONNET I OF VALVE. (2'' MIN. /. ~ CLEARANCE). ' I SECTION A-A SECTION DOMESTIC WATER RECLAIMED NOTES: 1. IN NON-ROAD AREAS PLACE MARKER POST NEXT TO VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. ( SEE DRA'MNG NO. 23 ). 2. ALL BURIED NUTS AND SOL TS SHALL BE WAX TAPE COATED PER SPEC. D9902 3. SEE DRA'MNG NO. 23 FOR GATE VALVE EXTENSION. 4. UPPER SIDE or LID TO RECIEVE 2 COATS or PAINT. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTING REQUIREMENTS, ( PAGE 4 ). ~ I B-B WATER tD ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC DWG 2 3 4 5 6 REV. VAL. BOX & COVER WITH NON-SKID C.I. COVER AND LIFT HOLE MARKED "WATER". VAL. BOX & COVER FOR NORMALLY CLOSED VALVE. VAL. BOX & COVER MARKED RECYCLED WATER". 8" C900 PVC OR ASPHALT COATED WELL CASING. CONCRETE COLLAR IDENTIFY CONG. BY CLASS 560-C-3250 APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY STANDARD DWG. NO. W-13 NOTES: 1. THERE SHALl BE NO FITTINGS OR CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE MElER AND BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY. 2. CONSTRUCT 2' HIGH RETAINING WALL ON 3 SIDES OF BACKFLOW PREVENlER WHEN INSTALLED ON G:~ 0Cf 4: 1 OR GREA lER SLOPE. OPEN END 3 SHALl BE AT DOWNHILl SIDE OF SLOPE. PROVIDE 2' HORIZONTAL ~11-~ CLEARANCE BETWEEN WALl 2' AND BACKFLOW PREVENlER. / II MAX - 3. DO NOT INSTALl IN AREA Tl-5 SUBJECT TO FLOODING. 12" MIN. ®--36" MAX. +--(?) l~l=z, 36" MAX. ,.., !.IL-~,£ ~,£ I I M T R I I --:-_, 9 r-;-.. .t . I I I -. ~. "' .... -... @--!1 -~-II" . . . ll . -"· . A· ... ... l.J ____ J . -=--. -- I l 3 7 3 II l I I I /I PUBLIC PRIVATE CONSUMERS RESPONSIBILITY IL"~~-=-=;/ TO BE INSTALLED PURSUANT TO MUNICIPAL CODE BOOK 14.08.010,4001-SEC.5 & TITLE 17 OF THE CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE. ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC/DWG 1 METER AND VALVE ( BY DISTRICT ). 2 TYPE K HARD OR TYPE L HARD COPPER OR BRASS RISER. W--9 3 COPPER OR BRASS 90' ELBOW ( SOLDER JOINTS OR THREADED FITTINGS ). 4 COPPER OR BRASS NIPPLE. 5 BRASS UNION. 6 APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY. 7 FOUNDATION ANCHOR BLOCK. 8 METER BOX. 9 WRAP PIPE WITHIN CONCRETE WITH PROTECTIVE UTILITY TAPE. APP. C ,__ REV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ~ i ?A.,, -/JJ/.· 12/11 2 INCH AND UNDER CITY ENGINEER DAlE BACKFLOW INSTALLATION STANDARD DWG. NO. W-20 3 '·' - .... ... 0 1 I ... l'0 FINISHED ! GRADE. ---rri:;:::;:::;:1 ~~ '.'"" -:---.--;-==rrr.:;:;:n r.;::::;:::;rn;;:;n ,.,. -:J 11, , L, , , , . ·: · . · ,_.. r' rr~w ... ~ '• •··--~ .. _-,A. : ·: :· l 11 NOTE: .. ·. ' . . ITT;= PIPE SHALL BE PAINTED ~ .~· IN CONFORMANCE WITH .,. DISTRICT SPECIFICATIONS . .,,. .... .... '• .. _., lO 5,.· · .. I 2 -. .... .i tj- ._.,, ' . ~ .i" . Ir • • 4 .·. -.... . . .... . . •• lO 4. . _ .. · . .,, ,. . ~ DIA. ITEM DESCRIPTION SPEC/DWG 1 4" STEEL PIPE. GALVANIZED / PAINTED 2 47O-C-2OOO CONCRETE FOOTING. 3 FILL PIPE WITH 47O-C-2OOO CONCRETE ROUND OFF TOP ). REV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT R~t-'r: ~"' f 1 /10/0~ PROTECTION POST CITY ENGINE£ R DATE W-24 STANDARD DWG. NO. ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 I 1 -+-----I 8 ) ¾ 2--, 3 - 1 / TIE BAG ( CD l 3 4 ~~~ /. _,. ·1 .· ~ ·'>-... / ~ ... .··. -~: .. / 1/ ; . -~ .· 1>•···1/V,•··:.1 -__ .4:: /v·-· -. ,·· : . . · ...• 4 .. · t -.;·_ / · .. (· .-:·4·_ Vv~· .~-! 1 5 ·_ . .,. / ·· .. .-_.4 . ,. ,, / . ~ WIRE ~ V ~ r ......::1-~:::;--\ 4 I I, __ 5 I. I DETAIL A 2 ANODE LEAD ABOVE GRADE CONNECTION ABOVE GRADE CONNECTION NOTES: 1. RISER PIPE SHALL BE WIRE BRUSHED TO CLEAN BRIGHT METAL 2. PIPE CLAMP SHALL BE LOCATED ON RISER PIPE. 3. WIRE INSULATION SHALL BE STRIPPED TO A MINIMUM LENGTH TO CONNECT WIRE TO PIPE CLAMP. . \ 11. / ·_ . -: . ~ / V · .. -_. . ®---. -:.;-~ /V_· -.-___ _ :-_-. ·._ / /-·.;~ PACKAGED BACKFILL COMPOSITION: 75% GYPSUM 7 -----◄-.. ,.; .. · .. · _ • .,, .. ' .• : . . .. ,.4 . 20% BENTONITE 5% SODIUM SULFA TE ZINC ANODE INGOT WEIGHT: 30 LBS. PKGD. WEIGHT: 70 LBS. APPROX. DESCRIPTION SPEC/DWG ANODE LEAD N0.12 AWG STRD. COPPER WIRE W/ THW INSULATION. HEAT SHRINKABLE SLEEVE. SILVER SOLDER CONNECTION. 1 /4" DIAMETER GALVANIZED STEEL CORE. 2"X2"X30" ZINC ALLOY INGOT. CLOTH BAG. PACKAGED BACKFILL. BRASS OR COPPER RISER PIPE. BRASS OR COPPER PIPE CLAMP WITH SCREW TERMINAL. REV. APPROVED DATE CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT t----+------....... -+--+--------------1;>~~11\o..'\--"t".1.l -•-w; 7~ ZINC ANODE AND CONNECTORS CITY ENGINE'f!R \J DATE FOR I" AND 211 WATER SERVICE STANDARD DWG. NO. W-25 TYPICAL CONTINENTAL CROSSWALK MARKINGS ~ UM~NE AT CONTROLLED CROSSINGS SINGLE RAMP CORNER DUAL RAMP CORNER I~~ I ~ MIN 12" I F-, --·r\ RAMP TYP, FLARE TYP MIN 12" 1l··l··I\\···· [ CENTER ' OF BARS ', ~ · .. . ', -------CENTER OF ~~ tx , ,.._ _____ ~EGEND CURB RAMP GENERAL NOTES: · · · · · CONSTRUCTION LINE == CURB & GUTTER -CROSSWALK BAR (24" WIDE) .. , ....... .......... ;.,. ____ _ 1. ALL MARKED CROSSWALKS SHALL HAVE CONTINENTAL MARKINGS UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. FLARE TYP. 2. MARKED CROSSWALK LOCATIONS CONSISTING OF BRICK PAVER$ OR OTHER DECORATIVE PAVING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A LIMIT LINE ONLY. 3. SIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A MARKED CROSSWALK ACROSS EACH LEG WHERE PEDESTRIANS ARE PERMITTED TO CROSS. 4. CONTINENTAL CROSSWALK MARKINGS SHALL BE ALIGNED PARALLEL TO THE DIRECTION OF VEHICULAR TRAVEL. 5. LIMIT LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 4 FEET IN ADVANCE OF MARKED CROSSWALKS FOR THE APPROACH LANES AT ALL CONTROLLED CROSSINGS. 6. MARKED CROSSWALKS SHOULD BE A MINIMUM OF 10 FEET IN WIDTH. PLACEMENT OF CONTINENTAL CROSSWALKS SHALL COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS PEA THE MOST RECENT VERSION OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) STANDARDS. 7. THE CROSSWALK BETWEEN A DUAL RAMP CORNER AND A SINGLE RAMP CORNER SHALL BE AT LEAST 10 FEET WIDE AND SATISFY THE MINIMUM OF 2 FEET BEYOND THE FLARE REQUIREMENT FOR THE SINGLE RAMP 8. CONTINENTAL CROSSWALK BARS SHALL BE UNIFORM WITHIN THE SAME CROSSING. NO PARTIAL BARS SHALL BE INSTALLED. 9. A CROSSWALK BAR SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE CENTER OF THE CROSSING. 10. CROSSWALK MARKINGS SHALL BE CALIFORNIA MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (CA-MUTCD) RETROREFLECTIVITY COMPLIANT AND SKID RESISTANT. '1C\1;,,o.~ HY .wnovm MTf <lf.lliNAl .IF .I 'IAGEL\OOfll 02/15 CITY OF SAN DIEGO -STANDARD DRAWING SHFET I OF J CONTINENTAL CROSSWALK MARKINGS LAYOUT AND NOTES OAA\MNG NllM!lER SDM-116 APPENDIX "C" Traffic Sig,ial and Street Lighting Notes ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix C (This Page is Intentionally Left Blank) ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix C City of Carlsbad Traffic Signal and Street Lighting Notes WORK TO BE DONE: The improvements consist of the following work to be done according to this plan and: 1. The City of Carlsbad Special Provisions. 2. California Dept. of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest version. 3. California Dept. of Transportation Standard Plans, latest version. 4. The California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, latest version. 5. FHWA Standard Highway Signs, latest English Unit version. 6. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest version. 7. San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, latest version. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: 1. Contractor shall provide all materials (except for material provided by the City) needed to construct a fully operational traffic signal. 2. All existing signal equipment shall remain in place and operating until new equipment is in place and ready to operate. 3. City will be responsible to provide traffic signal timing, program conflict monitor and configure field network communication 4. Potholing must be perform before foundation location are finalize. 5. Foundation location shall be finalize before signal poles and mast arms are ordered. 6. Unless directed by City Traffic Engineer, signals shall be placed in full operation between 9:00 a.m. and 12:00 p.m. (noon) on Monday through Thursday only. 7. Contractor must notify the City project inspector or their designee at least one week prior to placing the signal in full operation. 8. 30 days testing period: once the permanent signals have been installed and placed in operation, the signal shall operate continuously for a minimum of 30 calendar days in satisfactory manner. During this test period, the Contractor shall repair and replace any malfunctions to equipment that was supplied on the project. Any failure during the 30 days period will cause the test period to start over. BATTERY BACKUP (UPS): 1. Un interruptible Power System (UPS) shall be Alpha FXM 1100 QC or approved equivalent. 2. Batteries for the UPS shall be housed in a NEMA 3R rated cabinet mounted to the side of the Model 332 and cabinet door shall be equipped with a Best Company lock core and lock. COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT: 1. Contractor shall furnish and install all traffic signal communication equipment as shown on project plan. 2. City staff will be responsible to program and configure all field network switches and communication devices. CONDUIT AND SERVICE PEDESTAL: 1. Install Type Ill-BF Signal and Lighting Service Enclosure per SDG&E requirements. Provide 50A-1 P, 120V SIGNAL metered circuit breaker, 30A-2P, 240V LIGHTING unmetered circuit breaker, 15A-1 P, 120V FLASHING BEACON metered circuit breaker (use only if applicable) ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/ 17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix C 2. Install 2" conduit and pull rope from Type Ill-BF service cabinet to SDG&E service point per SDG&E requirements. Conductors to be installed by SDG&E. 3. Service cabinet shall be fabricated from anodized aluminum sheet. DETECTION SYSTEM: 1. Video detection system shall be lteris Vantage Edge2 or approved equal by City Traffic System Operations Specialist. 2. Detection shall be program for both vehicle and bicycle approaches as shown on project plans 3. Video detection equipment shall include video detection processors, video monitor in the controller cabinet, video detection cameras, EdgeConnect Hub/Ethernet converter and all wiring and ancillary equipment. 4. Video detection camera shall be mounted on the signal mast arm using a manufacturer-approved riser (Pelee "Astro Brae" bracket with 74" riser mounted on the back side of the signal mast arm) as shown on the project plans. PREEMPTION: 5. Contractor shall furnish and install all Emergency preemption equipment. 6. Contractor shall install EVP detections on the mast arm as shown on the project plan. 7. Emergency preemption system shall be GTT brand Opticom system or approved equal by City Traffic Engineer. The system shall include GPS capability and the ability to communicate with GTT Central Management Software (CMS). 8. Contractor shall program EVP units according the City established system. SIGNAL CABINET AND CONTROLLER: 1. Contractor shall furnish and install signal controller, controller cabinet and connect all associated field wiring per Caltrans standards unless otherwise specify differently on the plan. 2. Traffic Signal controller cabinet shall be McCain 352i-ATC with additional input assembly or approved equivalent cabinet 3. Traffic Signal controller shall be McCain Omni eX intersection Control Software or approved equivalent SIGNAL HEADS: 1. All signal heads housing shall be McCain TM or approved equivalent style and dimensions. 2. All signal indications shall be General Electric (GE) Gelcore TM clear LED or approved equivalent and meet the latest ITE standards. 3. Signal Heads displays and pedestrian Walk and Don't Walk heads with countdown displays shall have LED inserts supplied by the contractor. 4. All signal heads shall be polycarbonate with single piece back plates compatible with McCain™ or approved equivalent signal heads. 5. Install Mast Arm-Mounted Sign per Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7N, Detail "U". Sign type as noted on plan. ,, •+f Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix C **USE THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION NOTES ONLY WHEN APPLICABLE** 1. Install Type 1 Pedestrian Barricade with two R49 signs (back to back) per Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7Q. 2. Install Type 1 D Pole with Advance Flashing Beacon and W3-3 Sign per Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7 J. Reflective sheeting for the W3-3 sign shall be fabricated with Type IX prismatic, cube corner reflective sheeting (Diamond GradeVIP or equal). Flashing beacon control and photo-electric control switch for incandescent light shall be included. Install "SIGNAL AHEAD" pavement legend as shown. 3. Install weatherproof tenon for future use per Caltrans Standard Plan ES-7M. GENERAL NOTES: 1. The location of all underground utilities on these plans is approximate. The contractor shall determine the depth of all utilities, including those not shown on this plan, and verify all job site conditions. 2. The contractor shall obtain all necessary permits and notify all utility agencies at least 48 hours in advance of construction. 3. All new pull boxes and covers shall be concrete unless otherwise shown. Pull box covers shall be marked with "TRAFFIC SIGNAL". All pull boxes shall be No. 5 unless otherwise specified. Maximum pull box spacing shall be 200 feet. 4. All pullboxes shall conform to current May 2006 Caltrans standard plans. 5. All conduit shall be 3" schedule 80 unless otherwise specified. 6. All traffic signal pole foundations shall have a 3" conduit installed to the adjacent No. 5 pull box. The controller foundation shall have a spare 3" conduit stubbed out to the adjacent No. 6 pull box for future use. 7. (only if applicable) All new loop detectors to be Type "E". Loop detectors shall be 6' diameter with 10' spacing and positioned in the center of lane unless otherwise shown. Front loops shall have five (5) turns. All other loops shall have three (3) turns. Loops shall be sealed using hot-melt rubberized asphalt sealant per Caltrans specifications. See Caltrans Standard Plans ES-5A and ES-5B for detector legends and details. 8. All signal heads shall be 12" in diameter with back plates. All red, yellow, green and pedestrian signal indications shall be L.E.D. 9. Pedestrian heads and push button signs shall meet Caltrans specs. Pedestrian push buttons shall be 2" ADA. 10. Safety lighting shall be 20,600 pupil lumen high efficiency induction lighting. The induction lamp shall be 150W, feature a color temperature of 5,000K and be rated at 100,000 hours (US Lighting Tech Jersey Series HA-120V/277V-150W-5K-FG or approved equal). Luminaire shall have Type IV P.E.C. 11. Anchor bolt nut covers shall be provided for all standards. 12. Street name signs shall be non-illuminated metal blade signs. Sign panels for street name signs shall be fabricated using Type IX prismatic, cube corner, reflective sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equivalent) and shall not exceed 6' (width) and 18" (height) unless otherwise approved. Lettering for the street name signs shall be 8" upper case and 6" lower case in Clearview font. 13. The contractor shall be responsible for the layout and installation of all applicable loop detectors, traffic striping, pavement markings and legends, parking removal and traffic signing shown on these plans. 14. The contractor shall obtain approval of the City Inspector or their designee for all applicable loop detector locations prior to cutting and the locations of the striping, pavement markings and legends, parking removal and signing prior to painting and installation. 15. The contractor shall be responsible for the removal of all conflicting striping and pavement markings by grinding. 16. All traffic striping and markings within a 500 foot perimeter of the construction project shall be restored to a "like new" condition, in a manner meeting the approval of the City Inspector. 17. The contractor shall not erect any signal standard more than two weeks prior to the scheduled traffic signal turn-on unless approved by the City Inspector or their designee. ,, •,r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix C 18. Flashing signal operation shall be red on all phases. Pedestrian signals shall be blank during flashing operations. 19. All traffic signal improvements shall be installed in coordination with the signing and striping contractor. 20. Existing "STOP" and "STOP AHEAD" signs and pavement legends shall not be removed until traffic signal(s) are operational or directed by the City Inspector or their designee. 21. New "SIGNAL AHEAD" signs and pavement legends shall not be installed until traffic signal(s) are operational or directed by the City Inspector or their designee. 22. The contractor shall be responsible for any monumentation and/or benchmarks which are disturbed or destroyed by construction. Such points shall be referenced and replaced with appropriate monumentation by a licensed land surveyor or registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying. A corner record or record of survey, as appropriate, shall be filed by the licensed land surveyor or registered civil engineer as required by the Land Surveyor's Act. 23. Limit lines and crosswalks shall be field located. 24. All striping at intersections shall be consistent with City of San Diego High-Visibility crosswalk standards where appropriate. 25. Testing of control equipment and cabinet wiring shall be accomplished at a facility designated by the City of Carlsbad. The contractor shall be responsible for shipping, deliver and pick-up of equipment. 26. The conductor schedule is furnished as an installation guide only. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to provide the correct conductors required for intended operation. 27. The contractor shall coordinate service details and scheduling with SDG&E and pay the required fees for service connections. 28. Unless otherwise noted, all salvaged equipment shall be removed from the project site by the contractor and become the property of the contractor. 29. Video detection camera shall be placed within two feet of prolongation of lane line between outermost left turn lanes and adjacent through lane on approaches with left turn phasing. On approaches with no left turn phasing, video detection camera shall be placed within two feet of the center of the approach travel way. A manufacturer representative shall check video camera placement and overall video detection system operation prior to signal turn-on. Utility Contacts UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT SAN DIEGO GAS & ELECTRIC (SDG&E) PACIFIC BELL ADELPHIA CABLE COMMUNICATIONS COX COMMUNICATIONS CITY OF CARLSBAD (STREETS & STORM DRAIN) CITY OF CARLSBAD (SEWER, WATER & RECLAIMED WATER) As Appropriate: SAN DIEGUITO WATER DISTRICT LEUCADIA WASTEWATER DISTRICT VALLECITOS WATER DISTRICT OLIVENHAIN WATER DISTRICT BUENA SANITATION DISTRICT ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/1 7 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 (800) 422-4133 (800) 660-7343 (800) 892-0123 (760) 438-77 41 (760) 806-9809 (760) 434-2980 (760) 438-2722 (760) 633-2650 (760) 753-0155 (760) 744-0460 (760) 753-6466 (760) 726-1340 Appendix C APPENDIX "D" Signing and Striping General Notes {' •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix D (This Page is Intentionally Left Blank) {'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix D CITY OF CARLSBAD STANDARD NOTES FOR SIGNING AND STRIPING PLANS GENERAL NOTES: 1. The contractor is responsible for installation of all signing and striping. 2. All signing, striping and pavement markings shall conform to the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (latest version), the Caltrans Standard Plans and Specifications (latest version), these plans and the Special Provisions. 3. All signing and striping is subject to the approval of the Public Works Director or her representative, prior to installation. 4. Any deviation from these signing and striping plans shall be approved by the Public Works Director or her representative prior to any change in the field. 5. All striping shall be reflective per Caltrans specifications. Striping shall be repainted two weeks after initial painting. 6. All permanent signage shall be reflective per ASTM Designation D4956 and shall use Type IV prismatic reflective sheeting (High Intensity Prismatic or equal) unless otherwise specified. R1-1 "STOP", R1-2 "YIELD", R2-1 "SPEED LIMIT" and street name signs shall use Type IX prismatic cube-corner reflective sheeting (Diamond Grade VIP or equal). 7. Prior to final acceptance of street improvements, all street striping and markings within a 200' perimeter of the construction project will be restored to a "like new" condition, in a manner meeting the approval of the City Inspector. 8. Exact location of striping and stop limit lines shall be approved by the Public Works Director or her representative prior to installation. 9. Contractor shall remove all conflicting painted lines, markings and pavement legends by grinding. Debris shall be promptly removed by the contractor. 10. All pavement legends shall be the latest version of the Caltrans stencils. 11. Limit lines and crosswalks shall be field located. Crosswalks shall have 1 O' inside dimension unless otherwise specified. 12. All crosswalks, limit lines, stop bars, pavement arrows and pavement legends shall be thermoplastic unless otherwise specified. Preformed thermoplastic arrows and legends shall not be acceptable. 13. Bike lane legends and arrows shall be painted. 14. Size of signs shall be based upon the recommended sign sizes found in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices unless otherwise specified. 15. Sign posts shall be square perforated steel tubing with breakaway base per San Diego Regional Standard Drawing M-45. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix D 16. When a sign is attached to a pole, it shall be mounted using a standard City of Carlsbad approved mounting bracket with straps. 17. Existing signs removed by the contractor shall be delivered by the contractor to the City of Carlsbad Public Works Yard at 405 Oak Avenue. 18. All signs shown on these plans shall be new signs provided and installed by the contractor except those signs specifically shown as existing to be relocated or to remain. 19. Fire hydrant pavement markers shall conform to the California MUTCD and San Diego Regional Standard Drawing M-19. 20. Lettering on ground-mounted street name signs on streets with a speed limit of 25 mph or less shall be 4" upper case and 3" lower case. Lettering on all other ground-mounted street name signs shall be 6" upper- case and 4.5" lower-case. Lettering font shall be Clearview. Supplemental lettering such as suffixes, block numbers and directional arrows shall be at least 3" high. Street name signs for public streets shall have white lettering on a green background. Street name signs for private streets shall have black lettering on a white background. 21. Street name sign blanks shall be flat (non-extruded) and street name posts shall be a minimum 12-gage, 1 ¾" square tubing per San Diego Regional Standard Drawing M-45. 22. Where R6-1 "ONE WAY" signs are installed in a raised median, the bottom of the sign shall be 18" above the finished surface of the median. 23. Where OM1-3 object markers are installed in a raised median, the bottom of the sign shall be 24" above the finished surface of the median. 24. Where R4-7 sign and OM1-3 object marker are to be installed in a median less than 3 feet wide, the R4-7 sign shall be 18"x24" and the OM1-3 object marker shall be 12"x12". 25. All median noses and flares shall be painted yellow. 26. Existing "STOP" and "STOP AHEAD" signs and pavement legends shall not be removed until traffic signals are operational or until directed by the Public Works Director or her representative. 27. New "SIGNAL AHEAD" signs and pavement legends shall not be installed until traffic signals are operational or until directed by the Public Works Director or her representative. {'\ • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix D • l'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 APPENDIX "E" Pothole Report Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix E (This Page is Intentionally Left Blank) l' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix E CITY OF CARLSBAD Palomar Airport Road Project Subsurface Utility Report September 29, 2017 September 29, 2017 Mr. Daniel Zimny, Assistant Engineer City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Carlsbad, CA 92008 Dear Mr. Zimny: I would like to take this opportunity to personally thank you for putting your trust in Underground Solutions, Inc. to perform the utility locating on this project. Over the last 13 years USI has prided itself on being the potholing company of choice of our clients, we have a 99% repeat customer base. Your opinion matters to us. We welcome any comments or suggestions that will help us improve our service and keep you coming back. The following proprietary report details our findings for the pothole locations identified by your company, complete with photographs of individual utilities found during our investigation. Underground Solutions' mission statement has never changed; we strive to provide the most professional and accurate state-of-the-art service. This is achieved by our top of the line equipment and professional field team. Once again, thank you for this opportunity and we look forward to a continued working relationship with you and your firm! Sincerely, fvt ~ £ Av~ President Underground Solutions, Inc . • UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " Your First Choice For Potholing Services 120 N. Andreasen Dr., Escondido, CA 92029 Ph# 760/ 294-9449 Fax# 760/ 294-9490 ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " Table of Contents • Pothole Summary Sheet(s) • Area Map(s) / Pothole Exhibit • Pothole Report • Data and Photo Logs • Traffic Control Plans (if applicable) • Picture Thumbnails • Legends ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " 0 POTHOLE SUMMARY SHEET(S) °' Pothole Summary Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Carlsbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location C8r1sbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andr,asen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-9449. Fax (760) 294-9-490 • www usipothole.com --Utility ----Distance From Curb -rm 3.88 4.63 a· PVC 6.00 ft ENI WS 4.04 4.12 1· COPP 6.00 ft N/S 2 rm 5.34 6.14 a· PVC 17.80 ft ENI 2 See Comment 6.37 6.52 2· COPP 17.80 ft N/S 3 w 5.25 6.17 10· CONC 11.00 ft S from face of median aJrb ENI 3 ws 5.50 5.68 2· COPP 11 .60 ft S from face of median aJrb N/S 4 w 4.79 5.71 10· CONC 11.40 ft S from face of median aJrb ENI 4 ws 5.14 5.22 1· COPP 12.00 ft S from face of median N/S "' --I ----==-=------,' --, ---------------_.,._ ----------_ __/ fl 'tf:1 ~o.{ diS \_ I ' :tt / I ! o, I "DEMOLITION" A1§TRLtJ ICW t«JJCS <D~_!"> .:: l'tfflOil .w, t« ©~~~ .. = G)==-.ll'IAOIS,N ~.,.:_J~~u.:-•• @ao,o,,coCDOt:1'C """- ~. 111:D•IIH>:.ic ,,_. -o ~=~ e=-:c~~..:'lt ---@=.. ~ ~ ... -0 ,_,.,.,,._ O),oM O cz:NX1I'. ~ ~-e.-1\0f ~ID't~ e:: D.fflflWL P MO JO sn,m, RYAHT t lI ----l.tlJU c:::J 1.:in • ~ .,,.., E:ZZJ .... ... '"' "' .... '" '" s lll)OC 0, aJl9 a,uf o ... ,. °""""· 9~1(~1:-'~ .... ....,_""' \9IIOOll(O CDGl(tt.fUIJll'UCIM •~=::-=~~·· 11) 4'11H) 0 < ••,pot! ,,. •=::~~0:.:°'9"'° o:;co u,,o,..a ... "-'l'II $IMP, QJJJ1IlIX '" '" .,,., "' ,,,.,.,,. t.». ,,,,-------, ( .. .. I XltL t'•• "'As BUILT" ,.. __ .,.. __ ~- ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " 0 POTHOLE REPORT • Subsurface Utlllty Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Carlsbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Carlsbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-94-49 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • wwwuslpothole.com ----Boltom(ft) --Distance From Curb - Comments Operator: Fl•ld Loaf: Asphalt Depth: RW 3.88 4.63 a· PVC 6.00ft Munson, Tyler Technician: Garcia, Joel S. 12964 Log Date: 09/27/2017 SoUType: 0.40" Concrete Depth: 1.40" base Pre-Excavation Photo Subsurface Photo The data on this report is Intended for informational purposes only. In no way should any of the Information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. E/W USI 1 DG PK Nail Pothole: 1 • Subsurfac:e Utility Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Car1sbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Car1sbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-9449 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.usipothole.com Top Depth Photo Bottom Depth Photo Finish Photo Area Photo The data on this report is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the Information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. °' Subsurface Utility Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Car1sbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Car1sbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-9449. Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.usipotholuom ----Bottom (ft) --Distance From Curb - Comments Operator: Field Loafi Asphalt Depth: ws 4.04 4.12 ,. COPP 6.00 ft Munson, Tyler Technician: Garcia, Joel S. 12964 Log Date: 09/27/2017 SollType: 0.40" Concrete Depth: 1.40" base Pre-Excavation Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. N/S USI 1 DG PK Nall Pothole: 1 • Subsurface Utility Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Carlsbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Cartsbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido. CA 92029 (760) 294-9449 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.usipothole.com Top Depth Photo Bottom Depth Photo Finish Photo Area Photo The data on this report is Intended for lnfom,ational purposes only. In no way should any of the Information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. • Subsurface Utlllty Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of c;:ansbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Cartsbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido. CA 92029 (760) 294-9449 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.usipothole.com ----Bottom(ft) --Distance From Curb -2 Comments Operator: Field Loa I; Asphalt Depth: RW 5.34 6.14 a· PVC 17.80 It Munson, Tyler Technician: Garcia, Joel S. 12962 Log Date: 09/26/2017 SoUType; 0.40' Concrete Depth: 1.40' base Pre-Excavation Photo Subsurface Photo The data on this report Is Intended for informational purposes only. In no way should any of the information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. ENI USI 1 DG PK Nail Pothole: 2 • Subsurface Utlllty Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Carlsbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 location Carlsbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-9449 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.uslpothoi...com Bottom Depth Photo Finish Photo Area Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the information presented here be a substitute for professional engineeMng and design. • Subsurface Utlllty Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Carlsbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Carlsbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-9449 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.usipothole.com --Utility ----Distance From Curb -2 Comments Operator: Fleld Loqt: Asphalt Depth: See Comment 6.37 6.52 2" COPP 17.80 ft Utility: Fire Selvice Munson, Tyler Technician: Garcia, Joel S. 12962 Log Data: 09/26/2017 SollType: 0.40" Concrete Depth: 1.40" base Pre-Excavation Photo Subsurface Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the Information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. N/S USI 1 DG PK Nail Pothole: 2 • Subsurface Utlllty Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Cartsbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Car1sbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido. CA 92029 (760) 294-9449 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.usipol~.com Top Depth Photo Bottom Depth Photo Finish Photo Area Photo The data on this report Is Intended for lnfonnational purposes only. In no way should any of the lnfonnation presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. • Subsurface Utlllty Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Carlsbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 location Carlsbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondodo, CA 92029 (760) 294-9449 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.usipothole.com -------Distance From Curb -3 Comments Operator: Fleld Log#; Asphalt Depth: w 5.25 6.17 10" CONC 11.00 ft S from face of median curb Leigh, Travis M. Technician: Gomez, Octavio H. 12867 Log Date: 09/27/2017 SollType: 0.75 Concrete Depth: 0 Pre-Excavation Photo Subsurface Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the Information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. E/W USl 2 Clay PK Nail Pothole: 3 ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " Underground Solutions, Inc. 120 N. Andrtasffl Or. Escondido, CA 92029 [7601294--9449 • Fax [760) 294-9490 • www usipothole.com Finish Photo Customer Project Location Date Subsurface Utlllty Report City of Carlsbad Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Carlsbad, CA September 29, 2017 Bottom Depth Photo -:-5 ------:-3 --~2 --~I -~ Area Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. • Subsurface Utlllty Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Carlsbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Cer1sbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andrtasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-94-49, Fax (760) 294-9-490, www.uslpothol~.com -------Distance From Curb -3 Comments Operator: Field Loaf: Asphalt Depth: ws 5.50 5.68 T COPP 11.60 ft S from face of median curb Leigh, Travis M. Technician: Gomez, Octavio H. 12867 Loa Date: 09/2.712017 SollType: 0.75 Concrete Depth: 0 Pre-Excavation Photo Subsurface Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the Information presented here be a substiMe for professional engineering and design. N/S USl2 Clay PK Nail Pothole: 3 • UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " Underground Solutions, Inc. 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-9449 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.usipothole.com Top Depth Photo -..... -=:"7 is Finish Photo Subsurface Utility Report Customer City of Car1sbad Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location cansbad, CA Date September 29, 2017 Bottom Depth Photo -.. -- Area Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. • Subsurface Utility Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Car1sbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Gar1sbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-9449 • FaK (760) 294-9-490 • www.uslpothole.com -------Distance From Curb -4 Comments Operator: Fleld Loa#: Asphalt Depth: w 4.79 5.71 10· CONC 11.40 ft S from face of median QJrb Leigh, Travis M. Technician: Gomez, Octavio H. 12867 Loa Date: 09/27/2017 SollTypf; 0.75" Concrete Depth: 0 Pre-Excavation Photo Subsurface Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the Information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. E1W USl2 Clay PK Nail Pothole: 4 • Subsurface Utlllty Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Carlsbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Gar1sbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andrtasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-94-49 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.uslpothole.com Finish Photo Area Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. • Subsurface Utlllty Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Car1sbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Gar1sbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Or. Escondido.CA 92029 (7601 294-9449 • Fax (7601 294-9490 • www.uslpothole.com -------Distance From Curb -4 Comments Operator: Fleld Loa#: Asphalt Depth: ws 5.14 5.22 1" COPP 12.00 ft S from face of median Leigh, Travis M. Technician: Gomez, Octavio H. 12867 Loa Date: 09/27/2017 SollTypej 0.75" Concrete Depth: 0 Pre-Excavation Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the Information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. N/S USl2 Clay PK Nail Pothole: 4 • Subsurface Utlllty Report UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS Customer City of Car1sbad " Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Csr1sbad, CA Underground Solutions, Inc. Date September 29, 2017 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-9-449 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.uslpothole.com Finish Photo Area Photo The data on this report Is Intended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the Information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " 0 DATA & PHOTO LOGS ~ UNDERGROUND SOl.l/TIONS Underground Soludoru, Inc. PO~~ 120 N. M«e....,_ EK..-0. CA 9202'1 ',B' 7b0-29+'H49 • fl!.C 76().294--9490 • WWW USIP()(hdt.com Type: PvL Top Depth: 2. Additional Photo# Type: REPORT DAT PHOTO LOG Date: 9 -Z l.t -I l Project Name: :v: J\r\c~~= ~ Customer: ~~ -~~~ N2 12962 Technicians: ~dli\ Location: =~ Asphalt Depth: D·~ Depth: -~ Pre-Exe. Photo# 1,. 00 -z_ Comments Plan Sheet II SLOT TRENCH. Give Dimensions: Width: ---X Length ___ X Depth ___ Size: Utility Distance from Subsurface B' I Direction: w Curb: s..s Photo#: ooL{ Bottom Depth: Finish Photo#: Marker: Station# Comments Plan Sheet# SLOT TRENCH, Give Dimensions: Width: ___ x Length ___ x Depth ___ Size: Utility Distance from Subsurface N/s copf'~ 2" Direction: Curb: \1~ Photo#:,Z. 003 Top Depth: Bottom Depth: Finish Photo#: Marker: Station# Comments lt.$7 t,·g z_oo'f ¼ " ' Soil Type Asphalt Depth: Concrete Depth: Pre-Exe. Comments Photo# Additional Plan Sheet# Photo# SLOT TRENCH, Give Dimensions: Width: ___ x Length ___ x Depth ___ Type: Size: Utility Distance from Subsurface Direction: Curb: Photo#: Top Depth: Bottom Depth: Finish Photo#: Marker: Station# Comments :S.-.: :,;:,: " Soil Type Asphalt Depth: Concrete Depth: Pre-Exe. Comments Photo# Additional Plan Sheet# Photo# SLOT TRENCH, Give Dimensions: Width: ___ x Length ___ x Depth ___ Type: Size: Utility Distance from Subsurface Direction: Curb: Photo/t: Top Depth: Bottom Depth: Finish Photo#: Marker: Station# Comments Vac Truck II: Q f Depth Photo (T) #: Depth Photo (T) #: t.001 Depth Photo (T) #: i Depth Photo (T) #: • i ~ ~ ~ UNDERGROUND SOllJTIONS Underground Soludom. Inc. PO~~ 120 N. Anc1rwen E-.-. CA 92029 ~ 760-194-9449 • Fax: 76()..lCN-9490 • www.uSlpOtho6c com POTHOLE# Utility: Depth Photo (B) #: 2D/? POTHOLE It \ l Soil Type t) C, Additional Photo# Type: VL- Top Depth: -~ Additional Photo# Type: "REPORT DATi PHOTO LOG Date: 9 -2.1-/ 'J N ~ 1 2 9 6 4 Customer: -C~/l.·\-.D~..:-• ...-..:.._iQJ-... ..... \:._i~--~_.__ ______ Techn'.cians: ;:sv\ se \ &c \ Project Name: ~l~~.A,~~~ M Location: C 6 p\5e-A1\ ,,, ' Asphalt Depth: Gilil'llP@K Depth: o ·':LQ ~ Pre-Exe. Photo/I D 0 Plan Sheet# SLOT TRENCH, Give Dimensions: Widlh: ___ x Length ___ x Deplh __ _ Size: i' \ Utility ' Direction: 1:; W Distance from Curb: lJ ,0 0 Bottom Depth: Finish Photo#: Marker: Station/I otO Plan Sheet It SLOT TRENCH, Give Dimensions: Width: ___ x Length ___ x Depth __ _ Size: Utility Distance from Comments Subsurface Photo#: Utility: w{s Cb ~ l I I Direction: N Curb: Lt. ,2.Q.. Subsurface Photo#: -i.o,z Top Depth: Bottom Depth: ~ .£i, y -~ " Soil Type Asphalt Depth: POTHOLE It Additional Plan Sheet It Photo# Type: Size: Utility: Top Depth: Bottom Depth: ,· Soil Type POTHOLE# Additional Plan Sheet It Photo# Finish Photo/I: Marker: Station/I 20 c-z PK. ,;, z Concrete Depth: Pre-Exe. Photo# SLOT TRENCH, Give Dimensloos: Width: ---X Length ___ X Depth __ _ Utility Direction: Finish Photo#: Concrete Depth: Distance from Curb: Marker: Pre-Exe. Photo# Station# Comments Comments Subsurface Photo#: Comments Comments Vac TrucK w: Depth Photo (T) #: Depth Photo (n#: ·2.o Depth Photo (T) #: o( Type: Size: Utility Direction: Distance from Curb: SLOT TRENCH, Give Dimensions: Width: ___ x Length ___ x Oeptn_ ------4--------IL...-----------.--------+---------------1·, t Subsurface Photo/I: Utility: t . • • •• Top Depth: Bottom Depth: Finish Photo#: Marker. Station/I Comments Depth Photo (T) II: I ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTlONS Undt"19round Soludoru, Inc. 120 N N"Cirraser,. EKondido. CA 92029 '-'~ POSITIVEID -"'' 76f>Z94-9<449 • Fa:it. 760,294-9\90 • W¥>-A.~ com POTHOLE# Utility: Depth Photo (Bl II: 3 22.t,o POTHOLE# 3 Utility: W.$ POTHOLE# '-f Utility: w . ' ' POTHOLE# 4 Utility: W.$ 22.. -,, Soll Type Additional Photo# ,.J//f Top Depth: 5 2s . ' Soil Type Additional Photo# ,.111/ Type: Top Depth: 5~ Soil Type t:,/..l+y Additional Photo# ,J/1' Type: (,d /JI- Top Depth: 4 1"1 - :-,,;,,_, ' Soil Type C,.l,AY Additional Photo// ~//I Type: t:.,oi'P Top Depth: .c:. '1 REPORT DAT, PHOTO LOG Date: oc; I 2 7 / z_o 1 , N~ 12867 Vacf Customer: c,ry 0 ,c cA,,t.S<lA~ Technicians: -r1119 .,,~ L . / o c-rl'¾W o u::· ' Project Name: p~uo...,A,"?.. f;11-,.,P1>ll., Location: C,A/\c.. S8A•> 1/,• ~ Asphalt Depth: Concrete Depth: 0 -,~ Pre-Exe. Photo# 2257 Plan Sheet II Size : /tJ' Plan Sheet II Size: 2 ,. Bottom Depth: SLOT TRENCH, Give Dimensions: Width: ___ x Lenglh ___ x Deplh __ _ Utility Direction: Finish Photo#: r/111 Distance from Curb:* Marl<er: Station# 2257 SLOT TRENCH. Give Dimensions: Wldlh: ___ x Lenglh ___ x Depth __ _ Utility Direction: Finish Photo//: Distance from Curb: ~ Marker: Station# 5 l.s,~ 226( Plan Sheet II Size: /(} II Bottom Depth: 5~ Plan Sheet II Size: I I I Bottom Depth: -~ z.3. ,./IA Pre-Exe. Photo# SLOT TRENCH, Give Dimensions: Width: ---X Lenglh ___ X Deplh __ _ Utility Direction: £ / W Finish Photo#: Distance from Curb: l'- Marker: Pre-Exe. Station// Photo# 2 Z& S SLOT TRENCH, Give Dimensions: Width: ___ x Length ___ x Depth __ _ Utility Distance from Direction: 11\1/!:, Curb: -¥ Finish Photo#: Marker: Station// ?1..Al.f ?Al ..Jr1pl( Comments Subsurface Photo#: 2258 Comments Depth Photo (T)#: 2 2..59 ~ / J '?! S F12o,.,. ~ oF MEDJtt,,.J Subsurface Photo//: Comments Depth Photo 2 2(., I (T)lt: 2267... ~ / t l.l_! S F'ju,,-. Fli<..E oF Me~1/#IA1 t:w48 Comments Subsurface Photot: 2 l l, l, Comments Depth Photo (T) II: 2,2l, 7 ¥ It '-i_E S ,:-n.,,-c rl'lt.E oF ""E!:)11'1,J Subsurface Depth Photo Photo#: Z 2 (., <=t (T)lt: 2 2-70 J i it. w 0 ~ -1 I ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " 0 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS ;PEED LIMIT -35 MPH ,IGN SPACING -250 ft "APER -245 ft SHEET 1 j ** NOT TO SCALE ** ., C30 CA A 170' taper f~r off ramp (Shift the traffic over) (123' shift taper UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " j > CJ) m 0 0 m r z 0 ~ m --- - - --- -iW20-· - -- -_250•_ ---------------- r ======~ C N 1 Map On Behalf of: City of Carlsbad Project Palomar Airport Rd Potholing Name: _______ .:__ _______ _ Your First Choice in Potholing Services r~~=t~~n: Carlsbad, CA 120N~ Dr, Escondido, CA 92029 , ____ ___;:....:.:.;;_;_,;;_...;_;_...;...! _____ _ OFFICE· 760.294.9449 FAX 760.294.9490 N t ;PEED LIMIT -35 MPH ,IGN SPACING -250 ft 'APER -245 ft SHEET 2 ** NOT TO SCALE ** ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " Map On Behalf of: City of Carlsbad Project Palomar Airport Rd Potholing Name: ______________ _ Your First Choice in Potholing Services r~~=t~~n: Carlsbad, CA 120N-..nDr, Esoondldo, CA92029 , ____ ....:...:::.;_:,;:;,,:.;_;~:__----- OFFICE -160.294.9449 FAX 760.294.9490 ~=--~"-~----·····························································-·········· j 250' UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " : ~ : : I l l I • I : :2i I : I • 'I I : I : I : I • I : ---------lW20•1 I ----..250'------ ,. ======~ C I • I ~ )> (/) m 0 C m r z 0 :::0 -4 m N 1 Map On Behalf of: Clark Construction Project Hotel Circle Potholing Name: _______________ _ ;PEED LIMIT -35 MPH ilGN SPACING -250 ft .APER -245 ft SHEET 3 ** NOT TO SCALE ** Your First Choice in Potholing Services r~~:t~~n: _____ 5::...a:.:..n:....:......::D:....:i...;;.eMg...,;;,o..!.,., ...... c_A ___ _ 120 N An<hasen Dr, Escondido, CA 92029 - OFFICE· 760.294.9449 FAX 760.294.9490 N t ;PEED LIMIT -35 MPH >IGN SPACING -250 ft 'APER -245 ft SHEET 4 ** NOT TO SCALE ** ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " Map On Behalf of: City of Carlsbad Project Palomar Airport Rd Potholing Name: _____________ _ Your First Choice in Potholing Services r~~:t~~n: Carlsbad, CA 120 N An<nasen 1:)-, Escondklo, CA 92029 ____ ..,;;__:,;;.:,_,;;_;_;_~----- OFFICE -760.2114.9449 FAX 760.294.11490 ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " 0 PICTURE THUMBNAILS • UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " Underground Solutions, Inc. 120 N. Andrtasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-9449 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.usipolhole.com Pothole: 1 --Pothole: 2 Suboulface PlwJlo TopOepthPhctD Thumbnail Report Customer City of Carlsbad Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Carlsbad, CA Date September 29, 2017 AdditionalPhctD -- The data on this report Is Intended for informational purposes only. In no way should any of the information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " Underground Solutions, Inc. 120 N. Andreasen Dr. Escondido, CA 92029 (760) 294-94-49 • Fax (760) 294-9490 • www.uslpotholuom Pothole: 3 Subourface Photo Pothole: 4 Subourface Photo Top Depth Photo Top Depth Photo Thumbnail Report Customer City of Carlsbad Project Palomar Airport Road -Task 4 Location Csr1sbad, CA Date September 29, 2017 Bollom Depth Photo Finish Photo Bollom Depth Photo Finish Photo The data on this report Is lntended for Informational purposes only. In no way should any of the Information presented here be a substitute for professional engineering and design. ~ UNDERGROUND SOLUTIONS " LEGENDS 0 * UTILITYTYPE * MATERIAL TYPE Uti I ity Types AV AirVac B/0 Blow Off BL Brine Line C/0 Clean Out CATV Cable Television CATV/MH Cable Television Manhole CHW Chilled Water COMM Communication DBW Direct Bury Wire DRY HOLE No Utility E Electrical E/MH Electrical Manhole F Fuel F/0 Fiber Optic F/0/MH Fiber Optic Manhole FH Fire Hydrant FM Force Main FO Fuel Oil G Gas HH Hand Hole ICV Irrigation Control Valve IRR Irrigation MH Manhole 0 Oil PETRO Petroleum RD Roof Drain RW Reclaimed Water S/MH Sewer Manhole SD Storm Drain SD/MH Storm Drain Manhole STLT Street Light SWR Sewer T Telephone T/MH Telephone Manhole T/S Traffic Signal UNK Unknown w Valve Vault w Water WM Water Meeter ws Water Service WV Water Valve Material Types ABS Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene ACP Asbestos Cement Pipe CAP Corrugated Aluminum Pipe CIP Cast Iron Pipe CIPP Cast in Place Pipe CLMP Concrete Lined Metal Pipe CMP Concrete Metal Pipe COPP Copper CPVC Corrugated PVC CSP Corrugated Steel Pipe DB Direct Bury DIP Ductile Iron Pipe ENC Encasement GIP Galvanized Iron Pipe MLC Mortar Lined Concrete MTD Multiple Tile Duct PE Poly PVC Polyvinyl Chloride RCP Reinforced Concrete Pipe STL Steel STLCS Steel Casing VALVE Valve VCP Vitrified Clay Pipe WIRE W ire WSTL W rapped Steel Pipe 0 APPENDIX "F" CAL TRANS Encroachment Permit l'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix F (This Page is Intentionally Left Blank) {'\ •,;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix F ' STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ENCROACHMENT PERMIT TR-0120 (REV. 6/2012) In compliance with (Check one): IZI Your application of □ Utility Notice No. □ Agreement No. □ R/W Contract No. I CITY OF CARLSBAD 1635 FARADAY AVENUE TO: CARLSBAD, CA 92008 ATTN: DANIEL ZIMNY PHONE: (760) 602-7551 MARCH 5, 2018 of of of And subject to the following, PERMISSION 15 HEREBY GRANTED to: I p age 1 f6 0 Permit No. 11-18-NMC-0178 Dist/Co/Rte/PM 11-5D-5/R47.02 Date APRIL 19, 2019 Fee Paid Deposit $ EXEMPT $ EXEMPT Performance Bond Amount ( 1) Payment Bond Amount (2) $0.00 $ 0.00 Bond Company N/A Bond Number ( 1) Bond Number (2) N/A N/A , PERMITTEE enter upon State Highway right of way in San Diego County, City of Carlsbad, on Route 5, post mile R47.02, to lengthen a left turn pocket and widen Palomar Airport Road to accommodate a dedicated right turn lane, as shown on the attached plans, in accordance with the requirements and conditions contained herein and as further directed or approved by the State's Inspector Ralph Yanzon, telephone number (858) 688-1458, or e-mail at ralph.yanzon@dot.ca.gov. The State's Inspector shall be notified seven working days prior to starting work. In addition, Permittee must call John Knoff, telephone number (760) 746-2947, at least seven working days prior to starting work and arrange for a mark-out. Caltrans electrical facilities may be affected by this permit work. Permittee must also call Saiid Noroozi, telephone number (858) 467-3031 or by e-mail at saiid.noroozi@dot.ca.gov, at least seven working days prior to starting work. Caltrans Signal facilities my be affected. Working hours shall be as directed or approved by the State's Inspector and in accordance with the attached lane closure requirement chart nos. ' 1, 2, and 3. ,. (CONTINUED) THIS PERMIT 15 NOT A PROPERTY RIGHT AND DOES NOT TRANSFER WITH THE PROPERTY TO A NEW OWNER The following attachments are also included as part of this permit {Check applicable): In addition to fee, the permittee will be billed actual costs for: [g] Yes □ No General Provisions □ Yes [g] No Review □ Yes IZI No Utility Maintenance Provisions □ Yes IZI No Inspection [81 Yes □ No Special Provisions □ Yes [g] No Field Work □ Yes C8J No A Cal-OSHA permit, if required: Permit No. __ □ Yes IZI No As-Built Plans Submittal Route Slip for Locally Advertised Projects (If any Ca/trans effort expended) C8J Yes □ No Water Pollution Control Plan [g] Yes □ No The Information in the environmental documentation has been reviewed and considered prior to approval of this permit. This permit is void unless the work is complete before JUNE 30, 2020. This permit is to be strictly construed and no other work other than specifically mentioned is hereby authorized. No project work shall be commenced until all other necessary permits and environmental clearances have been obtained. CN:cn APPROVED: cc: Permits Contractor OPerryman, Reg. Mgr. Permittee RYanzon, Inspector JKnoff, Elec.Maint. Co Binns, District Director CDodge, METS SNoroozi, Signal Ops JYoung, R/W Eng Jo J. Lee, District Permit En ineer ADA NOTICE: For individuals with sensory disabilities. this documenl is available in altem ats. F al nate format informat,on. contact the Forms Managemenl Unit at (916) 445--1233. FM 91 1436 TTY 771. or wr,le lo Records and Forms Management. 1120 N Street. MS-89. Sa ra1to. CA 95814. CITY OF CARLSBAD 11-18-NMC-0178 APRIL 19, 2019 PAGE TWO No vehicles or equipment shall be parked within the highway right of way at any time, except for those vehicles or that equipment actually engaged in the work, during the working hours specified herein. The following District Standard Special Provisions are generalizations of the Department Standard Specifications and are included only as a Permittee convenience. Permittee's attention is directed to the current Department Standard Specifications and Encroachment Permit General Provisions (TR-0045) for complete, unabridged, specification requirements. Once begun, that portion of the work within the State Highway right of way shall be prosecuted to completion as rapidly as possible. All personnel on foot within the State Highway right of way shall wear personal protective equipment, including safety glasses, hard hats and American National Standards Institute (ANSI) compliant Class II vests. In addition, all personnel working at night, on foot within the State Highway right of way shall wear ANSI Class III warning garments. The Permittee is responsible for locating and protecting all utilities both underground and aerial. Any costs incurred for locating and protecting and/or relocating any utilities shall be borne by the Permittee. Permittee's Contractor is responsible for the actual cost of inspection, which may be more or less than the deposit. Permittee's Contractor will also be responsible for the actual cost of mark-out by Caltrans personnel. A bill or refund shall be sent upon satisfactory completion of the work. Payment of any bill is a condition of the permit. Notwithstanding General Provision No. 4, your contractor is required to apply for and obtain an encroachment permit prior to starting work. A fee/deposit of $3,608.00 is required at the time of application. Also, your contractor must submit proof that they have obtained executed bonds in accordance with General Provision No. 24 and your contractor shall provide proof of insurance. The State of California, Department of Transportation, makes no assurance or expressed warranty that the plans are complete or that the planned construction fits field conditions. Should additional work or modifications of the work be required in order to meet established Department Standards or in order to fit field conditions, the work shall be performed by Permittee as directed by the State's Inspector at no cost to the State. All work shall be coordinated with the State highway contractor's operations and under no circumstances shall the work granted herein interfere. All standards of construction shall be identical to similar work performed under adjacent highway contract. CITY OF CARLSBAD 11-18-NMC-0178 APRIL 19, 2019 PAGE THREE A pre-construction meeting with the State's Inspector, Electrical Maintenance Supervisor and Signal Operations Group is required prior to start of any work under this permit. Failure to do so may result in permit cancellation and resubmittal may be required. Traffic striping, pavement markings and signs shall be furnished and placed by the Pennittee and the cost shall be borne by the Permittee. Where new asphalt concrete has been placed, painted striping and pavement markings shall be installed within 24-hours. Where shown on the plans, after thirty (30) days curing time, thermoplastic materials shall be applied in compliance with Section 84 of the Standard Specifications. Roadside signs shall be placed at locations shown on the permit plans and shall be installed in compliance with the latest edition of Cal trans Standard Plans. Permittee shall furnish to the State Representative and the Materials Engineering and Testing Services (METS) Materials Administrator a completed form DC-CEM-3101 "Notice of Materials to be Used" for all signal poles, sign poles, light poles, mast arms, signal panels, guard rail components, and other items as specified by the State Representative. Please note that these materials may require source inspection and approval at the manufacturer's plant. Materials identified on form TL-608 which are not inspected and approved by the State at the manufacturer's plant will be rejected from use on the State highway. A minimum of six weeks for source inspection, testing, and approval of materials is to be used. Form DC-CEM-3101 shall be furnished to the State's Inspector or Representative at the Pre- construction meeting. Permitee must call Caltrans' District 1 I Construction Source Inspection, Claire Dodge, phone number (858) 467-4052 or by e-mail at d 11 sourceinspection@dot.ca.gov at least 7 days prior to procuring casing material and welding plan submittal. Traffic control when permitted or directed by the State's Inspector, shall consist of closing traffic lanes and shoulders in accordance with attached Caltrans 2018 Standard Plan T9, TIO (Shoulder Closure), Tl l and the attached TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS, Part 6 "Temporary Traffic Control" of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD) 2014 Revision 4 edition, Section 12 "Temporary Traffic Control" of Caltrans 2018 Revised Standard Specifications, and these Special Provisions. When existing pedestrian facilities are disrupted, closed, or relocated in a Temporary Traffic Control zone, the temporary facilities shall be detectable and include accessibility features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian facility as determined by the State's Inspector. Where pedestrians with visual disabilities normally use the closed sidewalk, a barrier that is detectable by a person with a visual disability traveling with the aid of a long cane shall be placed across the full width of the closed sidewalk. CITY OF CARLSBAD 11-18-NMC-0178 APRIL 19, 2019 PAGE FOUR If any component in the traffic control system is displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Permittee shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. All work shall be performed in accordance with the current Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and the Department of Transportation Encroachment Permit Overhead Utility Special Provisions dated December, 2007. All work shall be performed in accordance with the current Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and the Department of Transportation Encroachment Permit Underground Utility Special Provisions dated April, 2018. Permittee shall implement and maintain the attached WPCP, dated as approved March 16, 2018, and as directed and approved by the State's Inspector. Aerially Deposited Lead (AOL) -This project will generate excess soil within the State right of way. It is the Permittee's responsibility to comply with the Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC) ADL requirements for roadway soil management and proper identification (including sampling and analysis) of excess soil that are removed, and/or excavated, from the work site. Reuse of soils containing greater than 80 mg/kg total lead is not allowed without written approval of the OTSC and Caltrans. The permittee shall follow the "Hazardous Materials and Hazardous Waste Management" special provisions. A lead compliance plan, prepared by a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH), shall be provided by the Permittee including items listed in 8 CA Code of Regs A§ 1532. l. It shall be implemented for all workers handling the soil. Thermoplastic, traffic stripe, and pavement marking -It is anticipated that the traffic stripes and/or pavement markings will be removed during the grind and overlay of the asphalt pavement. The residue from the grinding contains lead from paint and thermoplastic and can be assumed to be non-hazardous waste. Management of this material exposes workers to health hazards that must be addressed in the lead compliance plan. Your attention is directed to Standard Specifications Section 5-1.36 "Property and Facility Preservation" and Business and Professions Code, Section 8771. Permittee shall physically inspect the work site and locate survey monuments prior to work commencement. Monuments that might be disturbed shall be referenced or reset in accordance with Business and Professions Code. CITY OF CARLSBAD 11-18-NMC-0178 APRIL 19, 2019 PAGE FIVE If feasible, monuments should not be set within the traveled way. All monuments that must be set or perpetuated in paved surfaces, shall be constructed in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specification Section 78-2, "Survey Monuments" and Standard Plan A 74, Type D, or equal with prior approval of the District Survey Engineer. Copies of Corner Records or Record of Surveys recorded in compliance with the Business and Professions Code shall be forwarded to the District Surveys Engineer. Sidewalk shall be sawcut to an existing expansion joint or scoreline. New concrete shall match existing concrete color, texture and score pattern. Pavement shall be saw cut a minimum of 0.2 foot deep prior to paving. Curbs and gutters shall be installed over 6 inches of Class 2 Aggregate Base. Sidewalks shall be placed over 4 inches of Class 3 Aggregate Subbase. No dropoff adjacent to the edges of the existing pavement will be permitted during nonworking hours or days. Prior to leaving the job site at the end of the working day, any dropoff adjacent to the edge of pavement shall be temporarily backfilled and compacted for a minimum width of 4 foot. Temporary backfill shall be level with the pavement at its edge and shall have a maximum slope of 4: I away from the pavement. Temporary backfill material shall be base material. All open trenches within the improved area shall be backfilled, compacted and temporary repairs made to the surfacing before leaving the job site at the end of the working day. In lieu of temporary repairs, steel plate bridging may be allowed if approved by the State's Inspector prior to the star1 of work. Permanent paving shall be placed within five working days after completion of the above work. Permanent backfill and paving shall conform to the attached ENCROACHMENT PERMIT TRENCH DETAIL dated September, 2006 and the attached BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS. When steel plate bridging is used, the attached Steel Plate Bridging Utility Special Provisions dated April, 2018 will apply in addition to the attached General Provisions. The Permittee shall retain a Civil Engineer, licensed to practice in California, who shall upon completion of the placement or regrading of materials requiring compaction, furnish to the State's Inspector, a report certifying that the compaction work has been accomplished in accordance with Caltrans Standard Specifications and Standard Plans. Compaction testing, in accordance with Caltrans testing procedures and policies, shall be performed by a certified testing laboratory. Copies of the test shall accompany the engineer's report. Upon completion of the work provided herein, the Permittee shall submit one vellum or paper set of As-Built plans and one electronic thumb drive to the District I I Caltrans Permit Office showing the actual location of the facility to the nearest 0.1 foot horizontally and vertically. Mylar or paper sepia plans are not acceptable. CITY OF CARLSBAD 11-18-NMC-0178 APRIL 19, 2019 PAGE SIX As-Built plans shall be signed by a Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer licensed to practice in the State of California. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Permittee from his responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to comply with the provisions in Section 7-1.04, "Public Safety" of the Standard Specifications. Upon completion of the work provided herein, the Permittee shall complete the "Post Construction Certification" section of the attached Certification of Compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) [TR-0405] and submit it to the District I I Caltrans Permit Office. Encroachment Permit projects that create, alter, or affect pedestrian facilities are required to be designed and constructed in accordance with the policies and standards in Design Information Bulletin 82-06 (DIB 82-06). The proposed improvement will require a quitclaim from the City of Carlsbad to normalize the R W limit between the City and Caltrans. The quitclaim should be executed prior to the end of construction and before closure of the permit. If there are bonds held for the improvements, the bonds will NOT be released before receipt of the executed quitclaim from the City. Upon completion of the work, the attached card shall be completed and returned. ST ATE OF CALIFORNIA, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ENCROACHMENT PERI\UT GENERAL PROVISIONS TR-0045 (REV. 11/2018) I. AUTHORITY: The California Department of Transportation ("Department") has authority to issue encroachment permits under Division I, Chapter 3, Article I, Sections 660 through 734 of the Streets and Highways Code. 2. REVOCATION: Encroachment permits are revocable on five (5) business days' notice unless otherwise stated on the permit and except as provided by law for public corporations, franchise holders, and utilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in an emergency situation as determined by the Department, an encroachment permit may be revoked immediately. These General Provisions and any applicable Special Provisions are subject to modification or abrogation by the Department at any time. Permittees' joint use agreements, franchise rights, reserved rights or any other agreements for operating purposes in State of California ("State") highway right-of-way may be exceptions to this revocation. 3. DENIAL FOR NONPAYMENT OF FEES: Failure to pay encroachment permit fees when due may result in rejection of future applications and denial of encroachment permits. 4. ASSIGNMENT: This encroachment pennit allows only the Permittee or Permittee's authorized agent to work within or encroach upon the State Highway right-of-way, and the Permittee may not assign this permit. 5. ACCEPTANCE OF PROVISIONS: Permittee understands and agrees to accept and comply with these General Provisions, the Special Provisions, any and all terms and/or conditions contained in or incorporated into the encroachment permit, and all attachments to the encroachment pennit (collectively "the Permit Conditions"), for any encroachment, work, and/or activity to be perfonned under this encroachment permit and/or under color of authority of this encroachment permit. Pennittee understands and agrees the Pem1it Conditions are applicable to and enforceable against Pennittee as long as the encroachment remains in, under, or over any part of the State Highway right-of-way. 6. BEGINNING OF WORK: When traffic is not impacted (see General Provision Number 35), the Perrnittee must notify the Department's representative two (2) business days before starting pennitted work. Permittee must notify the Department's representative if the work is to be interrupted for a period of five (5) business days or more, unless otherwise agreed upon. All work must be performed on weekdays during regular work hours, excluding holidays, unless otherwise specified in this encroachment permit. 7. STANDARDS OF CONSTRUCTION: All work performed within State Highway right-of-way must conform to all applicable Departmental construction standards including but not limited to: Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, Project Development Procedures Manual, Highway Design Manual and Special Provisions. © 2018 California Department of Transportation. All Rights Reserved. Other than as expressly provided by these General Provisions, the Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications, Standard Plans. and other applicable Departmental standards, nothing in these General Provisions is intended to give any third party any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim with respect to these General Provisions or any provision herein. These General Provisions are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Permittee and the Department. Where reference is made in such standards to "Contractor" and "Engineer," these are amended to be read as "Permittee" and "Department's representative," respectively, for purposes of this encroachment permit. 8. PLAN CHANGES: Deviations from plans, specifications, and/or the Permit Conditions as defined in General Provision Number 5 are not allowed without prior approval from the Department's representative. 9. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL: All work is subject to monitoring and inspection. Upon completion of work, Permittee must request a final inspection for acceptance and approval by the Department. Permittee must not give final construction completion approval to its contractor, until final acceptance and approval is obtained from the Department. IO. PERMIT AT WORKSITE: Pennittee must keep the permit package or a copy thereof at the work site at all times, and must show it upon request to any Department representative or law enforcement officer. If the pennit package, or a copy thereof, is not kept and made available at the work site at all times, the work must be suspended. 11. CONFLICTING ENCROACHMENTS: Permittee must yield start of work to ongoing, prior authorized work adjacent to or within the limits of the Permittee's project site. When existing encroachments conflict with Permittee's work, the Permittee must bear all cost for rearrangements (e.g., relocation, alteration, removal, etc.). 12. PERMITS FROM OTHER AGENCIES: This encroachment permit is invalidated if the Permittee has not obtained all permits necessary and required by law, including but not limited to permits from the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC), California Occupational Safety and Health Administration (Cal-OSHA), or any other public agency having jurisdiction. Permittee warrants all such permits have been obtained before beginning work under this encroachment permit. 13. PEDESTRIAN AND BICYCLIST SAFETY: A safe minimum continuous passageway of four (4) feet must be maintained through the work area at existing pedestrian or bicycle facilities. At no time must pedestrians be diverted onto a portion of the street used for vehicular traffic. At locations where safe alternate passageways cannot be provided, appropriate signs and barricades must be installed at the limits 14. 15. 16. of construction and in advance of the limits of construction at the nearest crosswalk or intersection to detour pedestrians to facilities across the street. Attention is directed to Section 7- 1.04, Public Safety, of the Department's Standard Specifications. PUBLIC TRAFFIC CONTROL: As required by law, the Permittee must provide traffic control protection, warning signs, lights, safety devices, etc., and take all other measures necessary for the traveling public's safety. While providing traffic control, the needs of all road users, including but not limited to motorists, bicyclists and pedestrians, including persons with disabilities in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, must be an essential part of the work activity. Lane and/or shoulder closures must comply with the Department's Standard Specifications and Standard Plans for traffic control systems, and with the applicable Special Provisions. Where issues are not addressed in the Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, and/or Special Provisions, the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Part 6, Temporary Traffic Control) must be followed. MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH TRAFFIC: Permittee must plan and conduct work so as to create the least possible inconvenience to the traveling public, such that traffic is not unreasonably delayed. STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS: The storage of equipment or materials is not allowed within State highway right-of-way, unless specified within the Special Provisions of this encroachment permit. If encroachment permit Special Provisions allow for the storage of equipment or materials within the State highway right-of-way, the equipment and material storage must also comply with Section 7-1.04, Public Safety, of the Department's Standard Specifications. 17. CARE OF DRAINAGE: Permittee must provide alternate drainage for any work interfering with an existing drainage facility in compliance with the Department's Standard Specifications, Standard Plans, and/or as directed by the Department's representative. 18. RESTORATION AND REPAIRS IN STATE HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY: Permittee is responsible for restoration and repair of State highway right-of-way resulting from permitted work (Streets and Highways Code. section 670 et seq.). 19. STATE HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY CLEAN UP: Upon completion of work, Permittee must remove and dispose of all scraps, refuse, brush, timber, materials, etc. off the State highway right-of-way. The aesthetics of the highway must be as it was before work started or better. 20. COST OF WORK: Unless stated otherwise in the encroachment permit or a separate written agreement with the Department, the Permittee must bear all costs incurred for work within the State highway right-of-way and waives all claims for indemnification or contribution from the State, the 0 2018 California Department ofTransportation. All Rights Reserved. Department, and from the Directors, officers, and employees of the State and/or the Department. 21. ACTUAL COST BILLING: When specified in the permit, the Department will bill the Permittce actual costs at the currently set Standard Hourly Rate for encroachment permits. 22. AS-BUILT PLANS: When required, Permittee must submit one ( l) set of folded as-built plans within thirty (30) calendar days after completion and acceptance of work in compliance with requirements listed as follows: a) Upon completion of the work provided herein, the Permittee must submit a paper set of As-Built plans to the Department's representative. b) All changes in the work will be shown on the plans, as issued with the permit, including changes approved by Encroachment Permit Rider. c) The plans are to be prominently stamped or otherwise noted "AS-BUILT' by the Permittee's representative who was responsible for overseeing the work. Any original plan that was approved with a Department stamp, or by signature of the Department's representative, must be used for producing the As-Built plans. d) If construction plans include signing or striping, the dates of signing or striping removal, relocation, or installation must be shown on the As-Built plans when required as a condition of the encroachment permit. When the construction plans show signing and striping for staged construction on separate sheets, the sheet for each stage must show the removal, relocation, and installation dates of the appropriate staged striping and signing. e) As-Built plans must contain the Encroachment Permit Number, County, Route, and Post Mile on each sheet. t) The As-Built plans must not include a disclaimer statement of any kind that differs from the obligations and protections provided by sections 6735 through 6735.6 of the California Business and Professions Code. Such statements constitute non-compliance with Encroachment Permit requirements, and may result in the Department retaining Performance Bonds or deposits until proper plans are submitted. Failure to comply may also result in denial of future encroachment pennits or a provision requiring a public agency to supply additional bonding. 23. PERMITS FOR RECORD PURPOSES ONLY: When work in the State highway right-of-way is within an area under a Joint Use Agreement (JUA) or a Consent to Common Use Agreement (CCUA), a fee exempt encroachment permit is issued to the Pennittee for the purpose of providing a notice and record of work. The Permittee's prior rights must be preserved without the intention of creating new or different rights or obligations. "Notice and Record Purposes Only" must be stamped across the face of the encroachment permit. 24. BONDING: The Pennittee must file bond(s), in advance, in the amount(s) set by the Department and using fonns acceptable to the Department. The bonds must name the Department as obligee. Failure to maintain bond(s) in full force and effect will result in the Department stopping all work under this encroachment permit and possibly revoking other encroachment pennit(s). · Bonds are not required of public corporations or privately owned utilities unless Pennittee failed to comply with the provisions and/or conditions of a prior encroachment pennit. The surety company is responsible for any latent defects as provided in California Code of Civil Procedure section 337.15. A local public agency Pennittee also must comply with the following requirements: a) In recognition that project construction work done on State property will not be directly funded and paid by State, for the purpose of protecting stop notice claimants and the interests of State relative to successful project completion, the local public agency Pennittee agrees to require the construction contractor to furnish both a pa)1llent and perfonnance bond in the local public agency's name with both bonds complying with the requirements set forth in Section 3-1.05 Contract Bonds of the Department's Standard Specifications before perfonning any project construction work. b) The local public agency Pennittee must defend, indemnify, and hold hannless the State and the Department, and the Directors, officers, and employees of the State and/or Department, from all project construction related claims by contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers, and from all stop notice and/or mechanic's lien claimants. The local public agency also agrees to remedy, in a timely manner and to the Department's satisfaction, any latent defects occuning as a result of the project construction work. 25. FUTURE MOVING OF INSTALLATIONS: Pennittec understands and agrees to relocate a permitted installation upon notice by the Department. Unless under prior property right or agreement, the Pennittee must comply with said notice at the Pennittee's sole expense. 26. ENVIRONMENT AL: a) ARCHAEOLOGICAUHISTORICAL: If any archaeological or historical resources are identified or encountered in the work vicinity, the Pennittee must immediately stop work, notify the Department's representative, retain a qualified archaeologist who must evaluate the site at Pennittee's expense, and make recommendations to the Department's repn::sentative regarding the continuance of work. b) HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: If any hazardous waste or materials (such as underground storage tanks, asbestos pipes, contaminated soil, etc.) are identified or encountered in the work vicinity, the Pennittee must immediately stop work, notify the Department's representative, retain a qualified hazardous waste/material specialist who must evaluate the site at Pennittee's expense, and make recommendations to the Department's representative regarding the continuance of work. Attention is directed to potential aerially deposited lead (AOL) presence in unpaved areas along highways. It is the Permittee's responsibility to take all appropriate measures to protect workers in confonnance with California Code of Regulations Title 8, Section I 532. I, "Lead," and with Cal- OSHA Construction Safety Orders, and to ensure roadway t:; 2018 California Department of Transportation. All Rights Resetved. soil management is in compliance with Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC) requirements. 27. PREVAILING WAGES: Work performed by or under an encroachment permit may require Pennittee's contractors and subcontractors to pay appropriate prevailing wages as set by the California Department of Industrial Relations. Inquiries or requests for interpretations relative to enforcement of prevailing wage requirements must be directed to the California Department of Industrial Relations. 28. LIABILITY, DEFENSE, AND INDEMNITY: The Permittee agrees to indemnify and save bannless the State, the Department, and the Directors, officers, employees, agents and/or contractors of the State and/or of the Department, including but not limited to the Director of Transportation and the Deputy Directors, from any and all claims, demands, damages, costs, liability, suits, or actions of every name, kind, and description, including but not limited to those brought for or on account of property damage, invasion of privacy, violation or deprivation of a right under a state or federal law, environmental damage or penalty, or injury to or death of any person including but not limited to members of the public, the Permittee, persons employed by the Perrnittee, and/or persons acting on behalf of the Permittee, arising out of or in connection with: (a) the issuance and/or use of this encroachment pennit; and/or (b) the encroachment, work, and/or activity conducted pursuant to this encroachment permit, or under color of authority of this encroachment permit but not in full compliance with the Permit Conditions as defined in General Provision Number 5 ("Unauthorized Work or Activity"); and/or (c) the installation, placement, design, existence, operation, and/or maintenance of the encroachment, work, and/or activity; and/or (d) the failure by the Permittee or anyone acting on behalf of the Pennittee to perform the Permittee's obligations under any part of the Permit Conditions as defined in General Provision Number 5, in respect to maintenance or any other obligation; and/or (e) any change to the Department's property or adjacent property, including but not limited to the features or conditions of either of them, made by the Permittee or anyone acting on behalf of the Pennittee; and/or (f) a defect or obstruction related to or caused by the encroachment, work, and/or activity whether conducted in compliance with the Permit Conditions as defined in General Provision Number 5 or constituting Unauthorized Work or Activity, or from any cause whatsoever. The duty of the Permittee to indemnify and save hannless includes the duties to defend as set forth in Section 2778 of the Civil Code. It is the intent of the parties that except as prohibited by law, the Permittee will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless as set forth in this General Provision Number 28 regardless of the existence or degree of fault or negligence, whether active or passive, primary or secondary, on the part of: the State; the Department; the Directors, officers, employees, agents and/or contractors of the State and/or of the Department, including but not limited to the Director of Transportation and the Deputy Directors; the Pennittee; persons employed by the Permittee; and/or persons acting on behalf of the Pennittee. The Pennittee waives any and all rights to any type of expressed or implied indemnity from or against the State, the Department, and the Directors, officers, employees, agents, and/or contractors of the State and/or of the Department, including but not limited to the Director of Transportation and the Deputy Directors. The Permittee understands and agrees to comply with the obligations of Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act in the conduct of the encroachment, work, and/or activity whether conducted pursuant to this encroachment pennit or constituting Unauthorized Work or Activity, and further agrees to defend, indemnify, and save hannless the State, the Department, and the Directors, officers, employees, agents, and/or contractors of the State and/or of the Department, including but not limited to the Director of Transportation and the Deputy Directors, from any and all claims, demands, damages, costs, penalties, liability, suits, or actions of every name, kind, and description arising out of or by virtue of the Americans with Disabilities Act. The Pennittee understands and agrees the Directors, officers, employees, agents, and/or contractors of the State and/or of the Department, including but not limited to the Director of Transportation and the Deputy Directors, are not personally responsible for any liability arising from or by virtue of this encroachment pennit. For the purpose of this General Provision Number 28 and all paragraphs herein, "contractors of the State and/or of the Department" includes contractors under contract to the State and/or the Department, and the subcontractors of such contractors. This General Provision Number 28 and all paragraphs herein take effect immediately upon issuance of this encroachment pennit, and apply before, during, and after the encroachment, work, and/or activity contemplated under this encroachment pennit, whether such work is in compliance with the Pennit Conditions as defined in General Provision Number 5 or constitutes Unauthorized Work or Activity, except as otherwise provided by California law. The Pennittee's obligations to defend, indemnify, and save hannless under this General Provision Number 28 take effect immediately upon issuance of this encroachment pennit and have no expiration date, including but not limited to situations in which this encroachment pennit expires or is revoked, the work or activity perfonned under this encroachment pennit is accepted or not accepted by the Department, the encroachment, work, and/or activity is conducted in compliance with the Penni! Conditions as defined in General Provision Number 5 or constitutes Unauthorized Work or Activity, and/or no work or activity is undertaken by the Pennittee or by others on the Pennittce's behalf. 29. NO PRECEDENT ESTABLISHED: This encroachment pennit is issued with the understanding that it docs not establish a precedent. 30. FEDERAL CIVIL RIGHTS REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBLIC ACCOMMODATION: © 2018 California Department of Transportation. All Rights Rcsenied. 31. 32. a) As part of the consideration for being issued this encroachment permit, the Pennittee, on behalf of Permittee and on behalf of Permittee's personal representatives, successors in interest, and assigns, does hereby covenant and agree that: i. No person on the grounds of race, color, or national ongrn may be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination in the use of said facilities. ii. ln connection with the construction of any improvements on said lands and the furnishings of services thereon, no discrimination must be practiced in the selection and retention of first-tier subcontractors in the selection of second-tier subcontractors. iii. Such discrimination must not be practiced against the public in their access to and use of the facilities and services provided for public accommodations (such as eating, sleeping, rest, recreation), and operation on, over, or under the space of the State highway right-of-way. iv. The Permittee must use the premises in compliance with all other requirements imposed pursuant to Title 15, Code of Federal Regulations, Commerce and Foreign Trade, Subtitle A. Office of the Secretary of Commerce, Part 8 (15 C.F.R. Part 8) and as said Regulations may be amended. b) In the event of breach of any of the above nondiscrimination covenants, the State and the Department have the right to tenninate this encroachment permit and to re-enter and repossess said land and the facilities thereon, and hold the same as if said pennit had never been made or issued. MAINTENANCE OF HIGHWAYS: By accepting this encroachment pennit, the Permittee agrees to properly maintain any encroachment. This assurance requires the Pennittee to provide inspection and repair any damage, at Pennittee's expense, to State facilities resulting from the encroachment. SPECIAL EVENTS: In accordance with subdivision (a) of Streets and Highways Code section 682.5, the Department is not responsible for the conduct or operation of the permitted activity, and the applicant agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the State, the Department, and the Directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors of the State and/or of the Department, including but not limited to the Director of Transportation and the Deputy Directors, from any and all claims, demands, damages, costs, liability, suits, or actions of every name, kind and description arising out of any activity for which this encroachment permit is issued. The Perrnittee understands and agrees to comply with the obligations of Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act in the conduct of the event, and further agrees to defend, indemnify, and save harmless the State and the Department. and the Directors, officers, and employees of the State and/or Department, including but not limited to the Director of the Department and the Deputy Directors, from any and all claims, demands, damages, costs, liability, suits, or actions of every name, kind and description arising out of or by virtue of the Americans with Disabilities Act. 33. PRIVATE USE OF STATE HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF- WA Y: State highway right-of-way must not be used for private purposes without compensation to the State. The gifting of public property use and therefore public funds is prohibited under the California Constitution, Article 16. 34. FIELD WORK REIMBURSEMENT: Permittee must reimburse the Department for field work perforn1ed on Pennittee's behalf to correct or remedy hazards or damaged facilities, or to clear refuse, debris, etc. not attended to by the Pennittee. 35. NOTIFICATION OF CLOSURES TO DEPARTMENT AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CENTER (fMC): The Pennittee must notify the Department's representative and the Traffic Management Center (TMC) at least seven (7) days before initiating a lane closure or conducting an activity that may cause a traffic impact. A confinnation notification should occur three (3) days before closure or other potential traffic impact. In emergency situations when the corrective work or the emergency itself may affect traffic, TMC and the Department's representative must be notified as soon as possible. 36. SUSPENSION OF TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION: The Permittee, upon notification by the Department's representative, must immediately suspend all lane closure operations and any operation that impedes the flow of traffic. All costs associated with this suspension must be borne by the Permittee. 37. UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (USA) NOTIFICATION: Any excavation requires compliance with the provisions of Government Code section 4216 et. seq., including but not limited to notice to a regional notification center, such as Underground Service Alert (USA). The Permittee must provide notification to the regional notification center at least forty-eight ( 48) hours before performing any excavation work within the State highway right-of-way. 38. COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA): All work within the State highway right-of-way to construct and/or maintain any public facility must be designed, maintained, and constructed strictly in accordance with all applicable Federal Access laws and regulations (including but not limited to Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, codified at 29 U.S.C. § 794), California Access laws and regulations relating to ADA, along with its implementing regulations, Title 28 of the Code of Federal Regulations Parts 35 and 36 (28 C.F.R., Ch. I, Part 35, § 35.IDI et seq., and Part 36, § 36.101 et seq.), Title 36 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part I 191 (36 C.F.R., Ch. XI, Part 1191, § 1119.1 et seq.), Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 37 (49 C.F.R., Ch. A, Part 37, § 37.1 et seq.), the United States Department of Justice Title II and Title Ill for the ADA, and California Government Code section 4450 et Q 2018 California Department of Transportation. All Rights Reserved. seq., which require public facilities be made accessible to persons with disabilities. Notwithstanding the requirements of the previous paragraph, all construction, design, and maintenance of public facilities must also comply with the Department's Design Information Bulletin 82, "Pedestrian Accessibility Guidelines for Highway Projects." 39.STORr\.-lWATER: The Permittee 1s responsible for full compliance with the following: • For all projects, the Department's Stonn Water Program and the Department's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit requirements under Order No. 2012-0011-DWQ, NPDES No CAS000003; and • In addition, for projects disturbing one acre or more of soil, with the California Construction General Permit Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ, NPDES No CAS000002; and • In addition, for projects disturbing one acre or more of soil in the Lahontan Region with Order No. R6T- 2016-0010, NPDES No CAG616002. For all projects, it is the Pennittee's responsibility to install, inspect, repair, and maintain all facilities and devices used for water pollution control practices (Best Management Practices/BMPs) before performing daily work activities. 1 TABLE 2 JTERIA AND LONGITUDINAL BUFFER SPACE ANO ICE SPACING FLAGGER STATION SPACING * MAXIMUM CHANNELIZING DOWNGRADE Min D ..... DEVICE SPACING ET (II) SPEED• Min D!ftt X y z -·l¼ -6¼ -9¼ iHOULD[R L/3 TAPER TANGENT CONFLICT mph ft ft ft ft ft ft ft ft 20 115 116 120 126 27 20 40 10 25 155 158 165 173 ◄2 25 50 12 30 200 205 215 221 60 30 60 15 35 250 257 271 287 82 35 70 17 40 305 315 333 354 107 40 80 20 45 360 378 400 427 180 45 90 22 50 425 446 474 507 200 50 100 25 55 495 520 553 593 220 50 100 25 60 570 598 639 686 240 50 100 25 65 645 682 728 785 260 50 100 25 70 730 771 825 891 280 so 100 25 75 820 866 927 1003 300 50 100 25 * -Speed la posted speed llmlt, off-peak. B5th-percentlle speed prior to work starting, or 'the anticipated 1rg I no taper length formula for L: ope rot Ing speed l n mph ,O --Longitudinal buffer space or flogger ato-tlon apoctng ..... -use on suatolne<J downgrade steeper than -3 percent and longer tnon 1 mile. arcentl le a anticipated re there are no pavement marking• or where vement markings ond ct1annerlzer1 (CA). IDl•tl COUN1Y I ""'"' I ,o~tr..~~U, ,;,:!!".'ls1~V·f~ I I I j .!lek l\;:-a;.'" 8 •' , :; .. 1tlfo r ~ !!Qx l11 2011 ;: CI040l ::: PLANS APl'1t0¥At. 0.ITE. • ~ • : J:~'A ~~::::; :~/':: • #,. ~ ~. ::..~:ISOlllf.~1f'fJSO' Y-~ .,..,.0-ui.~ TABLE 3 ADVANCE WARNING SIGN SPACING DISTANCE BETWEEN SIGNS* ROAD TYPE A B C ft ft ft URBAN -25 mph OR LESS 100 100 100 URBAN -MORE THAN 25 mph TO 40 mph 250 250 250 URBAN • MORE THAN 40 mph 350 350 350 AURAL 500 500 500 EXPRESSWAY / FREEWAY 1000 1500 2640 * -n-.e distances ore approximate, ore Intended for guidance purpoaea only, ond ahOuld be opplied with engineering judgment. These distance• shOuld be adjusted by the Engineer for field conditions, If neceaaory, by Increasing or decreasing the recommmenc:ie<i dlatoncea. STAT[ OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM TABLES FOR LANE AND RAMP CLOSURES NO SCALE I T9 N 0 -QI en -t J> z 0 J> :u 0 ,, r-J> z -f CD ,9AND10 • •• 0 -SEE NOTES ◄ AND :au I ~T~E 2L SEE NOTE 7 ANO TABLE 1 B?~'"' LANE CLOSURE i'.iilw1-,aP ~SEE NOTE 12 MEDIAN SHOlA.DER • • • 0 L/3 CONE SPACING X SEE TABLE 1 ANO NOTE 1 !! ~u~JLDER CLOSURE • • • WORK AREA • • NOTE 8 SN Stanoorel Pion T9 for tOblee. =f~ .~~.'~ =~8t'o9+':~"~/ T~~. t~!i::1':'9r~to'f"z1c~ apoclng fa anown on thla sheet. Provide ot" least one per-son to continuously mQlntoln troffJc control devices for lone closures. ,,,, SI.ff£ OT CAl,!tT,_.,.. Ill /I'S OTFKEtrS ,lg1t1/S SIMll /Cir llC IIFP'OIISISI.F TOW /Ill ~rt# «JlftFl(IIU Of SC.flt/lE6 S 0, fl'/S /II.Ml ~Ff. SEE NOTE 3 •• ._ ~ -• .... - I I WORK 4R£A BUFFE~ SPACE SEE TABLE 2 ._ SEE CONE SPACING X SEE TABLE 1 ANO NOTE 1 L/2 MEDIAN SHOULDER 500' Max OR AT BEGINNING Of ENTRANCE RAMP • • - LANE CLOSURE AT ENTRANCE RAMP MEDIAN SHOULDER -• •-._ ..... --• TABLE 1 MEDIAN SHOULDER .. ES-1 SEE LANE CLOSURE AT EXIT RAMP SEE NOTE 13 .. SIGN PANEL SIZE !Min) TRAFFIC CONE .-.ace a ClO(CA) sign every 1000 'througnout length of lone cloaure. 10. ~IJ,,cate sl~8i~~l1~°etjor, 00.f~e~~ ~i~~~: of the ov=le lonea remotn open to traffic. • 0 • TRAFFIC CONE (OPTIONAL TAPER) 0 48 .. )( 48" [ID 72" X 60" 6. A minimum of l cones aholl be ploced 1"ranaversety ocrosa eocn closed lone and shOulder at eoch locotlon 1~' a~ :=';. ~n'"~~ \lt~'tlg 10~ cT."ft11~wivery type I barricades mo:, be used ~teod of the l cones. Th9 tronaverae ol l~nment of the yonea or borrlcOdea ~~~":-~~~S~l:=n'r'~o ing~oerdeah ~~~s f~~mtt!thework. 1 • ~"iJin t~r,rrt +~~~ ~~~,.~C:S"'}~~"~~~l~~ ~«:.~1,ic lone. 8. ¥r: ms~i'~:h~~~~r~fQn •~~Ir~ 'f~ }?"• closed. 9• =~in .~ineeptc1f~+•t28lc°lt c~o~~-2t0 eYQnsd:"r~}1118~8 uaed. b) Jn the median ff tne width of the median ehOulder la leee thon 8' and the outstde lonee ore to be cloeed. 11. The ES-1 or SC18(CA) and W4-1 slgna shall be used ae ehOwn. 12• ~,:~-~t;::!~1a;;;: ~f~f~;f~~~ua;_y~a tne distance that con be perceived by rood users. 13. For the wornln~ flgn requirements ot the Exit =~:P~A~1c~o~ 1 o:!'6~\e~0o"6Ht_~ _ 1oca1 street, -TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGN [£j 36" x 30" FLASHING ARROW SIGN (FAS) <BT> FAS SUPPORT OR TRAILER ~!~ PORTABLE FLASHING BEACON ,,, ST A TE Of CALIFORNlA DEPARTMENT or TRANSPORTATION TRAFFIC FOR FREEWAYS CONTROL SYSTEM LANE CLOSURE ON AND EXPRESSWAYS NO SCALE T10 I\) 0 ... OC> C/) -t ,.. z C ,.. :a C "Cl I"" ,.. z -t ... 0 _l_:_lL'.J GH , 3 ___ COl£__SPACING SEE_TABl.[__1. ANO __ NOT[ I -i ! L 0 ' . SEE TABLE 1 SC[ T ABU21 AND NOTE 1 _A __ • • • • • • • • I • • • • • • • • • • • ~)1/,ffl}~~ 0 ! i I I j_ I 0 8 .1 ------~---·- n> ~~;,11;. loll Jf,ilf OF C.li/1011111"6 QII trl VFlalfS • "'111&£NH 1./C4it /IIOlll!£M£V0/115illt.£1()11 !NE lfCCl.lflKT OlflOll'llllill#H 01 ',(',...·g CQP/(5 (T ""! ~-~£ ,. • I i CONE SEE Lil ~ i--~ -·-·--__ 5Q<f. _______ J'" SPACINC X ~ TABLE 1 ~ W4·2R : NOTES 2 ) l pacing indiccted ee for Cloytlme ith ot leoat two at least 16" x 16" d-oronoe In color. ona indicated for 1t the end of ia ot>vloua or :,vlded where loahTng arrow sign. rest vertlcol curve SEE NOTE • C30ICA) SEE NOTE 5 TYPICAL LANE CLOSURE 5. Ploce C50(CA} "LANE CLOSED" sign at 500' to 1000' intervals throughout e><tended work. area. 6. Length moy be reouced by the Engineer to OOdrese site conditions. 7. Median 1one closure& srio11 conform to the e11ttol 1s shown e><cept that CZO(CA)L ond W4-Zl signs shall be used. 8. For approach epeeda over 50 MPH, use the "Traffic Control System for Lone Closure on rreeways and Expressways" pion for lone closure details and requirements. SH TABLE 3 NOTE ~ [!) G20·2 SEE NOTE 3 See StonOOrd Pion T9 for tables. ~~~ff~~ s81~~~!. 'g; =~~fu9t~";;,/ T~~~e t~~9;n~~s~er.'er~t o~r z Z c~; spacing la ahOwn on this sheet. Provide at leoet one person to continuously rnolntoln traffic control devices for lone cloaurea. • TRAFF IC CONE SIGN PANEL SIZE (Min) 0 48" X 48" 0 TRAFFIC CONE (OPTIONAL TAPER) [!) 36" , 18" ► TEMPORARY TRAFF IC CONTROL SIGN @J 30" X JO" -FLASHING ARROW SIGN IFASI 6'111> FAS SUPPORT OR TRAILER PORTABLE FLASHINC BEACON STATE OF CALFORNA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM CLOSURE ON FOR LANE MUL TILANE CONVENTIONAL HIGHWAYS NO SCALE T11 II,) 0 ... CD (/) -f > z C > :::D C -g r-> z -t ... ... Chart No. I Road Lane Requirement Hours County: SD Direction: EB PM: Palomat Airport Road Closure Limits: At Rte. 5 FROM HOUR TO HOUR 24 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IO 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 I 22 23 24 Mondays through Thursdays 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Fridays 2 2 2 2 2 Saturdays Sundays 2 2 2 Legend: ~ Provide at least two adjacent through lanes open in direction of travel I Work pennitted within project right of way where shoulder or lane closure is not required. REMARKS: Permit# l l-18-'.",l:\IC-0178-SPSALEM-03-16-2018 Chart No. 2 Road Lane Requirement Hours County: SD Direction: EB PM: Palomat Airport Road Closure Limits: At Rte. 5 FROM HOUR TO HOUR 24 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 131415161718 192021222324 Mondays through Thursdays .., 2 2 2 2 2 2 - Fridays 2 2 2 2 2 Saturdays Sundays 2 2 2 Legend: 2 I Provide at least two adjacent through lanes open in direction of travel II Work pem1itted within project right of way where shoulder or lane closure is not required. REMARKS: Permit# l l-18-N'.\IC-0178-SPSALDl-03-16-2018 Chart ~o. 3 Ramp Lane Requirement Hours County: SD RouteDirection: 5 NB PM: R46.826 R47. l4-+ 5 SB R47.269 R47.097 R46.889 Closure Limits: NB Exit ramp to Palomar Airport Rd. NB Entrance ramp from Palomar Airport Rd. SB Exit ramp to Palomar Airport Rd. SB Entrance ramp from WB Palomar Airport Rd. SB Entrance ramp from EB Palomar Airport Rd. FROM HOUR TO HOUR 24 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 l 1 12 13 14 15161718 19202122 23 24 Mondays through Thursdays s s s s s s s s Fridays s s s s s Saturdays Sundays s s s Legend: [fil Shoulder closure permitted (right I left) for placement of signs only. ~ Work is allowed within the highway where a shoulder or lane closure is not required. REMARKS: Permit# I l-18-N:\IC-0178-SPSALEM-03-16-2018 ST A TE OF C ALIFORNlA • DEP ARTivlENT OF TRANSPORTATION ENCROACIThtIENT PERMIT OVERHEAD UTILITY PROVISIONS TR-0162 (Rev. 12/2007) OHL LOCATION POLE LINES, ETC.: Pole lines shall be located as specifically directed in the provisions of the pennit. OH2. INSTALLATIONS Al"lD CLEAR.AJ'lCES: Horizontal clearances, as measured fonn the edge of traveled way to the installation, shall be in accordance with the minimum desirable clear recovery zone for a conventional highway which is 20'. In no case is a pole allowed closer than 1.5' behind a curb face or less than 2' from the edge of a slope catch point or a driveway, or within a drainage ditch. New installations should adhere to setback limits or should be protected. Consideration should be given to placing such encroachments underground in shoulder or parking areas. Also, installations and clearances shall comply with applicable orders of the Public Utilities Commission of the State of California, or the California Occupational Safety and Health (CAL-OSHA) Safety Orders, whichever is greater. 083. PERMISSION FROM PROPERTY OWNERS: OH4. CLEARANCE OF TREES: Unless otherwise specifically required by the Department, protected cables, tree wires or plastic tree wire guards used for communication lines may be used through trees where necessary, provided the installation and any necessary pruning does not damage or affect the appearance of the tree or the tree itself will not be damaged. This allowance does not apply to scenic highways. OHS. GUY WIRES: No guy wires are to be attached to trees except as may be specified in the pennit and in no event shall they be so attached as to girdle the tree or interfere with its growth. Guy wires shall be kept to a minimum elevation above ground as directed. OH6. Al"lCHOR: No anchor shall be placed closer to the traveled way than the pole itself. OH7. REMOVE OLD POLES, GUY, and STUBS: The entire length of poles and stubs shall be removed from the ground and the holes backfilled. Guy rods shall be removed to a minimum depth of3' below original ground. OHS. AERIAL C_ROSSCNG: No work involving new or additions to existing aerial crossings shall be perfonned in rainy, foggy or inclement weather which creates hazardous conditions for highway users. OH9. CLEAR.Al'lCE FROM CUR.BS: The face of poles shall not be placed closer than 1.5' from any curb face. 0810. POLE INSTALLATION OR REMOVAL: OHll. Where poles are to be installed or removed behind the curb in a parkway that is paved with Portland Cement Concrete, the concrete shall be saw cut, removed and replaced to the nearest score lines or expansion joints. The hole in the PCC sidewalk created by pole removal shall be temporarily backfilled with 2" mmimum temporary AC at the time the pole is removed. · Poles are not to be installed without prior approval of the final location by the Depa.rtrnent's field representative. .. STATE OF CALIFORNIA -DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ENCROACHMENT PER1'1IT UNDERGROUND UTILITY PROVISIONS TR-0163 (R;v. Oj/2Q.1~). High priority util!ties:-i,ressurized facilities, pipe~ or ducts 6" or larger m diameter, or placement of multiple pipes or ducts, regardless of diameters are required to be encased -0n both conventional and access controlled highway rights-of-way A UHigh Priority U~ility" is defined as: i) a Ill!tural gas pipeIT~e greater ffiao 6"·mdi~met!lr, \)r with normal operatjng pressures greater th~ 60 ~sig, ~) petroleu':° pipeli~es, ~) pressurized s~itary sewer.pipelines! 4) high-voltag~ ele~tric ~upJ:!IY Jin~, c?nductors, o~ cable,!l that have·a potenttal to. ground of gr.eat~ titan or equ11l /Q...60 kV., or 5) h~J:dous_matenals PlP~m_es,that .!!f.e.potentially harinful to )VQf_kers or the public if d_filll~gepl -- An exceptton t9 this policy-may be-allowed~oii a case by· case basis for -the installati_Qn of Uncased fiigh frf:$sure Natural Gas Pipeliit_es when in ~mplil!Ilc~ with th_e TR-0158 Special Ptovisions! · The pavement or roadway must not be open-cut unless specifically allowed under a separate "UT" permit. Utility installations must not be installed inside of culverts or drainage structures. F9r additional dftails regarding longitudmal l!tili!Y ~<;roachments on Q<?th convemiof;tl and acce§i controlled highway iights-pf-w_ayJ ~e~ Chapter 6QQ, UG 1. CASINGS: Casings must be steel conduit with a minimum inside diameter sufficiently larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or ducts to accommodate placement and removal. The casing can be either new or used steel pipe, or an approved connector system. Used pipe must be pre-approved by the Department's engineer or representative before installation. When the method of Horizontal Directional Drilling. (HOD) is used to place casing, the use of High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HOPE) as casing,is acceptable. Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) in compliance of State Standard Specifications is an acceptable carrier for storm drain gravity flow or non-pressure flow. RCP when installed by Bore &Jack must have rubber gaskets at the joints, and holes for grouting of voids left by jacking operations, see "E" below. A Minimum wall thickness for steel pipe casing for different lengths and diameters.of pipes are as follows: Minimum Wall Thickness Casing Pipe Up to 150 ft Over 150 ft (Diameter) (Length) (Length) 6" to 28" 1/4" 1/4" 30" to 38" 3/8" 1/2" 40" to 60" 1/2" 3/4" 62" to 72" 3/4" 3/4" B. Spiral welded casing is authorized provided the casing is new and the weld is smooth. C. The ends of the casing must be plugged with ungrouted bricks or other suitable material approved by the Department's representative. D. When required by the Department's representative, the permittee must at his expense, pressure grout the area between the pavement and the casing from within the casing in order to fill any voids caused by the work covered under this permit. The increments for grout holes inside the pipe must be 8' staggered and located 22-1/2 degrees from vertical axis of the casing. Pressure must not exceed 5 psig for a duration sufficient to fill all voids. E. There is a spacing requirement when placement of multiple encasements is requested. The distance between multiple encasements must be the greater of either 24" or ~ice that of the diameter of the larger pipe being installed. F. Ca~~gsplaced witlµo a~cess controil~ highway~rights~ of•\Y-3Y. must extend to_ the right-of-.~ !_ines1 G. Wing cutters, if used, must be a maximum of I" larger than the casing. Voids caused by the use of wing cutters must be grouted in accordance with "E" above. H. A band welded to the leading edge of the casing must be placed square to the alignment. The band must not be placed on the bottom edge. Flaring the lead section on bores over I 00' must not be permitted. I. All casing lengths must equal to the auger length. J. The casings within conventional highways must extend 5' beyond the back of curb or edge of pavement, or to the right of way line if less. Where PCC cross-gutter exists, the casing must extend at least 5' beyond the back of the cross-gutter, or to the right of way line if less. Bore and.receiving pits must: A. be located at least 10' or more from the edge of pavement on conventional highways in rural areas. B. be located 5' behind the concrete curb or AC dilce on conventional highways in urban areas. C. be located 5' outside the toe of slope of embankment areas. D._ be lociited outside access controlled highway rights-of- way/ E. be adequately fenced and/or have a Type-K barrier placed around them. F. be adequately shored in accordance with Cal-OSHA requirements. Shoring for jacking and receiving pits located within 15' of traffic lanes on a State highway must not extend more than 36" above the pavement grade unless otherwise authorized by Department's representative. Reflectors must be affixed to the shoring on the sides facing traffic. A 6' chain link fence must be installed around the perimeter of the pits during non- working hours. If the trees involved are close together and of such size that it is impractical to protect all roots over 3" in diameter, or when roots are less than 4" in diameter, outside tree drip line, special arrangements may be made whereby pruning of the tree tops to balance the root loss can be done by the permittee under the close supervision of the District Landscape Specialist or District Tree Maintenance Supervisor. Manholes must not be installed within 20' of any trunk. UG I I. PIPES ALONG ROADWAY: Pipes and conduits paralleling the pavement must be located as shown on the plans or located outside of pavement as close as possible to the right-of-way line. UG 12. BORROW AND WAST E: Borrow and waste will be allowed within the work limits only as specified in the permit. UG 13. MARKERS: The permittee must not place any markers that create a safety hazard for the traveling public or departmental employees. UG 14. CATHODIC PROTECTlON: The permittee must perform stray current interference tests on underground utilities under cathodic protection. The permittee must notify the Department prior to the tests. The perrnittee must perform any necessary corrective measures and advise the Department. QG 15. DELE~I;>. f._royision left blank intei:itigna!Jy UG 16. lNSTALLATION BY OPEN CUT METHOD: When the permit authorizes installation by the open cut method no more than one lane of the highway pavement must be open- cut at any one time. Any exceptions must be in writing by the Department's representative. After the pipe is placed in the open section, the trench is to be backfilled in accordance with specifications, temporary repairs made to the surfacing and that portion opened to traffic before the pavement is cut for the next section. ff, at the end of the working day, backfilling operations have not been properly completed, steel plate bridging must be required to make the entire highway facility available to the traveling public in accordance with the "Steel Plate Bridging Special Provisions" (TR-015 7) UG 17. PAVEMENT REMOVAL: PCC pavement to be removed must be saw cut at a minimum depth of 4" to provide a neat and straight pavement break along both sides of the trench. AC pavement must be saw cut to the full depth. Where the edge of the trench is within 2' of existing curb and gutter or pavement edge, the asphalt concrete pavement between the trench and the curb or pavement edge must be removed. UG 18. DELETEJ;). Provision left blank intentionally.• UG 19. SIDES OF OPEN-CUT TRE CHES: Sides of open cut trenches in paved areas must be kept as nearly vertical as possible. Trenches must not be more the 2' wider than the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, plus the necessary width to accommodate shoring. UG 20. EXCAVATION UNDER FACILITIES: Where it is necessary to excavate under existing curb and gutter, or underground facilities, the void must be backfilled with two (2) sack cement-sand slurry. UG 21. PERMANENT REPAIRS TO PCC PA VEME T: Repairs to PCC pavement must be made of Portland Cement Concrete containing a minimum of 658 lbs. or 7 sack of cement per cubic yard. Replaced PCC pavement must equal existing pavement thickness. The concrete must be satisfactorily cured and protected from disturbance for not less than forty-eight ( 48) hours. Where necessary to open the area to traffic, no more than two (2%) percent by weight of calcium chloride may be added to the mix and the road opened to traffic after six (6) ~u~ • UG 22. REMOVAL OF PCC SIDEWALKS OR C URBS: Concrete sidewalks or curbs must be saw cut to the nearest score marks and replaced equal in dimension to that removed with score marks matching existing sidewalk or curb. UG 23. SPOILS: No earth or construction materials are to be dragged or scraped across the highway pavement, and no excavated earth placed or allowed to remain at a location where it may be tracked onto the highway traveled way, or any public or private approach by the permittee's construction equipment, or by traffic entering or leaving the highway traveled way. Any excavated earth or mud so tracked onto the highway pavement or public or private approach must be immediately removed by the permittee. *NOTE: Special Provision was deleted since it is already part of the EP General Provisions (TR-0045) ST ATE OF CALIFOR.'lilA -DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ENCROACHMENT PERMIT TRENCH DETAIL TR-0153 (REV. 09/2006) TYPICAL TRENCH DETAIL Existing Pavement ( Existing HMA Pavement ) Existing Base Existing Subgrade New Pavement ( New HMA Pavement ) match existing + 1" - ( MAX 7") New Pavement Base New Subgrade UW -Width of Utility or Culvert HMA • Hot Mix Asphalt CLR • Clearance between product and trench wall TW -Trench Width CLSM • Controlled Low Strength Material STRUCTURE BACKFILL SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 19 • 3.06 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SLURRY CEMENT BACKFILL SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 19 • 3.062 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS HMA SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 39 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ALL METHODS OF COMPACTION SHALL BE BY MECHANICAL MEANS. PONDING, JETTING OR FLOODING SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. AGGREGATE BASE SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 26 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS WHEN CLSM IS UTILIZED THE MIX DESIGN AND TEST RESULTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE STATE'S REPRESENTATIVE. ALL WORK SHALL BE AS AUTHORIZED BY THE APPROVED ENCROACHMENT PERMIT PLANS, AND/OR AS DIRECTED BY THE STATE'S REPRESENTATIVE. WHEN THE UW IS~ 6" THEN THE MINIMUM CLR SHALL BE 6" COLD PLANING AND RE-SURFACING OVERLAY SHALL BE PARALLEL TO THE ROADWAY AND TO THE NEAREST LANE LINE FOR THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE TRENCH/DISTURBED AREAS, AND/OR AS DIRECTED BY THE STATE'S REPRESENTATIVE. WHEN COLD PLANING IS REQUIRED, THE MINIMUM SHALL BE 0.10' OR AS DIRECTED BY THE STATE'S REPRESENTATIVE TO ACCOMODATE FIELD CONDITIONS. COLD PLANING MAY BE REQUIRED AT THE DIRECTION OF THE STATE'S REPRESENTATIVE TO ACCOMODATE THE PLACEMENT OF STEEL PLATES. WHEN TRENCH PLACEMENT IS WITHIN 4' OF CURB & GUTTER, ADDITIONAL COLD PLANING MAY BE REQUIRED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE STATE'S REPRESENTATIVE. ANY PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND/OR STRIPING REMOVED OR DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED AS DIRECTED BY THE STATE'S REPRESENTATIVE. A TRACER WIRE SHALL BE PLACED ON TOP OF THE FACILITY, WHEN REQUIRED BY THE STATE'S REPRESENTATIVE. OTHER TRENCH RELATED DETAILS ARE SHOWN IN FIGURE 6.1, CHAPTER 6 OF THE ENCROACHMENT PERMITS MANUAL. A PAINT BINDER (TACK COAT) OF ASPHALTIC EMULSION CONFORMING TO SECTION 39-4.02, PRIME COAT & PAINT BINDER (TACK COAT) SHALL BE FURNISHED AND APPLIED. , NEW PAVEMENT BASE SHALL CONSIST OF EITHER CL. II AGGREGATE BASE, 2-SACK SLURRY CEMENT, OR CLSM. WHEN TW IS< 24," CL. II AGGREGATE BASE IS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR BACKFILL. NEW SUBGRADE SHALL CONSIST OF EITHER CL. II AGGREGATE BASE, 2-SACK SLURRY CEMENT, OR CLSM. WHEN TW IS< 24," CL. 11 AGGREGATE BASE IS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR BACKFILL. A BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS Backfill Within Existing or Proposed Paved Areas: 1. Material for use as structure backfill shall have a sand equivalent of not less than 20. The percentage composition by weight as determined by laboratory sieves shall conform to the following grading: Sieve Sizes Percentage Passing Sieves 3" --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------100 No. 4 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------35-1 00 No. 30 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------20-1 00 Backfill material shall be placed in horizontal, uniform layers not exceeding 8 in. in thickness, before compaction, and shall be brought up uniformly on all sides of the structure or facility. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted to a relative compaction of not less than 95 percent. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) shall be allowed for trench backfill if it meets Caltrans 201 O Standard Specifications 19-3.02F and 19-3.031. 2. The upper 8 in. shall consist of 6 in. Class 1 high early strength portland cement concrete (7 sack Type Ill cement) or Class 1 portland cement concrete (7 sack Type II with 2 percent calcium chloride by weight of cement). Cold plane a depth of 0.15' (2 in.) of asphalt concrete extending outside the underlying trench a minimum distance of 12 in on each side. Pavement shall be saw-cut a minimum of 2.5 in. deep to a neat, straight line. Traffic shall not be allowed across the trench area until the PCC has been poured and has had reasonable time to set and permanent or temporary AC paving is in place. 3. In cases where the trench width does not exceed 6 feet, requirement A2 may be waived and the following requirements substituted: the backfill material shall conform to A 1 above and shall be thoroughly mixed with 2 sacks of portland cement per cubic yard Placement and compaction shall conform to A.1. The upper portion shall consist of a tack coat of liquid asphalt and 4 in. asphalt concrete placed and compacted in two even lifts and rolled to a smooth even finish. Traffic shall not be allowed across the trench area until the AC paving is in place. 4. For paved shoulders only, upon express permission of the State's Inspector, Provision A may be waived and Provision 3 backfill requirements shall apply. 8. Backfill in Paved Shoulder Areas: C. The backfill to within 12 in. of the existing or proposed profile grade shall conform to A 1 above. The upper 12 in. shall consist of 8 in. Class 2 aggregate base compacted to a relative compaction Gf not less than 95 percent, covered with a tack coat of liquid asphalt and 4 in. asphalt concrete placed and compacted in two lifts and rolled to a smooth, even finish. Backfill in Unpaved Shoulder Areas: The backfill to within 12 in. of the existing or proposed profile grade shall conform to A 1 above. The upper 12 in. shall consist of Class 2 aggregate base compacted to not less than 95 percent. D. Backfill Outside of Highway Shoulders: The backfill material may consist of material from excavation, free from stones or lumps exceeding 3 in., vegetable matter, or other unsatisfactory material, and shall be compacted in lifts not exceeding 8 in. to a relative compaction of 90 percent. When the material from excavation is unsuitable for use as backfill, it shall be disposed of and replaced with material meeting the above requirements of A 1. Excess material shall be disposed of outside the State right of way or at a location designated by the Department of Transportation's representative. STATE OF CALIFOR.'il..\ -DEPARTM£1'ff OF TR..\.i'iSPORTATIO:"i ENCROACHMENT PERMIT STEEL PLATE BRIDGING UTILITY PR0\1SIO~S ,...~~~'Tl TR -0157 (Rey:j)-l/2018) To accommodate excavation work, steel plate bridging may be necessary. All conditions for use of sta::l plate bridging should be set forth in the special provisions. Consideration of steel plate bridging should take into account the following factors: I. Traffic sp.:ed. 2. Traffic Volume and Composition. 3. Duration and dimensions (width &. daily estimated l.:ngths) of the proposed e:ii:cavation. 4. W.:ather conditions. When backfilling operations of an excavation in the traveled way, wh.:th.:r transv.:rse or longitudinal, cannot be properly compl.:ted within a work day, stc:el plate bridging with a non- skid surface and shoring (sec: Trenching & Shoring) may be: r.:quired to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. In such cases. the following conditions shall apply: I. Steel plate bridging on freeways is not allowed. 2. Sta::! plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 12'' beyond the edges of the trench. 3. Steel plate bridging shall be installed to operate \vith minimum noise. 4 The trench shall be adequately shored, (as mentionc:d in Section ~Of§_~i of the Encroachment Pem1its ~lanual) to support the bridging and traffk loads. 5. Temporary paving with cold asphalt concrete shall be us<!d to feather the edges of the plates, if plate installation by Method (2) described below, is used. 6. Bridging shall be secured against displacement by using adjustable cleats, shims, or other devices. As required by the district, sted plate bridging and shoring shall be installed using either Method (I) or (2): Method I For spe..:ds of 45 MPH or greater: The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal t,1 the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. Approach plate(s) and ending plate (if longitudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway by a mininium of 2 dowels pre-drilled into the comers of the plate and drilled 2" into th.: pavement. Subsequent plates are to be butted and tack \\elded to each other. ~lethod 2 For Speeds kss than 45 mph: Approach plate(s) and ending plate (if longitudinal placement) shall be attached to the roadway by a minimum of 2 do,\els pre-drilled into the comers of the plate and drilled 2" into the pavement. Subsequent plates arc: to be butted and tack \,elded to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, ma.dmum slupe 8.5 % with a minimum 12'' taper to cover all edges of the sted plates. When steel plates are remo~ed, the dowel hules in the pavement ,;hall be backfilled v.ith either gradoo fint:s of asphalt concrete mi,. concrete slurry, epoxy or an e<.jui, al-:nt that is ,ati,fact<>r) t" the Cal trans' representative. The permittee is responsible for maintenance of the steel plates, shoring, asphalt concrete ramps, and ensuring that they meet minimum specifications. Unless specifically noted or grantoo in the special provisions, or approved by the State representative, steel plate bridging shall not exceed 4 consecutive 1,1,orking days in any given week. Backfilling of excavations shall be covered \\ith a minimum 3" tt:mporary layer of cold asphalt concrete. The following table shows the advisol)' minimal thickness of steel plate bridging required for a given trench width (A-36 grade steel, designed for HS20-44 truck loading per Caltrans Bridge Design Specifications Manual). Trench Width Minimum Plate Thickness 10" ½H I' -11" ¾" 2' .. 7"' 7/8" 3'-5" I" 5'-3" I ~~,, NOTE: For spans greater than 5'-3", a structural design shall be prepared by a California registered civil engineer. All steel platc:s within the right of way whether used in or out of the traveled way shall be without deformation. Inspectors can determine the trueness of steel plates by using a straight edge: and should reject any plate: that is permanently deformed. Steel plates used in the traveled portion of the highway shall have a surface that was manufactured with a nominal Coefficient Of Friction (COF) of 0.35 as determin.:d by California Test :l.kthod 342 (Sec: Appendix H, Encroachment Permits Manual}. If a different test method is used. the permittee may utilize standard test plates with kno11,,n coefficients of friction available from each Caltrans District Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. Based on the test data, the permittee shall determine \>hat amount of surface wear is acceptable, and independently ascertain when to remove, test, or resurface an individual plate. Caltrans Inspectors should not enfor.:e plate removal unless it 1s permanently defom,ed or delivered without the rl!quired surfacing. However, an inspector should document in a diary all contacts with the contractor. A '·Rough RoaJ"' ( W8-8 J sign an4i "Stiaj Pl.1ie ,Ahead''. (W~~ i4)§tgq with black lettering on an orange background must be used in advance of stecl platc bridging along with the re<.Juired constru.:tion arca signs. These signs must be used along with any other construction area signs. Surfacing rcquircment; are not necess.1ry for st.:el plates us.:J tn parking strips, on shoulders not used for turning mo\em.:nt.,;, or on connecting dri~e\~ays, c:tc., not opcn to the public. SIDEWALKS (CS) SPECIAL PROVISIONS In addition to the attached General Provisions (TR-0045), the following special provisions are applicable: 1. A State issued permit is required for any landscaping or tree installation, including installation of tree wells. 2. A separate permit must be obtained from Caltrans for any driveway, handicap-ramp installations or any sidewalks that are other than Portland Cement Concrete constructed in compliance with Caltrans Standard Specifications. 3. Traffic control is authorized only between 9 am and 3 p.m., Monday through Friday, holidays excluded. Any traffic control that requires lane closure shall be in compliance with the appropriate traffic control plan. Where required by the plan, the use of a flashing arrowboard is MANDATORY. 4. New curb and gutter installations shall be State Standard Type A2-6, unless necessary to conform to existing adjacent curb and gutter installations. 5. Normally, the back edge of a sidewalk shall be placed on the right of way line. Sidewalk width shall be minimum of 5'. 6. Alignment and grade of gutter and sidewalk shall match the existing. 7. Existing concrete curb and paved shoulder shall be saw cut to a neat line prior to excavating and forming. Existing concrete sidewalk shall be saw cut at the scoreline. Paved shoulder shall be replaced with asphalt concrete paving material equal "in kind" and thickness to existing shoulder and shall conform to lip of new curb and gutter. · 8. Permittee shall be responsible for the relocation or adjustment of any utility required as the result of work authorized by this permit, and utility relocation shall be completed prior to the installation of any new curb, gutter or sidewalk. 9. A monolithic pour of sidewalk and curb and gutter shall not be permitted. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS TR-0408 (New 09/2017) By acceptance of this encroachment permit, Permittee hereby agrees that: I. All construction debris/materials/water/excess soil must become the property of the Permittee, and must be transported and disposed of. outside of Caltrans' right-of-way, in accordance with all applicable environmental laws and regulations. The Permittee must be identified as the generator for all construction debris/materials/water/excess soil and must be responsible for proper identification (including sampling and analysis) and management of all construction and contaminated debris/materials/water/excess soil that are removed, and/or excavated, from the work site. If hazardous waste is generated, the Permittee must obtain an Environmental Protection Agency {EPA) Identification Number issued in their name. State Permit Inspector does not sign any manifests or shipping papers. The Permittee must be named as the generator on all Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifests and shipping papers. Caltrans must not be identified or written anywhere on the manifests or shipping papers. Prior to waste disposal, the Permittee should submit the waste generator form{s) to State Permit Inspector for verification. The Permittee must submit to the State Permit lnspector, a copy of all manifests and/or shipping papers generated for materials removed, transported and/or excavated from the state right-of-way. 2. lf contaminated material is encountered, Permittee is to stop work and contact the State Permit Inspector immediately. The Permittee must submit a Sampling and Analysis Plan {SAP). and a Health and Safety Plan (HaSP) prepared by a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) and in conformance with California Code of Regulations title 8, section 5192, "Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response" for sampling activity through a separate permit application. Upon the permit review, additional environmental documents may be required prior to resumption of construction activity. 3. Permittee is responsible for any violation. penalty, enforcement action, corrective action, remedial action, and any other type of consequences resulting from cross contamination of groundwater {including perched groundwater). improper handling/managing of hazardous materials and/or placement of contaminated materials inside Caltrans right-of-way. 4. It is the Permittee·s responsibility to comply with the Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC) ADL requirements for roadway soil management. Reuse of soils containing greater than 80 mg/kg total lead is not allowed without written approval of the DTSC and Caltrans. The Soil Management Agreement for Aerially Deposited Lead-Contaminated Soils between Caltrans and the DTSC does not constitute written approval for the Perrnittee to reuse soils containing greater than 80 mg/kg total lead. The Permittee must implement the emergency notification requirements established in the California Office of Emergency Management Hazardous Materials, Spill I Release Notification Guidance {http://www.caloes.ca.gov/). 6. Any imported material used for backfill must be free of contamination, and a certificate of the material as "clean" with the source area of the material must be provided to Permit Inspector upon request. Importing soils containing greater than 80 mg/kg total lead for use in state right-of-way is not allowed. 7. Stockpiles of material containing aerially deposited lead shall not be placed where affected by surface run-on or run-off. Stockpiles shall be covered with plastic sheeting 13 mils minimum thickness or with one foot of nonhazardous material. Stockpiles shall not be placed in environmentally sensitive areas. Stockpiled material shall not enter storm drains. inlets. or waters of the State. Oto Min rt:RNATIVEJ JIIENT WAY BE IER SQUARE ,OUND ➔AIIFER C TOP VIEW OF MONUIIENT OF WELL RING CAST IRON MONUMENT L.. -~~{ --~ BOTTON VIEW OF MONUMENT OF WELL RING 2'-0" --1··-sw·---7 : 1 ov,.. : I 1 O" 1 1 .1 /--CAST IRON IIONUl,t[NT (WELL COVER) I • WELL COVER 'i WELL RING -----{1'...-1-.. Ai II , -CONCRETE I ~-PAVEMENT / / SURFACE 8" GALVANIZED OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE STANDARD PIPE SLEEVE-l-"-+--1~"-'--~lf. 1" MTn CLEAR ALL AROUND --- GRANULAR MATERIAL ~ LIFTING NOTCH ~( CAST IRON OR CAST STEEL NOTCH ~ FRAME AND COVER I #4 Reinf 1 '-6" D COV_ER £11~~0::, ~) \ ID 1 '-0" Wr::J,c r-11-.. 1;, 7 /1 SEE NOTE 2 _ _Jl -7 6" Oio NON-METALLIC FORM TUBE (MAY BE LEFT IN PLACE) CONCRETE BASE NOTES: Moy 31, ~011 -·--_ ,,. !if.II£ QT CMIFO/#Wltl 0/f tfS OTTK£rf'S D# M:Flflf ~n #OT II( IKYO!rSRltl •·QR ,~ •ccuuc, 0/f <aa,11' f "· H "' SCMJllt<II CQPIIS OT /llfj "TM 511££1. 1. The configuration of tne coat iron or coat ateel frome ona cover may vary from 1-not al'IOlm. 2.Frome shall be embe<IOed In the concrete o mtnlmum of 3". 0 --RECESSED AREA FOR LIFTING BOLT / CAST IRON Oil CAST STEEL / FRAME ANO COYER I }l ~~~?: ----f~~N~TPREVENT . 'I:,,:: NUT REMOVAL) i~ =~~----~~~ :._·~:_5:_11111_J ' 1'-0" Max: ' ID COVER FRAME + 1 '-0" ,..,---SEE NOTE 2 r·--------. ·-j/ -PAVEMENT SURFACE 'I -, f"D" + 1'-0" IF A > 8" Oil 1--, 6" Mox IF "A" S 8" b/c l :'..j'i NON-METALLIC FORM TUBE (MAY BE LEFT IN PLACE) ______ _J -t" CLEAR All AROUND TYPED , IIAR•ER DISK I \ 2" Min CLEAR ALL AROUND \ 6" Dia NON-METALLIC FORM TUBE (MAY BE LEFT IN PLACE) Alternotlve No. 1 CONCRETE •4 Reinf 1'-6" -..___ 2" Win CLEAR ALL AROUND -....... ___ 6'" Die NON-METALLIC FORM TUBE (MAY BE LEFT IN PLACE) .____ ___ CONCRETE L _6" -~ Min TYPED Alternative No. 2 STATE Of CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SURVEY MONUMENTS NO SCALE A74 I\) 0 -CD "' -I ,., z 0 ,., :a 0 .,, r-,., z STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) TR-0405 (REV 03/2015) Permit No. 11-18-NMC-0178 Dist/Co/Rte/PM 11-SD-5/R47.02 Encroachment permit projects that create. alter or affect pedestrian facilities are required to be designed and constructed in accordance with the policies and stan- dards in the current Design Information Bulletin 82 (DIB 82). Certification of compliance must be submitted by the permittee or permittee's authorized representative 2!i2[jg the issuance of an encroachment permit or rider 6fil2 after construction is completed. DIB 82 can be found at: http://wwN.dot.ca.gov/hq/oppd/dib/dibprg.htm A separate TR-0405 form must be used for the Design and Post Construction Certifications. A California Licensed Professional Engineer. Licensed Architect or Licensed Landscape Architect's Stamp' is required except when (1) an authorized utility company representative or (2) an authorized Caltrans representative signs the form (al the discretion of the District Permit Engineer). Design Certification (prior to issuance of encroachment permit) a California Licensed Professional Engineer. Licensed Architect or Licensed Landscape Architect, do hereby certify that: D ___________________ an authorized Caltrans representative, do hereby certify that: D1 an authorized representative of ______________ (utility company only), do certify that: ~ This project has been designed in accordance with DIB 82. D An approved Exception to Accessibility Design Standards is attached. SIGNA~~~ TITLE Post Construction Certification D-------------------a California Licensed Professional Engineer. Licensed Architect or Licensed Landscape Architect, do hereby certify that: D ___________________ an authorized Cattrans representative, do hereby certify that- D-------------------an authorized representative of ______________ (utijily company only), do certify that: 0 This project has been constructed in accordance with DIB 82. D An approved Exception to Accessibility Design Standards is attached. SIGNATURE 'DATE CA. LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, LICENSED ARCHITECT OR LICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS STAMP • A Licensed ArcMect or Licensed Landscape Architect may prepare this document and s,gn and seal 1t 1n / attest to the technical information rontained herein and hBl/9 judged the lieu of a Registered C1vd Engineer. provided the same Licensed Architect or Licensed Landscape Architect qualificationsofalltechnicalspecialistsprovidingengineeringclatauponwhich designed the on-site improvements. Use the seal of the appropnate licensed person m responsible charge recommendations, conclusions, and clecisions were bllsad. ADA NOTICE: For individuals with sensory disabmties, this document is available in alternate formats. For information. call (916) 445-1233, TTY 711, or write to Records and Forms Management. 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. I \ \ PROJECT SITE LOCATJ ON MAP NTS VICINITY MAP NTS •QEO,,ARATION OF RESPONSIBLE Q-JABGE. I t£RESY OCQ.ARE THAT I AM Tt£ [t«;JNEER OF l0RK nJl THIS PRO..CCT, THAT I HAVE EXERCISED RESPO<Slll.E OiARGE OVER Tl£ DESIGN OF Tl£ PR<U:CT AS otrJNED IN SECTJCJ,4 6703 OF Tt£ aJSINESS 00 PROFESSJeJ,jS COOE, 00 THAT Tl£ DESIGN IS CONSISTENT WITH Q.flRENT STOOARDS. 1 lHJERSTOO THAT THE 0£0< OF PRO-.CCT DRAWINGS 00 SPECIFICATIONS BY Tl£ CITY OF CARLSBAD ODES t-DT REl.lEVE 1£ AS ENGINEER OF WORK. OF MY REsPONS!BILITJES FOR PR0.£CT OCS!GN. BY, rilllt M!OiA£l BAKER lNTE-TlONAL .\ODRESS 5050 AVENJDA ENCINAS SUITE 2§0 CITY, ST, CARI..SBAO CA 92008 m~2i£Jr~ A wltP£R RCE "°"--~7~72~115~--------- EXP DATE: 6/J0/2019 Micllael Baker 5050A..endtE!10MS S.,,,261) ~.CA92008 DA TE: __ 9,.../_.2c.:.1 /'-'2"'0'-"18.._ F'h<JM· (760J ifl6-9193 I NT ER N AT I ON AL .-<ERlliTI.COM H, \PDATA\154178_PALOMAR AIRPORT RD . ..,DENING\CAOO\LAND\DLV\154178-01-TT OWG OWlENER 9/21/18 1, 41 pm CONSTRIJ PALOMAR AIRPOR PROJECT Sl:£EJ I t:,OEX 1 TITLE Sl£ET 2 t-DTES 3 SECTJeJ,jS 00 OCTAILS ~ DRIVEWAY PLAN • PROFILES 5 IJ£ll1 JTI ON Pl.AN 6 J lf'ROVEIENT Pl.AN 00 PROF I LE 7 FINAL SlGNit«; 00 STRJPJJ,l; Pl.AN 8 TRAFFIC SIGNAi. l«lOIFICATJCJ,4 PLAN 9 TRAFFIC CONTROl t-DTES t SIGN LEGEMJ 10 TRAFF! C CONTROl Pl.AN -PHASE 1 11 TRAFFIC CONTROl PLAN -PHASE 2 12 TRAFFIC CONTROl Pl.AN -PHASE 3 13 EROSION CONTROl Pl.AN 14 OMA EXHIBIT PROJECT LOCATION THIS PRO..CCT JS CJ,4 Tt£ SOVTH SIOC OF PALCMAR AIRPORT ROAD BETWEEN INTERSTATE 5 00 PASEO 0EL POITE BENO-MARK C CITY OF CARLSBAC: CITY MATT H MARK PACKARD KEITH ELACKBLf Mla-tAEL. SOUAAC CORI sa-tUMAa-E KEVIi' c1n ELAJ Pl.RIC Wl A 2. 5° BRASS DJSK LOCATED JN DRAINAGE BOX INLET SOUTH SIOE OF PALCMAR AIRPORT ROAD, WEST OF BEGJNNJNG OF BRIDGE O\'ER JNTERSlATE 5 00 JOCNTIFIED AS Q.58-138 PER RECORD OF SUlVEY 17271. ELEVATION• 7◄.15' DATI..lt r«;V029 SMCE Of TOPOGRAPHY TOPOGRAPHY SHOWN ON Tl£SE PLANS WAS GENERA TED BY DIRECT FIELD SIJlVEY DATA BY MJOiAEJ. BAKER INTERNATIONAL ON .AH: 17, 2015. ABBREVIATIONS AB AGGREGATE BASE AC ASPHALT CON:RETE AO' ASBCSTOS cnENT PIPE AV AJR-VAOUI VALVE 8:: BEGIN CLRVE Jl.VO EIOU.EVARO BO Jl.OW-<:FF ave BEGIN VERT I CAL Cl.RVE CliG a-'lll t GUTTER a. CENTERLINE CMWD CARLSBAD IA.NJCIPAL WATER DJSTRJCT cso CARLSBAD STN,l)ARD DRAWING C!sP CALTRANS STAN>AllD PLANS EA EAOi EOH ELECTRICAL OVERl£AO ESIIT EASEIENT EVC EN> VERT! CAL 0..ffVE EX EXJSTJJ«; FL FLOW LINE rs Fl NJ SH SUlF ACE G GAS GB GRADE BREAK HORIZ HORIZONTAL If> HIGH POINT POINT 138: COIEIINED SI LF LINEAR F LT LEFT MIN MJNll,UI NO IO&R NTS NOT TO S pp POWER PO PROP PROPOS£D PT POINT PVI POINT OF RO' REINFORC RT RJGfl RW RECYQ.ED R/W RIGH-oF SD STORM DR SDRSD SAN DJE9 DRAWINGS SF SQUARE n STA STATION STD STN,l)ARD SIi< SIDEWALK TC TCP OF 0 TEL TEl.£PIOI • WATER WM WATER 1£ WV WATER VM GEt£RAL NOTES 1. THIS PLAN SlJ'ERSEO£S ALL OTHER PLANS PREVIOUSLY APPROVED BY THE CITY or CARLSBAD REGARDJN; Ul'ROVEl£NTS SHOWN ON THIS SET or PLANS 2. APPROVAi. or THIS Pl.AN DOES NOT LESSEN OR WAIVE 1M PORTION or THE CARLSBAD IUIICIPM. COOE, RESOLUTION or COtl)ITJONAI. APPROVAL. CITY STAl()AR{)S OR OTHER AOOITIONAL 00CI..IENTS LISTED HEREON AS THEY MAY PERTAIN TO THIS PRO..CCT. THE EIGINEER IN RESPONSIBLE OlARG£ SHALL REVISE THESE PLANS lt£N NDN-0:N"ORIINCE IS DISCOYERED. 3. CITY N'l'ROVAI. or PLAHS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE OCVELOPER OR [IGJl£ER-or-lKlRK FROM RESPONSIBILITY FOR M CORRECTION or ERRORS AND OIIISSIONS DISCO\IEREO OUlJl,G CONSTRUCTION. ALL Pl.AN REVISIONS SHALL BE PROIFILY SU:IMITTEO TO THE CITY t,.;JNEER FOR APPROVAi.. 4. A RIGHT--OF"-IAY PERMIT f"ROII THE CITY ENGINEER IILL BE REQUIRED FOR ANY llORK IN M P\8.IC RIGHT or IAY. PRIOR TO PERMIT ISSUNa:. A CERTJrJCATE or INSUIANCE la/ST BE FILED NAM! ... THE CITY or CARLSBAD AS AN AOOITIONAL JNSl.llED ON M PERMITTE['S POLICY IN THE MINIIUI AICltM or $2,000,000 00 FOR EAO< OCCUffKl:: or LIABILITY. THE INSUIANCE COIIPIM IIRITI.., THE POLICY l&JST HAVE A RAT! ... or "A-" OR BETTER AND A SIZE CATEGORY or CLASS VII OR BETTER AS ESTAa.lSl-£D BY "BESTS" l([Y RATlt-G GUIil£. 5. NO IORK SHALL BE C0M1oENCED lM'IL ALL PERMITS HAVE BEEN OBTAINED FROM THE CITY ANO OTHER APPROPRIATE AGENCIES. 6. REVISION or THESE PLAHS MAY BE REQUIRED Jr THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS ARE NOT CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO THE DEADLINE DATE or M IMPROIIEMENT AGREEl£NT. 7. NO REVISIONS WILL BE M,\OE TO THESE Pl.ANS WITHOUT THE IIRITTEN APPROVAL or THE CITY Et-Gll£ER, NOTED WITHIN THE REVISION El.00<, ON M APPROPRIATE SHEET or M PLAHS AND Tl TLE SHEET . 8. ORIGINAL ORAW!t-GS SHALL BECOIIE THE PROPERTY or THE CITY \PON BEING SIGNED BY THE CITY EIGINEER. 9. THE ORIGINAL ORAW!t-G SHALL BE REVISED TO REFLECT AS--!lJILT COWITIONS BY THE Et-GINEER--Dr-lKlRK PRIOR TO FINAL Aca:PTANCE or M WORK BY THE CITY 10. ACCESS ,OR rJRE AND OTHER EIERGENCY VEHICLES SHALL BE MAINTAINED TO THE PROJECT SITE AT ALL TJl£S MING CONSTRUCTION. 11. WHERE TRENCHES ARE WITHIN CITY [ASEl£NTS, A SOILS REPORT COIIPRISEO or, (A) ~ SHEET, (8) LABORATORY WORK Sl-£ETS AND (C) en.PACT ION 0-.R\IES, SHALL BE SU!MITTEO BY A PROf"ESSIONAI. Et-Gil£ER Of THE STATE Of CALJ,ORNIA, PRINCIPAi.LY OOJNG flJSINESS IN THE FIELD Of APPLIED SOILS 1£CHANICS. THE SOILS REPORT WILL BE SU:IMITTEO TO M CITY Et-GINEERING INSPECTOR WITHIN TWO WORK)t«; DAYS or COMPLETION or FJELD TESTS THE WRITTEN ,!ELD COIIPACTION REPORT(S) SHALL BE IIAEDIATEL Y SU!MITTEO TO M CITY El«ill£ERll«i INSPECTOR l.f'ON COMPLETION Of THE rJELD TESTS 12. A PRECONSTRUCTJON 1£ETJl,G SHALL BE HELD AT THE SITE PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING or WORK AND SHALL BE ATTENDED BY ALL REPRESENTATIVES RESPONSIBLE ,OR CONSTRUCTION. INSPECTION, SI.PERVISION, TEST! ... AND ALL OTHER ASPECTS or THE IORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEtu.[ THE MEIT It«; BY CALLI t«; THE INSPECTION LINE AT {760) 438-3891 AT LEAST ,IVE (5) IIORl<Jt«; DAYS PRIOR TO START! ... CONSTRUCTION. APPROVED DRAWi~ lot/ST BE AVAILA&.E PRIOR TO SCHEtu. ING. 13. ALL INSPECTION RE0l.£STS OTHER THAN ,OR PRECONSTRUCTION MEETll«i WILL BE MAO£ BY CALLll«i THE Et«;JNEERING 24-~ INSPECTION RE0LCST LINE AT (760) 438-3891 INSPECTION RE0l.£STS l&JST BE RECEIVED PRIOR TO 2: 00 P.M. ON THE DAY BEFORE THE INSPECTION IS NEEDED. INSPECTIONS WILL BE MADE THE NEXT llORK DAY 1.N.ESS YOU RE0LCST OTHERWISE. RE0LCSTS M,\OE ArTER 2: 00 P.M. WILL BE SCHEtu.EO ,OR TWO f1.U. WORK DAYS LATER. 14. THE !MER AND/OR APPLICANT THROUGH THE DEVELOPER AND/OR CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, CONSTRUCT AND MAINTAIN ALL SArETY DEVICES, INCLl,OJl«i SHORil«i. AND SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIEI..[ ,OR CONrORMING TO ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL SArETY AND HEN.TH STANDARDS. LAIS AND REGlLATJONS. 15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CXH"ORM TO LABOR COO[ SECTION 6705 BY SUlMITTJt,G A DETAIL PLAN TO THE CITY El«ilNEER AND/OR CON:ERl£D A(;OCY SHlWJl«i THE DESIGN or 9-()f!Jt«;, BRACING SLOPE OR OTHER PROVISIONS TO BE 11,\[l[ or WORKER PROTECTION f"ROII M HAZARD or CAVING GR0U() MING THE EXCAVATION or SUCH TRENCH OR TRENCHES OR Ml ... THE PIPE INSTN..LATJON THEREIN. THIS PLAN IAJST BE PREPARED FOR ALL TRENCHES rJVE FEET (5') OR MORE IN DEPTH AND APPROVED BY THE CITY EIGINEER AND/OR COlaRNED AGENCY PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. Jr THE PLAN VARIES f"ROII THE SHORING SYSTEM STANDARDS ESTAa.JSHED BY THE CONSTRUCTION SAITTY ORllERS, TITLE B CALJFORNIA AOMINlSTRATIVE COOE, THE PLAN SHALL BE PREPARED BY A REGISTERED ENGINEER AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. A C0FY Of" THE OSHA EXCAVATION PERMIT IUST BE SUlMITTED TO THE INSPECTOR PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. 16. IF 1M ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOU!CES ARE DISCOVERED IJTHIN ANY WORK 20NE Mll«i CONSTRUCTION. OPERATIONS WILL CEASE IMMEDIATEl.Y, AND THE PERMITTEE WILL NOTIFY THE CITY ENGINEER. OPERATIONS WILL t,;>T RESTART IMTIL THE l'ERMITTEE HAS RECEIVED WRITTEN AUTHORITY ,ROM THE CITY ENGlt£ER TO 00 SD. 17. ALL OPERATIONS C(lt,[)l,CTED ON THE SITE OR ADJACENT THERETO, INCLlA>ING WARMll«i Lf', REPAIR, ARRIVAL. DEPARTUlE OR OPERATION or TRUCKS, EARTHMOVING EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT ANO 1M OTHER ASSOCIATED GRADING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PERIOD BETWEEN 7; 00 A.M. AND 6: 00 P.M. EACH DAY, MONDAY TlflU ,RJDAY. NIGHT IIORI( SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE PERIOO BETWEEN 9:00 P.M. AND 5:00 A.M. NO EARTI-M)VJNG OR GRADING OPERATIONS SHALL BE CCffll.CTED ON WEEKENDS OR HOLIDAYS. (A LIST or CITY HOLIDAYS IS AVAILA&.E AT THE El'GINEERING DEPARTl£NT COlM'ER.) 18. ALL orr-SJTE HALL RCA/Tt:S SHALL BE SU:IMJTTEO BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE CITY Et«;JNEER ,OR APPROVAL TWO n,u IIORl(Jt,G DAYS PRIOR TO BEGINNING or IIORI(, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DEBRIS OR DAMAGE oco.JlRI.., ALONG THE HALL ROUTE OR ADJACENT STREETS AS A RESQ T or M GRADING OPERATION. 19. NO BLASTll«i SHALL BE COMIENCED WITHOUT A CITY ENGINEER APPROVED BLASTING PROGRAM AND El.ASTING PERMIT. Michael Baker INTERNATIONAL S050A,'fl'lidl£nanas S,,,,260 Corlwd, CA 9200a f'l'lc>¥. {76D) 416-9193 YBN<ERMI. COM GEI\ERAL NOTES CONT'D 20. THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATION or UTILITY STRUCTl,fiES AND •ACILITIES SHOWN ON THE CONSTliUCTION PLANS ll[R[ OBTAINED BY A SEAROi Of" THE AVAILA&.E RECORDS ATTENTION IS CALLEO TD THE POSSl!l.£ EXISTENCE or OTHER UTILITY FACILITIES OR STRUCTUlES NOT 51-1:MN OR IN A LOCATION DIFTERENT F"ROII THAT -ON THE PLAHS. THE CONTRACTOR JS REOUIREO TO TAI<£ Do.£ PRECAUTIONARY 1£ASLllES TO PROTECT THE UTILITIES SHOaN ON THE PLAHS AND 1M OTHER EXISTJl«i FACILITIES OR STRUCTI.RES NOT SKlllN. 21. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION or ALL EXJSTll«i FACILITIES (AIIOVEGROlN> AND LNlERGR0LtO) WITHIN THE PRO..CCT SITE SLFTJCIENTLY AHEAD or THE CONSTRUCTION TO PERMIT M REVISIONS Of" THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS Jr IT IS F~ THAT M ACTIJAL LOCATIONS ARE IN CXH"LJCT WITH THE PROPOSED WORK. 22. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY Arr[CTEO UTILITY COIIPANJES (SEE BELOW) AT LEAST TWO nu. IORl<ING DAYS PRIOR TO STARTll«i CONSTRUCTION NEAR THEIR FACILITIES AND SHALL CDORDJMATE WORK WITH A COIIPANY REPRESENTATIVE. -SERVICE ALERT SDGIE ATtT THE COAST NEWS GROLf' SPECTRUI ~!CATION COX COIIIUIICATIONS CITY or CARSBAD(STREETS AND STORM DRAIN) CITY or CARI.SBAD(SEWER,WATER t RECLAIMED WATER) (800)422-4133 (800)411-7343 (800)892-0123 ( 760 )436-9737 (760)659-2815 (619)262-1122 (760)434-2980 ( 760 )438-2722 23. IN ACCORDANCE THE CITY STORM WATER STANDARDS ALL STORM ORAIN INLETS CONSTIU:TED BY THIS PLAN SHALL INCi.iX-£ "STENCILS" BE AOOCD TO PROHIBIT WASTE DISOiARGE DOINSTREAM STEN:ILS SHALL BE AOOCD TD THE SATISFACTION or THE CITY El«ilNEER. WATER NOTES 1 WATER t RECYCLED WATER MAIN AND Af'Pl.fiTENANCES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "CITY or CARLSBAD ENGINEERING STANDARDS" (LATEST EDITION) VOLLl£S 2 t 3. 2. BEFORE 1M CONNECTION OR SHUT~ or VALVES ON EXISTll«i C.M.W.D. LINES. A PERMIT SHALL BE OBTAINED F"ROII M C.M.W.D. or,JCE AND 11.JST BE SJGf,ED AND APPROVED BY THE CITY or CARLSBAD'S DEPUTY CITY t,.;JN[[R AND THE UTILITY OPERATIONS. P\8.1 C IORkS MANAGER. 3 M CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY or CARLSBAD ENGJ1£ERING INSPECTION DEPARTMENT 411 -PRIOR TO STARTING IORK SD THAT INSPECT ION MAY BE PROVIDED -TELEPHONE NO. (760)438-3891 4 NO TREES OR STRUCTIKS SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE WATER LINE EASEMENT, ALL EXISTJl,G TREES AND STRI.Cru£5 SHALL BE REMOVED PRIOR TO C01,1£NDE:NT or WORK -1M EXCEPTIONS SHALL REOUIRE WRITTEN PERMISSION FROII THE DISTRICT Et,1;11£1:R. 5 ALL BU'!IED COPPER P!Plt,G ANO APPIRTOIANCES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY !£ANS or CAT>iJOIC PROTECTION. IF OCVELDPER/OWl,£R CONJI.CTS A SOILS TEST REPORT AND DEMONSTRATES THAT PROTECTION CAN BE PERf"ORMEO IN ANOTHER IWKR. THE DISTRICT El«ill£ER WILL CONSIDER AN ALTERNATIVE FORM or PROTECTION. 6 THE EXACT HORIZONTAi. AND VERTICAL ALIGNl£NT AND TYPE or MATERIALS or THE FIRE LINE LOCATED BETWEEN THE DETECTOR CHECK VALVE AND BUILDING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CITY or CARLSBAD FIRE MARSHAL. 7. ALL POTABLE WATER SERVICES SHALL BE 1" AND ALL METERS SHALL BE 1• (l.N.ESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS). 8. ALL WATER METER BOXES SHALL BE 17" X JO" X 12" POLYl£R C0N::R£TE AS MAHJ ACTUlED BY ARIIORCAST OR EOUN.. . 9. MINIIUI SPACING BETIIEEN POTAEI..E WATER SERVICES AND SEWER LATERALS SHALL BE 1D •EET. 10. THE TOP Of WATER 1£TER BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH THE rJNISHED 51.R"ACE GRADE. 11. CONSTRUCTION or WATER MAINS AND RECYCLED WATER MAINS SHALL ADHERE TO THE "CRITERIA •OR THE SEPARATION or WATER MAINS AND SANITARY SEWERS" Pl.Q.JSl-£D BY THE STATE or CALIFORNIA'S DEPARTl£NT or HEALTH SERVICES. 12. AXIAL OCFLECTION AT M PIPE JOINTS IS NOT ALLOWED. THE USE or A HIGH-DEFLECTION COLf'LING AT A PIPE JOINT MAY BE PERMITTED BY THE INSPECTOR ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS NOT TO EXCEED 4 DEGREES TOT AL DEFLECT! ON PER CCU'LING (2 DEGREES/EACH GASKET). USE CERTAINTEED "VINYL-IRON" H.D. FOR C900. 13. BEFORE CONSTRI.CTJON BEGINS IN 1M Pl.Q.JC RIGHT or WAY, A CITY RIGHT or WAY PERM! T SHALL BE REOU I RED. 14. NO CUTTING Of" ASBESTOS CElCNT PIPE (ACP) IS PERMITTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ACP TO NEAREST COl,f'Ll>«l AND INSTALL ACP X PVC ADAPTORS AND THE NECESSARY PVC SIZE AND CLASS PIPE TO INSTALL THE TEE AT THE STATION. 15. PRIOR TO BACKFILL, INSTALL TRACER WIRE ON TOP or PIPE AND SECl.!lE IN lBA[L THE LC DETER!. SITE C 2 THE CC -3 ALL hE BE ,w; MAXIII. 4. ALL Pl 5 ALL CC 6. ALL TR BOX. PlU. B 7 (ONLY WITH 1 HAVE F HOT-!£ ES-SA e. ALL SJ PEOCST 9 PEDEST BE 2"4 10. SArETY LAMPS LIGHT! TYPE I 11. ANCHlR 12. STREET SHALL I OR EOU LETTER 13. THE ca DETECT< SHOWN< 14 THE ca LOOP Ill AND LEI 15. THE COi IIARKINI 16 ALL TR, BE RES" 17, THE 00 TRAFrlC 18 FLASHII FLASHJI 19. ALL TRI CONTRA< 20. EXIST!! SIGNAL( 21 NEW "SI• OPERATI 22. THE ca- OR DESI IICllUO LAND SL LICENSE 23. LIMIT L 24. ALL STR CROSSW• 25 TESTING BY THE or EOUI 26. THE CON RESPONS 27 THE CON FEES ro 28 l.N.ESS CONTRAC 29. VIDEO D Ol/TERMD APPROAC THE CEN PLACE!£· PLACE WITH 2-INCH WIDE PLASTIC ADHESIVE TAPE AT MA.XIII.II 10-f"OOT INTERVALS. WIRE TO ENTER VALVE STANDS BY MEAl6 or DRILLED HOLE IN PIPE STAND WALL .».;T BELOI 4TTBOX. WIRE IS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH VALVE NUT OPERATION. Rt.ti TRACER WIRE CONTIMJOJSI. Y Al.ONG PIPE AND TERMINATE IN ADJACENT VAL'IE BOXES FOR BU'!IEO ASSEMEI..IES OR BU'!IEO VN..VES. lt£RE BU'!IED SPLICES OCOll, USE AN ELECTRICAL EPOXY RESIN SUCH AS SCOTOiCAST. OR APPROVED EOUN... PROVIDE 24 INCHES or COILED WIRE AT ACCESS POINTS FOR ATTAOfo€NTS Of" PIPE LOCATING EQUIPMENT. EACH INSTALLED RU< or PIPE SHALL BE CAPABLE or BEl1'. LOCATED USING THE TRACER WIRE. PROTECT WIRE INSU.ATION FROM DAMAGE MING INSTALLATION AND BACKF"ILLING. WIRE INSU.ATION THAT IS BROKEN, CUT, OR DAMAGED SHALL BE REPLACED. TRACER WI RE SHALL BE AWG NO. B STIW«D COPPER WIRE WITH HIGH MOLECU.AR WEIGHT POL YETtffi.ENE (HMW/PE) INSU.ATJON SPECIFICALLY DESJGf,ED ,OR DIRECT BU'!IAL IN CORROSIVE SOIL OR WATER. POLYETHYLENE INSl.\.ATJON SHALL CXH"ORM TO ASTM D 1248, TYPE 1, Q..ASS C. WIRES WITH CUT OR DAMAGED INSI.LATION ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE AND REPI.ACEMENT or THE ENTIRE WIRE WHICH HAS BEEN DAMAGED WILL BE REQUIRED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. I (, 01uvi1 Ct 1i 78 AF? PERMIT co_ AS-BUil GEOMEl STATER H, \PDATA\15417B_PALOMAR AIRPORT RD V,,D(NING\CADD\LAND\DLV\154178-02-NT.DWG DWIENER 9/21/18 1; 45 pm GRINO AU. AC ca.o JOINTS rCR IIINIIUI 2" AC OVERLAY U PROPOSEO nu DEPTH SECTION, IN. 6° AC OVER • CLASS I I AB . N EXJSTJN'.; AC___,. EXISTIN'.; BASEJ !QI[; EXISTJN; PAIIEIIENT SECTION TO BE IIERlrlED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION (DAC PAYEt,ENT JOINT ([ll.L DEPTH) NTS 37'• AC GRINO Ir OVERLAY PAIIEIIENT SECTION PER PL.AN (DRIBBON GUTTER DETAIL NOT TO SCAl.£ APR 1 ·-12.5'• AC PAYIN'.; SECTION A-A STA 18+51.68 TO 20+14.37 1·-12.5':t SCALE: 1·•2" SEE S>£El 6 i .... --,-,,_"i ' ._ ~, . 3' 3' 6"Cl.J!B • PERVIOUS GUTTER 5.5' 6' AC GRJNO Ir OIIERLAY AC PAYIN'.; 6"Cl.J!B. PERYHlJS GUTTER SIDEWALK 5AIICUT LINE --- ~~ PERMIT NUMBER 11-------- CO---RTE---PM--- AS-BUILT PLANS FOR ROADWAY GEOMETRIC AND AHO\il Gl<Ot ,1-.ir,. i:,\TU -S-TA-T~E=RE-::.-::P-::-R-::E-:.-::S-::E-:-:N:-:I~A":";::T-;-::lv-:-'.. 1::..:-_ ----··DAft Micllael Baker 5050A~Enonds S....260 CM1sballCA92fX/8 Phone. (7'60)476-9193 I N T E R N AT I O N A L MBAKERll<TLCOM 1it.ttN EX GR(XH)l ~flNISH GRADE_ lkJ<: ~~ SECT! ON B--B STA 20+]4.37 TO 2]+93.39 I s SCAL.£: 1"•2' SEE S>£ET 6 I 5AWCUT LINE 2-17'• 2· EX STAMPED/ MEDIAN 6° MEDIAN CliG -:I 5.5' 1-13'• AC PAVIN'.; JNISH GRADE LEFT It.EN POCKET ~. -- STA 17+93 82 IP 19+63.43 SCALE: 1••2· SEE S>£ET 6 H: \PDATA\15417B_PALOMAR AIRPORT RD. WIDENING\CADD\LAND\DLV\154176-03-04-XS.DWG DWJENER 9/21/16 1: 47 pm 6' SIDEWALK I PRECAST CON: . W/ CAST IRON CON:. PAIIEIIDl SCREW c:,. LID~ [I() CAP Jr A EN> a" RU 3· RIEl!ON GUT PER DETAIL l . U>r.>-<,~ EX GI rPALCIWl A a: w > i i Micllael Baker INTERNATIONAL 5050A~fttQMS s ... 260 C.-. CA 92008 Pttorre.(76())476-9193 ltlW<ERINTl COM ISLANDS RESTAURANT t 0 ~ OMAR AIRPORT ROAD --t--------- MOBILE GAS STATION / I/ f (\) t, i, I Cr) I 7 f: APR 1 :3 ... 10 5 0 10 I .-I SCALE: 1·•10· He \POAT A \154178_PALOMAR AIRPORT RO. W10(NING\CA00\LAN0\0LV\154178-03-04-XS.OWG OWltNtR 9/21/18 1 c 48 pm CALTRANS NOTE CONTACT NORTH COl>ITY EU:CTRICAL MAINTENANCE 72 HlUlS PRIOR TO SIC REMOVAL FOR ACCESS TO CAL TRANS SIGNAL CA811€:T. CONTACT: TOM Sl-£PARO PHO>E: (619) 572-BJ2B Michael Baker 5050A11en.da£t'tC11'W s..r.200 Cambad. CA 92008 --{760)476-9193 I N T E R N AT I O N A L 41BAKER/NTI..CO<I --~---------i -------- JSLANDS APN:211-050-01 PALOMAf 10 CAL TRANS RAIF ICTER "DEMOLITION" CONSTfil&JIQt:! flOTES SYMBOL Q!.!ANTITY CQt:§TR!,!CTIQ!) (})PROTECT IN PLACE. @) REIIJVE EX. CUlB OUT Q)SAWCUT EX. PAIIEICNT. ----875 lF @ RELOCATE EX. 1€:WSPA Q)f"IA.L OEPTH AC PAVEICNT Al() BASE REMOVAL. c=J 2,525 SF @) REIIJVE EX. TRAIT IC TRAfflC SIGNAL PLAN ©REIIJVE EX. CCN:RETE Q.llB, GUTTER. A,O SIDEWALK, IIO.J . .o!t,G DRIVEWAY. ~ •.B79 SF @ REIIJVE EX. WCRETE @et.EAR Al() GRt..e EXISTlt,G CTI @) CUT EX. SERVICE LAT 2,480 SF CORP Al() SCl.DER DO LA!-OSCAPl>G. ABAJ-llQt€D PI PE @REMOVE EX. STREET LIGfT. RELOCATE 1 EA @ GR!"° EX. AC PAVEi£: PER IIE'ROVEICNT PLAN. SALVAGE Al() RELOCATE ATTA0£0 SIGNS. @~~~~~' (DREMOVE EX. TREE. 6 EA 1€:AREST JOINT.• @REIIJVE EX. ro-cRETE WALL. 1 EA @ REMOVE PRIVATE RECY1 @REMOVE EX. tREESTAl()lt,G SIGN. I EA BOXES. RELOCATE PER PLANS. COORDINATE RELOCATION WITH OWNER. @ REMOVE EX. PLU OOX Al() 7 EA @ REIIJVE PRIVATE LJGH ATTACl£D SIGNS. CXXll CORRESPOND I t,G W£>\JJ T. RELOCATION WITH owi-1 @PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTl>G ATl<T 1 EA @ REIIJVE POTABLE IRRJI PE OEST AL . A Tl<T TO RELOCATE. RELOCATE PER Jll'ROVI @REWVE EX. WATER EOUIPIE:NT. 3 EA @ REIIJVE Al() SALVAGE C RELOCATE PER IIE'ROVDENT PLANS. LINK FENCE. @REMOVE EX. CCN:RETE B0t..LARDS. 2 EA @ POTttJLE GATE VALVE I @REMOVE EX. BACK-fl.OW. RELOCATE PER RESlA.. TS WI TH CMliD. ! 3 EA Slf.JTDOWN Lit€: TO FU llf'ROVEICNT PLANS. REIIJVE THE GATE VALi @)REIIJVE EX. TELEPHO>E DEMARCATION CA811€:T Al() CORRESPONDl>G COl'()CJJT. 1 EA SERVICE. H:\PDATA\154178_PALOMAR AIRPORT RD. WIDENING\CADD\LAND\DLV\154178-05-DMDWG DWIENER 9/21/18 1:13 pm .. 80 75 70 Michael Baker I I I ~ I I ---5-1"0 c.lJb,d,CAl!OOII I N T E R N A T I O N A L :::/=~=" 18+00 P!lllP05(l) <UNO.IT (TYP ~ 19+00 PRG'OSm•• lNlERORAI PROF ILE -RIGHT JC SCAU: IClRIZ. 1••20• VERT. 1"•2' 20+00 ~ -_-_ --------- ~. 19•16.42 •.25' LT 17 ------------ . TC I ia 5ji IC STA 1!1•99.29 PALOMAR AIRP n .90 l ISLANDS APN:211 -050-01 E!l PRCPERTT SERVICING 1 151.""'5 2 ,~ ,-.L~ . ~ 5 EAS£MENTS 0 OCISllNG JOINT US£ EA5DENT SETICDI CITY ~ CARI.SB.Al),.;., SOGI£ PER RECORD ~ AB;Q2·9:l968J. WATER ANO RECYCLED WATER DATA TABLE ACCOI.Nl l TYi'[ BEAR I NG/DELTA LENGTH st:RVICE >CTER SIZE SIZE 9600545 RECYCLED N 01 47 l6 [ 30.22 1 1 500J600-1 CDMRC I AL N 02 16 18 [ 55.M 2 1.5 5003700-3 IRRIGATION N 02 16 18 [ 55.72 1 1 rvn.flE SERVICE RECYCLEO N 01 51 21 [ 19.99 1 1 NIA --N 02 16 18 E 56.50 6 OolWI) STD DIG WJ •• W3 WJ 112 I I I/,\. I ~ i" I : I I I H: \P0ATA\15'178JAI.OMAR AIRPORT RO ... O[NINC\CAOO\LAN0\OLV\154178-06-IM owe 0W'ENER 9/21/18 1: 20 pm "DECLARATION OF RESPONSIBLE CHARGE" I f£Rt8't' c:£0...ARE TH.\T l NA Tl£ ENGllfiR CF WORK fOR S>e:TS 7-12 CF THJS PAO.CCT, TH.\T l KAIi[ EXDICJS[I) RESl'CNSlll.E OWR OVER Tl£ t£SIQI CF Tl£ PRO..CCl ~ CUIIO> IN Sl'.CllON 6703 CF Tl£ BJSlNESS »o PROf"ESSIONS CXlOE, »o TH.\ T Tl£ DCSIGN l S CXlNS I STENT WI TH <UIROIT ST N{)ARDS. I LNlERSTNO TH.\T Tl£ 0£0< CF PRO..CCl OllAI INGS »o SPECIFICATIONS BY Tl£ CITY OF CAALS8AO DOES h0T RO.l[Y[ IC ~ O.CllfiR OF IORK, OF MY AESl'ONSlBILlTJES FOR PRO..CCl t£SlGN. BY: rtRM: MICHA£!. BN<ER INTEJ!NAIJQNAI. AOORESS: 5Q50 AV[J,lJDA QClNAS sum 260 Cl TY, ST: CARL58AQ C4 920011 T£l.(M)N[; (~601~76-9'.~ ---.. ---w-~ ....... -------0,.1[: 9/2112018 RY Kfrzdl.tRs RCE h0: _ ___,6::.::1Mc:.7:.,:0e,_ _______ _ OCPIRAT ION OATE:_06=--~J0-~20=2~0 ____ _ ' ' "" ' ' "" ' ' ~ ( W:l-J <'-t~, W88-2(CA)(MOO) ' , C G92(CA) G27-1(CA) IIJ-1 RA I SO> MEOJ AN '\ \_ -""" ----•----.... ----~ OM1-J I'll TIP( IV /of/ROIi (L) ~-- tl gi R14-1 (CARLSBAD BY . ntE SEA RESORT) l(l PVT DRNEWAY ( / /!fNtr/CO/ 78 l2" ·m~t~lti~ - PD ~r. j I0-7(R)@-_Jf ~ 1) I J !JI -TYPE IV ARROW (R _, • • I ( R6-1(R) ' ,-ID'3-7(R) 12• ,~~\tj 7---L. ____ ,_ J _R/W-_ _L1!1~-,_(_3!1_) __ , ( R6-1(R) = 11' c!:~=~\ =:-:-c R26(CA) CARLS8AD GUJc:£ SIGN 18•48.88(~1.8' RT) ----,ROM -------------- Michael Baker 5050,....,. Enonn S.0,/90 ~CA,_ ,._,(™)4,S.9193 I N T E R N AT I O N A L USAKERJNrt.COM 12· I 72• I DETAIL A WORD AflO ARROW BIKE LAI£ MARKING NOT TO SCA!.£ ,OT[: PUCE O[TAIL AT Tl£ 8£Gl~ING OF EAOI BLOOC A>IJ AT ~• JPMfT ALOI«; TH( BJCYQ.£ LANE H: \POATA\1~178.J'ALOMAR "1RPORT RO -..D(NING\CAOO\LANO\OLll\1~4178-07-PO OWC O'MENER 9/21/18 2: 15 pm 811(( LANE ,,_ PER CAl TJW.15 ST AN>ARD CRAWi!«; A24A ,. •CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE AIIG P0LE ~ /::, A 114'1 A 'A ;:;,.. l A I:/-1/-1/-I:/-I:/-1/-I:/- 8 11/-1/-1/-11/-i1/-1/-1:/- C 1/-1/-1/-1/-11/-z, z, o 11/-1/-1/-11/-1/-1/-IZ! [ 11/, Y, Y, 11/-Y, 1/-11/- r 11/-y, IY, 1/-Y, 1/-11/- ' 11/-1/-11/-!½ y, 1/-11/- 12 CSC H 11/-1/-1/-'1/-y, 1/-1/- TOTAi. Y, ~ .,.. .Y, ¼ 1/1 ~ #10 UMINAIRE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 16 SIGNAi. SERVla: -------,. OYEJH:A0 SIGN ----1 -- •2 ------3• TYPE B ----• --OLC "6 TOTAi. ----• -- EKRGOCY PRt--Df'T ION c.a.E 1 1 1 2 2 -- VIDEO OETECTION CAll..E 1 -1 1 2 1 1 5 PR 120 SIC ------I co,c)UJT SIZE .5 2.5 3• 3• 3• 3·• y ■ ALL COUIPIOIT EXISTlhC ~ M>TEO : l£W (•) TRAFFIC SIGNAL GENERAL NOTES: SEE SKIT 2 rOR m,,n C SI GNAI. G0£RAI. NOTES, Ve\ r.,_ I~ 11/-y, Yi IY, ¾ IY, 11/-z, 1z, i;✓-.J:, lz, 1/-I½ IY\ 1/-IV, Y, 1/-I½ y, 1/-y, V, Y 1 ...,, •A -2 -----1 --3• 3 -• • -7 7 -• • -3/1 ll/1 -1 1 2· 11-3 -3 CONSTRUCTION NOTES: [j]C:XISTIIG 1YPC 170 CCNTRa.LER IN II00EL 332 Al.lMIN.11 CAIIIICT: PROTECT IN PUC!:. (flD<ISTIIG 1YPC Ill SCRVla: CABIICT: PROTECT IN Pl.ACE. l})INSTALL MAST ARN IOMll) SIGN P1:R CAI.TRANS STD PLAN ES-7N, DETAIL •u•. SJGNT YI'£ AS NOTED ON Pl.AN. ~ IO.M Y IDEO DETECTION CN£RA ON SIG>W.. MAST ARN US lhC A IWU' ACTI.RER-~ RI stR ( P£la) • ASTRO BRAC" IRAO<£l 111H 74° RISCR WOl.NT[I) ONT>£ BACK SIDE ~ Tlf: SIGNAi. MAST NIM). A IWU'ACTU1EJI A£PAESOITATI\IE S>lloLl. ()£Cl( VIDEO CA>0A PUCOOIT A/0 MRAI.L VIDEO DETECTION SVSTOI OPERATION PRIOR TO SIQW.. l\AHlN. / !18/uf'YICO ( 78 mREMOY[ ANO SAi.YA(;( D<ISTlhC YEHICU lf:AO. np 1 9 201 9 ID!JDCISTlhG YDilCU IODS, P£DESTRJAN lf:AO, PEDESTRIAN PUSH 8UTTON. CVl'C , VIDEO DETECTION CAICAA. MAST -ID.MED SIGN ( R7-( CA)). ANO R£TR(HU'ECT I\IE SNS f'll0M P0LE @ TO PCU (£) . l!R)EXISTlhC POLE. \IEHJClE lf:AO, PEDESTRIAN IOI), ANO PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON f1IOM POLE @TO POLE®. (@FUlNISH ANO INSTALL S SECTION ff:AO PER DETAIL A. ill]~~: ig ~~ .. r~ ~~ ~A~ ~AL~~~ ::.~-..::i~~ T>£ SIC AT Tl-£ CCNTRCUER CABIICT LOCATED AT Tl-£ INTERSECTION~ 1-5 ANO PALMCl!IR AIRPORl ROAD SliALl BE AT TERMINAL 81.0CIC ·re,·. ca,u.JNJCATIONS SHOLL BE IIA!NTAJNED I.HTJL N:11 rACILITIES ARE IN Pl.ACE 51'\.ICIIG ~ SIC CAIL.ES IIU NOT BE ALLOIED. lil}FUlNISH ANO INSTALL TYPE A TERMINAi. COIARC,\TION CABIICT PER CAI.TRANS STANOARO Pl.AN ES-30. @a>NTRACTOR TO INSTALL 2• co,c)UJT Willi 1-0CC ANO 1-SIC TO TDC PAl,Q. (TEL TO SIGNAL) (ill=~~ ~~T~~ :~~irc:1; ~:~~J~l~.f'Olll:R) 10 RELOCA1£D SERYla: POINT. CONTRACTOR TO @a>NTRACTOR TO INSTALL 2· co,c)UJT no, TDC TO AltT SERYla: POINT <•TtT 1H 132 STA 20o03.9, Sll.6'RT). OOllll..t<ICATJON WIRJhG TO BE INSTALLm BY OTIOIS (•TH ). -----.iv .. __ I PAL~ PERMIT NUMBER l t • co ___ Rn ____ PM---- AS-BUILT PLANS FOR RO.~D\\.A Y GEOMETRIC AND Ai:3O\IE GRO\:/\!D FEATURES STATE RE?RESENTATIVI:. DATE ---~----us .,,..._. --r ~ EXJSTING PHASE DIAGRAM PROPOSED PHASE DIAGRAM LEAD L-'G l l ( --\ ------ fl f2 fJ •• _) ----~ I I -1.-'G .5 '6 f7 18 Michael Baker 50:50.A...,,..fncnn _,.,, ~CA""'°" I N T E R N AT I O N A L ==~" LEAD ~~AG l l ( 2 3 Y_J 1.-'G ~ I l s 6 7 8 DESIGN SPEED FOR AOYANa: LOOP PI.ACCMCNT: PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD (WEST ~ PASEO DEL NORTE) • 45 loPH PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD (EAST or PASEO 0£l NORTE) • 40 loPH ::.i POLE LOCATION DETAIL (TYP) O<ACT POLE LOCA 110N BY ENGINEER IN lHE nELO H· \POATA\l54l78_PALOM•R A!RPORT RO. WI00<1NG\CA00\LANO\OI.V\154178-08-TS.0WC G£0fTREY RETEMEY£.R 9/24/18 1:45 pm "' g _2~ 20 10 0 2C I ~? • SCALE, DETAIL A R£0 0 }" YEl.LOW 0 GREEN 0 YO.LOW @ }o.a GREEN @ ... • CONSTRUCJI()I/ STAGING NOTES 1. NO O\IE/lNIQil STCRAa: CJ' [OJIPIOIT. CONSTRUCTION MATCRIALS. OR EXCAVATED MAT[RIALS SHAl.L 0CO.II WITHIN W.TIVE VEGETATION AREAS OR P\.Q.IC PARKING SPM:B. STOO<PILES SHALi. BE LOCAT[D AWAY ,ROIi llRAINAGE <Xl.RSES. COVER£!) AT ALL TIIES ~ OONTAIIED WITH R\.NJFT CONTRa. ICASIJlES. 2, STORAGE ~ STAGIN. AREAS SHAU. BE LOCATED IN A MANER THAT HAS Tl£ L£AST IIPACT ON VEHla.uR ~ f'EtCSTRIAN TIWTJC. 3. N0 WORK SHAU. OCQII ON ll[D(O()S OR IO.. I DAYS BETllEEH IEWOR I AL DAY WED<DI> ~ UB0R DAY CJ' ANY YCAR. 4. STACIN. SITt(S) SHALl. BE REWOVED ~/CE! RESTORED IWl£DIATnY fll.l.OWIN. COIPL[TION CJ' l}£ ll[V[LOPIE)IT, 5. MAINTAIN P\.Q.IC ACCESS DU!IN. CONSTRUCTION. SE£ TIWTIC CONTROL PL,<NS. Michael Baker ---5-290 Cnbo(CAtJOOI I N T E R N AT I O N A L ~=~" H.\PDATA\154178..PALOMAR AIRPORT RO. l>IOENINC\CAOO\LAND\DLll\154178-09-TCDWC D"'1ENER 9/21/18 2 11 pm TRAFFIC Cc PALOMAR AIRPOR SIGNAGE hQJES 1. AT L£AST ONE PERSON SHALl. BE ASSl6'£D TO f'\.U. TIIE MAINltNANCE CJ' TRArrlC C0NTRa. DEVICES ON ALL NIQil L»£ CLOSUlES. 2 . ALL WARNJJ,,G SIGNS rm NIGHT L»£ CLOSUlES SHALL BE ILLl.lllW.T[D OR RULECTCEIIZED AS SPEC1r1ro IN THE SPEC! Fl CA Tl 016. 3. ALL ,0,/HJ. WARJ'I hG SIGN INST Al.LAT! 016 SHALi. BE EOJIPP!D WITH fUGS ,OR CIAYTIIE Q.OSUlES CJ' ALL MA..OI ND PR! 1£ AATrRI ALS. f'l.ASHING 8EACCt6 SHALi. BE L&D ClRlloG NIGHT L»£ CLOSlllES. 4 • A G20-2 • EM> ROAD ll0R!< • SIGN SHAU. BE PLACED AT THE DO CJ' TK L»£ CLOSUlE LNLSS Tl£ DO CJ' THE WORK AREA IS OIIVIOUS. OR 0()5 IITHIN A LAAGO! PRO.£CT LIMIT. 5. ALL GOES t.&D ,OR NIGHT I.Al£ CLOSLflES SHALi. BE !Ul.lllW.TED TRAfflC C0£S OR FITTED WITH 13° RETILCT I VE st.EEVES. 6. f'l.ASHIN. >l/ROI SIGNS SHALi. BE USED PCR TK CAL I ,ORNJA IIJ'TCD. SILENT TYPE SHALl. BE \.&D IN RESIDENT I AL AREAS. 7. Tl£ MAX!Ml.11 SPAClloG BETWEEN C0l£S IN A TAPER OR A r.,,;;o,r SIW.L BE Al'l'ROXIMATnY AS -ON Pl.AN. 8. AIX>I TIONAL /Oil>HX fUGGERS SHALl. BE RE OJ IRED KN TIWTIC 0UEI.CS OCVELCP. ru.GGER STATl016 ,OR 00RK AT NIQil SHALi. BE IUl.lllW.TED AS NOTED IN SECTION 66.20 CJ' Tl£ IIJ'TCD. 9. PLAa: C30 (CA) 'I.A/£ CLOSED" 51<1< AT 500•-1000• INTCRVALS ~ DCTD«D WORK -AS. 10. ALL REWIRED SIGNS THAT ARE TO BE UTT IN PLAO: OVER A WED<D1> OR IQ.IDAY SHALl. BE POST IOMlD USING -PERrDRATED STEn TUllhG WITH £§£N<AWAY BASE PCR SMSO ,._45 I 1. CONSTRUCT ION AREA TRAff IC CONTACl. DEV ICES SHALi. IEET Tf£ PROVISl016 CJ' SECTION 12 CJ' Tf£ MOST RECCNT EDITION CJ' TK CALTRANS ST-SPECIFICATIONS. .IBAfili 1. ll0R!( H0Ul APPROVED 2. PEDESTRl4 3. PEDESTRIAI PHYSICAL I S4TISl"ACT .. TllFIJURY TIIE CJ' Pl WORK. CALI VALID4T[ I 5. ACCESS WII ARRANGO£I 6. TROOt:S I l.M.ESS K-1 IIOISPEC f'I.ATtS SH, BY T>< er 7. STRIPIN. I REll0VEI) Of 8. WORK THAT BE COOROJI COMM[NCIN( N0ROOZI (< 9. TR4rrlC SI OTl£RWISE Jr TIWTJC PR0l'0SED ' ACTU4 T II»'. 10. fLACa:RS ! AAO A "STC 11 . ALL TR4ff I DAYS PER I 12. ALL TR4rrl ..-AL ON 13. TRArrlC CO Tf£ WORK I Sf£[!. 14 • ALL TR4fr I COVERED WH 15 Tl-£ CITY E INITl4T[ r 16. ALL 1IORK 4 CO',.NTYTRA !Hi7-2828 A 17. ow«Aa.E CONTROL ON Tl£S£ SIGN 18. CONTRACTOR INSTALL4TII TtflQ,Ql LAI TIIES. ,, .. @I (6') (12') w ffi I .-C:, (12') ~I <:::> (13') ....J I S: ( 12·) 112-1 (.) 01 I t-....J (12')c:> <w ~ en (12')c:> ~, (12')c:> (8') . v 2.50' ~G2<>-2 \. r ~ 'UMBER 11------ _RTE ___ PM--- PLANS FOR ROADWAY ·UC AND ABOVE GROUND FEATURES ... ,._PRESENTATIVE DATE [l( RAJstll 1£l>JAN PALOMAR AIRPORT RD --= .... ,.__-----------0 s 0 m ~ ---. --@-I!' I CJO(CA) I jCJO{CA) '- J I? ~ ~C20(CA)L 270' •2<>-1 ~ c:> (12')c:> / (/g/f/1/J1U)I 78 t,, R I 9 2019 4 - 0.. ! ,' \ \ ~ m ~ 2.50' 11..fT[R Q • 4 ( PALOMAR AIRPORT ► W4-2(L) L_,.. 250' 250' JOO' ,.-----+---'\...----------------+---- Mic hael Baker $1li/)---ll0 -CA'200il ,.,,_, /7f0/<7f.'1J1 I N T I! R N AT I O N A L AIBN(£RNTLCO« H \POATA\15"178JALOMAR AIRPORT RD W.OENING\CADD\LANO\OI.V\154178-10-TCOWG OW!DIER 9/21/18 2,07 pm ' ' "' ' ' "" ◄ G20-2 PALOMAR AIRPORT RD ' ' "' <:=> ( 12·) <:=>(12·) <:=> ( 12·) ' ' "" PERMIT NUMBER 11------ CO---RTE ---PM---- AS-BUILT PLANS FOR ROADWAY GEOMETRIC AND ABOVE GROUND FEATURES ', STATE Rf.PRESENTATIVE DATE "" -- '\. '\. --~ ia / (X RAJS(I) l,£0JAN --..... ~--------""'-----------•--®-!:!' ___ - ~i~ i:-= =-- .J.12')::? (12')<=:> frwJNI~ /-..-►C-1..;:2(:;:CA:;:):::..---.,--;.,--<',:::::..--__.(j)-- _. -~ ► "20-1 ► 121-5 Ii] ~ 215' R9-ll(L) ~ CN SE CORl<R OF 1'1TERSECTJCN ~ OF PALOMAR AJRl'ml RD Al() AVDIIDA OCJNAS 250' 250· I, 1----~\-----i----~\~,~,-,__..,~, ~\ r '~ 1~~ ~ ll0RK l>llf.A Q.OS(D TFWTIC AREA Fl.ASHING ARROW SJ GN TOl'0RARY CXlNSTIM:TJCN SIGN (AS l()IID CN PUN) PORTA!l.E CONES OR DELINEATMS DIRCCTION OF TRAffIC I TYPE II BAAIIICADE I TYPE II 9""11 ICADE II TH CONSTRUCT I ON SIGN @) ROCVE PAVElCNT WAAl<JNG lf£BTI!I PR0P0Sm CllNSTRUCTION LANE WIDTH ( 14.) EXISTING I.»£ WIDTH III EXISTING TO R(M,\JN @ SJGNALJZ£0 INTERSECTION 12§1 O<MaA!U ICSSAGC SIGN Michael Baker 5mOA..,.,,EIIOrW .S..ZfO -.CA- I N T E R N AT I O N A L :::r=:.~" -... ~B I "20-1 .. CONSTRUCTION NOTES ! 'j, 0 CXKs/DEI.It£ATORS SHAU BE PUaD 35• JNID<YALS. {!) CXKS/ll(I.Jt£ATORS SHAU BE PUaD 20· JNTCRVALS. @ JhSTAI.L/!O«)Y£ STRIPJt.G, PAID0/1 MAIIKlt.GS. N<l/OR SIGNS PER SJGNJt.G AH> SlRJPJt.G PLAN PRIOR TO TIWTIC ctWRQ. S(Tl.P • .NOIES.... 1. OESIGN SP([]) rOR PALOMAR AIRl'mT ROAD JS: 40 ""' -WEST OF P-0 DEL IOlTE <? I \ TAPER LENGTH CALC\A,,ATION 5'()Ql)ER SHin TAPER • L • (3 X ◄0')/60/3 L • lENClli OF TRANSITION • (W X S')/50/3 w • OFrSET S • OESICN SPEED 2 . SEE SHEET 8 rOR TRArrJ C CllHTR0I. l()TES Al() TOl'ORARY CONS~T I ON SIGN U:GEI(). 3. CONTRACTOR 111ST PROVJOE rJVE (5) DAYS l()TJrJCATION sun ; TO TH: ~•::t1.: lJ ::s~ ~~~~/1.0SUlCS. DETOl,ffS, 4, ~:rr~ l~ACT TAM TRAN Al (760)602-2736 72 HOlRS PRIOR 5. ACCESS TO ISLANDS RESTAl.llANT'S ORIVEWAY ON PALOMAR AIRPOR'T ROAD 9W..I. BE W.INTAJl£0 Al ALL lJICS OUUNG THIS PHASE. DESCRIPTION Of WORK C0NSlRUCl I ON OF CUlB, GUT T(R, OR I VEWAY. SJOCW,ILJ( Al() PEDCSTR I AN fWI' CN PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD. TRAffJC SIGNAL INSTALLATICN ANO ll)()J~JCATJON JNQ.UlCO IN THIS PHASE H:\PO"TA\154178..PALOMAR IJRPORT RO WlOENINC\C.tJ>O\LNIO\OLl/\154178-11-TC.D~'C OW'EN(R 9/21/18 2:18 pm " a EX RAJ 5£1) MEDI AH ~ ◄ 620-2 PALOMAR AIRPORT RD ¢:>(12') <:=> ( 12·) <:=> ( 12·} "\ ~I t:1 31~ ~ --==;~======-::;~ -----------------·-~""' ~ ,. [gj~ 215' R9-1 l(L} L_2l5' j ON S£ CllRt£R Of' INTERSECTION ~ Of' PALOIINI AIRPORT RD NO A'IOll0A EICINAS (12·>= ► W20-I ► W2l-5 PERMIT NI '\118ER 11-_____ _ co ____ RTf:. ---·· PM ___ _ AS-BUILI PLANS FOR ROADWAY r-r::0METRIC ANO ABOVE GROUND FEATURES al:! FUS>ilNG ARROW SIGN TOf'(JRARY CllNSTRUCTION SIGN (AS NJTED ON PUN) PORT A!l.E COi£$ OR OCI. I >CA TORS c:> DIRECTION OF TRAFTJC I TYPE II BARRI CADE [ TYPE 11 BARRICADE 11TH OONSTRl.CTION SIGN @) ROC>>IE PAII00/1 -ING ~ PROPOSED CONSTRU:TION LANE WIDTH (14'} EXISTING I.»£ WIDTH (D EXISTING 10 REMAIN @ SI-IZED INTERSECTION ~ CHAl«A!l.E IE:SSAGE SIGN Michael Baker JO:fOAwn.dl f,.,,... s.,,;eo ~CAt2llOI f1Pic:n&·(7f0}4~91$3 I N T E R N AT I O N A L "8N<ERWTI.COM DATE CONSI&,CJI ON NOTES (j) <XKS/00.IIOTORS 9w.l IC FUall ~• INTtRYAI.S. @ ~~~~~~ ~~l~-;it~= 5£11.P. .!::KfilS;_ I. DESIGN SPEED rOR PALOI.IAR AIRPORT ROAD JS; 40 ll'H -IIEST Of' PASEO OEI. NJRTE 2. SEE SHEET 8 rOR TRAfflC CXlNTllQ. NJTES NO TDf'ORARY CONS'ffll.CTION SIGN LEGEK>. 3. CONTRACTOR WJST PAOYJDE rJI/E (5) ·o,.rs NJTlrJCATION SIGNS TO Tt£ COIMJNITY PRIOR TO WtflK THAT REQUIRES STREET CLOSUlES. OCTOL!lS. DELAYS. CLOSUll: Of' BUS STOPS NO WED<ENJ WORK. 4. ACa:SS TO II08IL GAS STATION'S ORIVOAY ON PALOI.IAR Alll'a!T ROAD SHALL BE MA INT A 1'£0 AT 11 !,CS OUUNG THIS PHASE. PESCR I PT! ON Of WORK CONSTRl.CTION Of' o.AS. GU'TTER ANJ ORIVOAY ON PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD H,\PDATA\154178...PALOMAA AIRPORT RO. \WlENJNG\CAOO\LANO\OI.V\154178-12-TC.O....: OMENER 9/21/18 2:20 pm OIRECTION OF STREET Fl.OW _[_2 BAG MIN. /GRAVO. BAGS (TYP) _a_-. £3:3.. TYPICAL TYPICAL SECTION ELEVATION '1' GRAYEL BAG PLACEt.ENT DETAIL \.Y IOT TO SCAl£ Michael Baker 5050.A~(IDW -16/J -"'-Alone. (760)416-Jftl I NT f RN AT I O NA L MB/l/(£R11ncc,., I --,o' .··:-~ .Wt-· .:. //18NM1GD!7<i3 APR 1 9 2Di9 3 ATTAC>i ll£ FILID fAIIRIC TO Tl£ WIRE rDa AIO [)(TD() IT INTO ll£ TRE>,CH. •. BMXJ" ILL AH> C01,PACT ll£ [XCAVAT!D SOIL. CD SILT FENCE DETAIL IOT TO SCALE PAOFJL£ FOR 1"1.0W Q) TYPICAL Ct.BB INLET DETAIL NOT TO SCAL£ STORM WATER POLLUTI C Tl£ FOLLOWJIG GEl£RAL SITE MAI TlflOUGHlUT ll£ CUIATION OF" Tit I. OEVICES -ON CITY APf'fl! WITHCVT Tl£ ,PPROV"1. OF" TH 2. Tl£ CONTRACTOR SHIILI. RtSTCI TO Tl-£ SATISTACTION OF" Tl-£ PROOUCIIG RAll#'.oll.l.. 3 Tl£ CONTRACTOR SHIILI. INST Al MAY BE R£0UIR[I) 8T Tl-£ cir OPERATIONS OR W'ORESEEN C 4. Tl£ CONTRACTOR SHIILI. BE RC! PRECAUTIONS TO PREVEHT Pl.& O TERS CR(AT[ A HAZAA0()0.JS I 5 Gll-'llCD AREAS /ollf:u-0 Tl£ PR1 FN:£ OF SI.OPE AT Tl£ CON:l.1 6. ALL REl()VAII.£ PROTECTIV[ Cl 'll0RK DAY ~ Tl£ FIVE (5) PERa:NT (•~). SILT AIO 01 RAI..-ALL. 7. ALL GRAVO. BAGS SHIILI. 8( Bl 8 . ALL (Rf,O[D Nl£>S IIJST HAVE PRACllCE ~S PROPERLY 9 . A0£0UATE PERltroCTER PROTCCTI INSTAI.Ul) AH> M4JNTAll£D. 10. AOEWATE SEJ>IMDIT CONTROL E INST4LL£0 AH> MAINTAll€0 AN PROVIOE 51.fTICIOlT PROTECTI 11. 40E0UATE ~ TO CXMR0 INST 4LL£O AIO 14A I NT A lf,£0. 12. A MINI.._.. OF 125~ IF Tl£ MA IWIACDOfl PRACTICE ICASURE AIO PRE\IEHT SEJ>IIOl'T DISOiA PROTECTEO Fll0M EROSION loSIN '1:GETATION STABILIZATION IC FOR l'IR'05ES OF ll<IS RECUJR 13. Tl£ 0111£11/0EVEl.OPER/CONTRAC TRI GGCIE)" ACT ION Pl.AN AIO PRACTICE ICASl.RES TO cnf'l.£ SITE Wlll<IN 411 fo.AlS OF" A P EVENT IS Cl:Fll€0 AS A FOREC DAY PERIOD 8Y Tl£ NATIONAL OWl£R/CONTRACTOR IIJST PROV I ACCEPT A8L.£ 10 ll£ Cl TY. 14. OEl'LOYMDIT OF PHYSIC"-OR Vl ICASl.fiES lfJST ca.,,o.a: AS 9 011£R/CONTRACTOR W.Y NOT ca ABILITY 10 OEPLOT STAIOBY ll MATERIALS TO PRE'<ENT EROSJCI BEEN C0l,f'L£T[l). H:\PDATA\154178_pALOMAR AIRPORT RD. WIOCNING\CAOO\LAND\DLV\154178-13-EC.DWC DWIENER 9/21/18 1:53 pm ------ 11-00 18~1 ~==-= r-----~ -~ ' ----.- ~; =e-~---=-;-=======::::; I j I PROPOSED NEW OMA IMPERVIOUS (sf) A 1,680 -------:;:;;:. --------( ) ~ I I I \ PROPOSED REPLACED IMPERVIOUS (sf) 9,705 PROPOSED PERVIOUS GUTTER (sf) 755 TOTAL AREA DESIGN CAPTURE (sf) VOLUME (CF) 12,140 496 ISLANDS RESTAURANT BMPTYPE PERVIOUS GUTTER PERMIT NUMBER 11-_____ _ Michael Baker ,o$0Al'lftdl£/ICll'IIN S..164 -C,s,Qlf I N T E R N AT I O N A L ~~" co ___ RTE ___ PM ___ _ AS-BUILT PLANS FOR ROADWAY GEOMETRIC AND ABOVE GROUND FEATURES STATE REPRESENTATIVE DATE H:\POATA\154178.J'ALOMAR AIRPORT RO. 'Mll£NINC\CAOO\LAN0\Olv\154178-14-0"A.0WG 'MENER. DAVID 9/21/2018 1:55 PM ,, •+r' Revised 6/15/17 APPENDIX "G" Storm Crete Modular Precast Porous Concrete Paving Slabs General Detail and Specifications Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix H (This Page is Intentionally Left Blank) ,., •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix H "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' .., "' "' "' B ... "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' ·C "' "' "' ii ..!:-·•. ♦ • ♦ .. .,, .a : ·"•· ., 4 B . ' ♦ ♦ ♦ .... ... .. '., ... • .. .. . ., . ..a · ..• · .. ♦ ., ·4 ... -~ .. ·. .. ii . ♦ _LJ.,,. +. . ., ., ♦ ♦ ... .. '., J:-·4 . ♦ ♦ .. "'.a : 4 ., + + + . ... USE <'X2.5' OR 5'X2' SLAB SIZES >S NECESSARY TO STAGGER JOINTS "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' . ., ., • ♦ .+ ... ., ... t ... . ., ♦ .+ .,, 4: ... ., 4 ♦ . _., t ... . ., • ♦ ♦ ., ·:4 ., ... t ... "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' "' ..., ... "' "' LIFTING POINTS "' (TYP.) "' "' "' ... ... ♦ • ,. ~ ... . ., 4 · 11 ., ., .is 4 ., .. .... +· .. ♦ .. .+ :r ... ., .. ... . .. 13 .. ., ♦ ♦ ~ ~-.. ., ... ., .. .. .; ♦• ♦ ., .. .. j '_ .. .. j '_ .. :.,, ·+ <I 13 .. ~ 41 .. ., .. ... • <8" X 60" STORMCRere- PREC>ST POROUS CONCRETE SLAB ., ., .. ... .. .. ♦ ., ... ... ·+ . .. 4 · 11 ., + .. .+ .. OPTIONAi. FLUSH CONCRETE HEADER TYPICAL STORMCRETE® SLAB LAYOUT NOTE: PANELS MAY BE CONFIGURED OR FIELD CUT AS SPECIFIC SITE CONDITIONS WARRANT )S• THICK PRE-MOLDED EXPANSION JOINT FILLER CONFORMING TO ASTM 01751 ASPHALT NOTE: FLUSH HEADER OPTIONAL BET'M:EN POROUS CONCRETE AND ASPHALT. IF APPLIED, REFER TO SECTION A·A ASPHALT 30 MIL PVC IMPERMEABLE LINER ASPHALT SUB-PAVEMENT (TBD BY DESIGN ENGINEER) STORMCRETE' PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE STORMCRETe-PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE (TYP.) PERMANENT LIFTING POINT (TYP.) (PLUG PROVIDED) ¼" OPEN JOINT (SPACER TOOL PROV.r-JJ SIKAFLEX 15LM JOINT GRAY FILLER ()S• DEEP MIN.) W/BACKER ROD (VARIES,¾• MAX.) CONCRETE HEADER BACKERROO 7'• (NO. 8) WASHED STONE TO BOTTOM OF BACKER ROD ASPHALT SEC1 SIKAFLEX 15LM JOI 1M (\ STORMCRETl:9 PR ¾" WASHED CRUSHED STONE \ SCREEDING COURSE (TYP.) \ ¾° WASHED CRUSHED STONE RESERVOIR COURSE (TYP.) \ STORM CRETE 888.357 .1161 www.stormcrete.com Porous Technologies, LLC 140 Thadeus Street GENERAL DETAIL When it Rains .. .it's Porous~ STORMCRETEt, PATENT PENDING South Portland, ME 04106 -EX 1 SLM JOINT GRAY 'ILLER~" DEEP MIN.) <ER ROD (VARIES,¾" MAX.) CONCRETE CURB (FLUSH ) BACKER ROD ' . . \ : , : i •· .. "' STORMCRET~ PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE ¾" (NO. 8) WASHED STONE TO BOTTOM OF BACKER ROD SIKAFLEX 15LM JOINT GRAY FILLER~• DEEP MIN.) W/BACKER ROD (VARIES,¾" MAX.) CONCRETE CURB (FLUSH OR REVEAL) BACKER ROD C •'1t, l ,,,·. t,. ADJACENT TO CONCRETE CURB (FLUSH) @ ~ ADJACENT TO CONC rr .. (O,C, ,rn,,i \> q<:;J q \> q \> <:;J q \> STORMCRETE• PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE ADJACENT TO STORMCRETE® SLAB @ ~ ADJACENT 7 NOTES: 1. PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE SHALL BE THE STORMCRETf=4DSYSTEM AS MANUFACTURED BY POROUS TECHNOLOGIES, LLC WWW.STORM-CRETE.COM (888) 357-1161. 2. THE INSTALLATION OF STORMCRETf:4D PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED \NITH JOINTS STAGGERED AND SEPARATED BY UTILIZING½" SPACING TOOL (SUPPi THICKNESS AND NOT OVERLAP SO AS NOT TO INTRODUCE WEAKENED JOINT PLANES. 3. NEVER ALLOW ADJACENT MATERIAL TO COME INTO DIRECT CONTACT \NITH SIDES OF SLAB. PLACE½" MOLDED BITUMINOUS EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL IN CONFORMANCE PAVING AND STRUCTURAL CONSTRUCT/ON (NONEXTRUDING AND RESILIENT BITUMINOUS TYPES). 4. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S HANDLING AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION FOR ADDITIONAL PRODUCT SPECIFIC INFORMATION. STORMCRE~ PA TENT PENDING 888.357 .1161 www.stormcrete.com Porous Technologies, LLC 140 Thadeus Street South Portland, ME 04106 TYPICAL ST □RMCRI SYSTEM EDGE TREATMENTS 18"MIN TYP. ~----A PLAN VIEW ~ . .. .. : . ';. -~ .. ·.·._,: SHCM-N AS 6" CORE FOR STREET SIGN • , • :• (ACTUAL CORE DIA. MAY VARY) , ••. .--:· ~. ·:~ ~~ ........ . ... : · ... · .. PLAN VIEW STORM CRETE When it Rains ... it's Porous~ STORMCRETE® PATENT PENDING UTILITY STRUCTURE LOCATION OPTIONS PERMANENT LIFTING P~NTS (TYP) STORMCRETeC' PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE 15• WASHED CRUSHED STONE SCREE01NG COURSE I! STORMCRETE® PRECAST POROUS CONCRETI :-! .: .'.::/:.::~~~AS 8" CORE FOR MANHOlE (MAY VARY} • , (COREOIA.=MH DIA+ 1•) .:· . ,~;;·.-: :-.. . .-.:· STORMCREree' PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE ~M WASHED CRUSHED STONE SCREEOING COURSE .· .... ~M WASHED CRUSHED ANGULAR STONE RESERVOIR COURSE SECTION B-B STORMCRETE®PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE COREi 888.357.1161 www.stormcrete.com Porous Technologies, LLC 140 Thadeus Street South Portland, ME 04106 UTILITY STRU CTU R AND SIGNAGE INSTALLATIONS F ... ,.. + + + + "' + .A .. .. . ... .d A NOTES: + + + ' .. . A,:I .d + + ,, • • .. . ., ,A + + ,.. ... ... + + + + + + + + + + + + + ' ¥ A . • • A .. .l!l . ·• .. ... ·. 4f-., .t .d ... : .. .. • • . .. '• . . ., .. A + + + + + + 4 .... • . 4 . . . ·•· .. ... ... ... + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + C'-! . .• : . .. :. • • --* . II STORMCRETE® MODULAR POROU . .., • -4 · ' . ,,, -~-~ ·-, .. . .j. • .-.. • ~- A.,.·. -~ 4 ... .. 4 --.. , ASPHALT I STORMCRETE® C • SLABS MAY BE CONFIGURED OR FIELD CUT AS SPECIFIC SITE CONDITIONS REQUIRE • GUTTER WIDTHS MAY BE 24, 30, 48 & 60" UTILIZING STANDARD SLAB SIZES STORMCRETE® PATENT PENDING PERMANENT LIFTING POINT (PLUG PROVIDED) STORMCRETE CONCRETE PP SAW CUT EXISTING ASPHALT, EXCAVATE, AND FIELD PATCH AS NECESSARY 30 MIL PVC IMPERMEABLE LINER ASPHALT SUB-PAVEMENT (TBD BY DESIGN ENGINEER) SUBGRADE SOIL 888.357.1161 www.stormcrete.com Porous Technologies, LLC 140 Thadeus Street South Portland, ME 04106 SECTION A-A STORM CRETE® GUTTER SYS TE I'\, PALO MAR AIRPORT ROAD WIDENING -CIP #6044 MODULAR PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE PAVING SLABS SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: This guide specification shall govern the materials, methods of installation and performance of the Stormcrete• Modular Precast Porous Concrete Stormwater System (Stormcrete• System) supplied by Porous Technologies, LLC, 8 Blue Moon Drive, North Yarmouth, ME (telephone 877- 271-9055) in all applications. The StormcreteRJ System includes precast porous concrete paving slabs, edge restraints, un-compactedlscreed crushed stone levelling layer (base) and compacted crushed stone storage reservoir (subbase) layer over a prepared sub grade. System installations may also include drainage pipe, and separation geotextile and/or membrane, as specified by the project design professional. PART 1 GENERAL Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install the precast pervious concrete paving slab units, edge restraint, and subbase materials as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Before slab units are installed, ensure all materials and preparation for subbase and edge restraints are acceptable to owner and manufacturer of precast pervious concrete paving slabs. Preparation of subbase materials shall include proper compaction procedures, placement of geotextiles (if required), conditions of subgrade soils, and any other potential obstructions to ensure a satisfactory installation as specified herein. 1.00 SUMMARY Section Includes: 1.01 References 1.02 Submittals 1.03 Quality Assurance 1.04 Weather Considerations 1.05 Delivery, Handling and Storage 1.01 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) Current Edition: I. ASTM C33/C33M-l 6 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 2. ASTM C39/C39M-l 6 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 3. ASTM C42/C42M-16 Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete 4. ASTM C 136/136M-14 Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 5. ASTM C 1701/1701 M-09 Standard Test Method for Infiltration Rate of In Place Pervious Concrete. 6. ASTM D 1751, Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler or Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non.:extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) 7. ASTM Dl 754/l 754M-12 Standard Test Method for Density and Void Content of Hardened Pervious Concrete 1.02 SUB MITT ALS A. Shop drawings; installation plan showing layout of each full and partial precast porous concrete paving slab, individual slab drawings detailing lifting points in surface and all dimensions, edge restraint detail(s), and geotextile manufacturer data specification sheets. B. Test results performed by an independent testing laboratory of the following: 1. Particle-size analysis in accordance with ASTM C 136/136M-16 Testing methods for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates for the crushed stone storage reservoir (subbase) and un-compacted/screed crushed stone levelling layer with source(s) of supply(s) noted. 2. Infiltration rate of Modular Precast Porous Concrete Paving Slabs in accordance with ASTM C 1701/C l 701M-09 Standard Test Method for Infiltration Rate of In Place Pervious Concrete 3. Density and void content results for the Modular Precast Porous Concrete Paving Slabs in accordance with ASTM D l 754/l 754M-l 2 Standard Test Method for Density and Void Content of Hardened Pervious Concrete. C. Results of other tests specified by the project design professional. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Installation Contractor Qualifications I. Installation shall include planning the work, horizontal and vertical layout, fine grading of subgrades, installing membrane and/or geotextile in accordance with the respective manufacturer's recommendations, placing and compacting crushed stone reservoir storage (subbase ), place and screed crushed stone leveling course (base), installation of edge restraint, and placing precast porous concrete paving slabs. 2. The installation contractor shall use adequate forces including equipment and skilled workers. Workers shall be trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and completely familiar with the specified methods needed for proper performance of this Specification. 3. All materials, methods of installation and workmanship shall conform to requirements of ASTM, ACI, Department of Transportation, or other applicable Standards. 4. Contractor's installation plan shall be reviewed in a pre-construction meeting with Modular Precast Porous Concrete Panel manufacturer's representatives, paving slab installation contractor, general contractor and project design professional. 1.04 WEATHER CONS ID ERA TIONS 1. Crushed stone subbase shall not be placed and/or compact in rain or snow, or on saturated or 2 frozen subgrade. 2. Crushed stone base shall not be placed and/or screeded in rain or snow, or on saturated or frozen subbase. 3. Precast porous concrete slabs shall not be placed in heavy rain or snow, or on saturated or frozen base. 1.05 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE I. Delivery shall be coordinated so as not to interfere with other construction and to avoid delays. 2. Slabs shall be offloaded two at-a-time by a forklift ofrequired capacity operated by a trained and certified operator. Forklift shall be equipped with 6-ft. long forks to safely offload slabs. Slabs delivered on pallets can be offloaded in its entirety. 3. Safe load capacity of forklift shall be in accordance with Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) recommended practices. Forklift capacity shall be verified to ensure that the machine is operating at a safe load capacity. 4. For 5' x 2.5' slabs: slabs shall be stored in stacks no more than 6 slabs high. Slabs delivered on pallets may be stored in their entirety. 5. Slabs shall be stored such that they are kept free from mud, dirt, grass cuttings, accumulation of foliage and debris. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.00 SUMMARY Section Includes: 2.01 Modular Precast Porous Concrete Paving Slab 2.02 Edge Restraint 2.03 Crushed Stone Storage Reservoir (Subbase) and Leveling Course 2.04 Geotextile 2.01 MODULAR PRECAST POROUS CONCRETE PAVING SLAB I. Modular Precast Porous Concrete Paving Slab shall be: Stormcrete® Modular Precast Porous Concrete Paving Slab System supplied by Porous Technologies, LLC, 8 Blue Moon Drive, North Yarmouth, ME (telephone l-877-271-9055). 2. Permanent lifting points shall be imbedded in the slab surface for ease of slab installation, maintenance, removal and reinstallation. 3. Slabs shall be reinforced with #4 epoxy coated steel reinforcing bars, #3 Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP) reinforcing bars or FRP Mesh; size and layout as per manufacturer's recommendation. 4. Typical dimensions of precast porous concrete slabs provided shall be 5 ft. by 2.5 ft.in plan. Refer to project specific drawing(s) for required Modular Precast Porous Concrete slab 3 sizing and numbers. All modular precast porous concrete slabs shall be 6 in. thick. 5. Slabs shall be manufactured for field placement with butt joints. Ship-lap joints shall not be permitted as they introduce a potential failure location. 6. An average infiltration rate of 250 in./hr. shall be demonstrated in accordance with ASTM C 1701/C 1701M .. 7. Skinning shall not exceed 5% of the top or bottom of slab surface areas. 8. Slabs shall have a void ratio of 15-25%. 9. Concrete average unit weight shall be 123 LB/CF(+/-4%) when tested in conformance with ASTM C 1688: Standard Test Method for Density and Void Content of Freshly Mixed Pervious Concrete. I 0. Slabs shall be manufactured with a concrete mix having the following characteristics: Water to Cement ratio of 0.27 -0.34 by mass. Aggregate to Cement ratio of 4.0 -4.5 by mass. Fine to Coarse Aggregate Ratio of 0.0 -0.1 by mass. 11. Air entrainment/entrapment shall be used in the production of the slabs. 12. The slab unit shall include a minimum of 2 imbedded lifting permanent lifting points in the surface of the unit. 13. Modular precast porous concrete slabs shall be cured by the manufacturer's approved methods. 14. All slabs shall be provided with Stormcrete ™ lifting point protection caps, 1/8" spacers (preventing slab to slab contact) and approved ½" dia. lifting swivels for use with the imbedded lifting points. Note: Edge restraint should be provided (by contractor) on all perimeter sides of precast porous concrete pavement installations. Edge restraint may be mounted in asphalt pavement, but use of asphalt pavement as edge restraint is not allowed. 2.02 EDGE RESTRAINT A. Edge restraint installed at exterior sides of precast porous concrete paving slabs shall be as follows: 1. Material: 1/2 -inch thick pre-molded expansion joint filler conforming to ASTM 01751 2.03 CRUSHED STONE STORAGE RESERVOIR (SUBBASE) AND LEVELING COURSE 1. Use of screened rounded gravel is prohibited. 2. All crushed stone shall be double-washed and clean and free of all fines and debris. 3. Compacted crushed stone for storage reservoir (subbase) shall conform to ASTM C 33 Size No. 57 (3/4") Grading Requirements for Coarse Aggregates. 4. Un-compacted/screed crushed stone for leveling course (base) shall conform to ASTM C 33 Size No. 8 (3/8") Grading Requirements for Coarse Aggregates. Minimum thickness of un- compacted/screed leveling course layer shall be 2 inches. 4 2.04 GEOTEXTILE A. Subgrade shall not be compacted or permanently covered with geotextile unless approved by the project manager and shall be as follows: 1. Material Type: Geotextile shall be an AASHTO M288 Class 2 Non-Woven geotextile. PART3 EXECUTION 3.00 Summary Section Includes: 3.01 Acceptable Installers 3.02 Examination 3.03 Installation 3.04 Edge Restraint 3.05 Protection Note: Compaction of sub grade to at least 95% Modified Proctor relative compaction per ASTM D 1557, Test Method/or Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbj!Jt3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)) is recommended for detention or non-infiltration storm water systems beneath light-duty parking lots and pedestrian sidewalks. Excavation and replacement of the subgrade, possibly with geotextile or geogrid reinforcement, may be necessary where weak, disturbed and/or saturated subgrade soils are present. State Department of Transportation aggregate materials used for roadway and highway flexible pavements are recommended for replacement of weak, disturbed and/or saturated sub grade soils. Compaction of aggregate to a minimum of95%ASTM D 1557 relative compaction is recommended. Manually operated compactors may be used in areas not accessible to self-propelled rollers. Such areas might include around light pole bases, utility structures, buildings, tree wells and other site improvements. 3.01 INFILTRATION SYSTEM SUBGRADE PREPARATION 1. Verify that all field infiltration and permeability testing of the subgrade has been performed, that test results meet the project design requirements and [ construction of the infiltration beds] has been approved by the project design professional and accepted by the owner. 2. The subgrade under all infiltration [bed] areas shall not be compacted or permanently covered with geotextile unless approved by the project design professional. 3. Prepared subgrades shall not be subject to construction equipment traffic. 4. Temporary haul roads consisting of crushed stone over a reinforcing geotextile shall be provided. Only light equipment shall be used to build the precast porous concrete pavement system. 5. Where erosion has caused accumulation of sediment or ponding on the subgrade, remove sediment with light equipment [and/or manually]. Scarify the underlying soils to a minimum 5 depth of 6 inches with a York rake, or equivalent equipment, and a small/light tractor. 6. Restore any subgrade areas damaged by erosion, ponding, or traffic compaction to design line and grades prior to installation of storage reservoir layer. 3.02 EXAMINATION: Acceptance of Site Conditions 1. General contractor shall inspect, accept and document in writing to the slab installation subcontractor that site conditions meet specifications for the following items prior to installation of concrete paving slabs. 2. Verify that subgrade is dry and relative compaction, surface tolerances and elevations conform to construction drawings and specified requirements. 3. Verify location, type, and elevations of edge restraints, utility structures, and manholes. 4. Precast porous concrete paving system installation shall not proceed until nonconforming site installations conditions are corrected by the general contractor or designated subcontractor. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. General 1. Any excess thickness of soil placed over the soil subgrade to trap sediment transported by runoff from adjacent construction areas shall be removed before placement of geotextile and storage reservoir layer. 2. Keep area where precast porous concrete paving slabs are to be installed free of sediment during the entire construction period. Geotextiles and storage reservoir crushed stone contaminated with sediment shall be removed and replaced with clean materials. 3. Do not damage drainpipes, underdrains, observation wells, roadway boxes, manholes or any other utilities during installation. Report any damage immediately to the project design professional. Any damage shall be replaced or repaired as part of the bid price of this item. 4. Installation of Modular Precast Porous Concrete slabs shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, all information contained in this specification, and all related drawings. 5. Any excess soil placed on subgrade to trap sediment shall be removed before placement of subbase; keep area where Modular Precast Porous Concrete slabs are to be installed free of sediment during the entire construction period. 6. Subbase crushed stone materials contaminated with sediment shall be removed and replaced with clean materials; 6 B. Geotextiles 1. 2. Place geotextile on prepared subgrade side slopes and extend fabric a maximum of I foot under the bottom of storage reservoir, do not place geotextile under other areas of infiltrating system; secure in place to prevent wrinkling. Overlap geotextile edges in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements, and a minimum of 12 in. in the direction of drainage flow. C. Compacted Reservoir Storage Layer (Subbase) 1. 2. 3. 4. Place open graded stone base/reservoir conforming to ASTM C33 No. 57 (3/4") washed crushed stone over prepared subgrade; spread and level evenly by raking to specified thickness. Do not disturb prepared subgrade or shift, wrinkle or fold the geotextile. Place crushed stone to protect geotextile from tearing under equipment tires and tracks. Compact reservoir storage layer, with a minimum of two complete coverages, one pass each in mutually perpendicular directions, with a 3 to 5 ton smooth, double or single, drum roller operated in vibratory mode. Following vibratory compaction, apply two complete coverages, one pass each in mutually perpendicular directions, with the roller operated in static mode. Continue static rolling until there is no visible movement, weaving or deflection in the surface of the storage reservoir layer. The surface tolerance of the compacted storage reservoir layer shall be ± 3/4 in. under a IO ft. straightedge. Prior to placing the washed aggregate (custom), the recommended subbase surface tolerance should+/-3/8 in. under a IO ft. straight edge. Compacted storage reservoir area shall not substantially exceed that which is covered by paving slabs by the end-of-day. Note: Prior to placing un-compactedlscreed crushed stone levelling, the recommended subbase surface tolerance should be ±3/8 in. over a 10 ft. straight edge. D.Un-compacted/screed Crushed Stone Levelling Layer (Base) I. Place and spread ASTM C 33 Size Number 8 (3/8") crushed stone evenly over the screed rails to achieve a thickness of 2-3 in. Level the surface of crushed stone with a screed. 2. Do not compact or disturb screed leveling layer. 3. The surface tolerance of the screed leveling layer shall be± 1/4 in. under a 10 ft. straightedge. 4. Screed leveling layer placed shall not substantially exceed that which is covered by paving slabs by the end-of-day. 7 E. Modular Precast Porous Concrete Paving Slab Placement I. Lay slabs in pattern(s) shown on approved drawings. 2. For gutter applications, slabs shall be placed perpendicular to the adjacent curb. The angle between the curb and slab shall be greater than or equal to 90°. 3. Slabs shall only be lifted and placed using swivels (provided by manufacturer) and spreader chains. Chains, cables or slings should never be wrapped around slabs for lifting under any circumstances. Swivels shall be securely bolted snug but not over- tightened to avoid damage to the surface. 4. Place modular precast porous concrete slabs without using metal hammers, pry bars or drift pins. Make horizontal adjustments to placement of laid slabs with wood wedges and levers, and rubber mallets as needed. 5. Adjacent slabs shall be separated from each other by 1/8". Manufacturer supplied spacing tool shall be used to ensure proper joint spacing. 6. Care should be taken to place adjacent slabs at same elevation (i.e. level to each other). Slab surfaces shall not deviate by more than 1/8" vertically from one to the next. 7. Joints between adjacent rows of panels shall be staggered when possible. 8. Joints shall never be filled with loose material including but not limited to (sand, stone dust, stone chips, etc.) 9. Horizontal joint lines shall not deviate more than±½ in. over 50 ft. from string lines. I 0. Fill gaps at the edges of the paved area with properly-sized end slabs. 11. Cut end slabs to be placed along the edge or corners with a masonry saw. Cut units shall be no shorter than 1/4 of a whole slab. 12. Keep skid steer and forklift equipment off unrestrained paving slabs. 13. After an area is completely paved, set the precast porous concrete slabs into the screed crushed stone leveling course layer by trafficking with light rubber-tired equipment. 14. Remove and replace any slabs cracked or damaged during installation with new ones. Reset slabs not in conformance with specified installation tolerances. 15. Check final surface elevations of set slabs for conformance to design drawings. The final surface tolerance from grade elevations shall not deviate more than± 3/8 in. under a 10 ft. straightedge. 16. The surface elevation of set slabs shall be flush with manholes or the top of utility structures. Note: The uniformity of the un-compacted/screed crushed stone levelling base layer determines the differential settlement between precast porous concrete paving slabs. The slab installation contractor should not correct deficiencies in the smoothness of the leveling layer surface by randomly placing additional stone, raking, compaction or by other similar means Note: Precast porous concrete paving slabs shall be separated with 118" spacers provided by the manufacturer of the pre cast porous concrete paving slabs. Joint widths and lines should be continually straightened as paving proceeds. 8 3.04 EDGE RESTRAINT A. Install edge restraints per the drawings and manufacturer's recommendations at the indicated locations and elevations. Edge restraint should be provided (by contractor) on all perimeter sides of precast porous concrete pavement installations. Edge restraint may be mounted in asphalt pavement, but use of asphalt pavement as edge restraint is not allowed. 3.05 PROTECTION 1. After modular precast porous concrete slabs have been placed; use provided (by manufacturer) plastic caps to fill imbedded lifting points. Care should be taken to make sure the plastic caps are flush with the surface; do not press caps down into the imbedded lifting points. 2. After work in this section is complete, the general contractor shall be responsible for protecting the modular precast porous paving slab system from damage and/or contamination with mud, dirt, grass cuttings, accumulation of foliage and debris. 3. The surface of the modular precast porous paving slabs shall be covered during the placement of adjacent soils or paving materials. 9 APPENDIX "H" City of Carlsbad Standard Specifications for Potable Water, Recycled Water and Sewer Facilities ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix I (This Page is Intentionally Left Blank) ,, •+i' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 6043 and 6044 Appendix I VOLUME 3 -STANDARD DRAWINGS and SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 6-CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD SPECIF/CATIONS FOR POTABLE WATER, RECYCLED WATER, AND SEWER FACILITIES Division Section Division 02 02223 Division 03 03000 03460 Division 09 09870 09900 09902 Division 15 15000 15041 15043 15044 15056 15057 15061 15063 15064 15066 15068 15074 15092 15099 15100 15102 15108 15112 15121 15125 15139 Division16 16640 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Name Pages Site Work Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting ....................................... 2 Concrete Cast-In-Place Concrete ................................................................................... 11 Precast Concrete Sewer Manholes ....................................................... 21 Finishes Tape Coating System with Mortar Shield for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines ...................................................................................... 29 Painting and Coating ....................................................................................... 39 Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating ........................................................................ 49 Mechanical General Piping System and Appurtenances ................................................... 51 Disinfection of Piping ...................................................................................... 67 Testing of Gravity Sewer Pipelines ...................................................... 73 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines ...................................................... 77 Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings ......................................................................... 81 Copper Tubing, Brass and Bronze Pipe Fittings ............................................. 89 Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials ............................ 93 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe ......................................... 111 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C-900 Pressure Pipe .................................. 119 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) AWWA C-905 Pressure Pipe .................................. 125 High Density Polyethylene (PE 3408) Pipe ............................................ 129 Blowoff Assemblies ........................................................................................ 135 Miscellaneous Couplings, Pipe and Appurtenances ....................................... 137 Process Valves, Regulators and Miscellaneous Valves ................................. 139 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV's) ........................................................ 145 Butterfly Valves (BFV's) ................................................................................. 151 Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve and Combination Air Valve Assemblies ..................................................................................... 157 Backflow Prevention Assemblies .................................................................... 161 Open Trench Casing ...................................................................................... 165 Jacked Pipe Casing ....................................................................................... 171 Fire Hydrants ................................................................................................. 177 Electrical Cathodic Protection by Sacrificial Anodes ...................................................... 180 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 1 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 02223 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing, and installation for trench excavation, backfill, and compaction of piping, conduit, manholes, and vaults. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ASTM C 131 ASTM C 150 ASTM D 75 ASTM 1556 ASTM D 1557 ASTM D 2419 ASTM D 3017 ASTM D 3776 ASTM D 4253 ASTM D 4254 ASTM D 4632 ASTM D 4751 CAL-OSHA -Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine -Portland Cement -Practice for Sampling Aggregates -Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone method -Test Method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a Modified Effort -Test Method for Sand Equivalent Values of Soil and Fine Aggregate -Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods -Test Method for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Woven Fabric -Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Plate -Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density -Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles -Test Method for Determining the Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile -Title 8 General Industry Safety Orders 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Standard Specifications 15000, 15043, 15044, 15056, 15061, 15063, 15064, and 15066 1.4 GEOTECHNICAL TESTING The Developer or Contractor shall engage the services of a geotechnical engineering firm or individual licensed in the State of California to monitor soil conditions during earthwork, trenching, bedding, backfill, and compaction operations. Sampling and testing procedures shall be performed in accordance with the Reference Standards and as follows: A. The soils technician shall be present at the site during all backfill and compaction operations. Failure to have the soils technician present will subject such operations to rejection. B. Density and optimum moisture content of soil shall be determined by the use of the sand cone method, ASTM D 1556, or nuclear density gauge method, ASTM D 2922 & D 3017. Since the composition of the pipe and the walls of the trench have an effect on the nuclear density gauge output, a minimum of 25% of the density and optimum moisture tests shall be made using the sand cone method. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 2 of 190 2/16/16 C. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of existing soil by ASTM D 1557, Method C and/or D. D. Determine the relative density of cohesion less soils by ASTM D 1557, Method C and/or D. E. Sample backfill material by ASTM D 75. F. Express "relative compaction" as a percentage of the ratio of the in-place dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density. A report of all soils tests performed shall be stamped and signed by the soils firm or individual and shall be submitted by the Contractor prior to the filling of the Notice of Completion by the City. The report shall document the sampling and testing of materials, the location and results of all tests performed, and shall certify that materials and work are in compliance with this specification. 1.5 PIPE ZONE The pipe zone includes the full-width of the trench from 6-inches below the bottom of the pipe to 12-inches above the top of the pipe and extends into manhole or vault excavations to the point of connection to or penetration of such structure. 1.6 TRENCH ZONE The trench zone includes the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the bottom of the pavement zone in paved areas, or to the existing surface in unpaved areas, and extends into manhole or vault excavations above the pipe zone. 1.7 PAVEMENT ZONE The pavement zone includes the concrete or asphalt concrete pavement and aggregate base section placed over the trench zone and extends into manhole or vault excavations above the trench zone. 1.8 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing utilities, facilities, and structures that may be encountered in or near the area of the work. 1.9 PROTECTION OF EXISTING LANDSCAPING The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all the trees, shrubs, fences, and other landscape items adjacent to or within the work area. 1.10 ACCESS The Contractor shall provide continuous, unobstructed access to all driveways, water valves, hydrants, or other property or facilities within or adjacent to the work areas. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 3 of 190 2/16/16 1.11 SAFETY A. Protection of workers within trenches shall be as required by the California Labor Code. B. All excavations shall be performed in a safe manner and shall be protected and supported in accordance with CAL-OSHA regulations. C. Barriers and traffic delineators shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. 1.12 BLASTING Blasting for excavation shall not be performed without the written permIssIon of the City Procedures and methods of blasting shall conform to all Federal, State, and local laws and ordinances. 1.13 PIPE JACKING Pipe jacking may be permitted in accordance with Section 15125. City approval is required in advance of such operations. 1.14 EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all excess excavated material and demolition debris. B. It is the intent of these specifications that all surplus material shall be legally disposed of by the Contractor. Before acceptance of the work by City, the Contractor shall provide the City with written releases signed by all property owners with whom the Contractor has entered into agreements for disposing of excess excavated material, absolving the City from any liability connected therewith. 1.15 CHANGES IN LINE AND GRADE In the event obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work, and which will require alterations to the plans, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order the necessary deviation from the line and grade. The Contractor shall not deviate from the specified line and grade without prior written approval by the City. 1.16 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Pre-testing of the piping system may be performed for the Contractor's convenience at any time. However, the final hydrostatic pressure test, as described in Sections 15043 and 15044, shall be performed following the completion of all backfilling and trench zone compaction with a minimum of 2.5-feet of material over the pipe. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 4 of 190 2/16/16 PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish backfill material as specified below. All materials used in and above the pipe zone shall be capable of attaining the required relative density. 2.2 IMPORTED SAND -PIPE ZONE Imported sand shall be used within the Pipe Zone for installations of PVC Pressure Pipe, Ductile- Iron Pipe, Cement-Mortar Coated Steel Pipe, Tape-Wrapped Steel Pipe, and Paint-Coated Pipe. A. Imported sand shall be free from clay balls, organic matter, and other deleterious substances and shall have a coefficient of permeability greater than 0.014 measured in accordance with ASTM D2434 or a sand equivalent of greater than 30 per ASTM D2419. B. Resistivity for imported sand shall be not less than 2,000 ohm-cm when maximum chloride concentration of 200 mg/I when measured in accordance with California Test Method 422 and a maximum sulfate concentration of 500mg/l when measures in accordance with California Test Method 417. C. Imported Sand shall conform to the following gradation: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight ½inch 100 No. 4 75-100 No. 16 35-75 No. 50 10-40 No.200 0-10 2.3 CRUSHED ROCK -PIPE ZONE Crushed Rock shall be used in the Pipe Zone on PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe. Crushed rock shall be clean, crushed stone free of organic matter. Crushed rock shall be certified to contain less than 1 % asbestos by weight or volume and shall conform to the following gradation and requirements: Test U.S. Standard Sieve Size 1-lnch 3/4-lnch 1/2-lnch 3/8-lnch No.4 No. 8 ASTM C 131 Testino Grade Percentaoe Wear 100 Revolutions 500 Revolutions Test Method ASTM C 131 --- --- Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 5 of 190 Percent Passing by Weight 100 90-100 30-60 0-20 0-5 --- B Requirement --- 15 Maximum 52 Maximum 2/16/16 2.4 TRENCH PLUGS Trench plugs consisting of compacted Imported Granular Material or sand cement slurry shall be installed on piping systems that are backfilled with crushed rock. 2. 5 EARTH BACKFILL MATERIAL -TRENCH ZONE A. Earth backfill is defined as materials removed from the required excavations and used as backfill of earth fill. Earth backfill that meets the requirements specified herein may be used for all backfill or fill, except where imported materials are shown on the Plans or specified herein. Do not use stockpiled topsoil for backfill or fill. B. Earth backfill shall be excavated materials that is free from organic matter, roots, debris, and rocks larger then 4 inches in the greatest dimension. C. Earth backfill used in the trench zone shall be native granular materials free from roots, debris, and organic matter with less than 50 percent passing the No. 200 sieve and more than 40 percent passing the No. 4 sieve and rock particles with a maximum dimension no greater than 4 inches. D. Where the onsite materials are determined by the Engineer to be unsuitable, imported fill shall be provide by the Contractor. 2.6 SAND-CEMENT SLURRY Sand-cement slurry shall consist of two sacks, 188 pounds, of Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and sufficient moisture for workability. City approval is required for use of slurry as a backfill material. 2.7 FILTER FABRIC Filter fabric shall be manufactured from polyester, nylon, or polypropylene. Material shall be of non-woven construction and shall meet the following requirements: Grab tensile strength (ASTM D 4632): Weight (ASTM D 3776): Apparent opening size (ASTM D 4751 ): PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 100 lbs. minimum for a 1-inch raveled strip 4.5 oz./yd2} 0.006-inch A. Areas where work is to be performed shall be cleared of all trees, shrubs, rubbish, and other objectionable material of any kind, which, if left in place, would interfere with the proper performance or completion of the completed work, would impair its subsequent use, or would form obstructions therein. B. Organic material from clearing and grubbing operations will not be incorporated in the trench backfill and shall be removed from the project site or retained and incorporated into the topsoil. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 6 of 190 2/16/16 3.2 PAVEMENT, CURB, AND SIDEWALK REMOVAL Bituminous or concrete pavements, curbs, and sidewalks shall be removed and replaced in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. 3.3 DEWATERING A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering excavations or other parts of the work. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will ensure a dry excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of excavations. Dewatering methods may include well points, sump points, suitable rock or gravel placed as pipe bedding for drainage and pumping, temporary pipelines, or other means, all subject to the approval of the City. The cost of all dewatering activities shall be borne by the Developer or Contractor. B. Sewer systems shall not be used as drains for dewatering trenches or excavations, nor for disposal of collected or accumulated groundcover, without the approval of the agency of jurisdiction. C. Concrete shall not be poured in water, nor shall water be allowed to rise around concrete or mortar until it has set at least four hours. D. The Contractor is responsible for meeting all Federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations regarding the treatment and disposal of water from dewatering operations at the construction site. 3.4 SHORING AND SHIELDING A. The Contractor's design and installation of shoring shall be consistent with the rules, orders, and regulations of CAL-OSHA. B. Excavations shall be shored, sheeted, and supported such that the walls of the excavation will not slide or settle and all existing improvements of any kind, either on public or private property, will be fully protected from damage. C. The sheeting and shoring shall be arranged so as not to place any stress on portions of the completed work until the general construction has proceeded far enough to provide ample strength. D. Care shall be exercised in the moving or removal of trench shields, sheeting, and shoring to prevent the caving or collapse of the excavation faces being supported. 3.5 CORRECTION OF OVEREXCAVATION Over-excavations shall be corrected by backfilling with approved imported granular material or crushed rock, compacted to 90% relative compaction, as directed by the City. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 7 of 190 2/16/16 3.6 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION A. When unsuitable soil materials are encountered, the unsuitable material shall be removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the City. The sub-grade shall be restored with compacted Imported Granular Material or crushed rock as recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. B. When rock encroachment is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a point below the intended trench or excavation sub-grade as determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the City. The sub-grade shall be restored with compacted Imported Granular Material as recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. C. When excessively wet, soft, spongy, or similarly unstable material is encountered at the surface upon which the bedding or base material is to be placed, the unsuitable material shall be removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the City. Restore the trench with crushed rock enclosed in filter fabric as directed by the Engineer. Larger size rocks, up to 3-inches, with appropriate gradation, may be used if recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation. 3.7 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND PLACEMENT OF BEDDING A. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings with allowance for 6-inches of pipe bedding material. The trench section shall be as shown on the Standard Drawings. B. The maximum length of open trench shall be 500-feet except by permission of the City, City, or County. The distance is the collective length at any location, including open excavation and pipe laying, which has not been backfilled to the elevation of the surrounding gate. C. Trench walls shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-OSHA. D. The trench bottom shall be graded to provide a smooth, firm, and stable foundation that is free from rocks and other obstructions. E. Place the specified thickness of bedding material over the full width of the trench. Grade the top of the pipe base ahead of the pipe laying to provide a firm, uniform support along the full length of pipe. F. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of the entire joint. G. Trenches for main pipelines and all appurtenances shall be backfilled with the materials and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone, and Pavement Zone. H. Trench widths shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 8 of 190 2/16/16 I. Trench depth shall be as required to install pipelines in accordance with the Approved Plans and these Standard Specifications. Unless shown otherwise in the Approved Plans, the minimum cover for pipelines shall be as follows: Pipeline Application Minimum Cover Required Potable Water 36-inches Recycled Water 48-inches Sewer 60-inches 3.8 MANHOLE AND VAULTS A. The Contractor shall prepare an excavation large enough to accommodate the structure and permit grouting of openings and backfilling operations. The walls of the excavation shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-OSHA B. Manholes and vaults shall be placed at the location and elevation shown on the plans, on undisturbed soil with 6-inches of compacted crushed rock base. C. Manhole and vault excavations shall be backfilled with the materials and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone, and Pavement Zone. 3.9 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS A. Compaction shall be accomplished by mechanical means. Consolidation by water settling methods such as jetting or flooding is prohibited. B. If the backfill fails to meet the specified relative compaction requirements, the backfill shall be reworked until the requirements are met. All necessary excavations for density tests shall be made as directed by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the Engineer. The requirements of the Agency having jurisdiction shall prevail on all public roads. C. Compaction tests shall be performed at random depths, and at random intervals not to exceed 150-feet, as directed by the Soils Technician or City. D. Relative compaction shall be determined by the impact or field compaction test made in accordance with ASTM D 1557 Procedure C. E. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, standard drawings or otherwise described in the specifications for the particular type of pipe installed, relative compaction in pipe trenches shall be as follows: 1. Pipe zone -90% relative compaction. 2. Trench zone -90% relative compaction. 3. Structural section in paved areas -per agency requirements, 95% minimum. 4. Imported Granular Material for over excavation or foundation stabilization -90% relative density. F. All excavations are subject to compaction tests. 3.10 TRENCH PLUGS Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 9 of 190 2/16/16 Trench plugs shall be installed at 200-foot intervals along the entire length of piping systems. Trench plugs shall be 10-feet in length and shall encompass the entire pipe zone. Additional trench plugs may be required as directed by the Engineer. 3.11 PIPE ZONE BACKFILL A. Care shall be taken in placing the imported granular backfill material simultaneously around the main pipeline and appurtenance pipes so that the pipe barrel is completely supported and that no voids or uncompacted areas are left beneath the pipe or on the sides of the pipe. Care shall be taken to place material simultaneously on both sides of the pipe to prevent lateral movement. This area shall be mechanically compacted to attain 90% relative density. Care shall be taken when compacting appurtenance laterals 2-inches and smaller to prevent the crushing or denting of the copper lateral. Additional lifts of 12-inches or less thickness may be required on 16-inch or larger diameter pipe to attain complete support of the haunch area. Soils tests may be taken on this layer or backfill. B. After the spring line backfill has been approved by the Soils Technician, backfill of the remainder of the Pipe Zone may proceed. Do not drop sharp, heavy pieces of material directly onto the pipe or the tamped material around the pipe. C. Place and compact the imported granular material at a maximum of 12-inch lifts. Compact all material placed in the Pipe Zone by mechanical methods. Sand cone tests shall be taken on this layer of backfill. D. The use of a backhoe mounted compaction wheel is prohibited within the pipe zone to 12-inches above the top of the pipe. E. Under no circumstances shall consolidation by water settling or water-setting methods (i.e., jetting, diking, etc.) be permitted. 3.12 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL A. After the Pipe Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by the Soil Technician, and accepted by the City, backfill in the Trench Zone may proceed. B. Compaction using vibratory equipment, tamping rollers, pneumatic tire rollers, or other mechanical tampers shall be performed with the type and size of equipment necessary to accomplish the work. The backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers of such depths as are considered proper for the type of compacting equipment being used in relation to the backfill material being placed. Each layer shall be evenly spread, properly moistened, and compacted to the specified relative density. The Contractor shall repair or replace any pipe, fitting, manhole, or structure damaged by the installation operations as directed by the City. 3.13 PAVEMENT ZONE BACKFILL AND RESTORATION A. After the Trench Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by the Soil Technician, and accepted by the City, backfill in the Pavement Zone may proceed as necessary in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. B. Replace bituminous and concrete pavement, curbs, and sidewalks removed or damaged during construction in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 10 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 03000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section describes materials and methods for formwork, reinforcement, mixing, placement, curing and repairs of concrete, and the use of cementitious materials and other related products. This section includes concrete, mortar, grout, reinforcement, thrust and anchor blocks, valve support blocks, and manhole bases. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ASTM A 185 -Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A 615/A 615M -Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement -Specification for Portland Cement -Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C 150 ASTM C494 ASTM C 881 CRSI SSPWC -Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete -Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars -Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction "Greenbook" 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Standard Specifications 02223,15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15061, 15064, 15074, 15102, 15108, 15112, AND 16640 1.4 APPLICATIONS The following materials, referenced in other sections, shall be provided and installed in accordance with this specification for the applications noted below: A. Concrete for thrust and anchor blocks for horizontal and vertical bends, ductile-iron or steel fittings, fire hydrant bury ells, and support blocks for valves 4-inches and larger, all in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Concrete for collars, cradles, curbs, encasements, gutters, manhole bases, protection posts, sidewalks, splash pads, and other miscellaneous cast-in-place items. C. Mortar for filling and finishing the joints between manhole and vault sections and setting manhole grade rings and cover frames. Mortar may also be used for repairs of minor surface defects of no more than ¼-inch in depth of ½-inch in width on non-structural, cast-in-place items such as splash pads or concrete rings around manholes. (Note that large voids, structural concrete and pipe penetrations into vaults shall be repaired with non-shrink grout; repairs to precast manholes and vaults and cast-in-place manhole bases shall be repaired with an epoxy bonding agent and repair mortar, as outlined below). Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 11 of 190 2/16/16 D. Epoxy bonding agent for bonding repair mortar to concrete on repairs to damaged surfaces to precast or cast-in-place concrete manoles and vaults. E. Repair mortar for repair to damaged surfaces of precast or cast-in-place concrete manholes and vaults. An epoxy bonding agent shall be used in conjunction with repair mortar. F. Non-shrink grout for general purposes repair of large construction voids, pipe penetrations into vaults and grouting of base plates for equipment or structural members. G. Epoxy adhesives for grouting of anchor bolts. H. Protective epoxy coating for application to reinforcing steel with existing concrete structures exposed during construction. I. Damp-proofing for application to the exterior surfaces of concrete manholes and vaults located at or below the water table or where showing evidence of moisture or seepage, and as directed by the Engineer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver reinforcing steel to the site bundled and tagged with identification. Store on skids to keep bars clean and free of mud and debris. If contaminated, all bars shall be cleaned by wire brushing, sand blasting, or other means prior to being set in forms. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 CONCRETE A. All Portland cement concrete shall conform to the provisions of Sections 201, 202, and 303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook). B. Class 560-C-3250 concrete, as described in the Greenbook, Section 201, shall be used for all applications unless otherwise directed by the City. The maximum water/cement ratio shall be 0.53 by weight, and the maximum slump shall be 4-inches. C. In certain circumstances, rapid-setting concrete may be required. Accelerating admixtures shall conform to ASTM C-494 and may be used in the concrete mix as permitted by the City. Calcium chloride shall not be used in concrete. 2.2 REINFORCING STEEL A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 60. B. Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with the current edition of the Manual of Standard Practice, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 12 of 190 2/16/16 2.3 WELDED FIRE FABRIC Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185. 2.4 TIEWIRE Tie wire shall be 16-gage minimum, black, soft annealed. 2.5 BAR SUPPORTS Bar supports in beams and slabs exposed to view after removal of forms shall be galvanized or plastic coated. Use concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade. 2.6 FORMS A. Forms shall be accurately constructed of clean lumber. The surface of forms against which concrete is placed shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags or holes. B. Metal form systems may be used upon City approval. Include manufacturer's data for materials and installation with the request to use a metal form system. 2.7 MORTAR Cement mortar shall consist of a mixture of Portland cement, sand, and water. One part cement and two parts sand shall first be combined, and then thoroughly mixed with the required amount of water. 2.8 EPOXY BONDING AGENT The epoxy bonding agent shall be an epoxy-resin-based product intended for bonding new mortar to hardened concrete and shall conform to ASTM C 881. The bonding agent shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.9 REPAIR MORTAR Repair mortar shall be a two-component, cement-based product specifically designed for structurally repairing damaged concrete surfaces. The repair mortar shall exhibit the properties of high compressive and bond strengths and low shrinkage. A medium-slump repair mortar shall be used on horizontal surfaces, and a non-sag, low-slump repair mortar shall be used on vertical or overhead surfaces. Repair mortar shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.10 NON-SHRINK GROUT Non-shrink grout shall be a non-metallic cement-based product intended for filling general construction voids or grouting base plates for equipment or structural members. The non-shrink grout shall exhibit the properties of high compressive and bond strengths and zero shrinkage, and shall be capable of mixing to a variable viscosity ranging from a dry pack to a fluid consistency as required for the application. The non-shrink grout shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.11 EPOXY ADHESIVE Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 13 of 190 2/16/16 Epoxy adhesive shall be a high-modulus epoxy-resin-based product intended for structural grouting of anchor bolts and dowels to concrete. The epoxy adhesives shall conform to ASTM C 881. A pourable, medium-viscosity epoxy shall be used on horizontal surfaces, and a heavy-bodied, non-sag epoxy gel shall be used on vertical surfaces. The epoxy adhesives shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.12 PROTECTIVE EPOXY COATING The protective epoxy coating shall be an epoxy-resin-based product exhibiting high bond strength to steel and concrete surfaces, and shall conform to ASTM C 881. The protective epoxy coating shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.13 DAMP-PROOFING FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES Damp-proofing material shall consist of two coats of a single-component self-priming, heavy-duty cold-applied coal tar selected from the Approved Materials List. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. The Contractor shall notify the City a minimum of one working day in advance of intended placement of concrete to enable the City to check the form lines, grades, and other required items before placement of concrete. B. The form surfaces shall be cleaned and coated with form oil prior to installation. The form surfaces shall leave uniform form marks conforming to the general lines of the structure. C. The forms shall be braced to provide sufficient strength and rigidity to hold the concrete and to withstand the necessary fluid pressure and consolidation pressures without deflection from the prescribed lines. D. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, all exposed sharp concrete edges shall be 3/4-inch chamfered. 3.2 REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with the current edition of Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. B. All reinforcing steel shall be of the required sizes and shapes and placed where shown on the drawings or as directed by the City. C. Do not straighten or re-bend reinforcing steel in a manner that will damage the material. Do not use bars with bends not shown on the drawings. All steel shall be cold bent -do not use heat. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 14 of 190 2/16/16 D. All bars shall be free from rust, scale, oil, or any other coating that would reduce or destroy the bond between concrete and steel. E. Position reinforcing steel in accordance with the Approved Plans and secure by using annealed wire ties or clips at intersections and support by concrete or metal supports, spacers, or metal hangers. Do not place metal clips or supports in contact with the forms. Bend tie wires away from the forms in order to provide the concrete coverage equal to that required of the bars. If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall install bars additional to those shown on the drawings for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position. F. Place reinforcement a minimum of 2-inches clear of any metal pipe, fittings, or exposed surfaces. G. The reinforcement shall be so secured in position that it will not be displaced during the placement of concrete. H. All reinforcing steel, wire mesh, and tie wire shall be completely encased in concrete. I. Reinforcing steel shall not be welded unless specifically required by the Approved Plans or otherwise directed by the Engineer. I. Secure reinforcing dowels in place prior to placing concrete. Do not press dowels into the concrete after the concrete has been placed. J. Minimum lap for all reinforcement shall be 40 bar diameters unless otherwise specified on the Approved Plans. K. Place additional reinforcement around pipe penetrations or openings 6-inches diameter or larger. Replace cut bars with a minimum of 1/2 of the number of cut bars at each side of the opening, each face, each way, same size. Lap with the uncut bars a minimum of 40 bar diameters past the opening dimension. Place one same size diagonal bar at the four diagonals of the opening at 45° to the cut bars, each face. Extend each diagonal bar a minimum of 40 bar diameters past the opening dimension. L. Wire mesh reinforcement is to be rolled flat before being placed in the form. Support and tie wire mesh to prevent movement during concrete placement. M. Extend welded wire fabric to within 2-inches of the edges of slabs. Lap splices at least 1-1/2 courses of the fabric and a minimum of 6-inches. Tie laps and splices securely at ends and at lest every 24-inches with 16-gage black annealed steel wire. Pull the fabric into position as the concrete is placed by means of hooks, and work concrete under the steel to ensure that it is at the proper distance above the bottom of the slab. 3.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS All embedded items, including bolts, dowels and anchors, shall be held correctly in place in the forms before concrete is placed. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 15 of 190 2/16/16 3.4 MORTAR MIXING The quantity of water to be used in the preparation of mortar shall be only that required to produce a mixture sufficiently workable for the purpose intended. Mortar shall be used as soon as possible after mixing and shall show no visible sign of setting prior to use. Re-mixing of mortar by the addition of water after signs of setting are evident shall not be permitted. 3.5 MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. All concrete shall be placed in forms before taking its initial set. B. No concrete shall be placed in water except with permission of the City. C. As the concrete is placed in forms, or in rough excavations (i.e., thrust or anchor blocks), it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted throughout the entire layer by internal vibration and tamping bars. D. All existing concrete surfaces upon which or against which new concrete is to be placed shall be roughened, thoroughly cleaned, wetted, and grouted before the new concrete is deposited. 3.6 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Immediately upon the removal of forms, voids shall be neatly filled with cement mortar, non-shrink grout, or epoxy bonding agent and repair mortar as required for the application and as directed by the City. B. The surfaces of concrete exposed to view shall be smooth and free from projections or depressions. C. Exposed surfaces of concrete not poured against forms, such as horizontal or sloping surfaces, shall be screeded to a uniform surface, steel-trowelled to density the surface, and finished to a light broom finish. 3.7 PROTECTION AND CURING OF CONCRETE The Contractor shall protect all concrete against damage. Exposed surfaces of new concrete shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun by covering them with plastic film wrap and by keeping them damp for at least 7 days after the concrete has been placed, or by using an approved curing process. Exposed surfaces shall be protected from frost by covering with tarps for at least 5 days after pouring. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 16 of 190 2/16/16 3.8 REPAIRS TO DAMAGED CONCRETE SURFACES Minor surface damage to hardened cast-in-place or precast concrete may be repaired, at the discretion of the City, using the specified materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedures: A. Cast-in-place or precast concrete for manholes and vaults: Remove loose or deteriorated concrete to expose a fractured aggregate surface with an edge cut to a ninety degree angle to the existing surface. Clean all debris from the area, apply a 20 mil coat of epoxy bonding agent to the prepared surface, and place repair mortar while the epoxy is still wet and tacky. On horizontal surfaces, for repair depths greater than 2-inches, add aggregate to the repair mortar as recommended by the manufacturer. On vertical or overhead surfaces, for repair depths greater than 2-inches, apply the repair mortar in successive lifts, scarifying the lifts, allowing them to harden, and applying a scrub coat of the material prior to proceeding with the next lift. Cure the material as for concrete in accordance with this specification. B. General Purpose: Remove loose and deteriorated concrete by mechanical means, sandblasting, or high-pressure water blasting. Clean all debris from the area and apply non-shrink grout in a 1/4-inch minimum thickness, at the desired consistency, ranging from a dry pack, to a fluid-poured into a formed area, according to the application. Cure the material as for concrete in accordance with this specification. 3.9 EPOXY ADHESIVES FOR ANCHOR BOLT INSTALLATION Anchor bolts grouted in place with an epoxy adhesive shall be installed using the specified materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following general procedures: Drill the hole with a rotary percussion drill to produce a rough, unpolished hole surface. the hole shall be sized to the manufacturer's recommendations and should be approximately 1 /4-inch wider than the diameter of the bolt, with a depth equal to 10 to 15 times the bolt diameter. Remove debris and dust with a stiff bristle brush and clean using compressed air. Utilizing a medium-viscosity epoxy for horizontal surfaces, and a gel-type non-sag epoxy for vertical surfaces, apply the material to fill the hole to approximately half its depth. Insert the bolt, forcing it down until the required embedment depth and projection length are attained and then twist the bolt to establish a bond. Secure the bolt firmly in place in the permanent position until the epoxy sets. 3.10 PROTECTIVE EPOXY COATING Following core drilling at existing concrete structures, clean the exposed concrete surface and ends of reinforcing steel and apply two coats of protective epoxy coating for a total dry film thickness of 10-15 mils. Allow the material to cure between coats and prior to continuing the installation through the penetration. 3.11 DAMP-PROOFING FOR THE EXTERIOR OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES Following completion of the exterior surfaces of manholes and vaults, including necessary repairs and piping penetrations into the structure, apply the specified material to prepared concrete surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The surfaces to be coated shall be fully-cured and free of laitance and contamination. The material shall be applied to all exterior surfaces below a point 12-inches above the water table or indications of seepage or moisture as directed by the Engineer. Apply two 15 mil coats, curing between coats, prior to backfill and/or immersion in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.12 THRUST AND ANCHOR BLOCKS Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 17 of 190 2/16/16 Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be poured against wetted, undisturbed soil in accordance with the Standard Drawings and as directed by the City. The concrete shall be placed so that fittings and valves will be accessible for repairs or replacement. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, the concrete for thrust and anchor blocks shall cure for the following number of days: Thrust Blocks Anchor Blocks A. Safe Soil Bearing Load: 3 days minimum 7 days minimum Soil Safe Bearing Load Muck, peat, etc.*** 0 PSF Soft Clay 500 PSF Fine Sand 1,000 PSF Decomposed Granite (D.G.) 1,500 PSF Sandy Gravel 2,000 PSF Cemented Sandy Gravel 2,000 PSF Hard Shale 2,500 PSF Granite 10,000 PSF ***In muck or peat soils, competent resistance shall be achieved by removal and replacement with ballast or sufficient stability to resist the intended thrusts. Consult the project geotechnical consultant. B. Thrust Block Placement and Sizing: Thrust blocks shall be located at all unrestrained pipe fittings and bear against firm, undisturbed soil. The thrust blocks shall be centered on the fitting so that the bearing area is exactly opposite the resultant direction of the thrust, refer to the Standard Drawings. Care shall be taken to prevent the placed thrust block concrete from eliminating maintenance access to the valve operators. All thrust block excavation location, shape, and the City prior to pouring the concrete shall verify size. The size, in sq. ft., of the thrust block can be calculated by dividing the thrust by the safe bearing load. For instance, use a 12-inch pipe, 45° end, at 200 psi test pressure with a D.G. trench the value of 11, 720# of thrust can be obtained from the upper chart and 1,500#/sq. ft. safe bearing load from the lower chart as follows: 11,720# x 2 / 1,500#/Sq. ft.= 15.6 sq. ft. or 16 sq. Therefore, for this example, the trench wall adjacent to the fitting shall be excavated to the dimensions of 4 ft. x 4 ft. or 3.5 ft. x 5 ft. or some closely approximate multipliers to achieve the minimum required 16 sq. ft. bearing area. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 18 of 190 2/16/16 C. Anchor Block Placement and Sizing: For all vertical bends in pipelines (downward bends) that do not have restrained joints, the fittings shall be retained in place by means of an anchor block. The block shall be sized to withstand the thrust exerted for the particular deflection angle at the required test pressure plus 10%. (Do not rely on the restraining benefit from the soil). The City shall verify the size chosen and the reinforcing steel required. The size, in cu. ft. of the anchor block can be calculated by dividing the thrust by the unit weight of concrete (i.e., one cu. ft. or concrete weighs approximately 145#). For instance, use the same 12-inch pipe, 45° bend, at 200 psi test pressure -the value of 11, 720# of thrust can be obtained from the upper chart: 11,720# x 2 / 145# = 162 cu. ft. (plus 10%) = 178 cu. ft. or 6.6 cu. yd. Therefore, for this example, the anchor block shall be 5.5' x 5.5' x 6' or 6' x 6' x 5', or some closely approximate multipliers to achieve a minimum of 178 cu. ft. of concrete. 3.13 VALVE SUPPORT BLOCKS Valve support blocks shall be installed as described below and in accordance with the Standard Drawings: A. Support blocks below valves shall be cut into the side of the trench a minimum of 12-inches. B. Support blocks shall extend up to a height of adjoining pipe and shall have a minimum depth below the valve of 12-inches. C. Support blocks shall be installed so that the valves will be accessible for repairs. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 19 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 20 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 03460 PRECAST CONCRETE SEWER MANHOLES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide precast concrete sewer manholes, also referred to as access holes, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Commercial Standards: Gray Iron Castings ASTMA48 ASTM C 478 ASTM C 923 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections Resilient Connectors between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes, and Laterals 1.3 RELATED WORK ELSEWHERE The CONTRACTOR shall refer to the following specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting: 02223 B. Cast-In-Place Concrete: 03000 C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe: 15063 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. General: Furnish submittals in accordance with GENERAL PROVISIONS. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show dimensions, locations, lifting inserts, reinforcement, and joints. 2. Structural design calculations. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection: After installation, the CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate that manholes have been properly installed, level, with tight joints, at the correct elevations and orientations, and that the backfilling has been carried out in accordance with the Contract Documents. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 21 of 190 2/16/16 PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 MANHOLES A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide precast manhole sections and conical sections conforming to ASTM C 478 and the requirements of this Section. Adjusting rings shall be standard items from the manufacturer of the manhole sections. Minimum wall thickness of rings shall be 1/8 of the internal diameter of the riser or largest cone diameter. B. Axial length of sections shall be selected to provide the correct total height with the fewest joints. C. Conical sections shall be designed to support cast iron frames and covers under an H-20 loading, unless indicated otherwise. D. Sewer manhole sections shall be cast without ladder rungs. E. Design Criteria: Manhole walls, transitions, conical sections, and base shall be designed per ASTM C 478 for the depths indicated and the following: 1. AASHTO H-20 loading applied to the cover. 2. Unit weight of soil of 120 pcf located above all portions of the manhole. 3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil producing 100 pcf acting on an empty manhole. 4. Internal fluid pressure based on weight of 63 pcf with manhole filled from invert to cover with no balancing external soil pressure. 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by the base and transition. 6. The minimum allowable steel shall be hoops of No. 4 wire. Add reinforcing steel in walls to transfer stresses at openings. 7. The minimum clear distance between the edges of any 2 wall penetrations shall be 12-inches or one-half of the diameter of the smaller penetration, whichever is greater. 8. All manholes on sewer pipelines 15-inches in diameter or larger, all drop manholes, regardless of size and all forcemain terminal manholes shall be T-lock PVC lined including the bench. 9. All manholes with incoming pipe slopes of 7% or greater shall be "T-lock" PVC lined. 10. Where there is a slope change from steep to flat of 5% or greater, the manhole at the grade change and the next manhole upstream shall be PVC lined. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 22 of 190 2/16/16 F. Joint sealing compound shall be a mastic-type material in a flexible rope or rolled form with removable wrapper sized to fit into the key manhole sections. G. Concrete for base and channel formation shall be concrete conforming to Section 03000 -Cast-In-Place Concrete. H. Barrel section to sewer pipe connections shall be sealed with resilient connectors complying with ASTM C 923. Mechanical devices shall be stainless steel. I. Drop manholes, if approved by the City Engineer, shall conform to the applicable provisions for precast manholes as specified herein. J. Manhole Manufacturers, or Equal 1. B&W Precast 2. Mar-Con Products 3. Ameron 2.2 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS A. Manhole frames shall be 36" in diameter with two concentric covers, made of cast-iron in accordance with ASTM A 48 Class 30 and the Standard Drawings. Covers shall incorporate a "pie-hole" for lifting purposes. 1. Locking frames and covers may be required in areas located outside the public right of way, in remote areas or when determined by the City Engineer. B. Frames and covers shall be designed for H-20 highway wheel loading. C. Covers shall be cast with the words "CITY OF CARLSBAD" and "SEWER". No other lettering will be permitted on the top portion of the cover. D. Casting shall be smooth, clean, and free from blisters, blowholes, and shrinkage. Mating surfaces of the frame and cover shall be machined to prevent movement of the lid. Frames and covers shall be match marked in sets before shipping to the site. E. All castings shall be dipped twice in a preparation of asphalt or coal tar and oil applied at a temperature of not less than 290 degrees F nor more than 310 degrees F and in such a manner as to form a firm and tenacious coating. F. Castings Manufacturers, or Equal 1. Alhambra Foundry 2. South Bay Foundry 2.3 PVC LINER A. Where a PVC lined manhole is shown, specified or required, the entire interior of the manhole shall be covered with white PVC liner as shown on Carlsbad Standard Drawing (CSD) S-1A. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 23 of 190 2/16/16 B. Precast shaft sections, cone sections, and grade rings shall utilize PVC liner sheet with integrally cast PVC T-shaped extensions. C. The channel of the cast-in-place base shall be formed and shall utilize PVC liner sheet with integrally cast PVC T-shaped extensions. The bottom 90-degrees of the channel shall remain unlined as shown on CSD S-1A. D. T-shaped PVC liner sheets shall be a minimum of 0.065-inch in thickness. Locking extensions (T-shaped) of the same materials as that of the liner shall be integrally extruded with the sheet. The locking extensions shall be approximately 2.5-inches apart and shall be at least 0.375-inches high. E. T-shaped liner sheets shall be placed with the ''T''s run vertical. F. The shelf of the manhole base shall be covered with PVC liner using one of the following two methods: 1. Place PVC T-shaped liner sheets where the base is cast-in-place. 2. Place a PVC liner sheet after the base has cured utilizing the Arrow-Lock Lining system in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations (Ameren protection Linings Division). G. PVC Liner Manufacturers, or Equal 1. PART3 Amer-Plate T-Lock Liner, Ameren Protective Linings Division EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Pre-cast concrete sections shall be transported and handled with care in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. Where lifting devices are provided in pre- cast sections, such lifting devices shall be used as intended. Where no lifting devices are provided, the CONTRACTOR shall follow the manufacturer's recommendations for lifting procedures to provide proper support during lifting. B. The manhole base shall be poured in place against a minimum of 6-inches of 3/4" crushed rock base situated on undisturbed soil. The manhole stubs and sewer main shall be set before the concrete is placed and shall be rechecked for alignment and grade before the concrete has set. The various sized inlets and outlets to the manhole shall be located as indicated on the Approved Plans. The manhole base shall extend 9-inches below the bottom of the lowest pipe. Invert elevations of connecting sewers may vary depending upon sizes. When intercepting flows from smaller pipelines in manholes, set invert of the smaller mains at ¾ of the depth of the larger main. The invert of the manhole base shall be hard worked so as to provide channels conforming in size and shape to the lower portions of the inlets and outlets. The channel shall vary uniformly in size and shape from inlet to outlet and be constructed higher than pipe as indicated on the Approved Plans. The manhole invert channels shall be smooth and accurately shaped. Channels may be formed directly in the concrete base. All transitions shall be smooth and of the proper radius to give an uninterrupted transition of flow. The concrete base shall be shaped with a wood float and shall receive a hard-steel trowel finish prior to the concrete setting. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 24 of 190 2/16/16 In the event additional mortar is required after initial set has taken place, the surface to receive the mortar shall be primed and the mortar mixed with "Willhold Concrete Adhesive" in the amounts and proportions recommended. The bases shall set a minimum of 24 hours before the manhole construction is continued. C. Straight through channels in manholes with no tributaries may have SOR 35 PVC pipe installed though the manhole. The top section of pipe shall be removed flush with top of shelf. All cuts shall be neat and dressed minimizing burrs and rough edges. D. Each manhole section shall be sealed with butyl rubber sealant rope (See Detail on Std Dwg S-1A) to make a watertight joint, shall be neatly banded on the inside and outside and shall be set plumb. All manholes shall be vacuum tested in accordance with the procedures specified herein in paragraph 3.3 and shown on Carlsbad Standard Drawing S-1A. Sections of various height grade rings shall be used in order to bring the top of the manhole ring and cover to the elevation on the Approved Plans, but limited to a maximum of 18 inches of grade ring. The precast concrete manhole rings shall be jointed with a minimum thickness of ½ inch of Portland cement mortar along with butyl rubber sealant rope. Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland cement to two parts clean well- graded sand of such size that all pass a No. 8 sieve. Preformed, cold applied ready-to- use plastic joint sealing compound may be substituted for mortar between units and shall be used when ground water is encountered. The finished elevations at which the manhole frames and covers are to be set shall conform to the requirements set forth in the Approved Plans. Where the frame and cover are in existing pavement or in the traveled way of the existing road shoulder, it is to be placed flush with the existing surface. When the structure is outside the limits of the traveled shoulder but not in the roadside ditch, it should be placed 1/10-foot above the existing ground surface. Where the manhole cover falls in the existing roadside ditch or easement right-of-way "offsite", it is to be placed approximately 6-inches above the existing ground surface. Manhole frames shall be set at the required grade and shall be securely attached to the top precast manhole shaft unit with a cement-mortar bed and fillet. After the frames are securely set in place, covers shall be installed and all necessary cleaning and scraping of foreign materials from the frames and covers shall be accomplished to ensure a satisfactory fit. E. Damp-proof material shall be applied, when ground water is present or anticipated and at the discretion of the City Engineer, to the exterior surfaces of man-holes in accordance with the manufactures recommendations. The material shall be applied to all exterior surfaces below a point one foot above the water table or indications of seepage or moisture as directed by the Engineer. Use water-proofing material for exterior surface when below ground water, per Std Dwg S-1A or as required by Engineer. F. Selected clean backfill material shall be used around all man-holes. It shall be compacted by pneumatic tampers as shown on Standard Drawing No. S-5, unless shown otherwise on the approved plans. G. A concrete ring shall be cast around manhole frames to within 3" of finished grade and capped with asphalt, as shown on the Approved Plans. The ring shall be placed after the final grading or paving together with the final cleanup. 3.2 WATER-TIGHTNESS OF MANHOLES Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 25 of 190 2/16/16 A. It is the intent that all man-holes and appurtenances be water tight and free from infiltration. All man-hole joints shall use butyl rubber sealant material to provide a water tight seal and shall comply with the vacuum test requirements specified herein in paragraph 3.3 of this Section. Where manholes are to be given a protective lining or coating, they shall be free of any seeping or surface moisture. Sections of manholes below ground water levels or anticipated ground water levels shall have sealant material installed on the external surface per Std Dwg S-1 A. 3.3 VACUUM TESTING OF MANHOLES A. All sewer manholes shall be vacuum tested in accordance with the requirements specified herein. B. Vacuum testing equipment shall be as manufactured by P.A. Glazier, Inc. or approved equal. C. Manholes shall be tested after assembly and prior to mortaring the joints or backfilling. In case of manholes incorporating a PVC liner, the testing is to take place prior to mortaring the joints, welding the liner seams between sections, and backfilling. D. All lift holes shall be plugged with an approved grout prior to testing. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged and bracing installed to prevent the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed inside the top of the cone section and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacture's recommendations. A vacuum of 1 0 inches of mercury shall be drawn. The time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop 9- inches. The manhole shall pass the test if the time taken for the drop is greater than 60 seconds. If the manhole fails the test, necessary repairs shall be made and the test repeated until acceptable results are obtained. The leak(s) shall be located and repaired, according to the type of leak, with material-in-kind. 3.4 PULL-TESTING OF PVC-LINED MANHOLES At the Engineers request, PVC-lined manholes shall have field-welded joints pull tested. Field welds shall withstand a pull test of at least 100 pounds per linear inch applied perpendicularly to the concrete surface for a period of one-minute without evidence of cracks or separation. This test shall be conducted at a temperature of 70°F to 80°F, inclusive. 3.5 HOLIDAY TESTING OF PVC-LINED MANHOLES PVC-lined surfaces shall be holiday tested with an electrical holiday detector as manufactured by Tinker and Rasor (model No. AP-W with power pack) with the instrument set at 20,000 volts and used as directed by the Engineer. All imperfections identified on the PVC lining shall be repaired and the test shall be repeated until no holidays are evident. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 26 of 190 2/16/16 3.6 MANHOLE ABANDONMENT Sewer manholes shall have the cover and frame, concrete ring, grade rings and cone section removed. Inlet and outlet piping shall be plugged with concrete, manhole void shall be filled with sand, and a 12" thick, reinforced concrete slab shall be poured over the top of remaining manhole. The Contractor shall backfill the hole to ground surface with compacted select fill. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 27 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 28 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 09870 TAPE COATING SYSTEM WITH MORTAR SHIELD FOR THE EXTERIOR OF STEEL WATER PIPELINES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The steel pipe shall be coated with polyethylene tapes in accordance with AWWA C214. Fittings and specials shall be coated with cold-applied polyethylene tapes in accordance with AWWA C209. A reinforced cement mortar shield shall be applied in accordance with AWWA C205. Any modifications to the aforementioned standards are as stated herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Painting and Coating: 09900 B. Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating: 09902 C. Cement Mortar Lined Steel Pipe: 15061 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS OF MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer to demonstrate a minimum of five years' successful application of tape coating system on similar diameter steel water pipelines as specified herein. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. List of tape coating materials indicating manufacturer, product numbers, and thickness of materials related to tape system for joints and repairs. B. Certification of test results for each batch of liquid adhesive and each tape material specified shall be in accordance with AWWA C214. C. Tape application procedure approved by tape manufacturer. 1.5 COORDINATION WITH TAPE MANUFACTURER A. The pipe manufacturer shall require the tape material manufacturer to furnish qualified factory technical representative to visit the site for technical support at the beginning of the pipe installation as may be necessary to instruct Contractor on appropriate tape application methods in the field or to resolve problems. This visit shall be coordinated to allow City Inspection and Maintenance Staff to participate in the instruction. The Contractor shall allow time for representative to give field taping instructions to his workforce. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 29 of 190 2/16/16 PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 POLYETHYLENE TAPE COATING A. Provide polyethylene tape coating in accordance with AWWA C214 with a reinforced cement mortar shield in accordance with AWWA C205 and as specified herein. Plant and field applied liquid adhesive, polyethylene tape, and plant and field applied repair tape shall be furnished by a single manufacturer. The physical properties of tape materials shall meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA C214 when tested in accordance with the methods described in Section 5.3, "Coating System Tests". B. The tape coating systems consist of an exterior polyethylene tape over the bare metal surface of steel pipe with a reinforced cement mortar coating applied over the tape system. Tape coating systems are specified for: 1. Normal plant cold-applied tape 2. Plant cold-applied tape for special sections, connections and fittings, and plant repairs of cold-applied tape 3. Field joint, field coated fittings and repair of field cold-applied tape. 2.2 LIQUID ADHESIVE A. Liquid adhesive shall consist of a mixture of suitable rubber and synthetic compounds and a solvent in accordance with AWWA C214. The liquid adhesive shall be Polyken #1039 primer or equivalent. 2.3 STORAGE PRIMER A. Storage primer on the exposed steel at the tape cutbacks shall be Polyken #924 or equivalent. 2.4 PLANT APPLIED POLYETHYLENE TAPE SYSTEM, POL YKEN, or equivalent (80 mil) A. Liquid adhesive shall be Polyken #1039 primer. B. Anti-corrosion inner layer tape shall be Polyken #989 (20 mil), black. C. First mechanical outer layer tape shall be Polyken #955 (30 mil), gray. D. Second mechanical outer layer tape shall be Polyken #956 (30 mil), white. E. Reinforced cement mortar shield 3/4" thick. F. Weld Stripping Tape shall be Polyken #933 (25 mil), if required. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 30 of 190 2/16/16 2.5 PLANT COLD-APPLIED TAPE COATINGS FOR SPECIAL SECTIONS, CONNECTIONS AND FITTINGS, AND PLANT REPAIR COLD-APPLIED POLYETHYLENE TAPE MATERIAL A. Liquid adhesive shall be Polyken #1039 primer. B. Anti-corrosion inner layer shall be Polyken #932-50 (50 mil), black. C. Mechanical layer outer tape for plant fittings and plant repair cold-applied polyethylene tape shall be Polyken #955 (30 mil), white. D. Reinforced cement mortar shield 3/4" thick. E. Weld stripping tape shall be Polyken #933 (25 mil), if required. 2.6 FIELD JOINT, FIELD COATED FITTINGS, AND FIELD REPAIR COLD-APPLIED POLYETHYLENE TAPE A. B. C. D. PART3 Primer shall be Polyken #1029. Joint filler tape to be Polyken #939 (125 mil), black. Field joint, field fitting, and field repair outer layer tape shall be Polyken #932, (50 mil). Mechanical layer outer tape for field joint, field fittings and field repair shall be Polyken #932-50, continue inner layer with 50% overlap. EXECUTION 3.1 POLYETHYLENE TAPE COATING A. Apply polyethylene tape coating to pipe in accordance with AWWA C214. Apply polyethylene tape coating to fittings and specials in accordance with AWWA C209. Apply the reinforced cement mortar shield in accordance with AWWA C205. Any modifications to the aforementioned standards are as stated herein. B. Certificate of Compliance: Prior to shipment of pipe, furnish a certificate of compliance stating that tape materials and work furnished hereunder will comply or have complied with the requirements of these specifications and AWWA C214 and C209. 3.2 STRAIGHT RUN PIPE APPLICATION A. For straight run pipe, plant applied conditions, the polyethylene tapes shall be a four layer system consisting of: (1) liquid adhesive; (2) corrosion prevention tape (inner layer); (3) mechanical protective tape (first outer layer); (4) mechanical protective tape (second outer layer) B. Perform the entire coating operation by experienced workers skilled in the application of polyethylene tapes and cement mortar coating under qualified Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 31 of 190 2/16/16 supervisors. After completion of the tape system, all handling shall be by padded equipment to prevent any damage of the tape system. Testing of tape system shall be performed per 3.5 of this section. C. All equipment for blasting and application of the tape coating system shall be of such design and condition to comply with all the requirements of AWWA C214 and these specifications. Immediately repair or replace equipment that, in the opinion of the Engineer, does not produce the required results. Include equipment and a repair procedure for correcting defective tape application for use under this specification in the steel pipe fabrication plan. Make available for review a copy of this portion of the fabrication plan, and any updates, at the location of the coating operation, and a repair procedure for correcting defective tape application. D. Remove the exterior weld bead along the entire exterior surface of the pipe. The exterior weld bead shall be flush with the exterior surface of the pipe with a tolerance of plus 1/32-inch. E. Surface preparation shall conform to AWWA C214 and the following. 1. Bare pipe shall be clean of all foreign matter such as mud, mill lacquer, wax, coal tar, asphalt, oil, grease, or any contaminants. Remove welding slag or scale from all welds by wire-brushing, hammering, or other satisfactory means. Remove welding splash globules prior to priming. 2. Prior to blast cleaning, inspect surfaces and, if required, preclean in accordance with the requirements of SSPC SP-1, Solvent Cleaning, to remove oil, grease, and all foreign deposits. Remove visible oil and grease spots by solvent wiping. Use only approved solvents that do not leave any residue. Include in the manufacturer's fabrication plan the cleaning solvent applications procedure and safety precautions. F. Blast cleaning shall conform to AWWA C214 and the following. 1. Blast the pipe surface using a commercially available shot grit mixture to achieve a prepared surface equal to that which is specified in SSPC SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. 2. For plant mortar lined pipe, perform blast cleaning of said exterior surfaces after the initial curing of the spun mortar lining. Perform the exterior blast cleaning in such a manner as not to endanger the mortar lining in the pipe. Completely remove corrosion and foreign substances from the exterior of the pipe in the cleaning operation, and apply liquid adhesive after completion of blast cleaning. 3. Achieve from abrasive blasting an anchor pattern profile a minimum of 1.0 mil, but not exceeding 3.0 mils. Measure the anchor pattern or profile of the blasted surface using comparator tape as specified herein. 4. Inspect the blast cleaned exterior pipe surface for adequate surface preparation prior to application of the liquid adhesive. Surface comparator tapes are to be used by the manufacturer in at least eight random areas, Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 32 of 190 2/16/16 along any given 40-foot length of pipe. The results of the surface comparator tapes are to be documented on the quality control sheet for each pipe section. 5. Coat each pipe section with liquid adhesive and tape within the same day of being blast cleaned. Do not allow blasted and/or blasted and primed pipe to sit overnight. All blasted and primed pipe must be coated by the end of the day. No coating will be permitted on pipe sections showing evidence of rust. G. Liquid adhesive application shall conform to AWWA C214 and the following. 1. Prior to liquid adhesive application, clean the pipe surface free of foreign matter such as sand, grease, oil, grit, rust particles, and dirt. 2. Apply the liquid adhesive in a uniform thin film at the coverage rate recommended by the manufacturer. Meet the recommendations of the manufacturer for the state of dryness of the liquid adhesive prior to the application of the inner layer of tape. 3. Limit the application of liquid adhesive to that length of pipe which can be taped within the same workday. Pipe coated with liquid adhesive that was not taped within the same workday shall be rejected at the discretion of the Engineer. The liquid adhesive shall be removed and the surface shall be re-primed. 4. Protect liquid adhesive coated pipe sections from moisture, dirt, sand, and other potentially contaminating materials 5. Apply storage primer to the exposed steel pipe at tape cutbacks to prevent oxidation of the cleaned metal surface. Apply minimum of 1.5 mils and maximum of 2.5 mils of storage primer to exposed steel per the manufacturer's recommendations. H. Inner layer tape application: 1. Apply the inner layer tape directly onto the primed surface using approved mechanical dispensing equipment to assure adequate, consistent tension on the tape as recommended by the tape manufacturer. Use rollers to apply pressure on the tape as it comes in contact with the pipe. Make necessary adjustments to mechanical application equipment to assure a uniform, tight coating. Maintain a tight, smooth, mechanically induced, wrinkle-free coating throughout the application process. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 33 of 190 2/16/16 2. The application of tension shall be such that the width of tape will be reduced between 1 ½ to 2 percent of tape width prior to the pull. Provide a pressure readout gauge and chart recorder, suitable to the Engineer, with the tape let-off machine to document the tape tension during application. 3. Apply inner layer tape at a minimum roll temperature of 70°F. Continuously monitor the temperature of the tape within 12 inches of the point of contact with the pipe surface. Use a chart recorder, suitable to the Engineer, to document the temperature of the tape during application. Sections where the tape application tension and temperature is not maintained within manufacturer's recommendations shall be rejected and the tape removed from the entire pipe section and reapplied. 4. Continuously electronically test the inner tape layer at 6,000 volts immediately following application of the tape by a holiday tester permanently mounted to the tape application station and equipped with an indicator light and audio buzzer, suitable to the Engineer to alert the workmen of the presence of holidays in the coating system. 5. Spirally wrap the inner layer tape over longitudinally or spirally welded pipe. Provide a 1-inch minimum tape overlap. 6. Splice each new roll by overlapping the new tape over the end of the preceding roll by at least 6 inches. Perform this end lap splice by hand or by a mechanical applicator so that the splice is wrinkle free and maintains the continuity of the inner wrap coating. Maintain the wrapping angle of the new roll parallel to that of the previous roll. 7. Provide tape cutbacks based on the joint type required, cutting the tape edge parallel to the end of the pipe. Perform cutbacks using a cutting device that is guided from the end of the pipe to insure a uniform, straight cutback. I. Mechanical outer layer tape application. 1. Apply the first mechanical outer layer of tape over the inner layer tape using the same type of mechanical equipment used in the application of the inner layer tape. No overlap splice of the other layer coinciding with the overlap splice of the inner layer will be permitted. Provide a minimum 6-inch separation between overlap of splices. Apply two mechanical outer layers of tape as specified herein. The inner layer tape shall be electrically tested, inspected, and approved prior to the application of the first mechanical outer layer tape and the first mechanical outer layer tape shall also be visually inspected and approved prior to the application of the second mechanical outer layer tape. Ensure that both mechanical outer layer tapes are smooth, tight and wrinkle-free. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 34 of 190 2/16/16 2. Apply mechanical outer layer tapes in accordance with the requirements for the inner layer tape, except that the minimum tape roll application temperature shall be 90°F. Monitoring for tension and temperature will be required for the mechanical outer layer tapes. The use of rollers to apply pressure on the tape is not required during application of the mechanical outer layer tapes. Holiday testing of the mechanical outer layer tapes is not required during tape application. Test the complete tape system prior to coating as specified herein. J. Apply a reinforced cement mortar shield over the outer layer of tape in accordance with AWWA C205. Cement mortar shall be per Section 15061. K. Storage primer application shall conform to AWWA C214 as modified herein: 1. Prior to storage primer application, clean the pipe surface free from foreign matter such as sand, grease, oil, grit, rust particles and dirt. 2. Apply primer only to a dry pipe surface. Whenever the ambient air temperatures are cold enough to cause gelling of the primer, the use of heaters will not be permitted to return the primer back to a fully liquid state. Use new primer at a minimum of 40°F. 3. Apply storage primer to the exposed steel pipe at tape cutbacks to prevent oxidation of the cleaned metal surface. Apply minimum of 1.5 mils and maximum of 2.5 mils of storage primer to exposed steel per the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not place storage primer on the edge of the steel plate. 3.3 FITTINGS COATED AT THE PLANT A. Coat fittings that cannot be machine coated in accordance with AWWA C209 using materials as specified herein. Weld bead preparation, surface preparation, blast cleaning and liquid adhesive shall be as specified for straight run pipe. Apply an inner layer tape of Polyken #932-50 with a 1-inch minimum tape overlap on all plant coated fittings. Apply an outer layer of cold-applied polyethylene tape as specified herein with a 55 percent overlap on all plant-coated fittings. Provide a minimum thickness of 110 mils for the total tape coat system for plant-coated fittings. B. Test all completed tape coated fittings in the presence of the Engineer with an electrical flaw detector prior to the application of the cement mortar coating. Applied voltage shall be in the range of 11,000 to 15,000 volts. Repair any holidays found. C. Repair cement mortar coating defects in accordance with the approved repair procedures. D. Apply cement mortar coating in accordance with AWWA C205, over the tape- coated fittings after completion of tape coating, testing and inspections. 3.4 TAPE APPLICATION TO FITTINGS, SPECIALS AND PIPE JOINTS (Field) Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 35 of 190 2/16/16 A. Field cold applied plastic tape coating shall be in accordance with AWWA C209, as modified herein. B. Prior to welding any fieldjoints, wrap an 18-inch strip of heat resistance material over the entire coated pipe section to avoid damage to the plant applied coating by the hot weld spatter. C. Clean the pipe surface free of mud, mill lacquer, wax, tar grease, or any foreign matter. The pipe surface shall be free of any moisture and all foreign matter prior to the application of prime. D. Pack irregularities in joint with elastameric joint filler. E. Apply primer by brush or roller (4 mil wet, 1 mil dry). F. After primer has dried, apply tape to the joint and extend a minimum of 3-inch onto adjacent tape wrap. Maintain 55 percent overlap on all field joint tape to produce a minimum thickness of 100 mils. G. Apply tape with sufficient tension to conform with the surface. The finish wrap shall produce a smooth, wrinkle-free surface. H. The tape system for pipe joints is shown in Section 2.6. 3.5 INSPECTION OF TAPE COATING Test the applied tape coating in the presence of the engineer with an electrical holiday detector, as a part of the tape installation process. Repair all holidays and physical damage. If mortar shield is applied at a different location than the tape coating system, a second electrical holiday spark test shall be required after all transportation and handling to the mortar coating location confirming the integrity of the tape undercoating. Upon completion of the mortar coating process a continuity or spark test will again be preformed for the tape system. Repair any holidays and physical damage and spark test, verifying repair. 3.6 MORTAR SHIELD A. Apply mortar coating in accordance with Section 15061 cement. Mortar lined and coated steel pipe and specials, over the tape coated pipe immediately upon completion of tape wrapping, testing, and inspections. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 36 of 190 2/16/16 3.7 PROTECTING COATED PIPE A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all coated surfaces from damage prior to and during the pipe installation in accordance with these specifications. B. In transporting the coated pipe, it shall rest in saddles shaped to the outside diameter of the coated pipe. The saddles shall be in contact with the bottom of the pipe along an arc of at least 60 degrees. Saddles shall be completely lined with adequate padding. No nails or any other fasteners that may damage the coating will be allowed in the installation of the padding of the saddles. C. While laying tape coated steel pipe, the pipe shall not be rolled or skidded when it is in contact with the ground at any point. Immediately before the coated pipe is lowered into the trench the CONTRACTOR shall provide a visual and holiday inspection of the coating on the entire pipe coating system. Coated pipe shall be lowered into the trench using saddled, not choked, belt slings. The use of chains, hooks, or other equipment which might damage the pipe coating will not be permitted. All other pipe handling equipment and methods shall be approved by the ENGINEER. Pipe stored alongside of the trench shall be supported on padded skids, sand bags, or rock-free sand berms. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 37 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 38 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 09900 PAINTING AND COATING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section described the requirements for the preparation of surfaces and subsequent application of protective coatings. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment required for satisfactory completion of all items contained herein. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary safety equipment and protective clothing, as well as be responsible for proper instruction and supervision of their use. Requirements for steel storage reservoirs are specified elsewhere in the Specifications. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. General Piping System & Appurtenances: 15000 1.3 SUB MITT ALS Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. The following submittals are required: A. Submit a chart of the manufacturer's available colors for color selection well in advance of painting operation. B. Submit manufacturer's data sheets showing the following information: 1. Recommended surface preparation. 2. Minimum and maximum recommended dry-film thicknesses per coat for prime, intermediate, and finish coats. 3. Percent solids by volume. 4. Recommended thinners. 5. Statement verifying that the selected prime coat is recommended by the manufacturer for use with the selected intermediate and finish coats. 6. Application instructions including recommended application, equipment, humidity, and temperature limitations. 7. Curing requirements and instructions. C. Submit certification that all coatings conform to applicable local Air Quality Management City rules and regulations for products and application. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 39 of 190 2/16/16 1.4 PAYMENT Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit- price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL All materials shall be those of current manufacture and shall meet all applicable regulations for the application and intended service. All coats of any particular coating system shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be approved by the manufacturer for the intended service. In the event that a product specified herein is no longer manufactured or does not meet current regulations, the Contractor shall provide a substitute, currently manufactured product of at least equal performance which meets all applicable regulations subject to Engineer's approval, at no additional cost. All materials shall be delivered to the Project Site in their original, unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name, brand, and batch number. Standard products of manufacturers other than those specified will be accepted when it is proved to the satisfaction of the Engineer they are equal in composition, durability, usefulness and convenience for the purpose intended. Paint listed in the system refers to products of the following manufacturers and distributors: Ameren Corrosion Control Division, Brea, CA I.C. Devoe, Louisville, KY Engard Coating Corporation, Long Beach, CA I. DuPont de Nemours & Company, Los Angeles, CA Tnemec Company, Inc., Kansas City, MO 64141 All surfaces to be coated or painted shall be in the proper condition to receive the material specified before any coating or painting is done. No more sandblasting or surface preparation than can be coated or painted in a normal working day will be permitted. All sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter shall be removed. All concrete and masonry surfaces shall cure 30 days prior to coating or painting. Surface preparation, prime coatings, and finish coats for the various systems are specified herein. Unless otherwise noted, all intermediate and finish coats shall be of contrasting colors. It is the intent that the coating alternates specified herein serve as a general guide for the type of coating desired. 2.2 VALVES A. Exterior Coating: Coat metal valves located above ground, in vaults or in structures the same as the adjacent piping. If the adjacent piping is not coated, then coat valves per this Specification section unless otherwise noted. Apply the specified prime coat at the place of manufacture. Apply intermediate and finish coats in the field. Finish coat shall match the color of the adjacent piping. Coat handwheels and floor stands the same as the valves. Coat the exterior of buried metal valves at the place of manufacture per this specification. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 40 of 190 2/16/16 B. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat shall be BarRust 231 or Devran 200 applied at 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. Intermediate coat shall be Devran 224H Epoxy applied at 2 to 4 mils dry-film thickness. Finish coat shall be 379 Urethane applied at 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. C. Interior Lining: Valves 4-inches and larger shall be coated on their interior metal surfaces excluding seating areas and bronze and stainless-steel pieces. Sandblast surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). Remove all protuberances which may produce pinholes in the lining. Round all sharp edges to be coated. Remove any contaminants which may prevent bonding of the lining. Coat the interior ferrous surfaces using one of the following methods: 1. Apply powdered thermosetting epoxy per the manufacturer's application recommendations to a thickness of 10 to 12 mils. 2. Apply two coats of polyamide epoxy to a dry-film thickness of 10 to 12 mils total. Follow the manufacturer's application recommendations including minimum and maximum drying time between the required coats. 3. Apply two coats of Tnemec Series 140 (for potable water) or Series 69 (for non- potable water), or equal, to a dry film thickness of 10 to 12 mils total. Follow manufacturer's application recommendations including minimum and maximum drying time between required coats. 4. Apply two coats of Devoe Bar-Rust 233H Epoxy applied to a dry-film thickness of 6 to 8 mils, each. Total dry-film thickness shall be 10 to 12 mils minimum. All epoxy lining shall be applied at the factory by the manufacturer of the valve, and shall meet current Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) content regulations. Epoxy lining for potable water valves shall also be listed by National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for contact with potable water. Test the valve interior linings at the factory with a low-voltage holiday detector. The lining shall be holiday free. 2.3 METAL, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR, NORMAL EXPOSURE A. General: The Contractor shall paint all exposed steelwork, non-galvanized handrails, exposed pipework, fittings, all mechanical equipment, pumps, motors, doors, door frames and window sash with this coating system. All metalwork previously given a shop prime coat approved by the Owner's Representative shall be touched up as required in the field with Tnemec Series 4 Versare Primer or equal. B. Surface Preparation: All exterior metal surfaces which are to be painted shall be commercial blast cleaned per Specification SP-6 (commercial blast cleaning) except as otherwise specified, in locations where sandblasting would damage previously coated surfaces and installed equipment, and in locations where dry sandblasting is prohibited. The above locations in which SP-6 commercial sandblasting is not possible shall be given a SP-3 power tool cleaning. This sandblasting shall be done not more than 8 hours ahead of the painting, subject to humidity and weather conditions between the time of sandblasting and painting operations. If any rusting or discoloration of sandblasted surfaces occurs before painting, such rusting or discoloration shall be removed by additional sandblasting. Sandblasted surfaces shall not be left overnight before painting. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 41 of 190 2/16/16 C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat or spot prime coat as required shall be Tnemec Series 4 Versare primer applied to a dry-film thickness of 2 to 3.5 mils. Two or more finish coats of Tnemec Series 2H Tneme-Gloss enamel shall be applied to a thickness of 1.5 to 3.5 mils. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall be 7 mils, minimum. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat or spot prime as required shall be 4140 Q.D. Alkyd Primer. Two or more finish coats of Devshield 4328 Alkyd applied to a dry-film thickness of 1.5 to 2 mils, each. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall be 5 mils, minimum. 2.4 METAL, SUBMERGED OR INTERMITTENTLY SUBMERGED A. General: All submerged metalwork, gates, equipment, valves, exposed pipework and all other metalwork within areas which will be submerged, except as noted hereinafter, shall be painted with this coating system. B. Surface Preparation: All metal surfaces shall be field sandblasted according to SSPC-SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 69 Epoxoline II applied to a dry-film thickness of 4 to 6 mils. Two finish coats of Tnemec Series 69 Epoxoline II shall be applied to a dry-film thickness of 4 to 6 mils each coat. Total try-film thickness of the complete system shall be a minimum of 12 mils. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Apply two coats of Bar-Rust 233H Epoxy applied to a dry-film thickness of 6 to 8 mils each coat. Total dry-film thickness of the complete system shall be a minimum of 12 mils. 2.5 METAL, SEVERE EXPOSURE TO MOISTURE OR CHEMICAL FUMES A. Surface Preparation: All metal surfaces shall be field sandblasted according to SSPC-SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). B. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 104 H.S. Epoxy to a dry-film thickness of 6 to 10 mils. One or more finish coats of Tnemec Series 104 H.S. Epoxy topcoat shall be applied. Total dry-film thickness shall be a minimum of 12 mils. C. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime coat shall be Catha-Coat 304V Zinc, 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. Intermediate coat shall be Devran 224H Epoxy applied at 4 to 6 mils dry-film thickness. Finish coat shall be Devthane 379 Urethane applied at 2 to 3 mils dry-film thickness. Total dry-film thickness shall be 8 mils minimum. 2.6 METAL, HIGH-TEMPERATURE EXPOSURE A. General: Engine mufflers, exhaust systems and other metal surfaces subjected to high temperatures shall be coated with this system. B. Surface Preparation: Surface shall be field sandblasted in accordance with SSPC- SP-10 (near white blast cleaning). Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 42 of 190 2/16/16 C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): One coat of Tnemec Series 90-96 Tneme-Zinc to a minimum total dry-film thickness of 2 to 3.5 mils. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): One coat of Catha-Coat 304V Zinc to a dry-film thickness of 2 to 4 mils. 2.7 METAL, GALVANIZED, ALUMINUM, COPPER, OR BRASS A. Surface Preparation: Surfaces shall be solvent cleaned in accordance with SSPC- SP-1 (solvent cleaning) and SSPC-SP-2 (hand tool cleaning). B. Coating: Pre-treatment prime coat shall be Tnemec Series 32-1215 Tneme-Grip or Sinclair 7113 Wash Primer applied at il mil dry-film thickness. Next, apply recommended coating or paint for the particular surface to be coated. C. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Pre-treatment prime coat shall be Devoe BarRust 231 primer applied at 3 mil dry-film thickness. Next, apply recommended coating or paint for the particular surface to be coated. 2.8 METAL, BURIED A. General: The Contractor shall coat all buried metal which includes valves, bolts, nuts, structural steel and fittings. It does not include steel storage reservoirs. B. Surface Preparation: Sandblast to SSPC-SP-6 (commercial blast cleaning) C. Coating (Tnemec Alternate): Prime none. Finish with two coats of Tnemec Series 46-465 H.B. Tnemecol or equal at 10 to 12 mils dry-film thickness, each. Total dry- film thickness shall be 20 mils minimum. D. Coating (Devoe Alternate): Prime with Devtar 221 (5A) Epoxy applied at 8 mil dry- film thickness. Two coats of Devtar (5A) Epoxy applied at 8 mils dry-film thickness, each. Total dry-film thickness shall be 24 mils, minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall arrange with the Owner's Representative so that all surface preparation may be inspected and approved prior to the application of any coatings. The Contractor is hereby notified that the Engineer will inspect the Work prior to the expiration of the warranty period and all defects in workmanship and material shall be repaired by the Contractor, at his own expense. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 43 of 190 2/16/16 3.2 WORKMANSHIP It is the intent of the Specifications that finishes shall be provided which meet standards for best grades of painting. Drop cloths shall be placed where required to protect floors, surfaces and equipment from spatter and dropping, not to receive paint or coatings. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect all adjacent Work and all surrounding property and improvements from any damage whatsoever as a result of the painting and coating operation. Only good, clean brushes and equipment shall be used and all brushes, buckets, and spraying equipment shall be cleaned immediately at the end of each painting period. Each coat of paint shall be of the consistency as supplied by the manufacturer, or thinned, if necessary, and applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Each coat shall be well brushed, rolled or sprayed to obtain a uniform and evenly applied finish. Work shall be free from "runs", "bridges", "shiners", or other imperfections due to faulty intervals. Particular care shall be taken to obtain a uniform unbroken coating over all bolts, threads, nuts, welds, edges and corners. Paint shall not be applied in extreme heat, in dust or smoke laden air, or in damp or humid weather, unless written permission of the Engineer is obtained. If paint is applied by spray, the air pressure used shall be within the ranges recommended by both the paint and spray equipment manufacturers. Spray painting shall be conducted under controlled conditions and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for any damage occurring from spray painting. Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent Work during sandblasting operations. Stainless steel need not be sandblasted. Blasted surfaces shall not be left overnight before coating. All dust shall be removed from the surface following sandblasting. 3.3 APPLICATION PROCEDURES A. Surfaces to be Coated: All surfaces of materials furnished and constructed are to be painted or coated per the Specifications except as indicated below. B. Surfaces Not To Be Coated: The following surfaces shall not be coated unless otherwise noted on the Plans and shall be fully protected when adjacent areas are painted. Aluminum grating Aluminum surfaces Bearings Brass and copper tubing, submerged* Buried pipe Couplings Grease fittings Hardware Lighting fixtures Machined surfaces Metal letters Mortar-coated pipe and fittings Nameplates on machinery Pipe interior* Shafts Stainless steel Switch plates * unless specifically required on the Plans or elsewhere in the Specifications C. Protection of Surfaces Not To Be Coated: Surfaces not intended to be painted shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected. Drop cloths shall be provided to prevent paint materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment shall be protected from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Openings in motors shall be safely masked to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors. All masking Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 44 of 190 2/16/16 materials shall be completely removed and surfaces cleaned at completion of painting operations. D. Weather Conditions: Paint shall not be applied in the rain, wind, snow, mist, and fog or when steel or metal surface temperatures are less than 5°F above the dew point. Paint shall not be applied when the relative humidity is above 80%, the air temperature is above 90°F, or the temperature of metal to be painted is above 125°F. Alkyd, chlorinated rubber, inorganic zinc, silicone aluminum, or silicone acrylic paints shall not be applied if air or surface temperature is below 50°F or expected to be below 50°F within 24 hours. Epoxy, coal tar epoxy, acrylic latex, and polyurethane paints shall not be applied on an exterior or interior surface if air or surface temperature is below 50°F or expected to drop below 50°F within 24 hours. 3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: Sandblast or prepare only as much surface area as can be coated in one day. All sharp edges, burrs, and weld spatter shall be removed. Epoxy-coated pipe that has been factory coated shall not be sandblasted. B. SSPC Specifications: Wherever the words "solvent cleaning", "hand tool cleaning", "wire brushing", or "blast cleaning" or similar words are used in the Specifications or in paint manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC (Steel Structures Paint Council, Surfaces Preparation Specifications, ANSI A 159.1) Specifications listed below: SP-1 SP-2 SP-3 SP-5 Solvent Cleaning Hand Tool Cleaning Power Tool Cleaning White Metal Blast Cleaning SP-6 Commercial Blast Cleaning SP-7 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning SP-8 Pickling SP-10 Near White Blast Cleaning Oil and grease shall be removed from aluminum and copper surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-1 using clean cloths and cleaning solvents. Weld spatter and weld slag shall be removed from metal surfaces. Rough welds, beads, peaked corners, and sharp edges including erection lugs shall be ground smoothly in accordance with SSPC SP-2 and SSPC SP-3. Welds shall be neutralized with a chemical solvent that is compatible with the specified coating materials using clean cloths and chemical solvent. C. Abrasive Blast Cleaning: Dry abrasive blast cleaning shall be used for metal surfaces. Do not recycle or reuse contaminated blast particles. Dry clean surfaces to be coated by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming to remove residue from blasting. Apply the specified primer or touch-up coating within the period of an 8-hour working day. Do not apply coating over damp or moist surfaces. Reclean prior to application of primer or touch-up coating any blast cleaned surface not coated within said 8-hour period. Prevent damage to adjacent coatings during blast cleaning. Schedule blast cleaning and coating such that dust, dirt, blast particles, old coatings, rust, mill scale, etc., will not damage or fall upon wet or newly coated surfaces. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 45 of 190 2/16/16 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR THE APPLICATION OF COATINGS The recommendations of the coating manufacturer shall be followed, including the selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, cleaners, thinners, mixing, drying time, temperature and humidity of application, and safety precautions. Coating materials shall be kept at a uniform consistency during application. Each coating shall be applied evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs, and other evidence of poor workmanship. A different shade or tint shall be used on succeeding coating applications to indicate coverage where possible. Finished surfaces shall be free from defects or blemishes. Only thinners recommended by the coating manufacturer shall be used. If thinning is allowed, do not exceed the maximum allowable amount of thinner per gallon of coating material. Apply a brush coat of primer on welds, sharp edges, nuts, bolts, and irregular surfaces prior to the application of the primer and finish coat. The brush coat shall be done prior to and in conjunction with the spray coat application. Apply the spray coat over the brush coat. Apply primer immediately after blast cleaning and before any surface rusting occurs, or any dust, dirt, or any foreign matter has accumulated. Reclean surfaces by blast cleaning that have surface colored or become moist prior to coating application. A. Paint Mixing: Multiple-component coatings shall be prepared using all the contents of each component container as packaged by the paint manufacturer. Partial batches shall not be used. Multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life shall not be used. Small quantity kits for touch-up painting and for painting other small areas shall be provided. Only the components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer shall be mixed. For reasons of color or otherwise, additional components shall not be intermixed, even within the same generic type of coating. B. Field Touch Up of Shop-Applied Prime Coats: Organic Zinc Primer: Surfaces that are shop primed with inorganic zinc primers shall receive a field touch up of organic zinc primer to cover all scratches or abraded areas. Organic zinc coating system shall have a minimum volume solids of 54% and a minimum zinc content of 14 pounds per gallon. Coating shall be of the converted epoxy, epoxy phenolic, or urethane type and shall be manufactured by the prime coat and finish coat manufacturer. Other Primers: Surfaces that are shop primed with other than organic zinc primer shall receive a field touch up of the same primer used in the original prime coat. 3.6 DRY-FILM THICKNESS TESTING AND REPAIR A. Special Instructions to the Contractor: The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner at no charge for use during execution of the Work, necessary dry-film thickness gauge and electrical flaw detection equipment. The Contractor shall perform the holiday (pinholes) inspection in the presence of the Owner's Representative, and the Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 46 of 190 2/16/16 Contractor shall monitor wet film measurements throughout the application of each coat of coating. B. Coating Thickness Testing: Coating thickness specified for steel surfaces shall be measured with a magnetic-type dry-film thickness gauge. Dry-film thickness gauge shall be provided as manufactured by Mikrotest or Elcometer. Each coat shall be checked for the correct dry-film thickness. Measurement shall not be made until a minimum of eight hours after application of the coating. Non-magnetic surfaces shall be checked for coating thickness by micrometer measurement of cut and removed coupons. Contractor shall repair coating at all locations where coupons are removed. C. Holiday Testing: The finish coat (except zinc primer and galvanizing) shall be tested by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer for holidays and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector of the low-voltage, wet-sponge type. Detector shall be provided as manufactured by Tinker, Rasor, K-D Bird Dog, or approved equal. D. Repair: If the item has an improper finish, color, insufficient film thickness, or holidays, the surface shall be cleaned and top-coated with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power-sanded, feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the Specifications. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. 3.7 CLEANUP Upon completion of all painting and coating Work, the Contractor shall remove all surplus materials and rubbish. The Contractor shall repair all damage and shall leave the premises in a clean and orderly condition. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 47 of 190 2/16/16' Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 48 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 09902 PETROLATUM WAX TAPE COATING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install petrolatum wax tape coating on buried ferrous materials including pipe flanges, bolted fittings and couplings, valves and other buried pipeline appurtenances, complete, as shown or specified. 1.2 SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION Submit manufacturer's technical product data, details, installation instructions and general product recommendations. 1.3 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the Contract Documents. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL Wrap all exposed surfaces of buried ferrous pipe, flanges, couplings and other pipeline appurtenances (including bolts, nuts, etc.) with petrolatum wax tape, unless another corrosion protection system (other than a factory-installed paint coating) is otherwise specified or indicated by the Contract Drawings. Exposed piping shall be wrapped only where specifically called out on the Drawings. Ductile iron pipe encased with polyethylene sheathing shall not be wrapped with this product. 2.2 PRIMER Exposed surfaces shall be prime coated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizer, and corrosion inhibitor having a paste-like consistency. The material shall have the following properties: Pour Point Flash Point Approximate Coverage Color 400-100° F 350° F minimum 1 gal/100 square feet Brown The primer shall be Trenton Wax-Tape Primer or equivalent. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 49 of 190 2/16/16 2.3 WAX TAPE Two types of petrolatum wax tape shall be available from the manufacturer: one type for buried installations and another type for above-ground installations. Buried Installations: The covering material shall be a plastic-fiber felt tape, saturated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors that is easily formable over irregular surfaces. The tape shall have the following properties: Color: Saturant Pour Point Thickness Dielectric Strength Tape Width Brown 115°-125°F 70-90 mils 170 volts/mil 6inches Wax tape shall be Wax-Tape #1 as manufactured by The Trenton Corporation (Ann Arbor, Michigan), or approved equal. 2.4 OUTER COVERING The primed and wax-tape wrapped surface shall be wrapped with a plastic tape covering consisting of three (3) layers of 50 gauge, clear, polyvinylidene chloride, high cling membranes wound together as a single sheet. The material shall have the following properties: Width Thickness Dielectric Strength Water Absorption Color 6inches 1.5 mils 2000 volts/mil Negligible Clear The outer covering shall be Trenton Poly-Ply or approved equal. 2.5 OTHER PETROLATUM WAX TAPE SYSTEM COMPONENTS Any components not listed above, but required for a complete petrolatum wax tape coating system as recommended for this application by the manufacturer shall be provided at no additional cost to Owner. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL The petrolatum wax tape system shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 50 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15000 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This Section describes the requirements and procedures for piping systems and appurtenances that apply to a number of other complimentary Specification Sections. The items are listed in this Section to avoid repetition in Sections elsewhere. This Section includes, but is not limited to: Temporary above ground piping (high line), wet taps, flexible pipe couplings, grooved and shouldered end couplings, joint restraint system, field touch up, bolts, nuts, polyethylene wrap, warning/identification tape, tracer wire, gate well and extension stems, meter boxes, abandonment and removal of existing facilities, and salvage. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings 1.4 SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturers' catalog data showing dimensions, materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade and coatings .. 1.5 LINING CONTAMINATION PREVENTION Volatile organic compounds present in the linings of items in contact with potable water or recycled water shall not exceed concentrations allowed by the latest requirements of the State Office of Drinking Water and Department of Health Services. Some products and materials may also require proof of NSF certification on the lining materials to be used. 1.6 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND PIPE (HIGH LINE) High line piping, where shown on the Approved Plans or required by the City Engineer, shall be furnished, installed, disinfected, connected, maintained, and removed by the Contractor. Bacteriological sampling and testing shall be performed by a State of California Certified testing laboratory. The Contractor shall provide a submittal to the City showing pipe layout, materials, sizing, flow calculations, schedule and duration of use, and disinfection for all high line piping. The submittal shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to ordering or delivery of any materials. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 51 of 190 2/16/16 1.7 PIPE TAPPING (WET TAP) All pipe tap (wet tap) connections to existing pipelines, whether for mainline extensions or service laterals, shall be performed by the Contractor under the inspection of the City. The Contractor shall provide materials and labor to excavate, pour thrust block, backfill, compact, and repair pavement as indicated in this Section. 1.8 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM Joint Restraint Systems may be used for PVC or ductile-iron pipe only with prior approval of the City Engineer. Joint restraint systems shall be used in the place of, or in conjunction with, concrete thrust blocks as directed. Restrained joint systems shall be wax tape coated and polyethylene encased. Contractor shall submit shop drawings, calculations, and catalog data for joint restraint systems. Splined gaskets, also known as joint restraint gaskets, may be used for PVC or ductile- iron pipe located within casings, or for PVC pipe casings, only. 1.9 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be used for all ferrous metal materials that are not protected with annodes. A. Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the protection of buried valves in conjunction with wax tape. B. Polyethylene sleeves shall be used for the protection of buried ductile iron pipe and fittings. Where the use of a sleeve is not practical, the fittings may be wrapped. Additionally, all bolted connections shall be coated with wax tape in accordance with Section 09902. C. Polyethylene wrap or sleeves may also be installed around buried PVC pipe for recycled water identification. 1.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/identification tape shall be used to identify location of underground utilities and to act as a warning against accidental dig-ins of buried utilities. Warning/identification tape shall be used on all underground water and recycled water mains, potable and recycled water irrigation systems, sewer mains, and all related appurtenances. Warning/identification tape shall also be used on cathodic protection wiring systems and tracer wire brought into and out of access ports. 1.11 GATE WELLS Gate Wells shall be used for buried valves 4" and larger, unless otherwise indicated on the Standard Drawings. Gate well box and lid shall be used on all gate wells. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 52 of 190 2/16/16 1.12 VALVE STEM EXTENSION Valve Stem Extensions shall be installed when the valve operating nut is more than 5' below grade. Stem extensions shall be of sufficient length to bring the operating nut to a point between 12" and 18" below the gate well lid. 1.13 METER BOXES A. Meter boxes shall be used for all water meters. B. Meter boxes shall be sized for the specific meter size or size as indicated on the Standard Drawings. 1.14 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Facilities installed for the use of recycled water shall be identified with purple color coating, identification labels, or signs. 1.15 CURB IDENTIFICATION MARK FOR SERVICES The Contractor shall mark the location of all potable water, recycled water and sewer laterals at the curb crossing by stamping the face of the curb in 2" high letters as described below: PART2 A. B. C. Potable water laterals shall be stamped with a letter 'W". Recycled water laterals shall be stamped with a letter "RW". Sewer laterals be stamped with a letter "S". MATERIALS 2.1 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND PIPE (HIGH LINE) High line piping layout, materials and appurtenances shall be as indicated on the approved submittal. 2.2 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS Flexible pipe couplings shall be in accordance with the Approved Materials List and as described below: A. Steel Couplings shall have middle rings made of steel conforming to ASTM A 36/A 36M, A 53 (Type E or S), or A 512 having a minimum yield strength of 207 MPa (30,000 psi). Follower rings shall be ductile-iron per ASTM A 536, or steel per ASTM A 108, Grade 1018 or ASTM A 510, Grade 1018. Minimum middle ring length shall be 7" for pipe sized 6" through 24". B. Sleeve bolts shall be made of stainless steel per ASTM A 193 and shall have a minimum yield strength of 276 MPa (40,000 psi), an ultimate yield strength of 414 MPa (60,000 psi), and shall conform to AWWA C111. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 53 of 190 2/16/16 2.3 GROOVED END OR SHOULDERED COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPE Groove end or shouldered couplings shall be in accordance with the Approved Materials List and as described below: A. Use square-cut shouldered or grooved ends per AWWA C606. Grooved-end couplings shall be malleable iron per ASTM A 47, or ductile iron per ASTM A 536. Gaskets shall be per ASTM D 2000. B. Bolts in exposed service shall conform to ASTM A 183, 69 MPa (10,000 psi) tensile strength. 2.4 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM Joint Restraint Systems shall be ductile-iron and shall consist of a split-ring restraint with machined (not cast) serrations -on the inside diameter, a back-up ring, and connecting bolts, and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. Splined gaskets, also known as joint restraint gaskets, shall be a rubber-ring type with stainless steel locking segments vulcanized into the gasket. 2.5 FIELD TOUCH-UP APPLICATIONS All surfaces of metallic appurtenances in contact with potable water and not protected from corrosion by another system shall be shop-coated by the manufacturer. Appurtenances with damaged coatings shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer. Touch-up of damaged surfaces, when allowed by the Engineer, shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.6 BOLTS AND NUTS Bolts and nuts shall be as indicated below. A. Cadmium-plated or zinc-plated bolts and nuts shall be used for the installation of pipelines up to 20" diameter and shall be carbon steel conforming to ASTM A307, Grade A, unless otherwise indicated on the approved drawings. Bolts shall be standard ANSI B1 .1, Class A coarse threads. Nuts shall be standard ANSI B1 .1, Class 2H coarse threads. B. Stainless steel bolts and nuts shall be used for the installation of pipelines 24" diameter and larger and for submerged flanges. Bolts and nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193, Grade BBM for bolts, and Grade BM for nuts. Use lubricant for stainless steel belts and nuts. Lubricant shall be Husky Lube "O" Seal by Husk-ITT Corporation or equal C. All bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagonal, except where special shapes are required. Bolts shall be of such length that not less than 1/4" or more than 1/2" shall project past the nut in tightened position. D. Provide a washer under each nut and under each bolt head. Use washers of the same materials as the nuts. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 54 of 190 2/16/16 2.7 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be as indicated below and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. Polyethylene materials shall be kept out of direct sunlight exposure. A. Polyethylene sleeves shall be a minimum 0.012" thick polyethylene plastic in accordance with AWWA C105. B. Polyethylene wrap shall be a minimum 0.008" thick polyethylene plastic in accordance with AWWA C105. C. Polyethylene wrap and sleeves shall be clear for use with potable water and purple for use with recycled water. D. Polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape a minimum of 2" wide or plastic tie straps shall be used to secure polyethylene encasement. 2.8 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/identification tape shall be as indicated below and in accordance with the Approved Materials List. A. Tape shall be an inert plastic film or metallic formulated for prolonged underground use that will not degrade when exposed to alkalies, acids and other destructive substances commonly found in soil. B. Tape shall be puncture-resistant and shall have an elongation of two times its original length before parting. C. Tape shall be colored to identify the type of utility intended for identification. Printed message and tape color shall be as follows: Printed Message Caution: Waterline Buried Below Caution: Recycled Waterline Buried Below Caution: Cathodic Protection Cable Buried Below Caution: Electric Line Buried Below Tape Color Blue Purple Red Red Ink used to print messages shall be permanently fixed to tape and shall be black in color with message printed continuously throughout. D. Tape shall be minimum 0.004" thick x 6" wide with a printed message on one side. Tape used with the installation of onsite potable and recycled water irrigation systems shall be a minimum of 3" wide. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 55 of 190 2/16/16 2.9 INSULATING UNIONS & COUPLINGS A. For insulating unions, use a molded nylon sealing sleeve mounted in a three-piece malleable-iron body (ASTM A47 or A197). Use thread ends when connecting to steel piping, and copper solder joint when connecting to copper piping. Minimum working pressure shall be 150 psi. B. Threaded insulating couplings shall provide dielectric protection from electrolytic corrosion at points where piping of dissimilar metals is joined. 2.10 GATE WELLS Valve gate wells shall be as indicated below in accordance with the Approved Materials List. A. Valve gate well size and material shall be as follows: Valve Size Gate Well Size and Material 4" and Lar er 8" diameter Class 150, C-900 PVC 1. PVC gate wells for use in recycled water system applications shall be white. 2. PVC gate wells for use in potable water system applications shall be white or blue. B. Gate well lids shall be as indicated below in accordance with the Approved Materials List. 1. Gate well box lids shall be circular ductile-iron, and shall include a skirt for a close fit inside the upper portion of the gate well. Lids shall be cast with the AGENCY NAME (CMWD) and the word WATER for use on potable water systems, and Recycled Water for recycled water systems. 2. Lids shall be Brooks 4TT with long skirt or approved equal. 3. Normally closed potable water valves and recycled water valves shall use box lids by Brooks 3RT or approved equal. 4. Lid sizes shall be as follows: Valves 4" and Larger where the speed limit is 35 mph or Qreater Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 56 of 190 Gate Well Lid Machined ductile-iron frame and 8" lid with 6" lonQ skirt 2/16/16 2.11 VALVE STEM EXTENSIONS Stem extensions shall be complete with operating nut, location ring, and lower socket to fit valve-operating nut. The configuration of the extension stem nut shall match that of the valve it operates. A. Stem extensions shall be square fiberglass tubing glued together to make a continuous one-piece unit used to a maximum length 8'. B. Steel stem extensions shall be used where the maximum length of the extension exceeds 8' or at the request of the City Engineer. Steel stem extensions may be round or square hot-dipped galvanized steel tubing of solid design (no pinned couplings permitted) with guides. 2.12 METER BOXES Meter boxes shall be polymer-type boxes with lids selected from the Approved Materials List. A. Meter box sizes shall be as follows: Meter Box Size Meter Box Uses 12" X 20" 1 " water services 17" X 30" 2" water services B. C. Meter box lids for use in potable water system applications shall be gray. Meter box lids for use in recycled water system applications shall be purple. 2.13 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Materials used to identify pipe and appurtenances used for recycled water, not manufactured in purple color, shall be as described in Volume 2 of the Carlsbad Engineering Standards. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY ABOVEGROUND PIPE (HIGH LINE) A. All high line piping, fittings, and service connections shall be furnished, installed, and maintained by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall make connections to a water source designated by the City Engineer. B. All pipe, valves, fittings, hose and connections furnished by the Contractor shall be of good quality, clean, and suitable for conveying potable water in the opinion of the City Engineer. C. The high line pipe shall be installed in such a manner that it will not present a hazard to traffic and will not interfere with access to homes and driveways along its route. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 57 of 190 2/16/16 D. Valves shall be installed at 200' intervals or as directed by the City Engineer. The use of pressure reducing valves (PRV) may be required as directed by the City Engineer. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for disinfecting all high lines, connections, and flushing. F. Following disinfection and acceptance of the high line as a potable water system, the Contractor shall maintain continuous service through the high line piping to all consumers normally served both directly and indirectly by the pipeline. G. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove the high line piping and appurtenances. H. If progress in making repairs to the high line is inadequate, the City Engineer, may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective measures may consist of directing City personnel or another contractor to complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. 3.2 CONNECTION TO EXISTING FACILITIES (WET TAPS AND CUT-IN INSTALLATIONS) The Contractor shall furnish the tapping sleeve or tee, valves and all other materials as called for in the Standard Specifications in accordance with the Approved Materials List. The Contractor shall provide all equipment and labor required for the excavation and installation of the connection including, but not limited to, backfill and pavement replacement. In certain circumstances the Contractor may be required to provide a water truck, high line, and fittings as part of the equipment for making the connections. In addition, the Contractor shall assist the City in alleviating any hardship incurred during a shutdown for connections. Emergency standby equipment or materials may be required of the Contractor by the City Engineer. Wet taps or cut-in tee and valve installations shall be performed as follows: A. Prior to construction, Contractor shall pothole the existing pipe at the location of the proposed connection. The City shall inspect the pothole prior to Contractor's repair of trench. Refer to Section 01000 for protection of existing facilities. Contractor shall record the following information on as-built drawings: 1. Pipe size, outside diameter. 2. Pipe type such as ACP, PVC, Ductile-Iron or Steel. 3. Pipe class and/or pressure rating. 4. Elevation, grade, and alignment. 5. Location of collars, pipe bells, fittings or couplings, if found. Note: Collars, bells, fittings, or couplings shall not be within 18-inches of the outer dimension of the tapping saddle. 6. Potential conflicts with existing utilities. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 58 of 190 2/16/16 B. To facilitate the proposed connection and allow for slight adjustments in alignment, the Contractor shall leave a minimum 1 O' gap between the new pipe installation and the proposed connection point at the existing water main. The Contractor shall leave a gap longer than 1 O' if conditions warrant, or if directed by the Engineer. C. The new pipeline shall have successfully passed pressure testing in accordance with Section 15044 and disinfection and bacteriological testing in accordance with Section 15041 prior to proceeding with the connection to the existing pipeline. D. After the City Engineer has given approval to proceed with the connection, the Contractor shall schedule with the City for the wet tap or cut-in installation. 1. Shutdowns will be scheduled at the convenience of the City. Shutdowns may be scheduled for nights or weekends if required. 2. The Contractor shall give the City a minimum of 5 working days notice prior to any proposed excavation or shutdown of existing mains or services. Scheduling shall be subject to approval by the City Engineer. 3. The City may postpone or reschedule any shutdown operation if, for any reason, the City Engineer believes that the Contractor is improperly prepared with competent personnel, equipment, or materials to proceed with the connection. 4. If progress in completing the connection within the time specified is inadequate, the Engineer may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective measures may consist of directing City personnel or another contractor to complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. E. Contractor may proceed with excavation only after potholing has been completed, materials have been approved and delivered, and wet tap or cut-in installation has been scheduled with approved Connection Permit. 1. The Contractor shall saw-cut pavement, excavate and provide and install shoring and steel plating, when necessary, one day prior to the wet tap or cut-in installation. 2. The Contractor shall provide lights, barricades and traffic control in accordance with the agency of jurisdiction and as deemed necessary for the excavation by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall de-water existing mains in full compliance with NPDES standards where cut-in installations are required and shall be done in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with Section 15041. Only City personnel are authorized to operate existing valves. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage resulting from unauthorized operation of existing City facilities. 4. The Contractor under the inspection of the City shall perform the following work for wet taps and cut-in installations: Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 59 of 190 2/16/16 a. Wet taps: Disinfect and install and tapping saddle and tapping valve and perform tapping operations. b. Cut-ins: Cut and remove portions of existing mains, and disinfect and install tees, valves, couplings, and appurtenances required to complete the closure. The Contractor shall discard pipe and appurtenances removed from service in accordance with this Section. 5. After the Contractor has performed tapping or cut-in operations, and the Engineer has given approval to proceed, the Contractor shall complete the installation as shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the Standard Specifications including, but not limited to: a. Disinfecting and installing the pipe section(s) necessary to make the closure to the new system. b. Installing and setting the valve gate well(s) in accordance with the Standard Drawings. c. Installing thrust and anchor blocks in accordance with Section 03000. d. Completing all backfill and compaction of the trench in accordance with Section 02223. e. Repairing or replacing pavement as necessary. 3.3 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS Flexible pipe couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and as described below: A. Use plain-end pipe with flexible couplings per AWWA C200. Provide joint harnesses per AWWA M11 for aboveground applications or where indicated on the Approved Plans. B. Flexible couplings may be used only where indicated on the drawings. C. Clean oil, scale, rust, and dirt from the pipe ends and touch-up the epoxy coating and allow time for curing before installing the coupling. Clean the gaskets before installing. D. Follow the manufacturer's recommendation for installation and bolt torque using a properly calibrated torque wrench. E. Lubricate the bolt threads with graphite prior to installation. 3.4 GROOVED-END OR SHOULDERED COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPE Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 60 of 190 2/16/16 Grooved-end or shouldered couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as described below: A. Grooved-end or shouldered joint couplings shall be installed per AWWA C606 and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Clean loose scale, rust, oil, grease, and dirt from the pipe or fitting groove and touch-up the epoxy coating as necessary, allowing time for curing before installing the coupling. C. Clean the gasket before installation. Apply a lubricant selected from the Approved Materials List to the gasket exterior including lips, pipe ends, and housing interiors. D. Fasten the coupling alternately and evenly until the coupling halves are seated. Follow the manufacturer's recommendation for bolt torque using a properly calibrated torque wrench. 3.5 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM Joint Restraint Systems shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and as described below: A. Length of pipe to be restrained on each side of bends, tees, reducers and other fittings shall be determined by the Private Engineer or manufacturer of the restraint device and approved by the City Engineer. B. Split ring restraint shall be installed on the spigot end of pipe, connected to a back-up ring which seats behind the bell of the adjoining pipe or fitting. C. Restraint devices can be installed prior to lowering pipe into the trench. D. Splined gaskets, also known as joint restraint gaskets, shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.6 BOLTS AND NUTS A. All bolts and nuts shall be new and unused. B. Bolts and nuts shall be cleaned, if needed, by wire brushing and lubricated prior to assembly. C. Tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. D. Buried bolts and nuts shall be coated with wax tape in accordance with Section 09902 prior to being encased with polyethylene. E. All stainless steel bolts shall be coated with an anti-seize compound selected from the Approved Materials List. F. Bolts and nuts shall not be reused once tightened. Used bolts and nuts shall be discarded and removed from the job. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 61 of 190 2/16/16 3.7 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT A. Polyethylene encasement shall completely encase and cover all buried metal surfaces not otherwise protected with a cathodic protection system. All bolted connections shall be coated with wax tape prior to polyethylene encasement. Pipe & Fittings: All ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be encased with polyethylene sleeves in accordance with Method A described in AWWA C105, except that tees may be encased with polyethylene wrap in accordance with Method C described in AWWA C105. Valves: Buried valves shall have only the stem and operating nut exposed and the wrap shall be attached so that valve operation will not disturb the wrapping or break the seal. Refer to the applicable valve specification to determine other coating requirements. B. Polyethylene sleeves shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape or plastic tie straps at the ends and quarter points along the sleeve in a manner that will hold the sleeve securely in place during backfill. Polyethylene wrap shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape in a manner that will hold the wrap securely in place during backfill. 3.8 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed as described below in accordance with the Standard Drawings. A. Tape shall be placed at the top of the pipe zone 12" above and centered over the utility intended for identification. Tape used with onsite potable and recycled water irrigation systems shall be installed at 6" above the pipe. B. Tape shall be installed with the printed side up and run continuously along the entire length of the utility intended for identification. Tape shall be installed on the main piping and all appurtenant laterals, including blowoffs, air valve assemblies, fire hydrants, and services. Tape splices shall overlap a minimum of 24" for continuous coverage. C. Tape shall be installed prior to placement of the Trench Zone Backfill. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 62 of 190 2/16/16 3.9 GATE WELLS AND VALVE STEM EXTENSIONS Gate wells shall be installed as shown on the Standard Drawings and as described below: A. Gate wells shall be installed as shown on the Standard Drawings and as described below: B. The top exterior portion of the gate well lid and ring shall be coated in accordance with Section 09900. C. Valve Stem Extensions shall be installed when the valve operating nut is more than 5' below grade. Stem extensions shall be of sufficient length to bring the operating nut to a point between 12" and 18" below the gate well lid. Valve stem extensions shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.10 METER BOX INSTALLATION Meter boxes shall be installed at the elevations and locations shown on the Approved Plans and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Near the completion of the project, a final meter box adjustment to finish grade may be required. Water meters shall not be installed until final adjustments are made to the meter box and approved by the City. 3.11 ABANDONMENT OR REMOVAL FROM SERVICE OF EXISTING FACILITIES Before excavating for new mains that are to replace existing pipes or services, the Contractor shall make provisions for the continuation and maintenance of service to customers as directed by the City Engineer. Abandonment or removal from service of existing mains, appurtenances or water services shown on the Approved Plans or as called for by the City Engineer shall be as directed by the City Engineer. Abandonment or removal from service of existing mains, appurtenances or water services shown on the Approved Plans or as called for by the City Engineer shall be as indicated below and in accordance with the Standard Drawings: A. Abandonment in place: 1. Existing pipe 4" and smaller shall have a short section of pipe removed and pipe ends encased in concrete. 2. Existing pipe 6" through 14" shall be cut and plugged with concrete or shall be pressure-grouted at intervals of 200' as recommended by the Engineer. 3. Existing pipe 16" and larger shall be entirely filled by pressure-grouting or by blown sand as determined by the Engineer. 4. Existing pipe ends shall be filled with concrete. 5. All valves shall be removed with remaining pipe or fittings permanently sealed with blind flange or concrete plug. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 63 of 190 2/16/16 6. Gate wells shall be cut 24" below grade and filled with 1-2 slurry sack concrete or removed and replaced with compacted backfill. 7. Water service corporation stops shall be closed. Meter boxes and curb stops shall be removed. Service laterals shall be cut back a minimum of 24-inches below the finish grade. 8. Water services to be abandoned that are connected to pipelines that will remain in service shall be abandoned in-place. B. Removal by excavation: 1. Existing pipe and appurtenances shall be removed from the ground as indicated on the Approved Plans or as directed by the City Engineer. 2. Contractor shall provide measures that allow for the removal of existing sewer mains and appurtenances with no leakage of raw sewage. Transportation of sewer mains and appurtenances removed from service shall be in waterproof trucks to prevent raw sewage from leaking on public streets. 3. Removal of asbestos-cement pipe (ACP) and sewer mains and appurtenances shall be in accordance with all applicable State and Federal requirements. Legal disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Obtain approval from the agency having disposal jurisdiction with respect to disposal sites. 4. Backfill, compaction, and surface repair of all excavations for removal of pipe and appurtenances shall be made in accordance with the Approved Plans, Section 02223 of the Standard Specifications, and the Standard Drawings. 3.12 SALVAGE When the Contractor is required to remove existing pipe and appurtenances, or portions thereof, from the ground, such material may, at the discretion of the Engineer, be considered salvage. All materials identified as salvage are considered property of the City. A. The Contractor shall remove and temporarily stockpile all materials identified as salvage in a safe location that will not disrupt traffic or shall deliver salvage to the City's Field Operations Yard as directed by the City Engineer. B. The Contractor shall legally dispose of all other materials in an appropriate manner. Disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Obtain concurrence from the agency having disposal jurisdiction with respect to disposal sites and transportation methods. 3.13 RECONNECTIONS Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 64 of 190 2/16/16 A. The Contractor may encounter unused service laterals or appurtenant piping connected to an existing pipeline being replaced. Laterals and appurtenance piping that will not be connected to the new pipeline shall be abandoned as described in section 3.11. B. Existing service laterals or appurtenances to be connected to new pipelines shall be installed as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the City Engineer in accordance with the Standard Drawings. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 65 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 66 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15041 DISINFECTION OF PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section describes requirements for disinfection by chlorination of potable and recycled water mains, services, pipe appurtenances and connections. 1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. A. American Water Works Association (AWWA). B300 Standard for Hypochlorites B301 Standard for Liquid Chlorine C651 Disinfecting Water Mains 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Specifications 15000, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061, and 15064 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION A. All water mains and appurtenances taken out of service for inspection, repairs, or other activity that might lead to contamination shall be disinfected before they are returned to service. B. All new water mains and temporary high lines shall be disinfected prior to connection to the City's existing system. C. All components incorporated into a connection to the City's existing system shall be disinfected prior to installation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. A written disinfection and dechlorination plan signed by a certified chlorinator shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval prior to starting disinfection or dechlorination operations. Plan for disinfection method and procedure shall include equipment used to inject the chlorine solution, gauges or scales to measure the rate at which chlorine is injected, qualifications of personnel, testing location and schedule, source of water and water disposal locations. Personnel performing the disinfection shall demonstrate a minimum of five years experience in the chlorination and dechlorination of pipelines. B. Qualification of certified testing laboratory. C. Four copies of bacteriological test results to the Engineer upon completion of each test. D. Emergency Response Plan. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 67 of 190 2/16/16 1. 6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Chlorination and dechlorination shall be performed by competent individuals knowledgeable and experienced in the operation of the necessary application and safety equipment in accordance with applicable Federal, State and Local laws and regulations. The transport, storage and handling of these materials shall be performed in accordance with Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, CFR 49.172 Hazardous Materials Regulations, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5194. 1.7 CONCURRENT DISINFECTION AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING The specified disinfection of the pipelines may be performed concurrently with the hydrostatic testing in accordance with Section 15044. In the event repairs are necessary, as indicated by the hydrostatic test, additional disinfection may be required by the Engineer in accordance with this specification. 1.8 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS Prior to connection to existing mains, disinfection and bacteriological testing shall be performed in accordance with this specification, and hydrostatic testing shall be performed per Section 15044. A City Connection Permit is required authorizing connection to an existing system shall and be given only on the basis of acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results. Connection to existing mains shall be performed in accordance with Section 15000. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 CHLORINE (GAS) A. Liquid chlorine contains 100-percent available chlorine and is packaged in steel containers in net weights of 68.1 kg (150 lb.) or 907.2kg (1 ton). B. Liquid chlorine shall be used with appropriate gas flow chlorinators, heaters, and injectors to provide a controlled, high-concentration solution feed to the water. The chlorinators and injectors shall be the vacuum-operated type. 2.2 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (LIQUID) Sodium hypochlorite is available in liquid form in glass or plastic containers, ranging in size from 0.95 L (1 Qt.) to 18.93 L (5 Gal.). The solution contains approximately 10% to 15% available chlorine. 2.3 TABLET OR GRANULAR HYPOCHLORITE Tablet or granular hypochlorite may be used if a solution container is utilized to provide a continuous feed method. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 68 of 190 2/16/16 PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Disinfection of pipelines shall not proceed until all appurtenances and any necessary sample ports have been installed and the Engineer provides authorization. B. Every effort shall be made to keep the water main and its appurtenances clean and dry during the installation process. C. All piping, valves, fittings, and appurtenances which become contaminated during installation shall be cleaned, rinsed with potable water, and then sprayed or swabbed with a 5 percent sodium hypochlorite disinfecting solution prior to installation. D. Water mains under construction that become flooded by storm water, runoff, or groundwater shall be cleaned by draining and flushing with metered potable water until clear water is evident. Upon completion, the entire main shall be disinfected using a method approved by the Engineer. 3.2 METHODS A. Chlorine (Gas) 1. Only vacuum-operated equipment shall be used. Direct-feed chlorinators, which operate solely from gas pressure in the chlorine cylinder, shall not be permitted. The equipment shall incorporate a backflow prevention device at the point of connection to the potable water source used to fill the line being tested. 2. The chlorinating agent shall be applied at the beginning of the system to be chlorinated and shall be injected through a corporation stop, a hydrant, or other approved connection to ensure treatment of the entire system being disinfected. 3. Only a certified, licensed chlorination and testing contractor shall perform gas chlorination work. The chlorination contractor must also possess a Grade II Treatment Plant Operator Certification from the State of California if required by the Engineer. B. Sodium Hypochlorite Solution (Liquid) 1. Sodium hypochlorite solution shall be used for cleaning and swabbing piping and appurtenances immediately prior to installation and for disinfecting all components of connections to the City's existing system. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 69 of 190 2/16/16 2. Sodium hypochlorite solution may be used for the initial disinfection of newly installed water mains. The solution shall be applied at a terminus of the system to be chlorinated using an injector which can adjust the amount of solution being injected into the piping system. The solution shall be injected in the appropriate concentration to achieve the specified concentration range of chlorine throughout the entire piping system. Where pumping equipment is used in conjunction with an injector, an integral backflow prevention device shall be used and connected to the potable water supply. 3. Water trucks, pumping equipment, piping, appurtenances and all other equipment in contact with potable water shall be disinfected prior to use. 4. Sodium hypochlorite solution may also be used to increase the total chlorine residual if the concentration from the initial chlorination of the system is found to be low. The solution shall be added to the system in sufficient amounts at appropriate locations to ensure that the disinfecting solution is present at a concentration within the specified range throughout the piping system. 3.3 PROCEDURE FOR DISINFECTING WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES A. The pipeline shall be filled at a rate not to exceed 1, 135 liters per minute (300 GPM) or a velocity of 0.3m per second (1 foot per second), whichever is less. B. Disinfection shall result in a total chlorine concentration of not less than 25-mg/l. This concentration shall be evenly distributed throughout the system to be disinfected, using a continuous feed method of chlorination. C. All valves shall be operated with the disinfection solution present in the pipeline. All appurtenances such as air-vacuum relief valves, blowoffs, hydrants, backflow prevention devices, and water service laterals shall be flushed with the treated water a sufficient length of time to ensure a chlorine concentration within the specified range in all components of each appurtenance. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) D. The Engineer will verify the presence of the disinfection solution throughout the system by sampling and testing for acceptable chlorine concentrations at the various appurtenances and/or at the test ports provided by the Contractor. Areas of the system found to be below the specified chlorine concentration level shall receive additional flushing as noted above and/or additional disinfection solution as necessary. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) Addition of disinfection solution after the initial charging of the line shall be made by either the liquid chlorine (gas) method, or the sodium hypochlorite method as directed by the Engineer. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 70 of 190 2/16/16 E. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the system for a minimum of 24 hours. The City Engineer will test the total chlorine residual. The system shall contain a total chlorine residual of not less than 80% of the initial total chlorine residual before the 24-hour soaking period began. If the total chlorine residual has decreased more than 20%, the system shall be soaked for an additional 24-hour period. If the total chlorine residual has not deceased after this additional 24-hour period, the system shall be flushed in accordance with the procedure detailed herein. If the total chlorine residual has decreased, the system shall be flushed in accordance with the procedure detailed herein, and shall be re-disinfected. F. Following a successful retention period as determined by the City Engineer, the chlorinated water shall be flushed from the system at its extremities and at each appurtenance, using potable water from a source designated by the City Engineer. The minimum water velocity during flushing shall be 0.9 meters per second (3 feet per second) or as directed by the Engineer. Flushing shall continue until the replacement water in the new system is equal in chlorine residual to the potable source of supply as verified by the City. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.) G. The Contractor shall contract with a State certified sampling laboratory to perform sampling, transport samples and perform bacteriological sampling and testing as specified herein. 3.4 DISCHARGE OF CHLORINATED WATER A. Indiscriminate onsite disposal or discharge to sewer systems, storm drains, drainage courses or surface waters of chlorinated water is prohibited. B. In locations where chlorine neutralization is required, the reducing agent shall be applied to the water as it exits the piping system. The Developer shall monitor the chlorine residual during the discharge operations. Total residual chlorine limits in these locations, and for the discharge of chlorinated water from the testing of pipelines to surface waters of the San Diego Region are as follows: Total Residual Chlorine Effluent Limitations 30-Day Average Average Daily Maximum Instantaneous Maximum -0.002 mg/I -0.008 mg/I -0.02 mg/I The various methods of dechlorination available can remove residual chlorine to concentrations below standard analytical methods of detection, 0.02 mg/I, which will assure compliance with the effluent limit. The Developer will perform all necessary tests, keeping and providing records to the Engineer to ensure that the total residual chlorine effluent limitations listed above are met. C. In locations where no hazard to the environment is evident based on the joint examination described above, the chlorinated water may be broadcast for dust control on the surface of the immediate site. Care shall be exercised in broadcasting the water to prevent runoff. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 71 of 190 2/16/16 3.5 BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING The Contractor shall employ a State certified laboratory to perform bacteriological sampling and testing of all new system installations. The testing methodology employed by the City shall be as set forth in "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water" (current edition). Testing requirements are as set forth in the California Domestic Water Quality and Monitoring Regulations and commensurate with current requirements for surface water testing. The testing laboratory will analyze the samples for the presence of coliform bacteria and heterotrophic-type bacteria (heterotrophic plate count). The evaluation criteria employed by the City for a passing test sample is as follows: A. Coliform bacteria: no positive sample, and B. Heterotrophic plate count (HPC): 500 colony forming units/ml or less. 3.06 REDISINFECTION If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological test results, the pipeline system shall be re-flushed and re-sampled. If the second set of samples does not produce satisfactory results, the pipeline system shall be re-chlorinated, flushed, and re-stamped. The chlorination, flushing, and sampling procedure shall continue until satisfactory results are obtained. Re-disinfection and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3.07 DISINFECTING TIE-INS AND CONNECTIONS Pipes, fittings, valves and all other components incorporated into connections with the City's existing system shall be spray disinfected or swabbed with a liquid chlorine solution in accordance with AWWA C651 and as specified herein. Upon connection to the main, the line shall be flushed as directed by the City Engineer. Disinfection by this method is generally limited to assemblies of 20' or less in length. Alternate methods such as "predisinfection" prior to installation in accordance with AWWA C651 may be required at the discretion of the City Engineer. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 72 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15043 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWER PIPELINES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies and shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. B. This Section covers the performance of all pipeline flushing and testing, complete, for sanitary sewer system piping as specified herein and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe: 15063 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS. 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL PROVISIONS. B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit in writing all proposed plans for testing, and for water conveyance, control and disposal. The CONTRACTOR shall also submit written notice 48 hours in advance of the proposed testing schedule for review and concurrence of the ENGINEER. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED) PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Temporary valves, plugs, bulkheads, and other air pressure testing and water control equipment and materials shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR subject to the ENGINEER's review. No materials shall be used which will be injurious to pipeline structure and future function. Air test gages shall be laboratory-calibrated annually. At the discretion of the City Engineer, gages shall be recalibrated by a certified laboratory at the CONTRACTOR's expense prior to the leakage test. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 73 of 190 2/16/16 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specified, water for testing will be furnished by the CONTRACTOR; and, the CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary provisions for conveying the water from the AGENCY-designated source to the points of use. B. Release of water from pipelines, after testing has been completed, shall be performed as directed by the ENGINEER. C. All testing operations shall be performed in the presence of the INSPECTOR. 3.2 SEWER PIPE CLEANING A. All sewer pipe shall be thoroughly flushed with clean water, from access-hole to access- hole with an appropriately sized inflatable ball. B. All construction debris and water shall be removed from each access-hole prior to removal of expandable plugs. C. Water used in flushing the new sewer mains and laterals shall not be discharged into the existing sewer system. 3.3 TESTING OF PIPELINE A. General: All gravity sewer pipes and service laterals shall be tested for exfiltration and/or infiltration and deflection, as specified. Sewer pipelines shall be backfilled prior to testing. All leakage tests of sanitary sewer systems shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 306-1.4.1. B. Water Exfiltration Test shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 306-1.4.2. C. Water Infiltration Test shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 306-1.4.3. Unless otherwise specified, infiltration will be measured by the CONTRACTOR using measuring devices approved by the ENGINEER. D. Air Pressure Test shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 306-1.4.4. E. At the CONTRACTOR's option, joints may be air tested individually, joint by joint, with the use of specialized equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall submit its joint testing procedure for the ENGINEER's review and approval prior to testing. Prior to each test, the pipe at the joint shall be wetted with water. The maximum test pressure shall be 3.0 psi. The minimum allowable pressure drop shall be 1.0 psi over a 30-second test period. F. Water Pressure Test shall be in conformance with SSPWC Section 306-1.4.5. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 74 of 190 2/16/16 G. Deflection Test: All flexible and semi-rigid main line pipe shall be tested in accordance with SSPWC Sections 306-1.2.12 and 306-1.2.13 for deflection, joint displacement, or any other obstruction by passing a rigid mandrel through the pipe by hand, not less than 30 days after completion of the trench backfill, but prior to permanent resurfacing. The mandrel shall be a full circle, solid cylinder, or a rigid, non-adjustable, odd-numbered leg (9 leg minimum) steel cylinder, accepted by the ENGINEER as to design and manufacture. The circular cross section of the mandrel shall have a diameter of at least 95 percent of the specified average inside diameter of the pipe and the minimum length of the circular portion of the mandrel shall be equal to the nominal diameter of the pipe. Obstructions encountered by the mandrel shall be corrected by the CONTRACTOR. 3.4 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INSPECTION A. A closed circuit television inspection shall ne conducted of new sewer lines after sewer pipe cleaning and mandrel testing. B. Closed circuit television inspections shall be performed in accordance with the SSPWC, 500-1.1.5. Video documentation shall be provided in digital format (DVD). C. All defects and evidence of reverse slope by ponding of water or dips in pipe alignment revealed by the closed circuit television inspection shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City Engineer at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 75 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 76 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15044 -HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section describes the requirements and procedures for pressure and leakage testing of all pressure mains. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 15000, 15041, 15056, 15061, and 15064 1.3 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO TESTING A. Provide testing procedure submittal including testing pressure, testing schedule, test bulkhead locations, and water supply details. B. All piping, valves, fire hydrants, services, and related appurtenances shall be installed prior to testing. C. The pipe trench shall have trench zone backfill placed and compacted with a minimum of 2.5' of material over the pipe. D. All concrete anchor blocks shall be allowed to cure a sufficient time to develop a minimum strength of 13. 79 MPa (2,000 psi) before testing. E. Pressure tests on exposed and aboveground piping shall be conducted only after the entire piping system has been installed and attached to pipe supports, hangers or anchors as shown on the Approved Plans. F. Steel pipelines shall not be tested before the mortar lining and coating on all pipe lengths within the line have been in place for a minimum of fourteen (14) days. Cement-mortar lined pipe shall not be filled with water until a minimum of eight hours has elapsed after the last joint has been mortared. 1.4 CONCURRENT HYDROSTATIC TESTING AND DISINFECTION OF PIPELINES Hydrostatic testing of pipelines shall be performed prior to or concurrently with the disinfection operations in accordance with Section 15041. In the event repairs are necessary, as indicated by the hydrostatic test, the City may require additional disinfection in accordance with Section 15041. 1.5 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS Hydrostatic testing shall be performed prior to connections to existing mains. A City Connection Permit authorizing connection to the existing system shall be given only on the basis of acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results. Connection to existing mains shall be performed in accordance with Section 15000. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 77 of 190 2/16/16 PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 WATER A. Potable water shall be used for hydrostatic testing of potable and recycled water mains. B. Potable water shall be supplied by a City-approved source. Make-up water for testing shall also be potable water. C. A chlorinated water solution, in accordance with Section 15041, shall be used to charge the line and for make-up water when hydrostatic testing and disinfection operations are combined. D. Meet all applicable state and local requirements for disposal of testing water. 2.2 CONNECTIONS A. B. PART3 Testing water shall be supplied through a metered connection equipped with a backflow prevention device in accordance with Section 15112 at the point of connection to the potable water source used. The Contractor shall provide any temporary piping needed to deliver potable water to the piping that is to be tested. Temporary piping shall be in accordance with Section 15000. EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All water systems shall be pre-tested to insure passage of test prior to scheduling official test with inspector. B. The Contractor shall provide the City with a minimum of 48 hours' notice prior to the requested date and time for hydrostatic tests. C. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for testing. D. Temporary blocking during the tests will be permitted only at temporary plugs, caps or where otherwise directed by the City. E. All valves and appurtenances shall be operated during the test period. The test shall be conducted with valves in the open position. The Contractor is not permitted to operate any valves on the City's system. F. At the onset of testing, all valves, air vacuum assemblies, blowoffs, and services shall be monitored for possible leakage and repairs made, if necessary, before the test proceeds. The appurtenances shall be monitored through the duration of the testing. G. For pipe with porous lining, such as cement mortar, the pipe shall be filled with water and placed under a slight pressure for a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to the actual hydrostatic test. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 78 of 190 2/16/16 H. Testing shall be made before connecting the new line with the existing City pipes and mains. I. The pipeline should be filled at a rate such that the velocity of flow is less than 1 fps. J. Maximum length of pipe to be included in any one (1) test shall not exceed 2,500 linear feet or vertical elevation difference of 58 feet. 3.2 FIELD TEST PROCEDURE A. Before applying the specified test pressure, care shall be taken to release all air within the pipe and appurtenances to be tested. Air shall be released through services, fire hydrants, air release valves, or other approved locations. B. The leakage shall be considered as the total amount of water pumped into the pipeline during the test period. C. Apply and maintain the test pressure by means of a hydraulic force pump. D. Maintain the test pressure for the following duration by restoring it whenever it falls an amount of 5 psi: Pipe Diameter (inches) 18 and less 20 to 36 Greater than 36 Hours -4- 8 24 E. After the test pressure is reached, use a meter to measure the additional water added to maintain the pressure. This amount of water is the loss due to leakage in the piping system. The allowable leakage for various sizes of PUC & DIP with rubber gaskets are shown in the following table: TYPE OF PIPE: CLASSES: Pipe Sizes (inches) 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" P.V.C. & D.I.P. 150 & 200 Allowable Leakage Gals/4 hrs/1000' of pipe .33 Gals .50 Gals .66 Gals .83 Gals. .99 Gals. 1.16 Gals. 1.32 Gals. 1.49 Gals. 1.66 Gals. 1.98 Gals. F. The allowable leakage for welded steel pipe shall be zero gallons. G. The allowable leakage for piping having threaded, brazed, or welded (including solvent welded) joints shall be zero gallons. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 79 of 190 2/16/16 H. Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage rates greater than that allowed in the above criteria. 3.3 TEST PRESSURE Pipe sizes in excess of 16" diameter shall be tested at a pressure based on test pressure as shown on the drawings. If no test pressure is shown, the pipeline at the low point in test section shall be pumped to a hydrostatic test pressure of 125 percent of the operating pressure or pipe class, whichever is the greater. Pressure shall be maintained for a duration shown in section 3.2 and shall be repumped when it falls an amount of 5 p.s.i. Pipe sizes 16" diameter and less shall be tested at 75 p.s.i. in excess to the operating pressure of the pipeline. Pressure shall be maintained for a duration shown in section 3.2 and shall be repumped when it falls an amount of 5 p.s.i. The test pump gauge and meter shall be connected to the water main at a location other than the highest point in the line, in order to allow release of air from the high point. Means shall be provided for accurately measuring the quantity of water pumped through a meter and pumped into the pipe immediately, during and after the test period in order to maintain or restore the initial test pressure. All pipe, fittings, valves, services and appurtenances shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test and irrespective of the measured quantity of leakage, all detectable leaks shall be repaired by the Contractor at the contractor's expense and no cost to Carlsbad Municipal Water District. If a tested system is damaged or a leak occurs after official test the entire system or portion of system will be retested as directed by Inspector. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 80 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15056 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials and installation of ductile-iron pipe and fittings for potable water systems. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ANSI B16.42 Ductile iron pipe flanges and flanged fittings, classes 150 and 300. ASTM A536 Specification for ductile iron castings. AWWA C104 Cement mortar lining for ductile iron pipe and fittings for water AWWA C105 Polyethylene encasement for ductile iron pipe systems AWWA C111 Rubber-gasket joints for ductile iron pipe AWWA C600 Installation of ductile iron water mains and their appurtenances 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09900, 15000, 15044, 15061, 15064, 15108, and 15112 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION Ductile-iron pipe shall be used only in specific areas, locations, and uses allowed by the City. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured per AWWA C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, and C153. Gray-iron and cast-iron fittings or flanges shall not be used. 2. Ductile-iron fittings manufactured per AWWA C153 shall be installed on mains 12" and smaller only. 3. Joints for ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be mechanical, flanged, or push-on in accordance with AWWA C110, C111, and C153. 4. Except as amended herein, or otherwise shown on the Approved Plans, joints for ductile-iron pipe and ductile-iron fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to or greater than the adjacent piping. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 81 of 190 2/16/16 5. Joints in buried piping may be of the push-on, flanged or mechanical-joint type per AWWA C111 except where particularly specified on the Approved Drawings. 6. Joints that are aboveground, within structures, or submerged shall be flanged unless otherwise shown on the Approved Plans. B. Unless otherwise specified, ductile-iron flanges shall be in accordance with AWWA C115, rated at a working pressure of 1,724 KPa (250 psi). Where required in order to connect to the flanges of 1,724 KPa (250 psi) butterfly valves, or as otherwise shown on the approved plans, ductile-iron flanges shall be compatible with AWWA C207, Class "F". Maximum working pressure of flanges shall be as specified in AWWA or ASME/ANSI. Flanges shall be integrally cast per AWWA C110 or shop-threaded per AWWA C115. Flanges shall be solid. Hollow-back flanges are not permitted. Gray-iron or cast-iron flanges are not permitted. Threading of flanges in the field is not permitted. Where threaded flanges are used, the pipe or spool piece to which they are connected will be hydrostatically tested in the presence of the Engineer prior to installation. The pipe section or spool piece shall be hydrostatically tested for 15 minutes at the pressure rating of the flanges. No leaks shall be permitted. C. Plain ends shall conform to the requirement of AWWA C151 and to the dimensions included within AWWA C110 to accept a mechanical joint, push-on joint, flanged coupling adaptor, flexible coupling, or grooved coupling. Refer to Section 15000 for coupling descriptions. D. The exterior surfaces of all pipe and fittings shall be factory coated with a minimum one-(1) mil thick petroleum asphaltic material per AWWA C110 and C151. E. All pipe and fittings shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C104, using the double thickness requirements indicated in said standard. Type II or Type V Portland cement per ASTM C 150 shall be used. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of each shipment of pipe shall be required to supply a statement certifying that each lot or load of pipe and fittings has been subjected to and met the tests specified for ductile-iron pipe and fittings per AWWA C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, and C153, as applicable. B. All pipe shall have a home mark on the spigot end to indicate proper penetration when the joint is made. C. Ductile-iron pipe shall bear indelible. identification markings as required by AWWA C151. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 82 of 190 2/16/16 1.7 SUBMITTALS The following items shall be submitted and reviewed by the City prior to shipping of ductile-iron pipe and fittings: A. An affidavit of compliance with AWWA C104, C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, C153, and the requirements of this specification. B. Typical joint details. C. Typical details and description of lining and coating. D. Calculations supporting selected wall thickness. E. Calculations demonstrating that each proposed restrained joint arrangement can resist the applied forces. F. Cathodic protection materials. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Delivery, storage, and handling of ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall follow the recommendations of AWWA C600 and as specified herein: A. Handling of pipe shall be performed with lifts, cranes, or other suitable equipment and devices. Slings, hooks, or pipe tongs shall be padded and used in such a manner as to prevent damage to the pipe, linings, and coatings. The pipes shall not be dropped or dragged. B. During transport, the pipe shall be supported and secured against movement using padded devices in such a manner to prevent damage. C. Stored pipe shall be protected from damage and kept free from dirt and foreign materials by closing the ends of the pipe. Other pipeline materials shall be protected by appropriate packaging or wrapping. Gaskets shall be stored in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Bolts, nuts, and washers shall be handled and stored in a dry location in a manner that will ensure proper use with respect to types and sizes. D. Pipe laid out for installation shall be placed on earth berms or timber cradles adjacent to the trench in the numerical order of installation. E. Maintain plastic end caps on all pipe and fittings in good condition until the pipe is ready to be installed in the trench. Periodically open the plastic end caps and spray clean potable water inside the pipe for moisture control. F. Under no circumstances shall ropes or other devices be attached through the fitting's interior for handling. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 83 of 190 2/16/16 1.9 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Ductile-iron pipe and fittings for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored coating, purple polyethylene sleeves, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section 15000. 1.10 CORROSION PROTECTION Polyethylene encasement shall be installed on all buried ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance with Section 15000. Additionally, all buried ductile iron fittings with bolted connections (flanges, mechanical joints, etc) shall be coated with wax tape in accordance with Section 09902. 1.11 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance with Section 15000. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 DUCTILE-IRON Ductile-iron pipe and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in accord with the Standard Drawings. 2.2 GASKETS A. Mechanical joint rubber gasket configuration and materials shall comply with AWWA C111, and according to the applicable joint type and pressure rating of the piping system. B. Flange gaskets shall be 1/8" thick acrylic or aramid fibers bound with nitrile for all sizes of pipe. Gaskets shall be full-face type with pre-punched holes. Ring gaskets extending to the inner edge of the bolt circumference may be used only upon approval of the City Engineer. C. Push-on joint rubber gaskets shall be per AWWA C111. D. If organic solvents or petroleum products are encountered during the course of the work, alternate gasket materials or joint treatment may be required by the Engineer. 2.3 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.4 WAX TAPE COATING Wax Tape shall be provided in accordance with Section 09902 and the Approved Materials List. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 84 of 190 2/16/16 2.5 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be provided in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.6 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including worker break times, ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and child-proof cap or plug. Do not permit trench water to enter the pipe. Do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. The Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary condition free from foreign materials. 3.2 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING Trenching, backfilling and compacting shall be performed in accordance with Section 02223. 3.3 DEWATERING The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering trench excavations or other parts of the work. Any damage caused by flooding of the trench shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. If flooding of the trench does occur, the Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline appurtenances or trench materials shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer. 3.4 PIPE INSTALLATION When the work requires and the size of the pipe allows entry of personnel into the pipe, the Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work inside pipelines shall not be undertaken until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the area is verified as safe to enter. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 85 of 190 2/16/16 The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, valves, supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown on the Approved Plans and as required to provide a complete and workable installation. Install pipe in the trench as follows: A. Inspect each pipe and fitting before lowering the pipe or fitting into the trench. Inspect the interior and exterior protective coatings. Patch damaged areas in the field with material recommended by the protective coating manufacturer. Thoroughly clean the ends of the pipe. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of the pipe and keep pipe clean during and after installation. B. Install pipe according to the manufacturer's approved order of installation. Install pipes uphill if the grade exceeds 10%. Lower the pipe onto the bedding at the proper lines and grades. C. The manufacturer's printed installation guide outlining the radius of curvature that can be negotiated with pipe sections of various lengths shall be followed, except they shall not exceed the deflections allowed in AWWA C600 according to joint type. Combined deflections at rubber gasket or flexible coupling joints shall not exceed that recommended by the manufacturer. D. The pipe shall have firm bearing along its full length, and bell holes shall be provided at each joint to permit visual inspection of the joint and prevent the pipe from being supported by the bell end or coupling. E. Pipe Assembly: 1. Push-On Type: Assemble the pipe joint using a lubricant selected from the Approved Materials List. Insert the spigot end into the bell or coupling to the proper insertion mark. Check that the elastomeric ring has not left the groove during assembly by passing a feeler gauge around the completed joint. Drive spigot ends of the pipe into bell ends in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Stabbing shall not be permitted. 2. Mechanical Joint Type: Assembly of mechanical joint fittings shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations regarding installation. F. During installation operations, do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. G. When pipe installation is not in progress, including worker break times, ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and child-proof cap or plug. Do not permit trench water, animals, or foreign material to enter the pipe. 3.5 CORROSION PROTECTION Polyethylene encasement shall be installed on all buried ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance with Section 15000. Additionally, all buried ductile iron fittings with bolted connections (flanges, mechanical joints, etc) shall be coated with wax tape in accordance with Section 09902. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 86 of 190 2/16/16 3.6 FLANGED PIPE AND FITTINGS Flanged connections shall be installed where indicated on the Approved Drawings. A. Bolt holes shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines. B. The bolts, nuts and flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire brush prior to assembly. C. Bolts and nuts shall be lubricated with a City-approved anti-seize compound. D. Nuts shall be tightened in an alternating "star" pattern to the manufacturer's recommended torque. E. Coat the exterior of exposed flanges, bolts and nuts located aboveground or within vaults in accordance with Section 09910. 3.7 MECHANICAL JOINT CONNECTIONS A. Install mechanical joint connections per AWWA C600 and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prior to installation of the mechanical joint, clean the socket and plain end of the pipe. Lubricate both the gasket and plain end of the pipe with an approved lubricant per AWWA C111 immediately prior to slipping the gasket onto the plain end of the pipe. C. Tighten the bolts to the normal range of bolt torque per the manufacturer's recommendations and AWWA C600k, Table 3, as follows: Pipe Diameter 3" 4-24" 30-36" 3.8 CROSSES Bolt Size 5/8" 3/4" 21" Range of Torque 61-81 N-M (45-60 ft.-lb.) 102-122 N-M (75-90 ft.-lb.) 136-163 N-M (100-120 ft.-lb.) A. Each flanged ductile-iron cross shall be installed with flanged ductile-iron pipe spools between the cross and the valves. The spools are included to position the valves a sufficient distance from the cross to allow installation of the thrust blocks without conflicting with the valve actuators. B. The spools shall be 18" long for pipe sizes 8" through 12", and 24" long for pipe sizes 16" and larger. C. The spools shall be equal in class to the adjacent pipe. 3.9 JOINT BONDING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION Bonding of joints to provide continuity, flange insulation kits, internal epoxy linings, and other cathodic protection items and materials shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the Standard Drawings and Section 16640. 3.10 COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE-IRON PIPE Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 87 of 190 2/16/16 Mechanical type flexible joints shall be installed where shown on the Approved Drawings. Grooved couplings shall be used in vaults and above ground. Flexible couplings may be used, where indicated on the drawings, below ground, but may also be used above ground with restrained joints. Flanged coupling adapters shall be used for buried pipelines, where allowed by the City. A. Grooved joint couplings shall be installed per AWWA C606 and as indicated in Section 15000. B. Flanged coupling adapters, where allowed by the City, shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Flexible couplings shall be installed per Section 15000 and the manufacturer's recommendations. D. All couplings for ductile-iron pipe shall be shop-coated in accordance with Section 15000. 3.11 CONCRETE Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with Section 03000 and the Standards Drawings. 3.12 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.13 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041. 3.14 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 88 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15057 COPPER TUBING, BRASS AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials and installation of copper tubing, brass and bronze pipe fittings and appurtenances. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. ANSI 81 .20.1 Pipe treads, general purpose ANSI 816.18 Case copper alloy solder joint pressure fittings 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09900, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15061 and 15064 1.4 SERVICE LATERAL WET TAP CONNECTIONS Contractor shall perform all wet tap connections to existing pipelines in accordance with Section 15000. 1.5 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Copper Tubing, Brass, and Bronze Pipe Fittings for recycled water shall be identified with purple color coating, purple polyethylene sleeve, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section 15000. 1.6 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be used for all copper tubing, except that which is bored or jacked, in accordance with Section 15000. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 COPPER TUBING Copper tubing shall conform to the requ'irements of ASTM B 88 Type K or ASTM B 88 M (Metric) Type A seamless copper water tube. Copper tubing up to 1" diameter shall be soft; 2" may be soft or rigid. Components shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 89 of 190 2/16/16 2.2 BRASS PIPE, NIPPLES, AND FITTINGS Threaded nipples, brass pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM B 43, regular wall thickness. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1 .20.1. Fittings shall be flared or silver soldered pr CMWD Standard Drawings W3 and W4. 2.3 BRONZE APPURTENANCES A. Corporation stops, curb stops, meter and angle meter stops, meter flange adapters, and bronze-bodied service saddles shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Fittings shall be flared type or silver soldered. C. All items specified herein shall be manufactured of bronze conforming to ASTM B 62. D. Service saddles shall be the double strap type. Service saddles shall be used on all service and appurtenance connections on PVC piping. For piping materials other than PVC, service and appurtenance connections shall be performed in accordance with the Approved Drawings. 2.4 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. 2.5 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 COPPER TUBING AND FITTINGS A. Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compacting shall be performed in accordance with CMWD Standard Drawings. Provide a minimum cover of 30" below finished street grade. B. Cut tubing true and square and remove burrs. C. Bends in soft copper tubing shall be long sweep. Shape bends with shaping tools. Form bends without flattening, buckling, or thinning the tubing wall at any point. D. Assemble copper tubing and fittings per the manufacturer's recommendation in accordance with the Standard Drawings. E. Install warning/identification tape in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 90 of 190 2/16/16 F. All fittings shall be soldered or flared as shown on the Approved Plans and Standard Drawings. 3.2 SERVICE SADDLES A. Service saddles shall be located a minimum of 24" from any pipe joint or fittings. B. Service saddles for connections shall be located a minimum of 24" from other saddles. Additionally, multiple service saddles for connections that are installed on the same side of a single pipe length shall be alternately staggered between 1 0o and 300 to prevent a weak plane in the pipe. C. The surface of the pipe shall be clean and all loose material shall be removed to provide a hard, clean surface. D. The service saddle shall be tightened in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to ensure a tight. seal, using care to prevent damage or distortion of the service saddle or corporation stop due to over-tightening. E. The tap into the pipe shall be made in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendation. Tapping tools and shell cutters with internal teeth or double slots that will retain the coupon shall be used. 3.3 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041. 3.4 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 91 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 92 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15061 CEMENT-MORTAR LINED AND COATED STEEL PIPE AND SPECIALS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, design, fabrication, and installation of cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe and specials. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. AWWAC200 AWWAC205 AWWAC206 AWWAC207 AWWAC208 AWWAC209 AWWAC210 AWWAC213 AWS ASME AWWAC214 Steel Water Pipe 6-inches and Larger Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe Steel Pipe Flanges Dimensions for Fabricated Fittings Cold Applied Tape Coating for the Exterior of Special Sections, Connection and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines Coal-tar Epoxy Coating System for Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines Standard Qualification Procedure for Manual Welding Operators Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Tape Coatings Systems for the Exterior of Steel Water Pipeline 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09900, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15074, 15100, 15102, 15108, and 15112. 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION Cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe and specials shall be used only for specific purposes as shown on the Approved Plans. Generally, cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe shall be used for transmission mains 24" or larger, but may be used for lines as small as 14" with the approval of the Engineer. 1.5 SPECIALS A special is defined as any piece of pipe other than a normal full length of straight pipe. This includes, but is not limited to, elbows, short pieces, reducers, tees, crosses, spools, sections with outlets, beveled sections and access holes. 1.6 SUBMITTALS Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 93 of 190 2/16/16 The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, Submittals Shop Drawing. Submittals are required for the following: A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts of, but not limited to, the following: Shop Drawings Layout Schedule Manufacturer's tests Mill Reports or Plant Test Reports Fabrication Details Dimensional Checks Protective Coatings Welding Rods for Field Welding Shop Drawings shall be submitted and approved prior to manufacture of pipe. The layout schedule shall indicate the order of installation, the length and location of each pipe section and special, the station and elevation of the pipe invert at all changes in grade, and all data on curves and bends for both horizontal and vertical alignment. B. Submit data used by the Contractor in manufacture and quality control. C. Test reports showing the physical properties of the rubber used in the gaskets shall be submitted. 1.7 PAYMENT A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. B. Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cement-mortar lined and coated steep pipe shall be inspected at the supplier's manufacturing plant by the City Engineer. Developer shall be responsible for City Engineer's expenses, including travel, time, meals and overnight accommodations. Overnight accommodations and air travel may be required, at the discretion of the Engineer, if the manufacturing plant is more than 100 miles from the City Engineer's office. B. In addition to the shop hydrostatic testing performed on pipe cylinders required per AWWA C200, all welds of specials and attachments (i.e., joint rings and nozzles) shall be tested by a dye-penetrant process. Certification of such testing shall be submitted to the City. C. Field welders shall be certified under Section IX, Part A of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code or in accordance with AWWA C206, Section 3. Welders shall present a copy of their certification to the City prior to performing any field welding. Certifications shall be dated within three (3) years of the job to be performed. D. Plainly mark each length of straight pipe and each special at the bell end to identify the proper location of the pipe item by reference to the layout schedule. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 94 of 190 2/16/16 E. The top of all pipe and specials shall be clearly identified by marking the top with "T.O.P." for easy identification in the field. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Delivery, storage, and handling of the pipe and specials shall be as follows: A. Pipe and fittings shall be carefully handled and shall be protected against damage to linings and coatings due to impact shocks. Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner which will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the site or elsewhere. Pipe shall be handled and stored per these requirements and in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. B. Temporary internal bracing shall be installed in all pipe 24" and larger prior to shipment to the job site. Temporary internal bracing shall be 4" x 4" wooden struts installed in both the horizontal and vertical directions. Each set of struts shall be nailed together as a unit. Wooden wedges may be used to maintain the proper tight fit of the internal bracing. The bracing shall be located 12" in from each end of the pipe section for all pipe, and additionally at the mid-point for piping 30" and larger. Maintain internal bracing as specified under Pipe Installation. C. Transport pipe to the job site on padded bunks with nylon tie-down straps or padded bonding to protect the pipe. D. Pipes and specials shall only be handled with appropriate spreader bars and wide nylon slings. Chains or wire rope slings shall not be used. Under no circumstances shall pipe or specials be pushed or dragged along the ground. All pipe sections over 20' in length shall be lifted at the quarter points from each end. E. Store pipe on earth berms or timber cradles adjacent to the trench in the numerical order of installation. Place the supports at about one-quarter point from the pipe ends. F. Maintain plastic end caps on all pipe and specials in good condition until the pipe is ready to be installed in the trench. Periodically open the plastic end caps and spray potable water inside the pipe for moisture control. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 95 of 190 2/16/16 PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 PIPE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Pipe manufacturing shall be the product of one company in the business of designing and manufacturing cement-mortar lined, tape wrapped and mortar coated steel pipe. The pipe shall consist of the following components: A welded steel cylinder with joints formed' integrally with the steel cylinder or with steel joint rings welded to the ends; A centrifugally-cast cement-mortar lining; A self-centering bell and spigot joint with a circular preformed elastomeric gasket, so designed that the joint will be watertight under all conditions of service; Tape wrapping of the cylinder over a dielectric coating; A dense, concentric, steel reinforced exterior cement-mortar coating. The Plans indicate the elevations and alignment of the pipeline, the nominal inside diameter of the lined pipe, and the minimum steel cylinder thickness or design pressure (adjusted to satisfy transient conditions). Design soil cover shall be as stated on the Plans or Specifications or, if none is stated, the amount of cover shall be scaled from the Plans. Minimum thickness of the steel cylinder shall be as shown on the Plans or, if not shown on the Plans, as determined by the following formula, except that steel thickness shall not be less than 10 gauge (0.1345-inch). t = Pd Where 2S 2.2 STEEL CYLINDERS P = Design pressure, in psi plus 50 psi minimum S = Steel stress at design pressure, i.e., 16,500 psi t = Steel cylinder thickness, in inches d = OD of steel cylinder, in inches Materials used in fabricating steel cylinders shall be hot rolled carbon steel sheets conforming to the requirements of ASTM A53, Grade B, ASTM A570 Grade 36 or Grade 33, or steel plates conforming to the requirements of ASTM A36. The method of testing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A570. Full penetration welds will be required. Welds may be straight or spiral seam. The circumferential stress in the steel shall not exceed 16,500 psi at the design pressure. Remove the exterior weld bead along the entire exterior surface of the pipe. The exterior weld bead shall be flush with the exterior surface of the pipe with a tolerance of plus 1/32- inch. 2.3 CEMENT Cement for mortar lining and coating shall be Portland Cement Type II and conform to ASTM C150, unless otherwise specified. Admixtures containing chlorides shall not be used. 2.4 STEEL BAR OR WIRE REINFORCEMENT Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 96 of 190 2/16/16 Circumferential steel bar or wire reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 40, "Specifications for Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement". Wire fabric reinforcing for cement-mortar coatings and linings of fittings shall conform to ASTM A 185, "Specifications for Welded Steel Wire Fabric," or ASTM A497, "Specifications for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric." Spiral-wire reinforcement for cement-mortar coatings shall conform to ASTM A82. 2.5 STEEL FOR JOINT RINGS Steel for bell rings shall conform to ASTM A575, "Specification for Merchant Quality Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Bars." Steel for spigot rings shall conform to ASTM A576, "Specification for Special Quality Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Bars." 2.6 DIMENSIONS The steel pipe sizes shown on the Plans or otherwise referred to shall be the nominal inside diameter. Unless otherwise specified, the nominal diameter shown on the Plans shall be considered to be the inside diameter after lining. 2.7 MANUFACTURER'S TESTS Each steel cylinder with joint rings attached and cylinders for specials shall be hydrostatically tested to a circumferential stress of at least 22,000 psi, but not more than 25,000 psi. If leaks develop during testing, the cylinder shall be repaired by welding and retested until all leaks are eliminated. The seams in short radius bends and special fittings shall be tested by the air-soap method using air at a pressure of 5 psi or by the dye-check method. However, if the fitting is fabricated from cylinders which have been previously hydrostatically tested, no further test will be required on seams so tested. Hydrostatic testing of fittings to 150% of the design pressure may replace the tests described above. Any defects revealed by any of the alternate test methods shall be repaired by welding and the fitting retested until all defects have been eliminated. 2.8 FABRICATION DETAILS Each special and each length of straight pipe shall be plainly marked at the bell end to identify the design pressure and the proper location of the pipe or special by reference to layout schedule. Exposed portion of joint rings shall be protected from corrosion by the manufacturer's standard coating. The pipe shall be fitted with devices shown on the Plans to permit continuous electrical bonding of the various joints following field installation. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 97 of 190 2/16/16 2.9 PROTECTIVE COATINGS AND LININGS 2.10 All exposed metal surfaces shall be painted or coated as specified in Section 09870 and 09900, Painting and Coating, except where other coatings are specified elsewhere and in this section. All steel pipe and fittings shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C205 and C602. Linings shall be in accordance with table below. All steel pipe and fittings for underground service shall be cement-mortar lined, taped wrapped and cement-mortar coated in accordance with AWWA C205, C214 and C602 and Section 09870 unless otherwise specified on the Plans. For the following nominal inside diameters, the lining thickness and minimum cement-mortar coating thickness shall be as follows: LINING COATING Nominal Pipe Size Thickness Tolerance Thickness Tolerance (inches} (inches} (inches} (inches} (inches} -4-10 1/4 -1/32+1/32 1/2 +1/8 12-18 3/8 -1/16+1/8 5/8 +1/8 20-44 1/2 -1/16+1/8 3/4 +1/8 45-58 3/4 -1/16+1/8 1 +1/8 60 and over 3/4 -1/16+1/8 1 1/4 +1/8 STEEL PIPE AND SPECIALS Steel pipe and specials shall conform to the requirements of the AWWA C200 and C205, and AWWA M11, except as modified herein. A. Steel for fabricated cylinders shall conform to ASTM A 36/A 36M, ASTM A 283/ A 283M, Grade D, or ASTM A 570/A 570M, Grade 36. Other steel grades may be used only upon approval of the City Engineer. B. Cement-mortar coating shall be reinforced in accordance with AWW A C205. C. Cement mortar grout for field joints shall consist of a mixture of 1-1/2 to 2 parts sand to 1 part Type II or Type V Portland Cement with enough clean, potable water to permit packing and troweling without crumbling. The sand shall be washed, well-graded sand such that all will pass a No. 8 sieve. The quantity of water to be used in the preparation of grout shall be the minimum required to produce a mixture sufficiently workable for the purpose intended. Grout shall attain a minimum compressive strength of 12.4 MPa (1,800 psi) in 28 days. D. In certain circumstances, rapid-setting mortar may be required. Acceleration admixtures may be used in the mix as permitted by the City Engineer. Calcium chloride shall not be used in the mix. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 98 of 190 2/16/16 2.11 PAINTING AND COATING A. Paint and coating products for exterior surfaces of all pipe and appurtenances not otherwise mortar-coated shall be in accordance with Section 09910 and the Approved Materials List. B. Paint and coating products for areas in contact with potable water such plain ends of pipe, grooved and shouldered ends of pipe and exposed inside surfaces or threaded outlets and blind flanges shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.12 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. 2.13 GASKETS A. Rubber-ring gaskets shall comply with AWWA C200 according to the applicable joint type and pressure rating of the piping system. B. Flange gaskets shall comply with AWWA C207. Flange gaskets shall be 3.18mm (1/8") thick acrylic or aramid fibers bound with nitrile for all sizes of pipe. Gaskets shall be full-face type with pre-punched holes or ring-type extending to the inner edge of the bolt circumference of the flange. C. In the event of encountering organic solvents or petroleum products during the course of the work, alternate gasket materials or joint treatment will be required as directed by the City Engineer. 2.14 CEMENT-MORTAR CURING The pipe shall be cured by water curing, steam curing or a combination of both. Water curing and steam curing may be used interchangeably on a time ratio basis of four hours water curing to one hour of steam curing. Where steam curing is used, the pipe shall be kept in steam maintained at a temperature of 100 F to 150 F for the specified period and, where water curing is used, the pipe shall be kept continually moist by spraying or other means for the specified periods. The pipe shall not be allowed to dry either on the inside or outside surfaces during the curing period. Where water curing is used, the pipe shall be kept continuously moist for seven days at a temperature of not less than 40 F before being moved to the trench site. Cement-mortar lining and coating of special pipe and fittings may be cured in accordance with the above provisions or by prompt application of a white-pigmented sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309. Sealing compound shall not be applied at joint ends where compound will interfere with the bond of joint mortar. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 99 of 190 2/16/16 2.15 SPECIAL PIPE AND FITTINGS The manufacturer shall furnish all fittings and special pieces required for closures, curves, bends, branches, manholes, outlets, connections for mainline valves, and other appurtenances required by the Plans. Special fittings shall be fabricated of welded steel sheet or plate, lined and coated with cement-mortar of the same type as the adjoining pipe and applied as specified for lining and coating of specials in AWWA C205 and as modified herein. Butt welding shall be used, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. Minimum centerline radius of an elbow or bend shall be as follows. The maximum deflection at a mitered girth seam shall be 22-1/2 degrees. Pipe Size (Inches) 30-48 51 -60 Over 60 Minimum Centerline Radius 2-1/2 times ID 10-feet 2 times ID The circumferential stress in the sheet or plate shall not exceed 13,500 psi at the design pressure. The minimum thickness of sheet or plate shall be as follows: Fitting Diameter Range (Inches) , 18 and under 20-24 Minimum Thickness of Sheet or Plate 10 gauge 26 -36 38-45 48-54 57-60 63-72 75-84 3/16" or 7 gauge 1/4" 5/16" 3/8" 7/16" 1/2" 5/8" Outlets at special fittings shall be reinforced with collars or crotch plates. If collar reinforcement is used, the outlet diameter shall not exceed 69% of the ID of the fitting. The diameter of outlets reinforced with crotch plates may equal the fitting diameter. The effective shoulder width "W" of collars from the inside surface of the steel outlet to the outside edge of the collar measured on the surface of the cylinder shall be not less than one-third or more than one-half the ID of steel outlet. The thickness of the collar shall be not less than "T" as determined by: Pw X ID cyl. X ID outlet T= 36,000 xW where Pw is the design pressure in pounds per square inch, and all other dimensions are in inches. Collars may be oval in shape or rectangular with well-rounded corners. Outlets 3-inches in diameter and smaller may be installed without collars. The design of crotch plates shall be based upon the paper by Swanson, Chapton, Wilkinson, King, and Nelson, originally published in June 1955 issue of the Journal of the American Water Works Association and in conformance with AWWA M-11. 2.16 TAPE WRAP AND MORTAR SHIELD Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 100 of 190 2/16/16 Tape wrap and mortar shield for concrete mortar lined steel pipe shall be in accordance with Section 09870. 2.17 HANDLING AND SHIPMENT Pipe and special fittings shall be handled carefully, and blocking and holddowns used during shipment shall prevent movement or shifting. Both ends of pipe and fittings on trucks or rail cars shall be bulkheaded or covered in order to prevent excessive drying of the interior lining. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including worker break times, the ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and child-proof cap or plug. Do not permit trench water to enter the pipe. Do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. The Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary condition free from foreign materials. 3.2 DEWATERING The Contractor shall provide, and maintain at all times during construction, ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering trench excavations or other parts of the work in accordance with Section 02223. Any damage caused by flooding of the trench shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Contractor shall obtain a Discharge Permit as required by the Regional Water Quality Control Board. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. If flooding of the trench does occur, the Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline appurtenances shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION When the work requires and the size of the pipe allows entry of personnel into the pipe, the Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work inside pipelines shall not be undertaken until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the area is verified as safe to enter. Generally, the aforementioned safety provisions apply to pipe 24" and larger. Note that for pipe less than 24" diameter, more stringent safety procedures apply. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, valves, supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown on the Approved Plans and as required to provide a complete and workable installation. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 101 of 190 2/16/16 Pipe installations shall be as shown on the Approved Plans and Shop Drawings in accordance with the following: A. No pipe shall be installed where the linings or coatings show cracks that may be harmful as determined by the City Engineer. Such damaged linings and coatings shall be repaired or new, undamaged pipe sections shall be provided. B. Pipe damaged prior to Substantial Completion shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall inspect each pipe and fitting to ensure that there are no damaged portions of the pipe. The Contractor shall remove or smooth out any burrs, gouges, weld splatter, or other small defects prior to laying the pipe. D. Before placement of pipe in the trench, each pipe or fitting shall be thoroughly cleaned of any foreign substance which may have collected thereon and shall be kept clean at all times thereafter. For this purpose, the openings of all pipes and fittings in the trench shall be closed during any interruption to the work as noted above. E. Pipe shall be laid directly on the bedding material. No blocking will be permitted, and the bedding shall be such that it forms a continuous, solid bearing for the full length of the pipe. Excavations shall be made as needed to facilitate removal of handling devices after the pipe is laid. Bell holes shall be formed at the ends of the pipe to prevent point loading at the bells or couplings and to permit visual inspection of the joint. Excavation shall be made as needed outside the normal trench section at field joints to permit adequate access to the joints for field connection operations and for application of coatings on field joints. F. Installation Tolerances: Each section of pipe shall be laid in the order and position shown on the approved layout schedule to the proper lines and grades in accordance with the following: 1. Each section of pipe having a nominal diameter less than 48" shall be laid not to vary more than 0.2-ft horizontally or 0.1-ft vertically from the alignment and elevations shown on the Approved Plans. 2. Each section of pipe having nominal diameter 48" and larger shall be laid not to vary more than five percent (5%) of the pipe diameter horizontally or two and one half percent (2.5%) of the pipe diameter vertically. 3. In addition to the horizontal and vertical tolerances above, lay the pipe so that no high or low points occur along the pipeline other than those shown on the approved layout schedule. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 102 of 190 2/16/16 G. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the City Engineer may change the alignment and/or the grades. Such change shall be made by the deflection of joints, by the use of bevel adapters, or by the use of additional fittings. However, in no case shall the deflection in the joint exceed seventy five percent (75%) of the maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. No joint shall be deflected any amount that will be detrimental to the strength and water tightness of the finished joint. In all cases the joint opening, before finishing with the protective mortar inside the pipe, shall be the controlling factor. H. Pipes shall be laid uphill on grades exceeding 10 percent. Pipe that is laid on a downhill grade shall be blocked and held in place until the following pipe section has been installed to provide sufficient support to prevent movement. I. Temporary internal pipe bracing shall be left in place in pipe sizes larger than 24" until pipe zone compaction has been completed. Bracing in pipe smaller than 24" may be removed immediately after the pipe has been laid into the trench. The Contractor shall employ a laboratory to monitor pipe deflection by measuring pipe inside diameter before bracing is removed and 24 hours after struts are removed. Pipe deflection shall not exceed 3 percent in 24 hours after the bracing has been removed. After the backfill has been placed, the struts shall be removed. J. Cold Weather Protection: No pipe shall be installed upon a foundation onto which frost has penetrated or at any time that there is a danger of the formation of ice or penetration of frost at the bottom of the excavation. No pipe shall be laid unless it can be established that the trench will be backfilled prior to formation of ice and frost. K. Pipe and Special Protection: The openings of all pipe and specials where the pipe and specials have been mortar-lined in the shop shall be protected with suitable bulkheads to maintain a moist atmosphere and to prevent unauthorized access by persons, animals, water, or any undesirable substance. The bulkheads shall be designed to prevent drying out of the interior of the pipe. The Contractor shall introduce water into the pipe to keep the mortar moist where moisture has been lost due to damaged bulkheads. 3.4 RUBBER-RING JOINTS: SHALL ONLY BE USED AS SHOWN ON PLANS For pipe sizes smaller than 24-inches, the bell end shall be buttered with cement mortar in a manner and quantity that will completely fill the recess between the respective linings of the two joined sections of pipe. The spigot end shall then be entered into the bell end of the adjacent pipe section the distance shown on the Shop Drawings. Immediately after joining, the pipe interior shall be swabbed to remove all excess mortar by drawing a swab or squeegee through the pipe. The pipe interior shall be inspected by a closed circuit television camera, to assure quality of internal mortar. For pipe sizes 24-inches and larger, the joint recess shall be pointed from the inside with cement mortar after the backfill has been placed and compacted and the pipe permitted to take any normal settlement. The mortar shall be mixed of one part cement to one and one-half parts of sand and pointing accomplished in two or more lifts and finished off flush by troweling. Pipe shall be inspected visually by work persons within the pipe, to assure internal mortar quality. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 103 of 190 2/16/16 Each pipe joint shall be bonded to provide electrical continuity along the entire pipeline. The bond shall be made by the proper welding of pipe joints together as indicated on the Plans. The outside joint recess shall be grouted with cement mortar after a diaper has first been placed around the joint and tightened securely to prevent leakage while the mortar is being poured. The diaper shall be made of moisture resisting paper or heavy duty sail cloth of sufficiently close weave to prevent cement loss from the mortar. The diapers shall be hemmed on each edge and shall contain a metal strap within each hem sufficiently longer than the circumference of the pipe to allow a secure attachment of the diaper to the pipe. The diaper width will depend upon pipe size and design and shall be the width recommended by the manufacturer. Following installation of the diapers, the joints shall be poured and rodded from one side only until the mortar comes up to the top of the diaper on the opposite side. Approximately one hour subsequent to the pouring of the joint, the joint shall be rechecked and, if any settlement, leakage or shrinkage has taken place, the joint shall be refilled with mortar. Outside joints may be grouted before or after the placement of bedding and backfill materials if those materials are to be mechanically compacted. If bedding and backfill materials are to be hydraulically densified, grout shall be poured and allowed to set before applying water. In any case, joints shall be grouted before backfill is placed over the top of the pipe. 3.5 BUTT-STRAP CLOSURE JOINTS Butt-Strap Closure Joints: Butt-strap closure joints shall be completed in the trench after the pipe has been laid to the alignment and grade shown on the Plans. They should be field welded by full-circumferential fillet welds or one of the edges may be shop welded and the other field welded. Welding shall be done in the same manner as specified for welded joints. The interior of the joints shall be filled with stiff plastic mortar and finished off smoothly with the inside of the pipe. Clean the inside steel surfaces by wire brushing or power brushing. Wire mesh, 2" x 4" x No. 13 gauge, clean, and free from rust, shall be applied to the interior of the joints so that the wires on the 2-inch spacing run circumferentially around the pipe. The wires on the 4-inch spacing shall be crimped in such a manner that the mesh will be held 3/8-inch from the metal joint surface. The mesh shall be lapped a minimum of 8-inches and shall be securely wired in position. Pack the cement mortar into the recess of the joint and steel trowel finish to match the adjoining pipes. The joint exterior shall be coated with mortar to a minimum thickness of 1 ½-inches. Immediately prior to applying mortar to the interior or exterior of the joints, a cement wash shall be applied to the metal to be coated. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 104 of 190 2/16/16 3.6 FIELD WELDED JOINTS A. Welded joints shall be completed after the pipe is in final position. Welded joints shall be a lap-welded slip joint as shown on the Plans. The minimum overlap of the assembled bell and spigot section of lap joint shall be shown on the plans. Any recess between the bell and spigot shall be caulked with a rod to facilitate the welding. Pipe of 30-inches in diameter or more may be welded from the inside. Joints shall be welded on the inside and outside where indicated on the Plans as "Double Welded Joints." Field Welding shall be in accordance with AWWA C206 and AWS D1 .1, except as modified herein. Welders assigned to the Work shall be qualified under the AWS standard qualification procedure, within the past three (3) years. B. Joints to be welded shall be cleaned, preferably prior to placing the pipe in the trench, of all loose scale, heavy rust, paint, cement, and grease. At least a 1/2-inch recess shall be provided between adjacent mortar-covered surfaces to place the weld. In all hand welding, the metal shall be deposited in successive layers and the minimum number of passes shall be 2. Preheat the joints to be welded where required in accordance with Table 1 of AWWA C206. C. All joints shall be visually inspected and shall undergo dye testing and hydrostatic testing, in accordance with AWWA C-206 and ASTM E165. D. After the joints have been welded, the interior joint shall be grouted with cement mortar in accordance with sub-parts 3.9 and 3.10 of this Section. E. Welded joints shall be completed in the trench per AWWA C206. F. Both the bell and spigot ends shall be cleaned of foreign matter prior to welding. G. Welding electrodes shall be as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Typically, electrodes shall be E6010 for root passes and for additional passes. Do not deposit more than 1/8" of throat thickness per pass. H. Weld material shall be deposited in successive layers. Complete and clean each pass around the entire circumference of the pipe before commencing the next pass. I. The minimum number of passes in the completed weld shall be as follows: Steel Cylinder Thickness mm {inches) 6.35 or less (0.2500 or ¼") Greater than 6.35 (0.2500 or¼") Field Weld Minimum Number of Passes 2 3 J. To minimize longitudinal stresses due to temperature variations, it is necessary to leave unwelded one joint per each 400' of pipeline. This joint shall be left unwelded until all the joints on both sides of it are welded, and it shall be welded at the coolest time of the working day. The City Engineer shall decide if and when this procedure is warranted. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 105 of 190 2/16/16 K. Tack-welding the joint may be permitted to hold the pipe in place. If the joint is to be circumferentially welded, sufficient time shall elapse to allow for an initial set of interior joint lining prior to proceeding with joint welding. Rapid-setting mortar may be used in accordance with this Section. In some cases, the City Engineer may require hand holes. L. Field welders shall be certified in accordance with ASME Section 9 (pipe welders) or AWS D1 .1 (plate welders). Welders shall present a copy of their certification to the City Engineer prior to performing any field welding. M. Prior to butt-strap welding, the pipe and pipe joint shall be properly positioned in the trench using line-up clamps so that, in the finished joint, the abutting pipe sections shall not be misaligned by more than 1/16". N. The pipe ends shall be cut straight on joints where butt straps are used for realignment, adjustment, or deflection, and fillet welds shall be made as indicated. 0. Inspection of Field Welded Joints: 1. The City shall arrange for the welds to be inspected. Inspection of welds shall take place as soon as possible following the completion of the welds. 2. The Contractor shall coordinate and supply ventilation, lighting, and other equipment deemed necessary for inspection. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing safe entry into and out of the trench, safety of inspection personnel, traffic control and other safety precautions deemed necessary for the inspections. 3.7 PREVENTING FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING THE PIPE At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. In no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Owner's Representative. 3.8 HANDLING OF PIPE Refer to Section 09870 regarding handling of the concrete mortar lined and tape wrapped and mortar coated steel pipe. 3.9 INTERIOR JOINT FINISH -PIPE LESS THAN 24" Complete interior mortar joints for pipe sizes less than 24" by drawing through a tight- fitting swab or squeegee. Coat the face of the cement mortar lining at the bell with a sufficient amount of stiff cement mortar to fill the gap. Immediately after joining the pipes, draw the swab through the pipe to remove all excess mortar and expel it from the open pipe end. Do not move the pipe after the swab has been pulled past the joint. See requirements under "Field Welded Joints" for these joints requiring welding. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 106 of 190 2/16/16 3.10 INTERIOR JOINT FINISH-PIPE 24" AND LARGER A. Complete interior mortar joints for pipe sizes 24" and larger by the trowel method. Prior to applying interior mortar at the joints all backfill in the area shall be completed. After cleaning the interior joint, pack cement mortar into each joint. Finish the surface with a steel trowel to a smooth finish and equal thickness to match the adjoining pipe mortar. B. Where more than a 4" joint strip of mortar is required, place galvanized welded wire mesh reinforcement in 2" x 4" pattern of No. 13 gauge over the exposed steel. Install the mesh so that the wires on the 2" spacing direction run circumferentially around the pipe. Crimp the wires on the 4" spacing to support the mesh 3/8" from the metal surface. Steel-trowel finish the interior mortar to match adjoining mortar-lined pipe sections. 3.11 EXTERIOR JOINT FINISH A. The outside annular space between pipe sections shall be completely filled with grout formed by the use of polyethylene foam-lined fabric bands. The grout space shall be flushed with water prior to filling so that the surfaces of the joint to be in contact with the grout will be thoroughly moistened when the grout is poured. The joint shall be filled with grout by pouring from one side only. Grout shall be rodded with a wire or other flexible rod or vibrated so that the grout completely fills the joint recess by moving down one side of the pipe, around the bottom of the pipe and up the opposite side. Pouring and rodding the grout shall be continued to allow completion of the filling of the entire joint recess in one operation. Care shall be taken to leave no unfilled space. Grouting of the outside joint spaces shall be kept as close behind the laying of the pipe as possible except that in no case shall grouting be closer than three joints of the pipe being laid. B. The grout bands or heavy-duty diapers shall be polyethylene foam-lined fabric with steel strapping of sufficient strength to hold the fresh mortar, resist nodding of the mortar, and allow excess water to escape. The foam plastic shall be 100 percent closed cell, chemically inert, insoluble in water and resistant to acids, alkalis and solvents. Foam Plastic shall be Dow Chemical Company, Ethafoam 222, or equal. The fabric backing shall be cut and sewn into 9" wide strips with slots for the steel strapping on the outer edges. The polyethylene foam shall be cut into strips 6" wide and slit to a thickness of 1/4" that will expose a hollow or open-cell surface on one side. The foam liner shall be attached to the fabric backing with the open or hollow cells facing towards the pipe. The foam strip shall cover the full interior circumference of the grout band with sufficient length to permit a 8" overlap of the foam at or near the top of the pipe joint. Splices to provide continuity of the material will be permitted. The polyethylene foam material shall be protected from direct sunlight. The polyethylene foam-lined grout band shall be centered over the joint space with approximately equal widths extending over each pipe end and securely attached to the pipe with the steel straps. After filling the exterior joint space with grout, the flaps shall be closed and overlapped in a manner that fully encloses the grout with polyethylene foam. C. Following grouting, the joint shall then be wrapped with two layers of polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section 15000. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 107 of 190 2/16/16 3.12 BUTT STRAP JOINTS Butt strap closure joints shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with AWWA C206. A. Butt straps shall be field welded to the outside plain end of the pipe along both edges with a full circumferential weld. A minimum of two weld passes shall be used. B. The interior of the joints shall be filled with a rapid-set mortar and finished off smoothly to match the pipe interior diameter. C. Clean the butt strap with a wire brush and apply a cement and water wash coat prior to applying cement mortar. D. Galvanized wire mesh, 2" x 4" x No. 13 gauge shall be installed to the exterior of the joint prior to applying the mortar coating. E. Coat the exterior of the closure assemblies with mortar to cover all steel with a minimum of 1-1/4". F. Seal weld the steep plug to the hand hole after the interior of the joint has been inspected and approved by the City Engineer. G. Following grouting, the joint shall then be wrapped with two layers of polyethylene encasement in accordance with Section 15000. 3.13 FLANGED CONNECTIONS Flanged connections shall be installed where indicated on the Approved Plans. A. Bolt holes shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines. 8. The bolts, nuts and flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire brush prior to assembly. C. Bolts and nuts shall be lubricated with a City-approved anti-seize compound. D. Nuts shall be tightened in an alternating "star" pattern to the manufacturer's recommended torque. E. Slip-on type flanges intended for field fit-up and welding shall be welded inside and outside in accordance with AWWA C207. F. Coat the exterior of exposed flanges, bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 09900. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 108 of 190 2/16/16 3.14 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS Flanged coupling adapters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Bolts shall be tightened with a torque wrench in the presence of the City Engineer to the torque recommended by the manufacturer. 3.15 JOINT BONDING/CATHODIC PROTECTION INSULATION Bonding of joints to provide continuity, flange insulation kits, internal epoxy linings, and other cathodic protection items and materials shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the Standard Drawings and Section 13110. 3.16 WAX TAPE Wax tape shall be installed on all buried bolted connections, valves, fittings and couplings in accordance with Section 09902 and the Standard Drawings, unless the pipeline is otherwise protected with an approved cathodic protection system. 3.17 CONCRETE Where required, concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with Section 03000 and as shown on the Approved Plans. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, refer to Section 03000 for the minimum concrete curing time required. 3.18 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.19 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041. 3.20 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044. 3.21 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING A. Exterior surfaces of all pipe and appurtenances not otherwise mortar-coated shall be field painted in accordance with Section 09900. B. Areas in contact with potable water such plain ends of pipe, grooved and shouldered ends of pipe and exposed inside surfaces of threaded outlets and blind flanges shall be coated in accordance with Section 15000. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 109 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 110 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15063 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SEWER PIPE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section designates the requirements for the manufacture and installation of polyvinyl chloride, abbreviated PVC, gravity sewer pipe to be furnished and installed by the Contractor, at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Plans as herein specified. This work shall be in accordance with these specifications and the City of Carlsbad Standards for Sanitary Sewers. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS ASTM D2321 ASTM D2412 ASTM D3034 ASTM D3212 ASTM F477 ASTM F679 UNl-8-5 Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe Pipe Stiffness Test PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings (4" to 15") Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipe Using Elastomeric Seals Elastomeric Gaskets for Joining Plastic Pipe PVC Large Diameter Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings (18" to 27") Uni Bell Recommended Practice for the Installation of PVC Sewer Pipe 1.3 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling and Compaction: 02223 B. Cast-In-Place Concrete: 03000 C. Testing of Gravity Sewer Pipelines: 15043 1.4 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the General Provisions. Submittals are required for the following: A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts and other information. 8. An affidavit from the pipe manufacturer including compliance with requirements of the Plans and Specifications shall be delivered with the pipe. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of each shipment of pipe shall be required to supply a statement certifying that each lot or load of pipe has been subjected to the tests specified for PVC gravity sewer pipe. Tests shall show that the pipe has been found to meet all the requirements of ASTM D3034, F679, and/or F794 as applicable. B. Sewer pipe shall be furnished in standard 14' or 20' lengths, unless otherwise detailed or required on the Approved Plans. Random lengths may be furnished but shall not exceed 15% of the total footage. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 111 of 190 2/16/16 C. PVC pipe and couplings shall bear indelible identification markings as required by ASTM D3034, F679 and/or F794 and as follows: 1. All pipe, fittings, and couplings shall be clearly marked at an interval not to exceed 5' as follows: a. Nominal pipe diameter. b. PVC cell classification. c. Company, plant, date of manufacture, ASTM and SOR designation. Fittings and couplings do not require the SOR designation. d. Service designation or legend. 2. All pipe shall have home marks on the spigot ends to indicate proper penetration when joints are made. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. PVC pipe shall be stored in suppliers' yards and on the job site in accordance with AWWA M23 and the manufacturer's recommendations. PVC pipe that has been subjected to excessive ultraviolet radiation from the sun shall not be used. The determination as to the acceptability of PVC pipe faded by the sun's radiation shall rest solely with the City's Engineer. B. Store PVC pipe in the field by supporting the pipe uniformly per AWWA M23. Do not stack pipe higher than 4' or stack the pipe with weight on the bell ends. Cover stored PVC pipe to protect it from the sun's ultraviolet radiation. Any pipe that has been contaminated with any petroleum products (inside or outside) shall not be installed. C. Pipe and fittings shall be handled according to manufacturer's recommendations. Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving, and placing the pipe. All pipe, fittings, and other pipeline materials shall be lowered into the trench in a manner that prevents damage. Pipe shall not be dropped, dragged or handled in a manner that will cause bruises, cracks, or other damage. PVC pipe or fittings that have been gouged or scratched shall be subject to rejection as determined by the City Engineer. PART 2 -MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL PVC gravity sewer pipe shall be made of PVC plastic having a cell classification of 12454-B, 13364-A, or 13364-B as defined in ASTM D1784. The fittings shall be made of PVC plastic having a cell classification of 12454-B, 12454-C, or 13343-C as defined in ASTM D1784. 2.2 PIPE A. PVC gravity sewer pipe, fittings, coupling and joints, 4-inch through 15-inch, shall be manufactured in conformance with the requirements of ASTM D3034, SOR 35 and shall have gasketed joints. All pipe shall be of solid wall construction with smooth interior and exterior surfaces. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 112 of 190 2/16/16 B. PVC gravity sewer pipe, fittings, coupling and joints, 18-inch through 21-inch, shall be manufactured in conformance with the requirements of ASTM F679 with T-1 wall thickness and shall have gasketed joints. All pipe shall be of solid wall construction with smooth interior and exterior surfaces. C. The minimum pipe stiffness for both small diameter and large diameter PVC gravity sewer pipe shall be 46 psi according to ASTM D2412. D. Pipe Manufacturer's, or equal 1. J-M Manufacturing, Co. 2. Certainteed Corp. 3. Diamond Plastics 2.3 JOINTS A. The pipe shall be jointed with an integral bell gasketed joint that meets the requirements of ASTM D3212. The gasket shall be manufactured from a synthetic elastomer and factory installed in the belled end of the pipe. Gasket shall conform to ASTM F477. B. All pipe shall have a homemark on the spigot end to indicate proper penetration when the joint is made. The socket and spigot configurations for fittings and couplings shall be compatible to those used for the pipe. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including worker break times, close the ends of the pipe with a tight-fitting, vermin-proof and child-proof, cap or plug. Do not permit trench water to enter the pipe. Do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. The Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary condition free from foreign materials. B. Where pipe sections less than standard pipe lengths are required, the pipe sections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation guide and shall only be used with the approval of the City Engineer. The minimum pipe length permitted is 5' when used to connect to manholes and cleanouts. The minimum pipe length permitted for stub outs shall be 36". 3.2 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compaction operations shall be performed in accordance with Section 02223. 3.3 DEWATERING The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose all water from any source entering trench excavations or other parts of the work in accordance with Section 02223. Any damage caused by flooding of the trench shall be the Contractors responsibility. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. Sewer mains shall not be used as drains for dewatering construction trenches. If flooding or the trench does occur, the Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline appurtenances or Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 113 of 190 2/16/16 trench materials shall be repaired or replaces as directed by the Engineer. 3.4 PIPELINE INSTALLATION When the work requires and the size of the pipe allows entry of personnel into the pipe, the Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work inside pipelines shall not be undertaken until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the area is verified as safe to enter. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, supports, gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown and as required to provide a complete and workable installation. Pipe installation shall be as recommended in UNI-B-5 except as modified below and as shown on the Approval Plans. A. Inspect each section of pipe prior to lowering the pipe into the trench. Thoroughly clean the ends of the pipe. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of the pipe and keep pipe clean during and after installation. B. Install pipe according to the manufacturer's approved order of installation to the proper lines and grades as shown on the Approved Plans. 1. Pipe shall be installed with pipe bells up-grade. Lay pipes uphill if the grade exceeds 10 percent (10%). 2. Installation tolerances for the pipe shall not vary more than 2" horizontally or 1" vertically from the alignment and elevation shown on the Approved Plans. 3. Install the pipe such that the identification markings on each pipe section are continuously aligned for the total length of the pipeline alignment. Orient the strip marking upwards to the 12 o'clock position (top) of the trench opening. 4. Avoidance of reverse slope: Any pipeline installed with reversed slope, as evidence by ponding of water or sag, is not allowed. Any such pipeline shall be removed and replaced (at proper line and grade) to the nearest upstream and downstream sewer structure as directed by the City Engineer. C. The pipe shall have firm bearing along its full length, and bell holes shall be provided at each joint to permit visual inspection of the joint and prevent the pipe from being supported by the bell and or coupling. D. Field cutting and milling shall be accomplished to equal the quality of shop-fabricated ends in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. E. Pipe Assembly: Assemble the pipe joint using the lubricant supplied by the pipe manufacturer. Insert the spigot end into the bell or coupling to proper insertion mark. Check that the elastomeric ring has not left the groove during assembly by passing a feeler gauge around the completed joint. Drive the spigot end into the bell in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Stabbing shall not be permitted. F. Pipe curvature shall comply with design requirements specified in Chapter 6 of Volume 1 of the Carlsbad Engineering Standards. Mechanical means shall not be used to accomplish bending. Bending should be done manually by workers in the trench. Curvature will be accomplished by bending the pipe rather than deflecting joints. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 114 of 190 2/16/16 G. PVC wyes shall be located where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Wyes shall not be placed closer than 5' from the exterior of any structure such as manholes. 3.5 SEWER LATERALS A. The Contractor shall install sewer laterals using wye-branch fittings sized and located as shown on the Approved Plans. B. All sewer laterals that are to be left unconnected to a building lateral extension shall be capped and identified as shown on the Standard Drawings. C. All sewer laterals shall run perpendicular from the sewer main to the property line. They shall be bedded, backfilled and compacted the same as the sewer main into which they connect in accordance with Section 02223. D. All Sewer laterals shall be plugged or capped at the end of the last joint, to withstand the internal pressure during leakage and infiltration testing. 3.6 SADDLE CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SEWER MAINS The Contractor shall furnish the saddle fitting, appurtenances and all other materials necessary to complete the connection. The Contractor shall provide all equipment and labor required for the excavation and installation of the connection including, but not limited to backfill and pavement replacement. In certain circumstances the Contractor may be required to provide a water truck, bypass pump, and fittings as part of the equipment for making the connections. Emergency standby equipment or materials may be required of the Contractor by the City Engineer. Saddle connections to existing sewer mains for the tie-in of new sewer laterals shall be as follows: A. Prior to construction, Contractor shall pothole the existing pipe at the location of the proposed connection. The City shall inspect the pothole prior to Contractor's repair of trench. Contractor shall record the following information on Record Drawings: 1. Pipe size, outside diameter. 2. Pipe type such as PVC or VCP. 3. Elevation, grade, and alignment. 4. Can the tie-in be made at the indicated location, assure no collars, pipe bells, fittings or couplings exist in the area of the connection. 5. Potential conflicts with existing utilities. B. To facilitate the proposed connection and allow for slight adjustment in alignment, the Contractor shall leave a minimum 1 O' gap between the new pipe installation and the proposed connection point at the existing main. The Contractor shall leave a gap longer than 1 O' if conditions warrant, or if directed by the Engineer. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 115 of 190 2/16/16 C. After the City Engineer has given approval to proceed with the connection, the Contractor shall schedule the connection with the City Engineer. 1. Tie-ins will be scheduled at the convenience of the City. Work may be scheduled for nights and weekends if required. 2. The Contractor shall give the City Engineer a minimum of five (5) working days notice prior to any proposed excavation. Scheduling shall be subject to approval of the City Engineer. 3. The City Engineer may postpone or reschedule the connection operation if, for any reason, the City Engineer believes that the Contractor is improperly prepared with competent personnel, equipment, or materials to proceed with the connection. 4. If progress in completing the connection within the time specified is inadequate, the City Engineer may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective measures may consist of directing City personnel or another contractor to complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. D. Contractor may proceed with the excavation and connection, only when approved materials are onsite, connection operations have been scheduled and a copy of the approved traffic control plan has been supplied to the City Engineer. 1. The Contractor shall saw-cut pavement, excavate and provide and install shoring and steel plating, when necessary, one day prior to the wet tap or cut-in installation. 2. The Contractor shall provide lights, barricades and traffic control in accordance with the Agency of jurisdiction as deemed necessary for the excavation by the City Engineer. 3. After the City Engineer has given approval to proceed, the Contractor shall complete the installation as shown on the Approved Plan in accordance with Standard Specifications including: a. Installing the pipe section(s) necessary to make the closure to the new system. b. Complete all backfill and compaction of the trench in accordance with Section 02223. c. Make all pavement repairs and/or replacement as necessary in accordance with agency of jurisdiction requirements. d. Discard pipe and appurtenances removed from service as specified in this Section. e. In lieu of a saddle connection, a wye connection may be made by cutting the sewer and installing a wye. All applicable provisions of this Specification will be adhered to in making a cut-in wye connection. 3.7 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 116 of 190 2/16/16 A. Connection to the existing sewer system at an existing manhole or dead end shall be made as shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with Section 03460. All work shall be performed in the presence of the City Engineer. B. In order to prevent accidental use of the new sewer before completion and acceptance, the new inlet to the existing tie-in manhole and outlet of the new upstream manhole shall be sealed with expandable plugs. Installation of plugs shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the City Engineer. Plugs shall be removed at the time of final inspection or as directed by the City Engineer. 3.8 PIPELINE ABANDONMENT A. Sewer pipelines specifically identified to be abandoned in-place shall be slurry filled with a 2-sack cement slurry. All other inactive sewer lines shall be removed, unless directed otherwise by the City Engineer. B. Sewer laterals shall be cut and capped at the main or property line, as directed by the City Engineer. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 117 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 118 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15064 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE AND FITTINGS (AWWAC900) PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section designates the requirements for the manufacture and installation of polyvinyl chloride, abbreviated PVC, pressure pipe, to be furnished and installed by the Contractor, at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Plans as herein specified. Specifications for related Work are as follows: AWWA C900 ANSI A21.10 AWWA C110 AWWA C153 AWWA Manual M23 PVC Pressure Pipe Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings Ductile Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings Ductile Iron Compact Fittings Pipe Design and Installation 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Disinfection of Piping: 15041 B. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipeline: 15044 1.3 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. Submittals are required for the following: A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts and other information. Materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials list. B. Submit an affidavit from the pipe manufacturer that all delivered materials comply with the requirements of AWWA C900, the Plans and Specifications. 1.4 PAYMENT A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. B. Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 119 of 190 2/16/16 PART 2 -MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL Material used to produce the pipe shall be made from Class 12454-A or B rigid polyvinyl chloride compounds in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.1 (Basic Materials), with an established hydrostatic design basis (HOB) equal to or greater than 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F (23 C). Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with the requirements of AWWA C900 Sections 2.1.5 and 2.1.5.1 (Gaskets and Lubricants). 2.2 PIPE PVC pressure pipe, 4-inch through 12-inch, shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900, and shall be of the sizes and dimension ratio (DR) shown on the Plans. The pipe shall have integral bell and spigot joints with elastomeric gaskets in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.2 (Pipe Requirements). The pipe shall conform with the outside diameter of cast-iron pipe unless otherwise specified and shall conform with the wall thickness of DR series 14 or 18. 2.3 FITTINGS All fittings for PVC pressure pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.10, AWWA C110 or C153. All fittings shall be made of ductile iron and the letters "DI" or "DUCTILE" shall be cast on them, unless otherwise specified. Bell size shall be for Class 150 and Class 200 cast-iron equivalent PVC pressure pipe, including the rubber- ring retaining groove. 2.4 SERVICES SADDLES Service saddles for PVC pressure pipe shall be made of silicone bronze or brass and shall be double banded or wide single band style and selected from the Approved Materials list. The band(s) and nuts shall be type 304 stainless steel and designed specifically for use with AWWA C900 PVC pipe. Each saddle shall accurately fit the contour of the pipe 0.0. without causing distortion of the pipe. The saddle shall be securely held in place with stainless steel bolts and nuts. The service saddle shall have a published working pressure at least equal to the pressure class of the pipe on which it is installed. All saddles shall be provided with torque information and installation instructions. Saddles shall be in accordance with Carlsbad Rules and Regulations for the Construction of Potable Water Mains. 2.5 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS Joint Restraint Systems may be used for PVC or ductile-iron pipe when shown on the Approved Plans or with prior approval of the City Engineer. Contractor shall submit shop drawings and catalog data for joint restraint systems in accordance with the General Provisions. Joint Restraint Systems shall be ductile-iron and shall consist of a split-ring restraint with machined (not cast) serrations on the inside diameter and connecting bolts, and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 120 of 190 2/16/16 2.6 DEFLECTION COUPLINGS A. Deflection couplings shall be selected from the District's approved materials list and deflections shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's written recommendations. Depending on the manufacturer, this will result in a maximum allowable deflection of 2° at each bell for a maximum of 4° total deflection with each deflection coupling. Deflection couplings are allowed on AWWA C900 PVC pipe for pipe sizes 4" through 12". 8. Deflection couplings for use with AWWA C905 PVC Pipe shall be submitted to and approved by the City Engineer prior to installation. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE LENGTHS Laying lengths shall be 20-feet with the manufacturer's option to supply up to 15% random (minimum length 10-feet) sections. No deflections at bells, fittings or of the pipe will be allowed. The use of deflection collars shall be required. 3.2 MARKING Each pipe length shall be marked showing the nominal pipe size, O.D. base, the AWWA pressure class, and AWWA specification designation in accordance with AWWA C900 Section 2.6 (Marking Requirements). For potable water application, the pipe shall be white or blue in color and the seal of the testing agency that verified the suitability of the material for such service shall be included. 3.3 EARTHWORK Excavation and backfill, including the pipe bedding, shall conform to the provisions of Section 02223. 3.4 GENERAL INSTALLATIONS PROCEDURES AND WORKMANSHIP PVC pressure pipe and fittings shall be installed per AWWA Manual M23 "PVC Pipe-Design and Installation", and as herein specified. Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving, and placing the pipe. Hoist pipe with fork lift or other handling equipment to prevent major damage or shorten its service life. A cloth belt sling or a continuous fiber rope shall be used to prevent scratching the pipe. The pipe shall be lowered and not dropped from the truck. Dropped pipe will be rejected. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 121 of 190 2/16/16 Prior to laying the pipe, the bottom of the trench shall be graded and prepared to provide uniform bearing throughout the entire length of each joint of pipe. Bell holes of ample dimension shall be dug in the bottom of the trench at the locations of each joint to facilitate the joining. The trench shall have a flat or semi-circular bottom conforming to the grade to which the pipe is to be laid. The pipe shall be accurately placed in the trench to the lines and grades on the Plans. Fittings shall be supported independently of the pipe. 3.5 LONGITUDINAL BENDING Neither Longitudinal bending nor deflection of joints is allowed on AWWA C900 PVC pressure pipe. Deflections less than allowed with standard ductile iron fittings shall be accomplished with the use of deflection couplings designed for use with AWWA C900 PVC pipe. Deflection couplings shall be selected from the District's approved materials list and deflections shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's written recommendations. Depending on the manufacturer, this will generally result in a maximum allowable deflection of 2° at each bell for a maximum of 4° total deflection with each deflection coupling. Deflection couplings are allowed on AWWA C900 PVC pipe for pipe sizes 4" through 12". Deflection couplings for larger pipe require the specific approval of the City Engineer. 3.6 PIPE JOINT ASSEMBLY The spigot and bell shall slide together without displacement of the rubber gasket. The joint shall be dirt free. The best laying practice is with the bell facing in the direction of laying. Insert the rubber ring into the groove making sure the ring is completely seated. Lubrication of the spigot and instruction of use shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer. The spigot shall be inserted into the bell and forced slowly into position by use of a large bar lever and a wood block across the pipe end. For large pipe, a come-along (with padding that will not scratch the pipe) may be used. 3. 7 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed as shown on the Plans and shall conform to the requirement of Section 03000. Concrete blocks shall be placed between the undisturbed ground and the fittings to be anchored. Quantity of concrete and the bearing area of the pipe and undisturbed soil shall be as shown on the Plans, unless otherwise determined by the City Engineer. The concrete shall be placed, unless specifically shown otherwise on the Plans, so that the pipe joints and fittings will be accessible to repairs. 3.8 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS Joint Restraint Systems shall be installed as shown on the Approved Drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Joint Restraint Systems may be used in lieu of concrete thrust blocks with permission of the City Engineer. 3.9 PREVENTING FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING THE PIPE Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 122 of 190 2/16/16 At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. In no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the City Engineer. 3.10 LEAKAGE TEST General: All pipelines shall be tested in accordance with Section 15044, Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipe. 3.11 DISINFECTION Disinfection shall be in accordance with Section 15041, Testing, Flushing and Disinfection of Piping. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 123 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 124 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15066 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) WATER TRANSMISSION PIPE AND FITTINGS (AWWA C905) PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section designates the requirements for the manufacture and installation of polyvinyl chloride, abbreviated PVC, water transmission pipe to be furnished and installed by the Contractor at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Plans as herein specified. Specifications for related Work are as follows: AWWAC905 ANSI 21.10 AWWAC110 AWWAC153 AWWA Manual M23 PVC Water Transmission Pipe Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings Ductile Iron Compact Fittings PVC Pipe Design and Installation 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Disinfection of Piping: 15041 B. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipeline: 15044 1.3 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with Section 2-5.3, of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. Submittals are required for the following: A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts and other information. Materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials list. B. Submit an affidavit from the pipe manufacturer that all delivered materials comply with the requirements of AWWA C905, the Plans and Specifications. 1.4 PAYMENT A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit-price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. B. Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 125 of 190 2/16/16 PART 2 -MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL Material used to produce the pipe shall be made from Class 12454-A or B rigid polyvinyl chloride compounds in accordance with AWWA C905 Section 2.1 (Basic Materials), with an established hydrostatic design basis (HOB) equal to or greater than 4000 psi for water at 73.4 degrees F (23,C). Elastomeric gaskets shall comply with the requirements of AWWA C905 Sections 2.1.3 (Elastomeric Gaskets) and 2.1.4 (Gaskets and Lubricants). 2.2 PIPE PVC water transmission pipe, 14-inch through 30-inch, shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C905, and shall be of the sizes and dimension ratios (DR) shown on the Plans. If a pressure class is called for on the Plans, it shall mean the pressure rating (PR) as defined in AWWA C905. The pipe shall have integral bell and spigot joints with elastomeric gaskets in accordance with AWWA C905 Section 3 (Pipe Requirements). The pipe shall conform with the outside diameter of cast-iron pipe unless otherwise specified and shall conform with the wall thickness of DR series 18 or 25. 2.3 FITTINGS All fittings for PVC water transmission pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSIA21.10, AWWA C110 or C153. All fittings shall be made of ductile iron and the letters "DI" or "DUCTILE" shall be cast on them, unless otherwise specified. Bell size shall be for Class 165 and Class 235 cast-iron equivalent PVC water transmission pipe, including the rubber-ring retaining groove. 2.4 SERVICE SADDLES Service connections to 16 inch and larger water transmission pipe shall not be allowed unless specifically called for on the Plans and approved by the City Engineer. 2.7 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS Joint Restraint Systems may be used for PVC or ductile-iron pipe when shown on the Approved Plans or with prior approval of the City Engineer. Contractor shall submit shop drawings and catalog data for joint restraint systems in accordance with the General Provisions. Joint Restraint Systems shall be ductile-iron and shall consist of a split-ring restraint with machined (not cast) serrations on the inside diameter and connecting bolts, and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.8 DEFLECTION COUPLINGS Deflection couplings for use with AWWA C905 PVC Pipe shall be submitted to and approved by the City Engineer prior to installation. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 126 of 190 2/16/16 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE LENGTHS Laying lengths shall be 20-feet with the manufacturer's option to supply up to 15% random (minimum length 10-feet) sections. 3.2 MARKING Each pipe length shall be marked showing the nominal pipe size, O.D. base, the AWWA pressure class, and AWWA specification designation in accordance with AWWA C905 Section 4.7 (Marking Requirements). The pipe shall be white or blue in color and the seal of the testing agency that verified the suitability of the material for potable water service shall be included. 3.3 EARTHWORK Excavation and backfill, including the pipe bedding, shall conform to the provisions of Section 02223, Earthwork, and AWWA C905 Section A6 installation. 3.4 GENERAL INSTALLATIONS PROCEDURES AND WORKMANSHIP PVC water transmission pipe and fittings shall be installed per AWWA Manual M23 "PVC Pipe-Design and Installation", and as herein specified. Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving, and placing the pipe. Hoist pipe with fork lift or other handling equipment to prevent major damage or shorten its service life. A cloth belt sling or a continuous fiber rope shall be used to prevent scratching the pipe. The pipe shall be lowered and not dropped from the truck. Dropped pipe will be rejected. Prior to laying the pipe, the bottom of the trench shall be graded and prepared to provide uniform bearing throughout the entire length of each joint of pipe. Bell holes of ample dimension shall be dug in the bottom of the trench at the locations of each joint to facilitate the joining. The trench shall have a flat or semi-circular bottom conforming to the grade to which the pipe is to be laid. The pipe shall be accurately placed in the trench to the lines and grades on the Plans. Fittings shall be supported independently of the pipe. 3.5 LONGITUDINAL BENDING Neither Longitudinal bending nor deflection of joints is allowed on AWWA C905 PVC pressure pipe. Deflections less than allowed with standard ductile iron fittings may be accomplished with the use of deflection couplings designed for use with AWWA C905 PVC pipe, as allowed by the City Engineer. If allowed, deflections shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.6 PIPE ASSEMBLY The spigot and bell shall slide together without displacement of the rubber gasket. The joint shall be dirt free. The best laying practice is with the bell facing in the direction of laying. Insert the rubber ring into the groove making sure the ring is completely seated. Lubrication of the spigot and instruction of use shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 127 of 190 2/16/16 The spigot shall be inserted into the bell and forced slowly into position by use of a large bar lever and a wood block across the pipe end. For large pipe, a come-along (with padding that will not scratch the pipe) may be used. Combined horizontal and vertical deflections at PVC pipe joints shall not exceed that recommended by AWWA Manual M23 or published recommendations of the manufacturer (the maximum total deflection allowed shall be one and one-half degrees). 3.7 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS Concrete thrust blocks shall be placed as shown on the Plans and shall conform to the requirements of Section 03000. Concrete blocks shall be placed between the undisturbed ground and the fittings to be anchored. Quantity of concrete and the bearing area of the pipe and undisturbed soil shall be as shown on the Plans, unless otherwise determined by the City Engineer. The concrete shall be placed, unless specifically shown otherwise on the Plans, so that the pipe joints and fittings will be accessible to repairs. 3.8 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS Joint Restraint Systems shall be installed as shown on the Approved Drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Joint Restraint Systems may be used in lieu of concrete thrust blocks with permission of the City Engineer. 3.9 PREVENTING FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING THE PIPE At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. In no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water, which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Owner. 3.10 LEAKAGE TEST General: All pipelines shall be tested in accordance with the Section 15044, Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipeline. 3.11 DISINFECTION Disinfection shall be in accordance with Section 15041, Disinfection of Piping. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 128 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15068 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE {PE 3408) PIPE PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section designates the requirements for the manufacture and installation of high density polyethylene pipe (PE 3408), abbreviated HOPE, to be furnished and installed by the Contractor at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Plans as herein specified for use as a sanitary sewer force main. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS: ASTM D 3350 ASTM F 714 ASTM D 3261 ASTM D 2321 ASTM 2837 AWWAC906 1.3 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling & Compacting: 02223 B. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines: 15044 1.4 SUBMITTAL$ The Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the GENERAL PROVISIONS. Submittals are required for the following: A. Submit Shop Drawings, material lists, manufacturer's literature and catalog cuts of, but not limited to, the following: Shop Drawings Layout Schedule Special Fitting Dimensional Checks Shop Drawings shall be submitted and approved prior to manufacture of special fittings. The layout schedule shall indicate the order of installation, the length and location of each pipe section and special, the station and elevation of the pipe invert at all changes in grade, and all data on curves and bends for both horizontal and vertical alignment. 8. Submit data used by the Contractor in manufacture and quality control. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 129 of 190 2/16/16 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall ensure that persons making heat fusion joints have received training in the Manufacturer's recommended procedure. The Contractor shall maintain records of trained personnel, and shall certify that training was received not more than 12 months before commencing construction. Certifications shall be provided to the owner through the submittal process. B. The pipe and/or fitting manufacturer's production facility shall be open by the owner or his designated agents with a reasonable advance notice. During inspection, the manufacturer shall demonstrate that it has facilities capable of manufacturing and testing the pipe and/or fittings to the standards required by this specification. 1.6 PAYMENT A. Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit- price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. B. Payment by the linear foot shall be for each diameter and for each pipe strength designation measured horizontally over the pipe centerline. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL High Density Polyethylene Pipe (PE 3408) and fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F714 shall be of the sizes and DR classes shown on the Plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the pipe shall be DR 17. HOPE shall be grey in color. The manufacturer shall have quality control facilities capable of producing and assuring the quality of the pipe and fittings required by the reference standards and these specifications. High Density Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. Pipe and fittings from different manufacturers shall not be interchanged. 2.2 PIPE MATERIAL Materials used for the manufacture of polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM F714 for PE 3408 high density polyethylene conforming to cell classification 345444C or 345444E per ASTM D 3350; and shall be as listed in the name of the pipe and fitting manufacturer in the Plastic Pipe lnstitute's Recommended Hydrostatic and Design Stresses for Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings Compounds, with a standard grade HOB rating of 1600 psi at 73° F. The Manufacturer shall provide a certification that the materials used to manufacture the pipe and fittings meets theses requirements. Polyethylene pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM F 714, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SOR-PR) Based on outside diameter, and shall be so marked. Each production lot of pipe shall be tested for (from material or pipe) melt index, density, % carbon, (from pipe) dimensions and ring tensile strength. The results of these tests shall be submitted to the Owner for review. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 130 of 190 2/16/16 2.3 FITTINGS A. Butt Fusion Fittings: Butt Fusion Fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM D3261 and shall be manufactured by injection molding, a combination of extrusion and machining, or fabricated from HOPE pipe conforming to this specification. All fittings shall be pressure rated to provide a working pressure rating no less than that of the pipe. Fabricated fittings shall be manufactured using a McElroy Datalogger to record fusion joints made producing fittings shall be maintained as part of the quality control. The fitting shall be homogenous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, voids, or other injurious defects. B. Electrofusion Fittings: Electrofusion Fittiings shall be PE3408 HOPE, Cell Classification of 345464C as determined by ASTM D3350-02 and be the same base resin as the pipe. Electrofusion fittings shall not be permitted on sections of pipe that will be subjected to forces associated with the installation process. C. Flanged and Mechanical Joint Adapters: Flanged and Mechanical Joint Adapters shall be PE 3408HDPE, Cell Classification of 345464C as determined by ASTM D3350-02 and be the same base resin as the pipe. Flanged and mechanical joint adapters shall have a manufacturing standard of ASTM D3216. All adapters shall be pressure rated to provide a working pressure rating no less than that of the pipe. Flange adapters shall be made with sufficient through-bore length to be clamped in a butt fusion joining machine without the use of a stub-end holder. D. Mechanical Restraint: Mechanical Restraint for HOPE may be provided by mechanical means separate from the mechanical joint gasket sealing gland. The restrainer shall provide wide, supportive contact around the full circumference of the pipe and be equal to the listed widths. Means of restraint shall be machined serrations on the inside surface of the restrainer equal to or greater than the listed serrations per inch and width. Loading of the restrainer shall be by a ductile iron follower that provides even circumferential loading over the entire restrainer. Design shall be such that restraint shall be increased with increases in line pressure. Serrated restrainer shall be ductile iron ASTM A536-80 with a ductile iron follower; bolts and nuts shall be corrosive resistant, high strength quality alloy steel. The restrainer shall have a pressure rating of, or equal to that of the pipe on which it is used or 150 PSI whichever is lesser. Restrainers shall be JCM Industries, Sur-Grip or pre-approved equal. Nominal Size Restraint Serrations Width ~er inch 14", 16", 18" 5" 6 20", 24" 7" 6 Pipe stiffeners shall be used in conjunction with restrainers. The pipe stiffeners shall be designed to support the interior wall of the HOPE. The stiffeners shall support the pipe's end and control the "necking down" reaction to the pressure applied during normal installation. The pipe stiffeners shall be formed of 304 or 316 stainless steel to the HOPE manufacturers published average inside diameter of the specific size and DR of the HOPE. Stiffeners shall be by JCM Industries or pre-approved equal. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 131 of 190 2/16/16 2.4 COMPLIANCE TESTS The manufacturer's production facilities shall be open for inspection by the owner or his Authorized Representative. The manufacturer's inspection and testing shall comply with applicable ASTM standards, a list of the inspection certifications and test certifications shall be submitted prior to the shop drawing submittal for the HOPE pipe itself. The list shall be submitted as a shop drawing. In case of conflict with Manufacturer's certifications, the Contractor, the Engineer, or the Owner may request retesting by the manufacturer or have retests performed by an outside testing service. All failed retesting shall be paid for by the manufacturer. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL High Density Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be handled, assembled and installed in accordance with the applicable sections of AWWA C906 for PE 3408, ASTM D 2321, manufacturer's recommendations and as specified herein. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Excavation and backfill, including the pipe bedding, shall conform to the provisions of Section 02223 except as herein modified. B. Crushed Rock and Gravel shall comply with Section 200-1.2 SSPWC. C. Pipe Bedding: 3/8" Crushed rock aggregate shall be used for pipe bedding and shall be compacted to obtain a relative density of 95-percent unless otherwise specified. The thickness of the pipe bedding shall be a minimum of four inches. The pipe bedding shall be placed over the full width of the trench. D. Backfill Within Pipe Zone: Crushed rock shall be placed and compacted within the pipe zone from the bottom of the pipe to one foot above top of pipe. The crushed rock shall be compacted to obtain a relative density of 95-percent unless otherwise specified. 3.3 PIPE HANDLING The manufacturer's written procedures for unloading, inspection and handling of the HOPE pipe shall be adhered to by the Contractor. A copy of these Manufacturer's written procedures shall be submitted as a shop drawing and included with the shop drawings for the pipe material. When lifting with slings, only wide fabric choker slings capable of safely carrying the load, shall be used to lift, move, or lower pipe and fittings. Wire rope or chain shall not be used. Slings shall be of sufficient capacity for the load, and shall be inspected before use. Worn or damaged equipment shall not be used. 3.4 JOINING Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be joined together or to other materials by means of flanged connections, mechanical couplings designed for joining polyethylene pipe or for joining Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 132 of 190 2/16/16 polyethylene pipe to another material or electro fusion, as shown on the approved plans or as approved by the City Engineer. The installation instructions of the joining device manufacturer shall be strictly followed when joining by other means is performed. A. Butt Fusion: Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the jobsite above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including but not limited to, temperature requirements of 400 degrees Fahrenheit, alignment, and an interfacial fusion pressure of 75 PSI. The butt fusion joining will produce a joint weld strength equal to or greater than the tensile strength of the pipe itself. All field welds shall be made with fusion equipment equipped with McElroy Data Logger. Temperature, fusion pressure and a graphic representation of the fusion cycle shall be part of the quality control records. Interior bead from butt fusion welds shall be removed. B. Sidewall Fusion: Sidewall fusions for connections to outlet piping shall be performed in accordance with HOPE pipe and fitting manufacturer's specifications. The heating irons used for sidewall fusion shall have an inside diameter equal to the outside diameter of the HOPE pipe being fused. The size of the heating iron shall be ¼ inch larger than the size of the outlet branch being fused. C. Mechanical: Bolted joining may be used where the butt fusion method cannot be used. Flange joining will be accomplished by using HOPE flange adapter with a ductile iron back-up ring. Mechanical joint joining will be accomplished using either a molded mechanical joint adapter or the combination of a Sur-Grip Restrainer and Pipe Stiffener as manufactured by JCM Industries, Inc. Either mechanical joint joining method will have a ductile iron mechanical joint gland. D. Other: Socket fusion, hot gas fusion, threading solvents, and epoxies may not be used to join HOPE pipe. 3.5 PREVENTING FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING THE PIPE At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open end of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting cap or plug to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the pipe. These provisions shall apply during the noon hour as well as overnight. In no event shall the pipeline be used as a drain for removing water which has infiltrated into the trench. The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the Engineer. 3.6 DAMAGED PIPE OR FITTINGS Sections of pipe having been discovered with cuts or gouges in excess of 1/8-inch thickness shall be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the heat fusion joining method. 3.7 TESTING A. Butt Fusion Testing On every day butt fusions are made, the first fusion of the day shall be a trial fusion. The trial fusion shall be cooled completely, then fusion test straps shall be cut. The test strap shall be 12-inch (min.) or 30 times the wall thickness in length with the fusion in the center, and 1-inch (min.) or 1.5 times the wall thickness in width. Bend the test strap until the ends of the strap touch. If the fusion fails at the joint, a new trial fusion shall be made, cooled completely and tested. Butt fusion of the pipe to be installed shall not commence until a trial fusion has passed the bent strap test. B. Pressure Testing Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 133 of 190 2/16/16 All pipelines shall be flushed and tested in accordance with Section 15044 and the applicable provisions of AWWA C600, except as modified herein. C. Allowable Leakage There will be no leakage allowed for the butt fused portions of the pipeline. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 134 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15074 BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLIES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing, and installation of blowoff assemblies. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09900, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061, 15064, and 15100 1.3 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Blowoff assemblies shall be installed on potable and recycled water mains. B. Blowoff assemblies shall be sized and located as shown on the Approved Plans. In general, blowoff assemblies will be installed at low points of pipelines as shown below: 1. 2" blowoff assemblies or multiple 2" blowoff assemblies will be required on pipelines 4", thru 12". 2. 4" blowoff assemblies will be required on pipeline sizes 12" thru 16". 3. 6" blowoff assembly will be required on pipeline sizes 18" and larger. 1.4 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed for blowoff assemblies in accordance with Section 15000. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL Blowoff assemblies and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.2 CONCRETE Concrete thrust or anchor blocks shall be placed as shown on the approved plans in accordance with Section 03000. 2.3 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. 2.4 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with Section 09900 and the Approved Materials List. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 135 of 190 2/16/16 PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Blowoff assemblies shall be installed at locations shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Blowoff assemblies shall be connected to water mains no closer than 24" to a bell, coupling, joint or fitting. C. Locations of blowoff assembly shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.2 CONCRETE Concrete thrust or anchor blocks shall be placed as shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with Section 03000. 3.3 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.4 DISINFECTION OF BLOWOFF ASSEMBLIES Blowoff assemblies shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041 in conjunction with disinfecting the main to which it is connected. Blowoff assembly valves shall be operated and the assembly shall be flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Blowoff assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in conjunction with hydrostatically testing the pipeline to which it is connected. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 136 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15092 MISCELLANEOUS COUPLINGS, PIPE AND APPURTENANCES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION All valves, couplings, and appurtenances shall conform to requirements of the standard dimensions and pressure classification of the immediately adjacent pipe, valve or appurtenance as specified. 1.2 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE The Contractor shall refer to the following Specification section(s) for additional requirements: A. Painting and Coating: 09900 B. Petrolatum Wax Tape Coating: 09902 1.3 SUBMITTALS Contractor shall furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 2-5.3 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. The following submittals are required: A. Submit Shop Drawings for all miscellaneous couplings, pipe and appurtenances. Shop Drawings shall include listing of materials of construction, with ASTM reference and grade, including lining and paint coating intended for use, with lining and coating manufacturers' and paint numbers listed. 1.4 PAYMENT Payment for the Work in this section shall be included as part of the lump-sum or unit- price bid amount for which such Work is appurtenant thereto. PART 2 -MATERIALS 2.1 GASKETS, NUTS, AND BOLTS Gaskets for flanged joints shall be "drop-in" type asbestos composition sheet packing, graphited on both sides, "drop-in" type, conforming to the requirements of ANSI B 16.21 and shall be as manufactured by Crane Co., Garlock or approved equal. Bolts and studs for aboveground installations shall be cadmium plated and shall conform to ASTM A307, Grade B, "Steel Machine Bolts and Nuts and Tap Holes," when a ring gasket is used and shall conform to either ASTM A261, "Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Bolting Material" or ASTM A 193, "Alloy-Steel Bolting Material for High Temperature Service," when a full-face gasket is used. Bolts and nuts shall be heavy hexagon series. Nuts shall conform to ASTM A 194, "Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service" either in Grade 1, 2 or 2H. The fit shall be ANSI B1 .1, "Unified Screw Threads," Class 2, except that Class 3 fit shall be used in holes tapped for studs. Threads may be made by either cutting or cold forming. Between Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 137 of 190 2/16/16 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch shall project through the nut when drawn tight. Washers shall be provided for each nut and shall be the same material as each nut. All buried flanges, including bolts, nuts and washers, shall be encased in wax tape per Section 09902. All bolt threads shall be lubricated with non-oxide grease. Flanged faces shall be wire brushed and cleaned prior to joining each flange. 2.2 WAX TAPE COATING Unless otherwise specified on the Plans, all couplings and appurtenances for underground installation shall be encased in wax tape per Section 09902 and the City Standard Drawings. 2.3 PAINTING AND COATING All miscellaneous couplings, pipe and appurtenances referenced in this section shall be painted and coated, interior and exterior, in accordance with Section 09900, Painting and Coating. 2.4 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS Joints for which flexible couplings are required, shall be selected from the Approved Materials list. Gaskets shall be plain rubber gaskets. Threads on bolts of compression collars shall be lubricated with non-oxide grease before assembling the coupling. 2.5 PIPE UNIONS Screw unions may be employed on pipelines 2-1/2-inches in diameter and smaller. Pipes and fittings made of non-ferrous metals shall be isolated from ferrous metals by nylon insulating pipe bushings, unions or couplings manufactured by Smith-Blair, Pipe Seal and Insulator Co. or approved equal. PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 138 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15099 PROCESS VALVES, REGULATORS AND MISCELLANEOUS VALVES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing and installation of manually operated process valves such as check valves, pressure control valves, pressure reducing valves and ball valves. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. American Water Works Association AWWA C508 Standards for Swing Check Valve ASTM B62 Standards for Ball Vales 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Specification Sections 09900, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15057, 15074, 15108, and 15112 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATIONS Check valves, pressure control valves, pressure reducing valves, bronze gate valves and ball valves are primarily used in the installation of potable and recycled water main appurtenances and where called for on the Approved Plans and indicated on the Standard Drawings. 1.5 SUBMITTALS The following items shall be submitted to the City for review and approval prior to ordering or delivery of valves per Section 2-5.3 of the GENERAL PROVISIONS. A. The valve manufacturers catalog data showing the size to be used, valve dimensions, pressure rating and materials of construction. B. Manufacturers catalog data and proof of NSF certification on the lining materials to be used. C. Installation procedures including field adjustments as required. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 139 of 190 2/16/16 1.6 SIZING OF VALVES Valves shall be the same size as the appurtenance in which they are to be installed with unless otherwise called for on the Approved Plans or indicated on the Standard Drawings. 1.7 VALVE ENDS Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system or appurtenance in which they are to be installed or as called for on the Approved Plans or indicated on the Standard Drawings. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Valves shall remain in factory packaging until ready for installation. Valves shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. 1.9 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the buried installation of valves in accordance with Section 15000. 1.10 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Valve boxes and extension stems shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 RUBBER-FLAPPER SWING CHECK VALVE A. Swing check valves and appurtenant components shall be in accordance with AWWA C508 and selected from the Approved Materials List. A submittal will be required as described in this Section. B. Rubber-flapper swing check valves shall have a heavily constructed ductile-iron body and cover. The body shall be long pattern design (not wafer), with integrally cast-on end flanges. The flapper shall be Buna-N having an "O" ring seating edge and be internally reinforced with steel. C. Flapper shall be captured between the body and the body cover in a manner to permit the flapper to flex from closed to full open position during flow through the valve. Flapper shall be easily removed without need to remove valve from line. Check valves shall have full pipe size flow area. Seating surface shall be on a 45° angle requiring the flapper to travel only 35° from closed to full open position, for minimum head loss and non-slam closure. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 140 of 190 2/16/16 D. Buna-N flapper shall be high-strength coated fabric, coated both sides with 70 DURO, which creates an elastic spring effect, molded internally, to assist the flapper to close against a slight head to prevent slamming. When essential to create backflow through the check valve, as directed by the City Engineer, an external backflow device shall be furnished. E. Valve ends shall be flanged ductile-iron in accordance with Section 15056 unless otherwise called for on the Approved Plans or directed by the City Engineer. F. Check valves shall be tested by the manufacturer and the test results shall be approved by the City Engineer prior to shipment to the project. Check valves must unseat at a head no greater than 24". 2.2 SMALL DIAMETER ISOLATING VALVES Provide all small diameter valves and cocks for shut-off process connections, instrumentation and other miscellaneous uses in accordance with the Approved Plans. These valves shall be of the same material and pressure rating as the adjacent process piping. Shutoff valves shall be compatible with instrumentation and other equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.3 CORPORATION STOPS Corporation stops shall be in the ball type with a bronze body and T-Head operator. Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system in which they are being installed or as called for on the Approved Plans or indicated on the Standard Drawings. Corporation stops shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 1,37g KPa (200 psi). Corporation stops shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.4 ANGLE METER STOPS Angle meter stops shall be the ball type with a bronze body and goo lock wing. Valve ends shall be flare style inlet and swivel meter nut for 1" and meter flange for 2" outlets. Angle meter stops shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 1,37g KPa (200 psi). Angle meter stops shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.5 CUSTOMER METER SHUT-OFF VALVE Customer meter shut-off valves shall be the ball type with a bronze body and lever handle operator. Valve ends shall be swivel meter nut for 1" inlets and meter flange for 2" inlets. Customer meter shut-off valves shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 200 psi. The City Engineer may require the use of a customer meter shut-off valve equipped with a goo lock wing. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 141 of 190 2/16/16 2.6 BALL VALVES Ball valves 2" and smaller shall be of bronze construction conforming to ASTM 862 and equipped with a T-Head or lever handle operator as required. Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system in which they are being installed or as indicated on the Approved Plans or Standard Drawings. Ball valves shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 1,379 KPa (200 psi). Ball valves shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.7 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS Backflow preventers shall be in accordance with Section 15112 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.8 POL YTHYLENE WRAP Polyethylene wrap shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.9 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Valves shall be set in true alignment straddling the centerline of pipe with the valve operator in the vertical position unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans or shown on the Standard Drawings. B. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the applicable section of these specifications for the piping material and joint type being used. C. Aboveground valves shall be rigidly held in place using supports and hangers in accordance with the Approved Plans and Standard Drawings. The stem orientation of valves in elevated piping shall be as approved by the City Engineer for accessibility, except that no valves shall be installed with stems aligned below horizontal. Saddle type valve supports shall be provided. Supports shall be of rugged construction providing at least one hundred twenty degrees (120°) under support for the valve body. Valve supports shall be constructed of steel, and shall be anchored to the foundations using stainless steel anchor bolts. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 142 of 190 2/16/16 3.2 POLYETHYLENE WRAP Installation of polyethylene wrap for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000. 3.3 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.4 DISINFECTION OF THE VALVES Disinfection and flushing shall be in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the progress of disinfecting the main pipeline. The valves shall be operated during the disinfection period to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Valves shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipelines in which they are installed in accordance with Section 15044. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 143 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 144 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15100 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGV's) PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated resilient wedge gate valves (RWGV's). 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061, 15064, 15074, 15108 and 15112 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Resilient wedge gate valves (RWGV's) shall be installed on potable and recycled water mains and appurtenances in accordance with the Approved Plans and the Standard Drawings. B. Resilient wedge gate valves shall be used for open/closed operations, throttling service and frequent operation after long periods of no actuation. C. In general, resilient wedge gate valves shall be used when valves are required on pipelines and appurtenances 4" through 16". D. Valves for pipelines sized 18" and larger generally require the use of butterfly valves (BFV) in accordance with Section 15102. E. All valves shall be of at least the same pressure class as the adjoined pipe. 1.5 SUBMITTALS The following items shall be submitted for review and approval per Section 2-5.3, prior to ordering or delivery of resilient wedge gate valves. A. An affidavit from the valve manufacturer stating that valves have successfully passed hydrostatic tests in accordance with AWWA C509 and manufacturer's own coatings tests. B. The valve manufacturer's catalog data showing the size to be used, valve dimensions, pressure rating and materials of construction. C. Manufacturer's catalog data and proof of NSF certification for the lining materials to be used. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 145 of 190 2/16/16 1.6 SIZING OF VALVES Valves shall be the same size as the line in which they are installed unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans. 1.7 VALVE ENDS Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system in which they are being installed in accordance with the Approved Plans or directed by the City Engineer. Ductile-iron flanges shall be in accordance with Section 15056. 1.8 VALVE TESTING Resilient wedge gate valves shall be hydrostatically tested and valve coatings shall be holiday detected prior to shipment to the field in accordance with the testing procedures shown in Appendix A. Valves delivered to the site prior to successful hydrostatic testing and holiday detection shall be subject to rejection. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until valves are ready to be installed. Valves shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked. 1.10 CORROSION PROTECTION Buried Valves: All bolted connections and bolted valve components (bonnets, flanges, etc.) shall be coated with Wax Tape in accordance with Section 09902 and the entire valve encased in polyethylene in accordance with Section 15000. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES {RWGV's) A. Resilient wedge gate valves and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. B. RWGV's shall be ductile-iron in accordance with AWWA C509 and C515 except as modified herein. C. Each valve shall have a smooth unobstructed waterway free from any sediment pockets. D. All RWGV's shall be leak-tight at their rated pressure. E. RWGV's shall have a non-rising low-zinc bronze or stainless steel stem, opened by turning left (counterclockwise). F. Stem seals shall be the O-ring type incorporating a minimum of two rings as required by AWWA C509. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 146 of 190 2/16/16 G. Low-friction torque-reduction thrust washers or bearings shall be provided on the stem collar. H. Wedge (gate) shall be fully encapsulated with a bonded-in-place Nitrile elastomer covering. Minimum thickness of the rubber seating area shall be 1/4". I. Valves for buried applications shall be provided with a 2" square operating nut, and valves located above ground or in structures shall be equipped with a hand wheel in accordance with AWWA C509 unless otherwise indicated on the Approved Plans. J. RWGV interior and exterior surfaces (except for the encapsulated disc) shall be coated as described below. K. All bolts and nuts used in the construction of RWGV's shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 2.2 EPOXY LINING AND COATING Epoxy linings and coatings for valves shall be provided in accordance with AWWA C210, C213, and C550, with the following modifications: A. Epoxy lining and coating of valve surfaces shall be performed by the manufacturer in a facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. Epoxy lining and coating of valves in the field is prohibited. B. Repairs made to manufactures applied coatings shall be performed in a facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. The facility shall be approved by the valve manufacturer. C. Surface preparation shall be as detailed in SSPC-SP5, White-Metal Blast Cleaning. D. Liquid epoxy lining and coating materials shall be listed in the NSF Listing for Drinking Water Additives, Standard 61, certified for use in contact with potable water. E. The minimum dry film thickness for epoxy linings shall be 0.008". Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in two (2) coats in accordance AWWA C210. F. Powder epoxy coating materials shall contain one hundred percent (100%) solids, in accordance with AWWA C213. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 147 of 190 2/16/16 2.3 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.4 CONCRETE Concrete used for anchor or thrust blocks shall be Class 560-C-3250 as specified in section 03000. 2.5 WAX TAPE COATING Wax Tape shall be in accordance with Section 09902 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.6 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install valves with the bolt holes straddling the vertical centerline of pipe and the operating nut in the vertical position unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans. 8. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the applicable section of these specifications for the piping material and joint type being used. C. Joints shall be cleaned and installed in accordance with Section 15056. 3.2 CORROSION PROTECTION Buried Valves: All bolted connections and bolted valve components (bonnets, flanges, etc.) shall be coated with Wax Tape in accordance with Section 09902 and the entire valve encased in polyethylene in accordance with Section 15000. Exposed Valves: The exterior of valves installed above ground or exposed in vaults or enclosures shall be field painted in accordance with Section 09900. 3.3 CONCRETE Concrete thrust, anchor, and support blocks shall be installed in accordance the Standard Drawings. The concrete shall be placed so that valves and valve operators will be accessible for repairs or replacement. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 148 of 190 2/16/16 3.4 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.5 DISINFECTION OF VALVES Disinfection and flushing of valves shall be in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The valves shall be operated during the disinfection period to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.6 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Valves shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipeline in which they are installed in accordance with Section 15044. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 149 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 150 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15102 BUTTERFLY VALVES (BFV's) PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated butterfly valves (BFV). 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. References shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. American Water Works Association (AWWA) C504 Standards for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09900, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15061 and 15064 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Butterfly valves (BFV) shall be installed on potable and recycled water mains and appurtenances where shown on the Approved Plans and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Butterfly valves shall be used for open/closed operations and throttling service and frequent operation after long periods of inactivity. C. In general, butterfly valves shall be used when valves are required on pipelines 18" and larger and where the use of a motor-operated valve is required as shown on the Approved Plans. Butterfly valves smaller than 18" shall only be used as indicated on the Approved Plans or with the prior approval of the City Engineer. D. Valves for pipelines sized 16" and smaller generally require resilient wedge gate valves (RWGV's) in accordance with Section 15100. E. All valves shall be of at least the same pressure class as the adjoined pipe. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals are required per Section 2-5.3 including an affidavit from the valve manufacturer showing the following: 1. Actuators used were furnished and installed by the valve manufacturer. 2. Valves have successfully passed hydrostatic testing per AWWA C504 and coatings testing by the valve manufacturer. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 151 of 190 2/16/16 B. The valve manufacturer's catalog data showing the size to be used, valve dimensions, pressure rating and materials of construction. C. Actuator manufacturer's catalog data and detail construction sheets showing the dimensions, materials, number of turns, and required torque input of the actuator to be used. D. Manufacturer's catalog data and proof of NSF certification on the lining materials to be used. 1.6 SIZING OF VALVES Valves shall be the same size as the line in which they are installed unless otherwise shown on the Approved Plans. 1.7 VALVE ENDS Valve ends shall be flanged ductile-iron unless otherwise called for on the Approved Plans or as directed by the City Engineer. Ductile-iron flanges shall generally be in accordance with AWWA C115, rated at a working pressure of 1,724 KPa (250 psi). When Class 250 butterfly valves are shown on the Approved Plans or are otherwise required, ductile-iron flanges shall be compatible with AWWA C207, Class "F". Maximum working pressure of the flange shall be as specified in AWWA or ASME/ANSI. Flanges shall be integrally cast per AWWA C110. 1.8 VALVE TESTING Butterfly valves shall be hydrostatically tested and coatings holiday detected prior to shipment to the field. Valves delivered to the site prior to successful hydrostatic testing and holiday detection will be subject to rejection. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Valves shall be delivered and stored in accord with AWWA C504 and AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until the valve is ready to be installed. Valves shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked. 1.10 CORROSION PROTECTION Buried Valves: All bolted connections and bolted valve components shall be coated with Wax Tape in accordance with Section 09902 and the entire valve encased in polyethylene in accordance with Section 15000. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 152 of 190 2/16/16 PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 BUTTERFLY VALVES (BFV) A. Butterfly valves and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. B. Butterfly valves shall be short body, leak-tight closing, and rubber-seated in accordance with AWWA C504 except as modified herein. C. Except as modified below, BFV's shall be Class 1508 in accordance with AWWA C504, rated for a flow velocity of 16 ft/s. D. Where the static pressure of the pipeline in which the BFV is to be installed exceeds 1.03 Pa (150psi), a Class 2508 butterfly valve in general conformance with AWWA C504 shall be required. Class 2508 butterfly valves shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to ordering or delivery. E. Butterfly valves shall open by turning left (counterclockwise). Valve disc shall rotate ninety degrees (90°) from the full open position to the tight shut position. F. Butterfly valve interior and exterior surfaces shall be coated as described below. 2.2 MANUAL VALVE ACTUATORS A. General: 1. All valve actuators shall be watertight, designed for buried or submerged uses. Actuators shall be fully gasketed, sealed, and factory packed with grease. 2. As directed by the City Engineer, actuators for valves located above ground or in vaults and structures may have hand wheels or chain wheels. Minimum hand wheel diameter shall be 12"). The actuator shall be equipped with a dial indicator, which shows the position of the valve disc. The City Engineer may require the use of 2" square operating nuts in some cases. 3. Actuators for valves shall be provided with a 2" square-operating nut when buried or when indicated on the Approved Plans. 4. Actuators shall have travel stops, which can be adjusted in the field without having to remove the actuator from the valve. 5. Actuators shall be sized for opening and closing the valve at the valve's full rated working pressure and at a flow velocity of 16 ft/s. 6. Actuators shall accept a minimum of 300 foot-pounds of input torque at the full open and full closed positions without damage to the actuator or the valve. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 153 of 190 2/16/16 7. Actuators equipped with 2" operator nuts shall require a maximum input torque of 150 foot-pounds to operate the valve. A maximum input torque of 80 foot-pounds shall be required to operate valves with hand wheels. 8. Actuators shall be of the same manufacturer as the valve where possible or as directed by the City Engineer. 9. Actuators shall be installed, adjusted, tested and certified by the valve manufacturer prior to shipping. 10. Actuators shall require a maximum of one hundred (100) input turns for the complete ninety-degree (90°) movement of the disc. 11. Actuators shall receive an epoxy coating on the exterior surface as described below. B. Traveling Nut Actuators: 1. Actuators for butterfly valve sizes 18" through 24" may be the manual traveling nut type. Traveling nut actuators shall not be used on valves requiring motor driven actuators or where the City has specified a worm gear type actuator. 2. Actuators shall be capable of producing the below listed output torque at the closed position: Valve Size in mm (inches) 450 (18") 500 (20") 600 (24") C. Worm Gear Type Actuators: Output Torque Nm (foot-pounds) 3729 (2750) 3729 (2750) 6372 (4700) 1. Actuators for butterfly valve 30" or larger shall be the worm gear type. In addition, worm gear type actuators shall be used on butterfly valves requiring motor driven actuators or where the City has specified a worm gear actuator. 2. Worm gear actuators shall be totally enclosed and self-locking. 2.3 EPOXY LINING AND COATING Epoxy linings and coatings for valves and actuators shall be provided in accordance with AWWA C210, C213 and C550, with the following modifications: A. Epoxy lining and coating of valve surfaces shall be performed by the manufacturer in a facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. Epoxy lining and coating of valves in the field is prohibited. B. Repairs made to shop-applied coatings shall be performed in a facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. The facility shall be one that is approved by the valve manufacturer. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 154 of 190 2/16/16 C. Surface preparation shall be as detailed in SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast Cleaning. D. Liquid epoxy lining and coating materials shall be listed in the NSF Listing for Drinking Water Additives, Standard 61, certified for use in contact with potable water. E. The minimum dry film thickness for epoxy linings shall be 0.008". Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in two (2) coats in accordance with AWWA C210. F. Powder epoxy coating materials shall contain one hundred percent (100%) solids, in accordance with AWWA 213. 2.4 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. 2.5 CONCRETE Concrete used for anchor or thrust blocks shall be Class 560-C-3250 as specified in section 03000. 2.6 WAX TAPE COATING Wax Tape shall be provided in accordance with Section 09902 and the Approved Materials List. 2.7 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Polyethylene encasement shall be provided in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install valves with the bolt holes straddling the vertical and horizontal centerlines of pipe, with the operating nut in the vertical position, unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans. B. Valves shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendation in accordance with the applicable specification for the piping material and joint type being used for the valve and the water main. C. Joints shall be cleaned and installed in accordance with Section 15056. 3.2 FLANGE INSULATING KITS Flange insulating kits shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with Standard Drawing. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 155 of 190 2/16/16 3.3 CORROSION PROTECTION Buried Valves: All bolted connections and bolted valve components shall be coated with Wax Tape in accordance with Section 09902 and the entire valve encased in polyethylene in accordance with Section 15000. Exposed Valves: The exterior of valves installed above ground or exposed in vaults or enclosures shall be field painted in accordance with Section 09900. 3.4 CONCRETE Concrete thrust, anchor, and support blocks shall be installed as called for in the Standard Drawings. The concrete shall be placed so that valves and valve operators will be accessible for repairs or replacement. 3.5 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.6 DISINFECTION OF THE VALVES Disinfection and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The valves shall be operated during the disinfection period to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.7 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Valves shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipeline in which it is connected in accordance with Section 15044. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 156 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15108 AIR RELEASE VALVE, AIR AND VACUUM VALVE, AND COMBINATION AIR VALVE ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes the materials and installation instructions for above ground air release valve, air and vacuum valve, and combination air valve assemblies. The term "air valve" is used generically in this specification to refer to requirements common to all of the specified air release valves, air and vacuum valves, and combination air valves. Otherwise, the various types of air valves are addressed by the individual designations commonly used in AWWA and industry standards. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. American Water Works Association (AWWA) C512 Standards for Combination Air Valve Assemblies 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09900, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061, 15064, 15100, 16640 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Combination air valves are generally installed on all potable and recycled water mains at high points and where shown on the Approved Plans and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. Unless otherwise directed by the City Engineer, combination air valves will be required as indicated below: 1. 2" combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 6" and 8". 2. 2" combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 1 O" and 12". 3. Multiple 2" and 4" combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 16" and 20". 4. 6" combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes 24" through 36". C. Air release valves and air and vacuum valves shall be installed in accordance with the Approved Plans or as directed by the City Engineer. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 157 of 190 2/16/16 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard, or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until the valve is ready to be installed. Valves shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked. 1.6 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Air valve assemblies and enclosures used for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored coating, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section 1500. 1.7 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for air valve assemblies in accordance with Section 15000. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 COMBINATION AIR VALVES A. Combination air valves and appurtenant components and materials suitable for the system pressure shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. B. Combination air valves shall comply with AWWA C512 except as modified herein. C. 2" combination air valves shall be the single-body type incorporating stainless steel internal components and National Pipe Threaded (NPT) inlet and outlet configurations. D. 4" and 6" Combination Air Valves shall be the single-body type. Valves shall incorporate stainless steel internal components, protective hood and flanged inlet. E. Internal protective epoxy coatings shall be provided in accordance with AWWA C550. 1. Liquid epoxy lining and coating materials shall be listed in the NSF Listing for Drinking Water Additives, Standard 61, certified for use in contact with potable water. 2. The minimum dry film thickness for epoxy linings shall be 0.008". Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in two (2) coats in accordance with AWWA C210. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 158 of 190 2/16/16 2.3 ENCLOSURES Air Valve Enclosures shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.4 CONCRETE Concrete used for anchor or thrust blocks and equipment pads shall be in accordance with Section 03000. 2.5 BREAK-AWAY BOLTS Combination air valves, air release valves and air and vacuum valves located above ground sized 4" and larger shall be installed with break-away bolts in accordance with the Standard Drawings and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.6 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.7 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with Section 09900 and selected from the Approved Materials List. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Air valve assemblies shall be provided as shown on the Approved Plans. Additional air valve assemblies may be required in areas of potential air entrapment, at the discretion of the City Engineer. B. Air valve assemblies shall be installed relative to street improvements in accordance with the Standard Drawings. C. Connections for the air valve assemblies shall be made within a section of the main line no closer than 24" to a bell, coupling, joint or fitting. 3.2 CONCRETE Concrete thrust or anchor blocks and equipment pads shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.3 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.4 DISINFECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 159 of 190 2/16/16 Air valve assemblies shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041 in conjunction with disinfecting the main to which it is connected. The assembly valves shall be operated and the assembly flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Air valve assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in conjunction with the pipeline to which they are connected. 3.6 FIELD PAINTING AND COATINGS A. Field repairs to the enclosure shall not be permitted. Enclosures requiring repairs to the coating shall be returned to the supplier or coating vendor for repairs or recoating. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 160 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15112 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials, installation, and testing of reduced-pressure backflow prevention devices and check valve and double check valve assemblies. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. State of California Department of Health Services Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management, Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies for Service Isolation. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Agencies of Jurisdiction Rules and regulations regarding "Cross Connection Control and Backflow Prevention" CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09900, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061, 15064 and 15100 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Reduced-pressure backflow prevention assemblies shall be provided on all commercial, industrial irrigation and multi-family water services. B. Reduced-pressure backflow prevention assemblies shall be provided on all irrigation services by potable and recycled water. C. Reduced-pressure backflow prevention assemblies shall be provided on potable water services where recycled water, well water or any other water supply is served to the same property. D. Reduce pressure backflow preventers assemblies shall be provided at all points of connections to City sources at construction sites. E. Double check detector assemblies shall be provided on all fire services. F. The City shall be the final authority as to the location, installation, and type of backflow prevention device required. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 161 of 190 2/16/16 1.5 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS A. The Design and construction of the backflow prevention assembly shall meet the requirements called for in this specification except that any modifications specifically shown on the Approved Plans shall take precedence over these general standards. B. The nominal size of the backflow prevention device shall be equal to or greater than the size of the purchased meter. For example, a 1" meter shall have a 1" or larger backflow device. C. The assembly shall include same size valves located on either side of the backflow prevention assemblies. Four test cocks shall be appropriately located on the assembly for testing and certification. D. The nominal size of double check detector assemblies shall be as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the Fire Department. E. Enclosures and concrete slabs shall be provided only as shown on the Approved Plans. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Backflow prevention assemblies shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C210, AWWA C213, and AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard, or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until the backflow assembly is ready to be installed. Backflow assemblies shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Backflow assemblies shall not be stacked. 1.7 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION Backflow prevention assemblies and enclosures for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored coating, identification labels, or signs in accordance with Section 15000. 1.8 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed for backflow prevention assemblies in accordance with Section 15000. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES Backflow prevention assemblies shall be among those listed on the list of "Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies for Service Isolation" as issued by the State of California Department of Health Services, Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management. 2.2 CONCRETE Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 162 of 190 2/16/16 Concrete used for slabs and anchor or thrust blocks shall be in accordance with Section 03000. 2.3 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall comply with the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code, applicable local agency and City requirements. B. Backflow prevention assemblies shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings. C. Water service and fire service shut-off valves will be secured closed during installation until an approved backflow prevention device is installed and tested in compliance with this specification. D. When static pressure exceeds 1.03MPa (150psi), or when recommended by the backflow device manufacturer, a pressure-reducing valve shall be installed as shown on the Standard Drawings. 3.2 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.3 CONCRETE Concrete thrust or anchor blocks and slabs shall be installed in accordance with Standard Drawings. 3.4 ENCLOSURES Enclosures shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.5 DISINFECTION Disinfection and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The backflow assemblies shall be operated during the disinfection period to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.6 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 163 of 190 2/16/16 Backflow assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipeline to which they are connected in accordance with Section 15044. 3.7 TESTING The City will inspect and initially test each backflow prevention assembly after inspection of its proper installation is complete. Required maintenance of the backflow prevention device and appurtenances and annual testing of the device shall be the private owner's responsibility. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 164 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15121 OPEN TRENCH PIPE CASING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials for and installation of open trench pipe casings. Jacked casings or specially-installed pipe casings shall be installed as detailed in Section 15125. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARD The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. References shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 15000, 15056, 15061, and 15064 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION Generally, pipe casings are used for protection of utilities (carrier pipes) and may be installed for future utility installations. Pipe casings shall be used for the installation of potable water, reclaimed water, and sewer mains where shown on the Approved Drawings or as required by the City. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Pipe casings shall be provided for carrier piping where shown on the Approved Drawings or as required by the City. The sizes and material type for pipe casing shall be as detailed in Part 2 of this Section. B. The City Engineer may select a greater steel thickness and diameter as appropriate for the intended application. 1.6 SUBMITTALS The following items shall be submitted for review and approval by the City Engineer prior to the start of the casing work: A. Casing pipe. B. Casing spacers and end seals. C. Installation procedure. D. Method of restraint to be used for the casing and carrier pipes. E. Welding procedure. F. Cathodic Protection. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 165 of 190 2/16/16 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. PVC pipe casing shall be stored in suppliers' yards and on the job site in accordance to AWWA M23 and the manufacturer's recommendations. PVC pipe casing which has been subjected to excessive ultraviolet radiation from the sun shall not be used. The determination as to the acceptability of PVC pipe casing faded by the sun's radiation shall rest solely with the City. B. Store PVC pipe casing in the field by the supporting the pipe uniformly per AWWA M23. Do not stack pipe higher than 4' high or stack the pipe with weight on the bell ends. Cover stored PVC pipe casing to protect it from the sun's ultraviolet radiation. Pipe which has been contaminated with any petroleum products (inside or outside) shall not be installed. C. Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving and placing the pipe casing. All pipe casing materials shall be lowered into the trench in a manner that prevents damage. The pipe casing shall not be dropped, dragged or handled in a manner that will cause bruises, cracks, or other damage. 1.8 CASING SPACERS AND END SEALS Casing spacers and end seals shall be used for all carrier pipe installations within casings. 1.9 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 PIPE CASING Pipe casing materials shall be as indicated below and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. The size of the pipe casings required for the various sizes of carrier pipe is as follows: Carrier Pipe Size Minimum Casing Size 6" 8" 10" 12" 16" 20" 24" 14" 16" 18" 20" 30" 36" 42" Pipe Casing for Carrier Pipe larger than 24" shall be as determined by the City Engineer. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 166 of 190 2/16/16 A. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC) casings shall be as follows: 1. Casing pipe sizes 14" through 36" shall be in accordance with AWWA C905, pressure rated 235 (DR18). 2. The color for PVC casing pipe shall be blue or white for potable water carrier pipe and purple for recycled water carrier pipe. B. Steel pipe casings shall be as follows: 1. Steel pipe casings, unless otherwise approved by the City, shall be butt-welded sheets (spiral welding of pipe not allowed) conforming to ASTM A 36/A 36M, ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade D, or ASTM A 568/A 568M, Grade 33. Other steel grades may be used upon approval of the City. Steel casings sized 20" or smaller shall have a minimum wall thickness of 3/8". Steel casings sized larger than 20" shall have a minimum wall thickness of 1 /2". 2. Steel pipe casings shall not be lined or coated with any material unless otherwise directed by the City Engineer. If required, steel pipe casing shall be lined and coated with liquid epoxy paint per AWWA C210. Liquid epoxy shall be applied in three coats to a minimum thickness of 0.012". The final cost of the liquid epoxy shall be blue for potable water and purple for recycled water steel casing pipe. 3. Steel pipe casings shall include the installation of an anode in accordance with the Standard Drawings, unless otherwise directed by the City Engineer. 2.2 CASING SPACERS Casing spacers shall be stainless steel, centered-position type with PVC liner and non-metallic anti-friction runners selected from the Approved Materials List. 2.3 CASING END SEALS Casing end seals, selected from the Approved Materials List, shall wrap around the casing and carrier pipe to provide a barrier to backfill material and seepage. The casing end seal shall be a minimum 1/4" thick styrene butadiene rubber sheet attached to the carrier pipe and casing with 1" wide stainless steel bands. Zippered casing end seals with stainless steel bands may also be used. 2.4 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 167 of 190 2/16/16 PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compaction operations shall be performed in accordance with Section 02223. 3.2 DEWATERING The Contractor shall provide, and maintain at all times during construction, ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose all water from source entering trench excavations or other parts of the work. Any damage caused by flooding of the trench shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. If flooding of the trench does occur, the Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline appurtenances or trench materials shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer. 3.3 PIPE CASING INSTALLATION Installation of pipe casing and carrier pipe shall be as described below and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. A. Pipe casing shall be installed in an open trench type excavation. B. Pipe casings shall be lowered onto the bedding of the proper lines and grades called for on the Approved Plans. C. Pipe casings shall have firm bearing along their full length. D. Pipe casing sections shall be bell and spigot joint connection for PVC. PVC casing sections shall be restrained by mechanical means or by the use of splined gaskets. Steel casing sections shall be jointed by full-circumference butt welding in the field. Steel casing shall have all areas of damaged coating repaired. E. Carrier pipe shall be pushed into the casing incorporating the use of casing spacers as described below. F. PVC or ductile-iron carrier pipe joints shall be restrained either by mechanical means or by use of splined gaskets. G. Steel carrier pipe sections shall be lap joint welded per Section 15061. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 168 of 190 2/16/16 H. Upstream and downstream elevations of the carrier pipe shall be verified prior to installing the end seals. I. The portion of carrier pipes installed within casings shall have pressure, leakage, and infiltration testing completed in accordance with Sections 15043 and 15044 prior to installation of the end seals. J. The annular space between the carrier pipe and casing shall not be filled with any material unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans. 3.4 CASING SPACERS Casing spacers shall be used to prevent the carrier pipe bell from touching the casing and to maintain a uniform space between the carrier pipe and casing interior. A minimum of three casing spacers shall be installed, equally spaced, on each pipe section at intervals recommended by the manufacturer. 3.5 CASING END SEALS Casing end seals shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Carrier pipe shall pass hydrostatic or leakage tests in accordance with Sections 15044 or Section 15043 prior to the installation of casing end seals or backfilling operations. 3.6 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed above the casing pipe in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 169 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 170 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15125 JACKED PIPE CASING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes materials and installation of jacked pipe casings. Where the contractor proposes to install pipelines using directional drilling or boring, a complete submittal of the methods and materials shall be made to the City prior to the initiation of the work. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. References shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 15000, 15056, 15061, 15064, and 15065 1.4 SERVICE APPLICATION Generally, pipe casings are used for protection of utilities (carrier pipes) and may be installed for future utility installations. Pipe casings shall be used in conjunction with the installation of potable water, recycled water, and sewer mains in areas shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the City Engineer. 1.5 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES The contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing utilities, facilities, and structures that may be encountered in or near the area of the work. 1.6 SAFETY AND PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS A. Pipe jacking and boring projects 30" in diameter or larger are required to be classified by the State of California. Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Occupational Safety and Health. B. Protection of workers in trench excavation shall be as required by the State of California Construction Safety Orders, the State of California State Health and Safety Code, the requirements of CAL-OSHA. C. All excavations shall be performed, protected, and supported as required for safety and in the manner set forth in the operation regulations prescribed by CAL- OSHA Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 171 of 190 2/16/16 D. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain excavation permits, traffic control permits, or other applicable permits from the local agency which has jurisdiction. E. A pre-job safety conference with representatives of the Division of Occupational Safety, CAL-OSHA, the City, the Contractor and Contractor's employees shall be held before the work begins. F. Contractors performing this work are required to hold a current C-34 or General Engineering Contracting License from the State of California. 1. 7 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Pipe casing shall be provided for the carrier piping where shown on the Approved Plans or as required by the City Engineer. The sizes and material type for pipe casing shall be as detailed in Part 2 of this Section. B. The City Engineer may select a greater steel thickness and diameter as appropriate for the intended application. 1.8 SUBMITTALS The contractor shall provide to the City and the agency, or agencies, of jurisdiction a drilling, boring, and jacking plan prior to commencing boring operations. The submittal shall include: A. Configuration of the jacking pits and jacking pit bracing or shoring. Pit excavations deeper than 20' require the shoring system to be certified by a Registered Civil Engineer. 8. The pipe casing material to be used. Include pipe material type, wall thickness, and welding details. C. Casing spacers and end seals. D. Jacking plan and profile drawing detailing the placement of the jacked casing. E. Installation procedure. F. Manufacturer and type of liquid epoxy paint, including proposed steel preparation and application methods to be used. G. The jacking machinery and jacking head proposed to be used. H. Summary of the backfilling method to be used. I. Worker Protection and Safety Plan. J. Cathodic Protection. 1.9 DELIVERY AND HANDLING Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 172 of 190 2/16/16 Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving and placing the pipe casing. All pipe-casing materials shall be lowered into the trench in a manner that prevents damage. The pipe casing shall not be dropped, dragged or handled in a manner that will cause dents, cracks, or other damage to the pipe casing. 1.10 CASING SPACERS AND END SEALS Casing spacers and end seals shall be used for all pipe installations with casings. If the carrier pipe is not installed within the casing, as a continuous operation, following completion of jacking, then bulkhead and portals and backfill the approach trenches. Bulkheads will be removed at a later time to allow for the installation of the carrier pipe. PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 PIPE CASINGS Jacked pipe casings shall be steel. A. The minimum size and thickness of jacked steel pipe casings shall be as follows, unless otherwise required by the agency having jurisdiction over the road, utilities, or improvements. Carrier Minimum Min. Steel Casing Pipe Size Casing Size Wall Thickness 6" 14" 3/8" 8" 16" 3/8" 10" 18" 3/8" 12" 20" 3/8" 16" 30" 1/2" 20" 36" 1/2" 24" 42" 1/2" B. Pipe casing for carrier pipe sizes larger than 24" shall be determined by the City Engineer. C. The Contractor may submit a greater steel thickness and diameter as appropriate for the method of work and loadings involved, as suitable for the site and as limited by possible interferences. The Contractor shall submit any deviations in the approved design to the City fourteen (14) working days in advance of jacking operations, and may not proceed with any work until the City Engineer has approved the alternate methods proposed. D. It is the Contractor's responsibility to choose a size of casing at or above the minimum specified, and to ensure that the jacking is done with a high degree of accuracy to permit installation of the carrier pipe to the lines and grades shown on the approved plans. E. Steel pipe casings, unless otherwise approved by the City, shall be butt-welded sheets (spiral welding of pipe now allowed) conforming to ASTM A 36/A 36M, Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 173 of 190 2/16/16 ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade D, or ASTM A 570/A 570M, Grade 33. Other steel grades may be used upon approval of the City Engineer. F. Steel pipe casings shall include the installation of an anode in accordance with the Standard Drawings, unless otherwise directed by the City Engineer. 2.2 CASING SPACERS Casing spacers shall be stainless steel, centered-position type with PVC liner and non- metallic anti-friction runners in accordance with the Approved Materials List. 2.3 CASING END SEALS Casing end seals, in accordance with the Approved Materials List, shall wrap around the casing and carrier pipe to provide a barrier to backfill material and seepage. The casing end seal shall be a minimum 1/4" thick styrene butadiene rubber sheet attached to the carrier pipe and casing with 1" wide stainless steel bands. Zippered casing end seals with stainless steel bands may also be used. 2.4 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. PART3 EXECUTION 3.1 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compaction operations shall be performed in accordance with Section 02223. 3.2 JACKING PIT A. The approach trench for jacking or boring operations shall be adequately shored to safeguard existing substructures and surface improvements and to ensure against ground movement in the vicinity of the casing portal. B. Placement of equipment in the approach trench of the jacking pit shall be firmly bedded on the required line and grade using heavy timbers, structural steel, or concrete cradles of sufficient length to provide accurate control of jacking alignment. Provide space to insert the casing lengths to be jacked. Anchor the timbers and structural steel sections to ensure action of the jacks in line with the axis of the casing. Place a timber or structural steel bearing block between the jacks and the end of the casing to provide uniform bearing upon the casing end evenly distribute the jacking pressure. C. After jacking equipment and debris from the tunnel have been removed from the approach trench of jacking pit, prepare the bottom of the jacking pit as a pipe foundation. Remove all loose and disturbed materials below pipe grade to undisturbed earth and re-compact the material in accordance with Section 02223. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 174 of 190 2/16/16 3.3 PIPE CASING INSTALLATION Installation of pipe casings shall be as described below and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Only workers experienced in jacking operations shall be used in performing the work of jacking and boring. A. The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that extreme care is required in placing the casing so as to permit the installation of the carrier pipe to the lines and grades shown on the Approved Plans. B. Gravity flow pipelines are designed at grades that do not permit variance from the lines and grade as shown on the Approved Plans. C. Fit a sectional shield or steel jacking head to the leading section of the casing. The shield or head shall extend around the outer surface of the upper two-thirds of the casing and project at least 18" beyond the driving end of the casing. It shall not protrude more than 1/2" beyond the outer casing surface. D. The leading section of casing shall be equipped with a jacking head securely anchored thereto to prevent any wobble or variation in alignment during the jacking operation. E. To avoid loss of ground outside the casing, carry out excavation entirely within the jacking head and not in advance of the head. In general, excavated materials shall be removed from the casing as jacking progresses and no accumulation of excavated material within the casing will be permitted. F. A jacking band to reinforce the end of the pipe receiving the jacking thrust will be required. G. Control the application of jacking pressure and excavation of material ahead of the advancing casing to prevent it from becoming friction-bound or deviating from required line and grade. Do not encroach upon the minimum annular space detailed. Restrict the excavation of material to the least clearance to prevent binding in order to avoid settlement or possible damage to overlying structures or utilities. H. Steel casing sections shall be full-circumference butt-welded in the field. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide stress transfer across the joints capable of resisting the jacking forces involved. 3.4 CARRIER PIPE INSTALLATION A. Carrier pipe shall be pushed into the casing incorporating the use of casing spacers as described below. B. PVC or ductile-iron carrier pipe joints shall be restrained either by mechanical means or by use of splined gaskets. C. Steel carrier pipe sections shall be lap joint welded in accordance with Section 15061. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 175 of 190 2/16/16 D. Upstream and downstream elevations of the carrier pipe shall be verified prior to installing the end seals. E. The portion of carrier pipe installed within a casing shall have pressure, leakage, and infiltration testing completed in accordance with Section 15043 and 15044 prior to installation of the end seals. F. The annular space between the carrier pipe and casing shall not be filled with any material unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans. 3.5 CASING SPACERS Casing spacers shall be used to prevent the carrier pipe bell from touching the casing and to maintain a uniform space between the carrier pipe and casing interior. Casing spacers shall be installed on the carrier pipe at intervals per the manufacturer's recommendations with a minimum of three spacers per pipe section equally spaced. 3.6 CASING END SEALS Casing end seals shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Carrier pipe shall pass hydrostatic or leakage tests in accordance with Sections 15044 or 15043 prior to the installation of casing end seals or backfilling operations. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 176 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 15139 FIRE HYDRANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION This section includes the materials for and installation of fire hydrant assemblies. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise called for. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE CMWD Standard Drawings CMWD Standard Specifications 09900, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15061, 15064, and 15100 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Hydrant outlet sizes and configuration shall be as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the fire department of jurisdiction. B. Hydrants shall generally have the following number and size of outlets as directed by the fire department of jurisdiction: 1. Residential: One 2-1/2" outlet and one 4" outlet 2. Commercial: Two 2-1/2" outlets and one 4" outlet 3. Industrial: One 2-1/2" outlet and two 4" outlets 1.5 SERVICE APPLICATION A. Fire hydrants shall be installed on potable water mains as shown on the approved drawings. B. Wet-barrel hydrants shall generally be used for pressures up to 1.38 MPa (200 psi). System pressures up to and including 1.03 MPa (150 psi) require standard wet-barrel hydrants, and pressures up to 1.38 MPa (200 psi) require high-pressure wet-barrel hydrants in accordance with the Approved Materials List. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Fire hydrants shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C210, AWWA C213, and AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until the valve is ready to be installed. Fire hydrants shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Fire hydrants shall not be stacked. 1.7 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed for fire hydrant assemblies in accordance with Section 15000. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 177 of 190 2/16/16 PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 HYDRANTS A. Fire hydrants and appurtenances shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. B. Wet-barrel fire hydrants shall comply with AWWA C503 and these specifications unless otherwise indicated on the Approved Drawings. C. All outlets shall be provided with National Standard Fire-Hose Threads. Outlets shall be equipped with plastic caps. D. Wet-barrel fire hydrant flanges and appurtenant bury ells and spools shall incorporate a six-hole bolt pattern. 2.2 BOLTS AND NUTS A. Hydrant flange bolts and nuts shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. B. Bolts and nuts shall be zinc-plated A307 carbon steel in accordance with Section 15000. 2.3 CONCRETE Concrete used for splash pads, thrust or anchor blocks shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 2.4 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List. 2.5 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with Section 09900 in accordance with the Approved Materials List. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 178 of 190 2/16/16 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Fire hydrant assemblies shall be installed at locations shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the fire department of jurisdiction in accordance with the Standard Drawings. B. The location and port orientation of the Fire Hydrant shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings. C. Fire hydrant flange bolts shall be set with nuts on top. Torque nuts uniformly and progressively in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Depending on location, fire hydrant assemblies may require protection posts or concrete retaining walls. When required by the City Engineer, or when shown on the Approved Plans, protection posts or retaining walls shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.2 CONCRETE Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings. 3.3 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings. 3.4 DISINFECTION OF FIRE HYDRANT The fire hydrant assembly shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The assembly valves shall be operated and the assembly flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts. 3.5 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Fire hydrant assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in conjunction with the pipeline to which it is connected. 3.6 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING The fire hydrant exterior shall be field painted in accordance with Section 09900. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 179 of 190 2/16/16 Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 180 of 190 2/16/16 SECTION 16640 CATHODIC PROTECTION BY SACRIFICIAL ANODES PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE This section includes materials, testing, and installation of corrosion protection and monitoring systems for metallic pipes including insulating flange kits, test stations, copper/copper sulfate reference electrodes, sacrificial anodes, wiring, and exothermic welds .. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. B. Carlsbad. C. D. CONTRACTOR. The qualified construction firm selected by the Owner to have prime responsibility for the completion of work. OWNER. The Owner, as referred to in these specifications, is the City of ENGINEER. The Engineer is the Owner's representative who is assigned to be the direct contact between the Owner and the Contractor. CORROSION ENGINEER. Retained by the Contractor, who is trained and experienced in cathodic protection installations and design and who is either a Registered Corrosion Engineer or a NACE Certified Cathodic Protection Specialist. 1.3 SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C94-86 Ready-Mixed Concrete D-2220 Polyvinyl chloride Insulation for Wire and Cable D-1248 Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials 83 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire 88 Concentric-Lay Stranded Copper Conductors B. Federal Specifications (FS) Military Specification (Mil. Spec): MIL-C-184808 Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent, Coal Tar Base C. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications: 83-80 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires 486-76 Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors D. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE): RP0169-96 Recommended Practice, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems E. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE): Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 181 of 190 2/16/16 RP0286 Electrical Isolation of Cathodically Protected Pipelines 1.4 SUBMITTALS The following information shall be submitted for approval of the ENGINEER in accordance with Section 1300 of these specifications. A. Catalog Cuts: 1. High potential magnesium anodes 2. At-grade concrete test box with cast iron lid 3. Shunts 4. Wire and cable 5. Exothermic weld kits 6. Weld caps 7. Weld coating 8. Plastic warning tape 9. Insulating flange kits 10. Wax tape coating system B. As-Built Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain As-Built drawings showing exact locations of anodes, test stations, insulators, and wire trenching runs. Location changes from the design shall be clearly marked in red on a blue line copy of the design drawings. The As-Built drawings shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at the end of the project. The project is not considered complete until As-Built drawings are submitted. C. Test Results. 1. Insulator tests 2. Continuity tests 3. Anode testing and cathodic protection performance PART2 MATERIALS 2.1 GENERAL Materials and equipment shall be new and the standard product of manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacturing of such products. All materials and equipment shall bear evidence of safe operation approval from a nationally recognized testing laboratory. 2.2 HIGH POTENTIAL MAGNESIUM ANODES A. Capacity. High potential magnesium anodes shall have a theoretical energy content of 1000 ampere-hours per pound and have a minimum useful output of 500 ampere-hours per pound. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 182 of 190 2/16/16 B. Chemical Composition (High Potential Magnesium). Aluminum Manganese Zinc Copper Nickel Iron Silicon Other Magnesium 0.01 percent (max) 0.5 to 1.3 percent 0.002 percent (max) 0.02 percent (max) 0.001 percent (max) 0.03 percent (max) 0.002 percent (max) 0.05 percent each (max) balance C. Open Circuit Potential. The open circuit potential of all anodes, buried in the soil, shall be between 1.55 and 1. 75 volts de versus a copper-copper sulfate reference electrode. D. Ingot Size And Weight. Anodes shall be 48-pound pre-packaged, high potential ingots with a trapezoidal cross section. Ingot length shall be 32 inches long. The total packaged weight shall be 105 lbs. E. Anode Construction. Anodes shall be cast magnesium with a galvanized steel core rod recessed on one end to provide access to the rod for connection of the lead wire. Silver braze the lead wire to the rod and make the connection mechanically secure. Insulate the connection to a 600-volt rating by filling the recess with epoxy and covering any exposed bare steel core or wire with heat shrinkable tubing. The insulating tubing shall extend over the lead wire insulation by not less than 1/2 inch. F. Anode Pre-Packaged Backfill Material. The anodes shall be completely encased and centered within a permeable cloth bag in a special low resistivity backfill mix with the following composition: Gypsum 75% Powdered bentonite 20% Anhydrous sodium sulfate 5% G. Backfill grains shall be such that 100 percent is capable of passing through a screen of 100 mesh. Backfill shall be firmly packed around the anode such that the ingot is approximately in the center of the backfill. The resistivity of the backfill shall be no greater than 50 ohm-cm when tested wet in a soil box. Total prepackaged weight shall be approximately 105 pounds. 2.3 AT-GRADE TEST STATIONS A. Test Box. At-grade test boxes shall be round, pre-cast concrete with a cast iron lid. The dimensions shall be 14-1/4 inches O.D. by 9 inches I.D. by 12 inches high, similar to Christy G5 Utility Box with a cast iron supporting ring and lid. The lid shall be cast with the legend "Test Station". B. Identification Tags. All test leads shall be identified with an Avery label (model 5361 ), self-adhesive covered with polyolefin clear heat shrink tubing (3mfp301 ). The label shall include: name of facility -size -pipe material; type of insulation; station number. C. Concrete Pad. Test boxes mounted in unpaved areas shall be mounted in a reinforced 24-inch square by 4-inch thick concrete pad constructed of ASTM C94 ready-mix concrete. Rebar shall be No. 4 steel. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 183 of 190 2/16/16 2.4 WIRE AND CABLE All wires shall be stranded copper with HMWPE or THWN insulation suitable for direct burial in corrosive soil and water, conforming to UL 83 and ASTM standards B3 or B8. HMWPE insulation shall conform to ASTM D1248 type 1, class c, grade 5. THWN insulation shall conform to ASTM D-2220. A. Test Leads. No. 8 AWG HMWPE. B. Anode Lead Wire. Anode lead wires shall be No. 12 AWG THWN. C. Mechanical Joint Bond Wire. No. 2 AWG HMWPE. D. All wire and copper connectors shall conform to UL 486-76. E. Wire Splicing. NO wire splicing is permitted. 2.5 EXOTHERMIC WELD KIT Wire-to-metal connections shall be made by the exothermic "cadweld" welding process. Weld alloy shall be for steel pipe. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to determine the manufacturer's recommended weld charge size for metallic surfaces. A. Weld Caps. Royston Roybond Primer 747 and Royston Handy Cap 2 or equal. B. Weld Coating. Cold-applied fast-drying mastic consisting of bituminous resin and solvents per Mil. Spec. Mil-C-18480B such as Koppers bitumastic 50 or 505, Tnemec 40-h-413, tape-coat TC mastic or 3M Scotch Clad 244. The minimum coating thickness shall be 25 mils (0.025 inch). 2.6 INSULATING FLANGE KITS A. B. C. D. E. Gaskets: ANSI B-16.21, Type E, NEMA G10 glass with a rectangular o-ring seal for operation between 20-deg. F and 150-deg. F. Gaskets shall be suitable for the temperature and pressure rating of the piping system in which they are installed. Insulating Sleeves: 1/32-inch thick tube, full length, G10 glass material per NEMA Ll- 1 for operation between 20-deg. F and 150-deg. F. For installation at threaded valve flanges, half-length sleeves shall be used. Insulating Washers: 1 /8-inch thick, full length, G 10 glass per NEMA Ll-1 for operation between 20-deg. F and 150-deg. F. Steel Washers: 1/8-inch cadmium plated steel placed between the nut and insulating washer. Coating: All buried insulating flanges shall be wax taped coated per AWWA C217. See section for "External Coating for Buried Surfaces" below. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 184 of 190 2/16/16 2.7 EXTERNAL COATING FOR BURIED SURFACES A. All buried insulating flange kits, AND buried pipe sections and fitting surfaces that are not epoxy or polyurethane coated shall be wrapped with a three-layer petrolatum wax tape coating system per AWWA C217. B. Primer: All surfaces shall be prime coated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizer, inert fillers, and corrosion inhibitors having a paste-like consistency. C. Wax Tape: Covering material shall be a synthetic felt tape, saturated with a blend of petrolatum, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors that is formable over irregular surfaces. D. Plastic Outer Wrap: The primed and wax taped surface shall be covered with a plastic outer wrap consisting of three layers of 50-guage (10-mil) polyvinylidene chloride or PVC, high cling membrane wound together. 2.8 PLASTIC WARNING TAPE A. PART3 Plastic warning tape for all cable trenches shall be a minimum of 4 mils thick and 6 inches wide, inert plastic film designed for prolonged use underground, and printed with "Caution: Cathodic Protection Cable Below". CATHODIC PROTECTION INSTALLATION 3.1 GENERAL A. Standard. Cathodic protection installation shall conform to NACE RP0169-96 "Recommended Practice, Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems. B. CONTRACTOR Qualifications. All work shall be performed by qualified, experienced personnel working under continuous, competent supervision. Qualified CONTRACTORs must demonstrate at least five years of experience with cathodic protection installations. C. Test Results. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a CORROSION ENGINEER's report including all test data, conclusions, repairs, and cathodic protection system performance. D. Notification For Testing. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least five days in advance of the anodes and test station installations. The ENGINEER or the OWNER's representative shall, at their discretion, witness the installation of anodes and cathodic protection facilities. Testing shall be as described in this specification section. 3.2 MAGNESIUM ANODES A. Inspection. All lead wires shall be inspected to ensure that the lead wire is securely connected to the anode core and that no damage has occurred to the lead wire. Lead wire failures shall require replacement of the complete anode and lead wire. B. Pre-Packaged Anode Inspection. Each anode shall be inspected to ensure that the backfill material completely surrounds the anode and that the cloth bag containing the anode and backfill material is intact. If the prepackaged anodes are supplied in a waterproof container or covering, that container or covering shall be Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 185 of 190 2/16/16 removed before installation. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least five (5) days in advance of installing the anodes. C. Location. Anodes are to be installed in augured holes as shown in the drawings. Anode positions can be adjusted slightly to avoid interference with existing structures. Alternate anode positions must be approved by the ENGINEER. D. Handling. Care shall be taken to ensure that the anode is never lifted, supported, transported, or handled by the lead wire. All anodes shall be lowered into the hole using a sling or a rope. E. Anode Hole Size and Depth. Anodes shall be placed vertically at the bottom of a 12 feet deep augured hole, 12 inches in diameter (minimum). F. Soaking Requirements, Pre-Packaged Anodes. Once the prepackaged anodes are in the hole, 15 gallons of water shall be poured into the hole so that the anodes are completely covered with water. Allow the anodes to soak for a minimum of 30 minutes before any soil backfill is added. G. Soil Backfill. After the pre-packaged anodes are soaked, the hole is backfilled with stone-free, native soil. No voids shall exist around the anode bags and the anode lead wire shall not be damaged. The backfill shall be tamped and compacted in 18-inch lifts taking care not to damage the anode lead wire. 3.3 AT-GRADE TEST STATIONS A. Location. At-grade corrosion monitoring test boxes shall be located at the edge and directly behind the curb. All test box locations shall be approved by the ENGINEER. B. Test Box Bottom. Test boxes shall be set in native soil. C. Test Lead Attachment. Test leads shall be attached to the pipe using the exothermic weld process. An 18-inch length of slack wire shall be coiled at each weld at the pipe and inside each test box. D. Concrete Pad. A 24-inch square by 4-inch thick reinforced concrete pad is required around each at-grade test station. Test boxes and concrete pad shall be flush with the top of the curb. 3.4 WIRE AND CABLE A. Test Lead Trench. Horizontal test or anode lead runs shall be placed in a 36-inch trench. B. Wire Handling. Wire leads shall not be stretched or kinked. Care shall be taken when installing wire and backfilling. If wire insulation is damaged during installation, it shall be rejected and replaced completely at the CONTRACTOR's expense. All rejected wire shall be removed from the job site at the close of each workday. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 186 of 190 2/16/16 C. Plastic Warning Tape. Plastic warning tape shall be installed in all wire trenches and 12 inches below finished grade. D. Splicing. Wire splices are not permitted. 3.5 WIRE-TO-PIPE CONNECTIONS A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. All connections of copper wires to the pipe shall be made by the exothermic weld method. Weld Charge Size. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to ensure that the manufacturer's recommended weld charge size is used. Preparation Of Wire. Do not deform cable. Remove only enough insulation from the cable to allow for the exothermic weld. Preparation Of Metal. Remove all coating, dirt, grime and grease from the metal structure by wire brushing. Clean the structure to a bright, shiny surface free of all serious pits and flaws by using a file. The surface area of the structure must be absolutely dry. Wire Position. The wire is to be held at a 30-degree angle to the surface when welding. Only one wire shall be attached with each weld. Testing of All Completed Welds. After the weld has cooled, the weld shall be tested by striking the weld with a 2-lb hammer while pulling firmly on the wire. All unsound welds shall be cleaned, re-welded, and re-tested. All weld slag shall be removed. Coating Of Welds. The area to be coated shall be clean and completely dry. Apply a primer specifically intended for use with an elastomeric weld cap. Apply the weld cap and a bituminous mastic coating material to all exposed areas around the cap in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The coating shall overlap the structure coating by a minimum of 3 inches. Mortar Repair. Coating voids shall be filled with cement grout. 3.6 BOND WIRES A. Mechanical Joint Bond Wires. Two (2) No. 2 HMWPE bond wires are required across each non-insulating, in-line valve; a third No. 6 HMWPE bond wire is required from the valve to one outside flange as shown in the drawings. The bond wires shall be attached using the exothermic weld process. Bond wires shall have some slack wire at each weld to allow for creep when backfilling. 3.7 INSULATING FLANGE KITS A. B. General: Insulating flange kits shall be pre-assembled and installed as recommended by the manufacturer, and per NACE RPO 286. Moisture, soil, and other foreign matter must be fully removed and prevented from contacting any portion of mating surfaces. If foreign matter contacts any portion of these surfaces, then the entire flange shall be disassembled, cleaned, and dried before reassembly. Installation: Align and install insulating joints according to the manufacturer's recommendations to avoid damaging insulating materials. The manufacturer's bolt tightening sequence and torque specifications shall be followed. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 187 of 190 2/16/16 C. D. Paint Pigments: No electrically conductive pigments or paints shall be used either internally or externally on the bolts, washers, or flanges. Inspection: All buried insulating flanges shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the ENGINEER as described in Part 4 of this specification and prior to the application of wax tape coating. 3.8 EXTERNAL COATING A. 8. C. D. PART4 All buried insulating flanges shall be covered with a 3-layer wax tape coating system per AWWA C217. Additionally, all in-line valves, flanges, couplings, and adapters that are not coated with a bonded dielectric coating shall be wax tape coated per AWWA C217. Primer: Surfaces must be cleaned of all dirt, grime, and dust by using a wire brush and clean cloth. The surface shall be dry. Apply the primer by hand or brush. A thin coating of primer shall be applied to all surfaces and worked into all crevices. The primer shall be applied generously around bolts, nuts, and threads, and shall fully cover all exposed areas. The primer should overlap the pipe coating by a minimum of 3-inches. Petrolatum Saturated Tape: The wax tape can be applied immediately after the primer. Short lengths of tape shall be cut and carefully molded around each individual bolt, nut, and stud end. For long bolts (such as in couplings), short lengths of tape shall be cut and circumferentially wrapped around each individual bolt. After the bolts are covered, the tape shall be circumferentially wrapped around the flange with sufficient tension to provide continuous adhesion without stretching the tape. The tape shall be formed, by hand, into all voids and spaces. There shall be no voids or gaps under the tape. The tape shall be applied with a 1-inch minimum overlap. Outer Covering: A plastic outer cover shall be applied over the petrolatum- saturated tape. The plastic shall be a minimum of 50-guage (10-mils) and shall have two layers applied. TESTING AND INSPECTION The CONTRACTOR's CORROSION ENGINEER shall submit his proposed test procedures to the ENGINEER at least five (5) days in advance of the time that the cathodic protection system testing is scheduled. The ENGINEER shall witness all testing at his discretion. All test data shall be submitted to the ENGINEER within seven (7) days of the completion of the testing. All testing shall be done under the supervision of a qualified CORROSION ENGINEER who is retained by the CONTRACTOR. All deficiencies found to be due to faulty materials or workmanship shall be repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR and at his expense. The City of Carlsbad shall be notified at least three (3) days in advance to witness the performance testing. 4.1 TEST LEADS It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to test all test leads Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 188 of 190 2/16/16 A. Test Method. All completed wire connection welds shall be tested by striking the weld with a 2-lb hammer while pulling firmly on the wire. Welds failing this test shall have the surface re-prepared, have the wire re-welded to the pipe and re- tested. Wire welds shall be spot tested by the Engineer. After backfilling the pipe, all test lead pairs shall be tested using a standard ohmmeter. B. Acceptance. The resistance between each pair of test leads shall not exceed 150% of the total wire resistance as determined from published wire data. 4.2 Anode Lead Wire. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for inspecting anode lead wires. Lead wires shall be spot inspected by the ENGINEER. A. Test Method. A visual inspection and by running his hand along the full length of the lead while installing. B. Acceptance. All leads shall be free of cuts nicks or abrasions in the wire insulation. Damaged leads shall be rejected. 4.3 TEST LEAD TRENCHING The ENGINEER, at his or her discretion, shall inspect wire trenches and backfill material and methods. A. Test Method. The depth, trench bottom, padding, and backfill material shall be visually inspected prior to backfilling. B. Acceptance. Conformance with specifications. 4.4 PIPELINE CONTINUITY THROUGH IN-LINE VALVES The CONTRACTOR's CORROSION ENGINEER shall measure the linear resistance of sections of pipe in which in-line valves or other mechanical joints have been installed. All testing shall be done by the CORROSION ENGINEER in the presence of the ENGINEER. A. Test Method. Resistance shall be measured by the linear resistance method. A direct current shall be impressed from one end of the test section to the other (typically test station to test station). A voltage drop is measured for several different current levels. The measured resistance (R) is calculated using the equation R=dV/1, where dV is the voltage drop between the test span and I is the current. The resistance shall be measured for at least four (4) different current levels. B. Acceptance. Acceptance is a comparison between the measured resistance (from the field test data) and the theoretical resistance. The theoretical resistance must consider the pipe (length and wall thickness) and the resistance of the bond wires. The measured resistance shall not exceed the theoretical resistance by more than 130%. The CONTRACTOR's CORROSION ENGINEER shall submit, within seven (7) days of the completion of the testing and in a report format, to the ENGINEER all calculations of the theoretical resistance and measured pipe resistance for each section tested. Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 189 of 190 2/16/16 4.5 INSULATING FLANGE KITS A. Responsibility: Insulating flanges shall be inspected and tested by the CONTRACTOR'S CORROSION ENGINEER and in the presence of the ENGINEER, prior to backfilling. Testing of the buried insulating flange kit prior to backfill will result in non-acceptance of the insulator. B. Test Method: The assembled flange shall be tested using a Gas Electronics Model 601 Insulation Checker specifically design for testing insulating flanges. The testing shall be done by a qualified CORROSION ENGINEER accepted by the ENGINEER and shall be done in accordance with NACE RPO 286. C. Acceptance: The installation of the insulating flange kit shall be considered complete when the testing device indicates no shorts or partial shorts are present. The CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance in finding any and all shorts or shorted bolts. All disassembly and reassembly necessary for acceptance shall be done at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. 4.6 CATHODIC PROTECTION PERFORMANCE The cathodic protection system shall be activated and tested by the CONTRACTOR's CORROSION ENGINEER in the presence of the ENGINEER. A. Test Method. The installed cathodic protection system testing shall include: native pipe-to-soil potentials, protected pipe-to-soil potentials, open-circuit anode potentials, and anode current output measurements. B. Acceptance. Shall be based on achieving the -850 mV criterion as outlined in NACE RPO169-96. All data shall be submitted, in a typed 8-1/2 X 11 inch report to the City's ENGINEER and the City's CORROSION ENGINEER for approval. C. Compliance With Specifications. Deficiencies or omissions in materials or workmanship found by these tests shall be rectified at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Deficiencies shall include but are not limited to: broken leads, improper or unclean trenches, lack of 18-inchor slack wire in test boxes; improperly mounted test boxes; improper installation and testing of insulators; and other deficiencies associated with the workmanship, installation, and non-functioning equipment. END OF SECTION Volume 3 Chapter 6 Page 190 of 190 2/16/16 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PROGRAM (WPCP) For Palomar Airport Road Widening Caltrans Contract Number: Caltrans Project Identifier Number: Prepared for; Caltrans District 11 4050 Taylor Street San Diego, CA 92110 Submitted bv: City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave. Carlsbad, CA 92008 (760)602-27 40 Proiect Site Address Palomar Airport Road at Paseo Del Norte Contractor's Water Pollution Control IWPC) Manaeer David Wiener (760)4 76-9193 Contractor's Desienated Water Pollution Control Insoector fifdi(ferent from WPC Manaeet) WPCP Prepared bv: Michael Baker International 5050 Avenida Encinas, Suite 260 Carlsbad, CA 92008 WPCP Prmaration Date January 31, 2018 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening Less than 1 acre of soil disturbance. Contents WPCP Template SECTION 10 WPCP Certification and Acceptance Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening 10.1 Contractor's Certification and Acceptance by the Resident Engineer 10.2 Amendments 10.3 Contractor's Annual Certification and Acceptance by the Resident Engineer SECTION 20 Project and Contractor Information 20.1 Project Description 20.2 Unique Site Features 20.3 Contact Information for Responsible Parties 20.4 Training SECTION 30 Pollution Sources and Control Measures 30.1 Pollutant Sources 30.1.1 Inventory of Materials and Activities that May Pollute Stormwater 30.1.1 Potential Pollutants from Site Features or Known Contaminants 30.2 Soil Stabilization (Erosion Control) and Sediment Control 30.2.1 Soil Stabilization BMPs 30.2.2 Sediment Control BMPs 30.2.3 Tracking Control BMPs 30.2.4 Wind Erosion Control BMPs 30.3 Construction Site Management 30.3.1 Non-Stormwater Management BMPs 30.3.2 Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control BMPs 30.4 Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) 30.5 Water Pollution Control Schedule SECTION 40 WPCP Implementation 40.1 Water Pollution Control Manager Responsibilities 40.2 Weather Forecast Monitoring 40.3 Best Management Practices Status Report 40.4 Stormwater Site Inspections and Site Visual Monitoring 40.5 Stormwater Site Inspections 40.6 Site Visual Monitoring 40.6.1 Visual Monitoring Prior To a Forecasted Storm Event Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening 40.6.2 Visual Monitoring During Extended Forecasted Storm Event 40.6.3 Visual Monitoring Within 48 Hours After A Qualifying Rain Event Generating Site Runoff 40.6.4 Visual Monitoring Non-Stormwater Discharges 40.6.5 Visual Monitoring Documentation, Follow-up and Tracking Procedures SECTION 50 WPCP Reporting Requirements 50.1 Record Keeping 50.2 Discharge Reporting 50.3 Regulatory Agency Notice or Order Reporting 50.4 Illicit Connection/Illegal Discharge Reporting WPCP Attachments Attachment A ............................................................................ Water Pollution Control Drawings Attachment B ........................................................................... Water Pollution Control Schedule Attachment C .............................................................................................. WPCP Amendments Attachment D ........................................................................ Stormwater Training Documentation WPCP Appendices Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Appendix G Appendix H Appendix I Appendix J Appendix K ....................... CEM-2008 SWPPP/WPCP Amendment Certification and Acceptance .......................................................... CEM-2009 SWPPP/WPCP Amendments Log ................................................................... CEM-2023 Stormwater Training Record ....................................................... CEM-2024 Stormwater Training Log -Optional ................................................................................................. No longer needed .. CEM-2034 Monthly Stormwater Best Management Practices and Materials Inventory Report -Optional ......................................................... CEM-2030 Stormwater Site Inspection Report ................................................ CEM-2035 Stormwater Corrective Actions Summary .................................................................... CEM-2061 Notice of Discharge Report ................................................................................................. No longer needed .................................. CEM-2070 SWPPP/WPCP Annual Certification of Compliance SECTION 10 WPCP Certification and Acceptance Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening 10.1 Contractor's Certification and Acceptance by the Resident Engineer WPCP PREPARER CERTIFICATION OF WPCP "I certify that I have the qualifications and certifications specified for a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) or Qualified SWPPP Practinoner (QSP) shown in the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities, Order No. 2009- 0009-DWQ, NPDES No.CAS000002, Section VII, Training Qualifications and Cer:tification Requirements. I certify that this WPCP meets the requirements set forth in the contract special provisions, Caltrans Standard Specifications, and the Caltrans SWPPP/WPCP Preparation Manual. I certify under a penalty oflaw that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted, to the best of my knowledge and belief is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fme and imprisonment for knowing violations. 11 JP~ March 15, 2018 WPCP Preparer Signature Date David Wiener WPCP Preparer Name Civil Engineer WPCP Preparer Title (760) 603-6252 Telephone Number CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION OF WPCP "I certify under a penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted, to the best of my knowledge and belief is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. 11 Contractor's Signature Contractor's Name Contractor's Title City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Date Telephone Number WPCP Certification and Acceptance Page 10-1 For Use by Caltrans Only Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening CALTRANS RESIDENT ENGINEER'S ACCEPTANCE OF WPCP "I certify under a penalty oflaw that this document and all attachments were reviewed under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted, to the best of my knowledge and belief is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations." This WPCP is accepted based on a review performed by myself or personnel acting under my direction. that detrermined that the WPCP meets the requirements set forth in the contract special provisions, Caltrans Standard Specifications, and the Caltrans SWPPP/WPCP Preparation Manual. Resident Engineer's Signature Date Resident Engineer's Name Telephone Number 10.2 Amendments The WPCP shall be amended whenever there is a change in construction or operations that may cause the discharge of significant quantities of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, municipal storm drain systems, or when deemed necessary by the Resident Engineer. The WPCP must be amended when: • changes in work activities could affect the discharge of pollutants • WPC practices are added by contract change order • WPC practices are added at the contractor's discretion Amendments to WPCP shall be documented in letter format and include revised Water Pollution Control Drawing sheets, as appropriate. WPCP amendments shall be certified by the contractor and require acceptance by Caltrans or Local Agency/ Private Entity Resident Engineer. For encroachment permit projects, Caltrans Oversight Engineer concurrence is required. Documentation ofWPCP amendment certification, acceptance and Caltrans Oversight Engineer concurrence, ifrequired will be documented using CEM-2008 SWPPP/WPCP Amendment Certification and Acceptance form in Appendix A. All WPCP amendments shall be documented on CEM-2009 SWPPP/WPCP Amendments Log which includes: • amendment number • amendment date • brief description of the amendment • name of individual requesting amendment City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 WPCP Certification and Acceptance Page 10-2 • amendment acceptance date. Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening All WPCP amendments shall be logged on CEM-2009 SWPPP/WPCP Amendment Log form, in Appendix B. Accepted amendments with an updated amendment log shall be attached to the contractor's on-site WPCP in 10.3 Contractor's Annual Certification and Acceptance by the Resident Engineer Each year by July 15 the contractor shall certify that the water pollution control measures are being implemented in accordance with the accepted WPCP for the project, including accepted WPCP amendments. The contractor shall submit the annual certification to the Resident Engineer for acceptance. Documentation of annual certification shall be on CEM-2070 SWPPP/WPCP Annual Certification of Compliance form, in Appendix K. City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 WPCP Certification and Acceptance Page 10-3 SECTION 20 Project and Contractor Information 20.1 Project Description Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening The construction project is located in the County of San Diego, City of Carlsbad, east of the Interstate 5. The project proposes to widen eastbound Palomar Airport Road to accommodate a dedicated right-tum lane onto Paseo Del Norte and create a new bike lane. The proposed widening results in demolition of a portion of the existing sidewalk and commercial driveways, relocation of street lights, construction of a new sidewalk and driveways, grading, and re- landscaping. The downstream receiving water from the project site is the Pacific Ocean. Dranage patterns will not change as a result of the project. Runoff will still be captured in the curb & gutter, flowing west along Palomar Airport Road and discharges into an existing vegetated area south of the project site via a concrete brow ditch. 20.2 Unique Site Features There are no other unique site features within or adjacent to the project site boundary. 20.3 Contact Information for Responsible Parties Resident Engineer Name: Title: Company: Address: Phone Number: Emergency Phone Number (24/7) Email address: Contractor Name: Title: Company: Address: City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 Resident Engineer Caltrans District 11 4050 Taylor Street San Diego, CA 92110 City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave. 1/31/2018 Project and Contractor Information Page 20-1 Phone Number: Emergency Phone Number (24/7) Email address: Carlsbad, CA 92008 (760)602-2740 Water Pollution Control Manager (WPC Manager) Name: Title: Company: Address: Phone Number: David Wiener Project Engineer Michael Baker International 5050 Avenida Encinas, Suite 260 Carlsbad, CA 92008 (760)476-9193 Emergency Phone Number (24/7): (760)476-9193 Email address: dwiener@mbakerintl.com Erosion and Sediment Control Provider Name: Title: Company: Address: Phone Number: Emergency Phone Number (24/7) Email address: 20.4 Training Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening David Wiener, the WPC Manager for this project, meets the Qualified SWPPP Practioner (QSP) registration or certification requirement of Section VII., "Training Qualifications and Certification Requirements," of the Construction General Permit based on: • Qualified SWPPP Developer/Practitioner, CA (Certificate #20077) The WPC Manager has received the following training: City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Project and Contractor Information Page 20-2 • QSD/QSP Training Course Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening The WPC Manager has the following WPCP development and implementation experience: • Fairbanks Ranch Gate Improvements, Rancho Santa Fe, CA 2012 • La Costa Resort & Spa, Adult Pools and Waterline Relocation, Carlsbad, CA 2011 • Vista Hermosa Park, San Clemente, CA 2011 • Rock Springs Road/ Richland Road Street Improvements Project, San Marcos, CA 2010 The WPCP for this project was developed by David Wiener, who meets the Qualified SWPPP Practioner (QSP) registration or certification requirement of Section VII., "Training Qualifications and Certification Requirements," of the Construction General Permit based on: • Qualified SWPPP Developer/Practitioner, CA (Certificate #20077) The QSP has received the following training: • QSD I QSP Training Course (Certificate #20077) The QSP has the following WPCP development experience: • Fairbanks Ranch Gate Improvements, Rancho Santa Fe, CA 2012 • La Costa Resort & Spa, Adult Pools and Waterline Relocation, Carlsbad, CA 2011 • Vista Hermosa Park, San Clemente, CA 2011 • Rock Springs Road / Richland Road Street Improvements Project, San Marcos, CA 2010 Contractor or subcontractor employees responsible for water pollution control best management practices (BMPs) installation, maintenance and repair have received the following training: • Contractor and subcontractor employees shall be trained prior to working on the site in the following subjects: • water pollution control rules and regulations. • implementation and maintenance for: o temporary soil stabilization o temporary sediment control o tracking control o wind erosion control o material pollution prevention control City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Project and Contractor lnfonnation Page 20-3 o waste management o non-storm water management • identifying and handling hazardous substances Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening • potential dangers to humans and the environment from spills and leaks or exposure to toxic or hazardous substances Informal employee training shall include tailgate site meetings to be conducted weekly and address the following topics: • water pollution control best management practices (BMPs) deficiencies and corrective actions • BMPs that are required for work activities during the week • spill prevention and control • material delivery, storage, use, and disposal • waste management • non-stormwater management A summary of formal and informal training of various personnel is shown in Attachment D. A copy of all training certificate(s) for the WPC Manager and the WPCP Preparer are included in Attachment D. Stormwater training for project personnel shall be documented on form CEM-2023 Stormwater Training shown in Appendix C. For each training occurance, both a training record and an updated training log, form CEM-2024 Stormwater Training Log.shown in Appendix D, must be completed. A copy of the training log, training record and copies of all training certificates for project personnel will be kept in WPCP file category 20.23 Contractor Personnel Training Documentation. An updated trainig log and documentation of new training shall be submitted to the RE within 5 days of training. City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Project and Contractor Information Page 20-4 SECTION 30 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening Pollution Sources and Control Measures 30.1 Pollutant Sources 30.1.1 Inventory of Materials and Activities that May Pollute Stormwater The following is a list of construction materials that will be used and activities that will be performed that will have the potential to contnbute pollutants, other than sediment, to stormwater runoff: • Asphalt Concrete • Portalnd Cement Concrete The following is a list of construction activities that have the potential to contribute sediment to stormwater discharges include: • Hardscape Demolition (Parking areas, curbs, gutter, sidewalks) • Clearing and Grubbing • Grading Activities • Stockpiling • Saw Cutting • Paving and Grinding • Concrete Placement • Concrete Waste Management • Material Delivery and Storage • Solid Waste Management (litter, trash, and debris) • Liquid Waste Management (wash water) 30.1.2 Potential Pollutants from Site Features or Known Contaminants Existing site features that, as a result of past usage, may contribute pollutants to stormwater (e.g., toxic materials that are known to have been treated, stored, disposed, spilled, or leaked onto the construction site) include: • None The following contaminants are known to exist at the project site locations identified: • Sediment City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-1 • Nutrients • Heavy Metals • Organic Compounds (including petroleum hydrocarbons) • Trash & Debris • Oxygen Demanding Substances (including solvents) • Oil & Grease • Bacteria & Viruses • Pesticides Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening 30.2 Soil Stabilization (Erosion Control) and Sediment Control 30.2.1 Soil Stabilization BMPs The following soil stabilization BMP implementation table indicates the BMPs that shall be implemented to control erosion on the construction site. Implementation and locations of temporary soil stabilization BMPs are shown on the WPCDs in Attachment A and described in this section. Any additional BMP detail drawing necessary to convey site specific BMP configuations can also be found in Attachment A of this WPCP. The following list ofBMPs and narrative explain how the selected BMPs will be incoiporated into the project. TEMPORARY SOIL STABILIZATION BMPs CONSTRUCTION BMP NAME BMP ID NO.11 SS-1 Scheduling SS-2 Preservation of Property/ Preservation of Existing Vegetation SS-3 Bonded Temporary Hydraulic Mulch (Bonded Stabilized Fiber Matrix) SS-3 Polymer Temporary Hydraulic Mulch (Polymer Stabilized Fiber Matrix) SS-4 Temporary Erosion Control (With Temporary Seeding) SS-5 Temporary Soil Stabilizer SS-6 Temporary Erosion Control (Straw Mulch with Stabilizing Emulsion) City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 CONTRACT CONTRACT MIN BID ITEM REQUIRE- MENTl2l ~ D ~ D ~ D ~ D ~ D ~ D ~ D 1/31/2018 BMPUSED IF A CONTRACT MINIMUM Yes @ @ 0 0 0 0 0 REQUIREMENT BUT NOT USED, STATE REASON No 0 0 Not required for project @ Not required for project @ Not required for project @ Not required for project @ Not required for project @ Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-2 SS-7 Slope Temporary Erosion Control Blanket (On Slope) SS-7 Swale Temporary Erosion Control Blanket (In swale or ditch) SS-7 Geotextile Temporary Cover (Geotextiles and Mats) SS-8 Temporary Mulch (Wood) SS-9 Earth Dikes/ Drainage Swales & Lined Swales SS-10 Outlet Protection / Velocity Dissipation Devices SS-11 Slope Drains SS-12 Streambank Stabilization ~ □ □ □ ~ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening Not required for project @ @ Not required for project @ @ @ @ @ @ ALTERNATIVE TEMPORARY SOIL STABILIZATION BMPs USEOl3l 0 Yes @No Notes: (1)The BMP designations (SS-1, SC-3, etc.) are solely for maintaining continuity with existing Caltrans documents and are not provided to imply that the Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Reference Manual is a required contract document. (2)Minimum requirements are based on the required contract plans and specifications. Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be determined by the WPCP Preparer or WPC Manager. (3)Use of alternative BMPs will require written approval by the Resident Engineer SS-1 Scheduling The project schedule shall sequence construction activities with the installation of both soil stabilization and sediment control measures. The construction schedule will be arranged as much as practicable to leave soil undisturbed until immediately prior to clearing/grading. SS-2 Preservation of Existing Vegetation The project will preserve existing vegetation at areas where no construction activity is planned. 30.2.2 Soil Stabilization BMPs The following sediment control BMP implementation table indicates the BMPs that shall be implemented to control sediment on the construction site. Implementation and locations of temporary sediment control BMPs are shown on the WPCDs in Attachment A and described in this section. Any additional BMP detail drawings necessary to convey site specific BMP configurations can also be found in Attachment A of this WPCP. The following list ofBMPs and narrative explain how the selected BMPs will be incorporated into the project. TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPs ------- City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-3 CONSTRUCTION BMPNAME CONTRACT CONTRACT BMP ID NO.11 MIN BID ITEM REQUIRE- MENTl2l SC-1 Temporary Silt Fence ~ ~ SC-2 Temporary Sediment Basin I □ □ SC-4 Temporary Check Dam □ □ SC-5 Temporary Fiber Rolls ~ □ ' SC-6 Temporary Gravel Bag Berm □ ~ SC-7 Street Sweeping ~ ~ SC-8 Temporary Sandbag Barrier □ □ SC-9 Temporary Straw Bale Barrier □ , □ SC-10 Temporary Drain Inlet Protection ~ ~ ALTERNATIVE SEDEMENT CONTROL BMPs USED 131 0 Yes @No Notes: Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening BMPUSED IF A c;uNTRACT MINIMUM REQUIREMENT BUT NOT USED, STATE REASON Yes No @ 0 0 @ 0 @ Not required for project 0 @ @ 0 @ 0 0 @ 0 @ @ 0 (1 )The BMP designations (SS-1, SC-3, etc.) are solely for maintaining continuity with existing Caltrans documents and are not provided to imply that the Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Reference Manual is a required contract document. (2)Minimum requirements are based on the required contract plans and specifications. Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be determined by the WPCP Preparer or WPC Manager. (3)Use of alternative BMPs will require written approval by the Resident Engineer Refer to Attachment A -Water Pollution Control Drawings for the location of soil-disturbed areas that will need sediment control BMPs. 30.2.3 Tracking Control BMPs The following tracking control BMP implementation table indicates the BMPs that shall be implemented to reduce sediment tracking from the construction site onto private or public roads. Implementation and locations of tracking control BMPs are shown on the WPCDs in Attachment A and described in this section. Any additional BMP detail drawings necessary to convey site specific BMP configurations can also be found in Attachment A of this WPCP. The following list ofBMPs and narrative explain how the selected BMPs will be incorporated into the project. City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 TEMPORARY TRACKING CONTROL BMPs 1/31/2018 Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-4 CONSTRUCTION BMPNAME CONTRACT CONTRACT BMP IDNO.11 MIN BID ITEM REQUIRE- MENTIZI SC-7 Street Sweeping □ □ TC-1 Temporary Construction Entrance □ □ TC-2 Stabilization Construction Roadway □ □ TC-3 Temporary Entrance / Outlet Tire Wash □ □ ALTERNATIVE TRACKING CONTROL BMPs USEDl3l 0 Yes @No Notes: Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening BMPUSED IF A CONTRACT MINIMUM REQUIREMENT BUT NOT USED, STATE REASON Yes No @ 0 0 @ 0 @ 0 @ (1 )The BMP designations (SS-1, SC-3, etc.) are solely for maintaining continuity with existing Caltrans documents and are not provided to imply that the Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Reference Manual is a required contract document. (2)Minimum requirements are based on the required contract plans and specifications. Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be determined by the WPCP Preparer or WPC Manager. (3)Use of alternative BMPs will require written approval by the Resident Engineer SC-7 Street Sweeping Street sweeping will occur to reduce sediment tracking from the construction site onto public roads. 30.2.4 Wind Erosion Control BMPs The following wind erosion control BMP implementation table indicates the BMPs that shall be implemented to control wind erosion on the construction site. Implementation and locations of wind erosion control BMPs are shown on the WPCDs in Attachment A and/or described in this section. The following list ofBMPs and narrative explain how the selected BMPs shall be incorporated into the project. TEMPORARY WIND EROSION CONTROL BMPs CONSTRUCTION BMP NAME CONTRACT CONTRACT BMP ID NO.11 MIN BID ITEM REQUIRE- MENTIZI WE-1 Wind Erosion Control ~ □ TC-1 Temporary Construction Entrance □ □ TC-2 Stabilization Construction Roadway □ □ City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 BMPUSED IF A CONTRACT MINIMUM Yes @ 0 0 REQUIREMENT BUT NOT USED, STATE REASON No 0 @ @ Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-5 -All Soil Stabilization Measures included in □ Section 30.2.1 □ @ Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening 0 ALTERNATIVE WIND EROSION CONTROL BMPs USED 131 0 Yes @No Notes: (1 )The BMP designations (SS-1, SC-3, etc.) are solely for maintaining continuity with existing Caltrans documents and are not provided to imply that the Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Reference Manual is a required contract document. (2)Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be determined by the contractor and approved by the Resident Engineer. (3)Use of Alternative BMPs will require written approval by the Resident Engineer. WE-1 Wind Erosion Control Portable water shall be applied to disturbed soil areas to control dust and maintain optimum moisture levels for compaction. The water will be applied using water trucks. Water application rates will be minimized as necessary to prevent runoff and ponding, and any leaks from water equipment will be repaired immediately. 30.3 Construction Site Management 30.3.1 Non-Stormwater Management BMPs The following BMP implementation table indicates the BMPs that have been selected to control non-stormwater pollution on the construction site. Implementation and locations of non-stormwater control BMPs are shown on the WPCDs in Attachment A and described in this section. Any additional BMP detail drawings necessary to convey site specific BMP configurations can also be found in Attachment A of this WPCP. Construction Site Management Non-Stormwater Pollution Control BMPs CONSTRUCTION BMP NAME BMP ID NO.I1 NS-1 Water Control and Conservation NS-2 Dewatering (3) NS-3 Paving, Sealing, Sawcutting, and Grinding Operations NS-4 Temp Stream Crossing (3) NS-5 iClear Water Diversion (3) I City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 CONTRACT CONTRACT MIN BID ITEM REQUIRE- MENTl2I □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ 1/31/2018 BMP USED IF A CONTRACT MINIMUM Yes @ 0 @ 0 0 REQUIREMENT BUT NOT USED, STATE REASON No 0 @ 0 @ @ Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-6 NS-6 Illegal Connection and Illegal Discharge Detection Reporting NS-7 Potable Water/ Irrigation NS-8 Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning NS-9 Vehicle and Equipment Fueling NS-10 Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance NS-11 Pipe Driving Operations NS-12 Concrete Curing NS-13 Material and Equipment Used Over Water NS-14 Concrete Finishing NS-15 Structure Demolition / Removal Over or Adjacent to Water ~ □ □ □ ~ □ ~ □ ~ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ @ @ @ @ @ 0 0 0 0 0 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening 0 0 0 0 0 @ @ @ @ @ ALTERNATIVE NON-STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL BMPs USEOl41 0 Yes @No Notes: (1)The BMP designations (SS-1, SC-3, etc.) are solely for maintaining continuity with existing Caltrans documents and are not provided to imply that the Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Reference Manual is a required contract document. (2)Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be determined by the contractor and approved by the Resident Engineer. (3)The BMPs listed above are incidental and do not include operations included as separated line items in the contract. (4)Use of alternative BMPs will require written approval by the Resident Engineer NS-I Water Control and Conservation Water application rates will be minimized, as necessary, to prevent runoff and ponding and water equipment leaks will be replaced immediately. Watering times and schedules will be adjusted to ensure that the appropriate amount of water is being used and to minimize runoff. NS-3 Paving, Sealing, Sawcutting, and Grinding Operations The project will include placement of approximately 33,500 square feet of pavement, with 10,250 square feet within the Caltrans right-of-way. Paving locations and adjacent curb inlets are shown on Attachment A -WPCDs. Paving and Grinding Operation BMPs will be implemented to prevent paving materials from being discharged off site. Curb inlets within proximity of the AC paving areas will be temporarily covered as shown on the WPCDs. Following paving City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-7 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening operations, the area will be swept, inlet covers will be removed, and inlets will be inspected for paving materials. Saw- cutting opperations should not be conducted during or immediately prior to rainfall events. The slurry shall be vacuumed and discharged to the concrete washout facilities. Dried and cured concrete wastes shall be disposed off site during concrete washout maintenance activities. NS-6 Illegal Connection and Illegal Discharge Detection Reporting The contractor will implement the illegal Connection/Illegal Discharge Detection Reporting BMP throughout the duration of the project. NS-8, NS9, NS-10 Vehicle Equipment Operations Several types of vehicle and equipment will be used on site throughout the project, including graders, scrapers, excavators, loaders, paving equipment, roller, trucks and trailer, forklifts and traffic control equipment. Vehicle and equipment fueling, and vehicle equipment maintenance BMPs will be utilized to prevent discharge of fuel and other vehicle fluids. All wheeled vehicles shall be fueled offsite. Fuel trucks, each equipped with absorbent spill clean-up materials, shall be used for all on-site fueling, whether at the temporary fueling area or for mobile fueling elsewhere on the site. Drip pans shall be used during all mobile fueling. Drip pans or absorbent pads shall be used during all vehicle equipment maintenance activities that involve grease, oil, solvents, or other vehicle fluids. All vehicle maintenance and mobile fueling operations shall be conducted at least 50 feet away from operational inlets and drainage facilities and on a level, graded area. 30.3.2 Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control BMPs The following BMP implementation table indicates the BMPs that have been selected to control pollutants from construction site wastes and materials. Implementation and locations of materials handling and waste management BMPs are shown on the WPCDs in Attachment A. Any additional BMP detail drawings necessary to convey site specific BMP configurations can also be found in Attachment A of this WPCP. The following list of BMPs and narrative explain how the selected BMPs will be incorporated into the project. Construction Site Management Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control CONSTRUCTION BMP NAME BMP ID NO.11 WM-1 Material Delivery and Storage WM-2 Material Use WM-3 Stockpile Management WM-4 Spill Prevention and Control WM-5 Solid Waste Management City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 BMPs CONTRACT CONTRACT MIN BID ITEM REQUIRE- MENTIZl ~ □ ~ □ ~ □ ~ □ □ □ 1/31/2018 BMPUSED IF A CONTRACT MINIMUM Yes @ @ @ @ @ REQUIREMENT BUT NOT USED, STATE REASON No 0 0 0 0 0 Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-8 WM-6 Hazard Waste Management (3) WM-7 :contaminated Soil I Management (3) WM-8 managed Concrete Waste Management WM-8 temporary Temporary Concrete Washout Facility WM-8 portable Temporary Concrete Washout (Portable) WM-9 Sanitary/Septic Waste Management WM-10 Liquid Waste Maintenance □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ ~ □ □ □ 0 0 @ 0 @ @ @ Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening @ @ 0 @ 0 0 0 ALTERNATIVE WASTE MANAGEMENT AND MATERIALS POLLUTION CONTROL BMPs USED 141 Oves @No Notes: (1 )The BMP designations (SS-1, SC-3, etc.) are solely for maintaining continuity with existing Caltrans documents and are not provided to imply that the Construction Site Best Management Practices (BMPs) Reference Manual is a required contract document. (2)Not all minimum requirements may be applicable to every project. Applicability to a specific project shall be verified by the contractor and approved by the Resident Engineer. (3)The BMPs listed above are incidental and do not include operations included as separated line items in the contract. (4)Use of alternative BMPs will require written approval by the Resident Engineer. WM-1 Material Delivery and Storage The general material storage area shall be located in the Contractor's staging area. A sandbag barrier shall be provided around the storage area to prevent run-on from adjacent areas. WM-3 Stockpile Management Stockpile management shall be implemented to reduce or eliminate pollution of stormwater from stockpiles of soil and paving materials such as PCC rubble, AC, AC rubble, aggregate base, aggregate subbase, pre-mixed aggregate and asphalt binder. Stockpiles shall be surrounded with sediment controls (BMP SC-5 Fiber rolls or SC-8 sandbag barrier). WM-4 Spill Prevention and Control Spill Prevention and Control shall be implemented to contain and clean up spills and prevent material discharges to the drainage system. WM-5 Solid Waste Management Solid Waste Management shall be implemented to minimize stormwater contact with waste materials and prevent discharges. Solid wastes shall be loaded directly onto trucks for off-site disposal. When on-site storage is necessary, solid wastes shall be stored on watertight dumpsters in the general storage area. City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-9 WM-8 Concrete Residual and Washout Wastes Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening Discharge will consist of rinse water and residual concrete (PCC, aggregates, admixtures and water). Concrete waste management activities shall be implemented in accordance with contract documents. All excess concrete and concrete washout slurries shall be discharged to the washout facility for drying. WM-9 Sanitary and Septic Wastes The Contractor shall implement a Sanitary and Septic Waste Management BMP. The toilets shall be located away from concentrated flow paths and traffic flow. WM-10 Liquid Waste Maintenance Liquid waste management shall be implemented to prevent discharge of pollutants to the drainage system as a result of the disposal of non-hazardous liquid waste. 30.4 Water Pollution Control Drawings {WPCDs) The Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) show the necessary BMPs by project phaselstage for the project to be in compliance with water pollution control requirements. The WPCDs provide field staff with the information on where to install BMPs so that they are effective. The WPCDs and Water Pollution Control Schedule provide the necessary tools for a contractor to plan and implement BMPs to meet the requirements of the project WPCP. The WPCD cover sheet(s) shall include a listing of the BMPs that will be used along with the associated BMP symbols used on the WPCDs. WPCDs are provided for all areas that are directly related to the construction activity, including but not limited to staging areas, storage yards, material borrow areas and storage areas, access roads, etc., whether or not they reside within the Caltrans rights-of-way. The WPCDs shall show the construction project site in detail, including: • construction site perimeter • geographic features within or immediately adjacent to the site, including surface waters such as lakes, streams, springs, wetlands, estuaries, ponds, and the ocean • site topography before and after construction, including roads, paved areas, buildings, slopes, drainage facilities, and areas of known or suspected contamination • permanent (post-construction) BMPs The WPCDs shall show the following site information: • discharge points from the project to offsite storm drain systems or receiving waters • tributary areas and drainage patterns across the project area (show using flow arrows) into each onsite stormwater inlet or receiving water • tributary areas and drainage patterns to each onsite stormwater inlet, receiving water or discharge point • offsite tributary drainage areas that generate run-on to the project City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-10 • ;:mporary onsite drainage(s) to carry concentrated flows Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening • lrainage patterns and slopes anticipated after major grading activities are completed • outline of all areas of existing vegetation, soil cover, or native vegetation that will remain undisturbed during the project • outline of all areas of planned soil disturbance ( disturbed soil areas, DSAs) • known location(s) of contaminated or hazardous soils • any potential non-stormwater discharges and activities, such as dewatering operations, concrete saw-cutting or coring, pressure washing, waterline flushing, diversions, cofferdams, and vehicle and equipment cleaning. If operations can't be located on the WPCDs, a narrative description is provided. The WPCDs show proposed locations of all construction site BMPs. Additional detail drawings are provided if necessary to convey site-specific BMP configurations. The WPCDs shall show construction site BMPs including the following: • temporary soil stabilization and temporary sediment control BMPs that will be used during construction. Any temporary onsite drainage(s) to carry concentrated flows, BMPs implemented to divert offsite drainage around or through the construction site, and BMPs that protect stormwater inlets • construction entrances used for site ingress and egress entrance and exit points and any proposed temporary construction roads • BMPs to mitigate or eliminate non-stormwater discharges • BMPs for waste management and materials pollution control, including, but not limited to storage of soil or waste; construction material loading, unloading, storage and access areas; and areas designated for waste handling and disposal • BMPs for vehicle and equipment storage, fueling, maintenance, and cleaning The WPCDs are included as Attachment A to this WPCP. 30.5 Water Pollution Control Schedule The Water Pollution Control Schedule (WPCS) is the component of the project WPCP that shows the timeline for when BMPs will be installed so that the project is in compliance with water pollution control requirements. The WPCS provides field staff with the information necessary to plan for adequate materials and crews to install BMPs at the right time so that they are effective. The Water Pollution Control Schedule and Water Pollution Control Drawings provide the necessary tools for a contractor to plan and implement BMPs to meet the requirements of the project WPCP. The WPCS shall contain an adequate level of detail to show major activities sequenced with implementation of construction site BMPs, including: • project start and finish dates, including each stage of the project • WPCP review and acceptance • mobilization dates City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-11 • mass clearing and grubbing/roadside clearing dates • major grading/excavation dates Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening • dates named in other permits such as Fish and Grune and Army Cotps of Engineers Permits The WPCS shall show implementation dates by location for deployment of: • temporary soil stabilization BMPs • temporary sediment control BMPs • wind erosion control BMPs • tracking control BMPs • non-stormwater BMPs • waste management and materials pollution control BMPs The WPCS shall include: • paving, saw-cutting, and any other pavement related operations • major planned stockpiling operations • dates for other significant long-term operations or activities that may cause non-stormwater discharges such as dewatering, grinding, etc. • final stabilization activities for each disturbed soil area of the project The WPCS when updated shall be filed in WPCP File Category 20.03 Water Pollution Control Schedule Updates. The WPCS is included as Attachment B to this WPCP. City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 Pollution Sources and Control Measures Page 30-12 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening SECTION 40 WPCP Implementation 40.1 Water Pollution Control Manager Responsibilities The Water Pollution Control Manger (WPC Manager) shall have primary responsibility and authority to implement the WPCP. The WPC Manager is reponsible for WPCP implementation and amending the WPCP when any of the conditions specified in Section 10 are met. The Contractor has assigned authority to the WPC Manager to mobilize crews and subcontractors as necessary for WPCP compliance. The WPC Manager will be available at all times throughout duration of the project. Duties of the contractor's WPC Manager include but are not limited to: • ensuring compliance with the WPCP • implementing all elements of the WPCP and contract specifications , including but not limited to implementing: o prompt and effective erosion and sediment control measures o non-stormwater management, and materials and waste management activities such as: monitoring discharges (dewatering, diversion devices); general site clean-up; vehicle and equipment cleaning, fueling and maintenance; spill control; ensuring that no materials other than stormwater are discharged in quantities, which will have an adverse effect on receiving waters or storm drain systems, etc. • overseeing and ensuring that the following site inspections and visual monitoring is conducted: o daily required BMP inspections o weekly routine stormwater site BMP inspections o quarterly non-stormwater site inspections o pre-storm inspections for forecasted storm events o daily inspections during forecasted storm events o post-storm inspections for qualified rain events that produce project site runoff • monitoring NWS Forecast Office forecasts for both storm events and qualified rain events; these events are defined as follows: o a forecasted storm event is defined as a 50% or greater likelihood that 0.10 inches or more of precipitation will fall within a 24-hour period o a qualifying rain event is defined as a rain event that may produce or has produced ½ inch or more of precipitation • preparing Amendments to the WPCP when required • ensuring elimination of all unauthorized discharges • mobilizing crews in order to make immediate repairs to the control measures City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 WPCP Implementation Page 40-1 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening • coordinating with the Resident Engineer to assure all of the necessary corrections/repairs are made immediately, and that the project complies with the WPCP and approved plans at all times • preparing and submitting Notices of Discharge Reports • preparing and submitting Illicit Connections or Illegal Discharge Reports 40.2 Weather Forecast Monitoring The Water Pollution Control Manger (WPC Manager) shall have primary responsibility to monitor the National Weather Service Forecast Office for forecasted precipitation based on project site location. Precipitation forecast information shall be obtained from the National Weather service Forecast Office available at: http://www.srh.noaa.gov/ The project site location to be used for obtaining forecast from National Weather Forecast Office website is 33 .122° N I 17.319° W The WPC Manager shall monitor the weather forecast on a daily basis for predicted precipitation within the following 96 hours. The WPC Manager shall monitor the forecast for the next 24, 48, 72 and 96 hours to determine if the forecast for precipitation is 50 percent or greater for any 6-hour period. If the forecast for precipitation is 50 percent or greater, the WPC Manager shall calculate the amount of precipitation forecasted for each 24-hour period and the total precipitation for the forecasted storm event and record the information. When there is a forecasted fifty percent (50%) or greater chance oflikely precipitation of0.10 inch" or more then a pre- storm stormwater site inspection is required and the WPC Manager shall ensure that the site is prepared for the forecasted storm event. Site preparation for a forecasted storm event shall include, but is not limited to, the installation of soil stabilization and sediment best management practices on active disturbed soil areas and stockpiles. 40.3 Documentation of weather forecast monitoring shall be recorded on CEM-2040 Weather Forecast Monitoring Log form, in Appendix E. The weather monitoring logs shall be filed in WPCP File Category 20.40: Weather Monitoring Logs. Best Management Practices Status Report The Water Pollution Control Manger (WPC Manager) shall prepare a weekly status report of the water pollution control best management practies installed on the project site and best management practices that will be deployed the following week. Because the WPCP and WPCDs are based on the entire project site and all construction activities, the weekly BMP status report should be a "snapshot" of what best management practices could be expected to be seen on the project site that week. The weekly status report will be used by stormwater inspectors and contractor pesonnel to ensure WPCP compliance. The weekly status report will be used to ensure that weekly training meetings cover BMPs that are required for work activities during the week. The weekly status report will be provided to regulatory agency staff who visit the project site to indicate which BMPs should be in place and which are schedueled to be implemented during the week. The weekly status of stormwater BMPs will be documented on CEM-2034 Stormwater Best Management Practices Status Report form, in Appendix F. Completed weekly status reports shall be submitted to the RE 48 hours prior to the beginning of the work week. Copies of the completed reports will be kept in WPCP File Category 20.34: Best Management Practices Weekly Status Reports .. 40.4 Stormwater Site Inspections and Site Visual Monitoring City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 WPCP Implementation Page 40-2 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening Stormwater site inspections and visual monitoring are necessary to ensure that the project is in compliance with WPCP. 40.5 Stormwater Site Inspections Project site inspections of stormwater BMPs are conducted to identify and record: • that BMPs are properly installed • what BMPs need maintenance to operate effectively • what BMPs have failed • what BMPs could fail to operate as intended Routine stormwater site inspections shall be conducted by the Contractor's WPC Manager or other 24-hour trained staff at the following minimum frequencies: • daily for required BMPs • weekly • daily for projects within the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit. Stormwater site inspections will be documented on CEM-2030 Stormwater Site Inspection Report in Appendix G. Completed inspection reports shall be submitted to the RE within 24 hours of inspection. Copies of the completed reports will be kept in WPCP File Category 20.31: Contractor Stormwater Site Inspection Reports. Deficiencies identified in site inspection reports and correction of deficiencies will be tracked on CEM-2035 Stormwater Site Inspection Report Corrective Actions Summary ,in Appendix H. Corrections summaries shall be submitted to the RE when corrections are completed but must be submitted within 5 days of a site inspection. Copies of the completed correction summary reports shall be attached to the corresponding Stormwater Site Inspection Report and shall be kept in WPCP File Category 20.31: Contractor Stormwater Site Inspection Reports. 40.6 Site Visual Monitoring Stormwater site visual monitoring inspections shall be conducted at the following minimum frequencies: • Prior to a forecasted storm event • At 24-hour intervals during extended forecasted storm events • Post qualifying rain event that generated site runoff • Quarterly for non-stormwater discharges Site visual monitoring inspections for non-stormwater discharges will be conducted once during each of the following periods: January-March, April-June, July-September, and October-December. If visual monitoring of the site is unsafe because of dangerous weather conditions, such as flooding and electrical storms, the stormwater site inspector shall document the reason for the exception. Documentation that the site visual monitoring inspection could not be performed shall be filed in WPCP File Category 20.33: Site Visual Monitoring Inspection Reports. City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 WPCP Implementation Page 40-3 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening 40.6.1 Visual Monitoring Prior To a Forecasted Storm Event Visual monitoring of the project site is required when the forecast for precipitation is greater than 50 percent within the next 24, 48, 72, or 96 hours and the amount of precipitation forecasted for any 24-hour period during the forecasted storm event is 0.10 inch or greater. Site visual monitoring for precipitation events shall be conducted within 48 hours prior to a forecasted storm event. The pre-storm site visual monitoring inspection shall visual observe: • all stormwater drainage areas to identify any spills, leaks, or uncontrolled pollutant sources • any stormwater storage and containment areas to detect leaks and ensure maintenance of adequate freeboard • all BMPs for proper installation and adequate maintenance Observations of the site and any recommended corrective actions will be documented on CEM-2030 Stormwater Site Inspection Report. Any photographs used to document observations will be referenced on stormwater site inspection report. 40.6.2 Visual Monitoring During Extended Forecasted Storm Event Stormwater visual monitoring site inspections shall be conducted at least once each 24-hour period during extended forecasted storm events The during storm site visual monitoring inspection shall visual observe: • stormwater discharges at all discharge locations • any stored or contained stormwater that is derived from and discharged subsequent to the forecasted storm event. Stored or contained stormwater that will likely discharge after working hours due to anticipated precipitation shall be observed prior to the discharge during working hours. Stormwater discharges and stored or contained stormwater will be observed for the presence or absence of floating and suspended materials, sheen on the surface, discolorations, turbidity, odors, and source(s) of any observed pollutants. A during forecasted storm event visual monitoring site inspection will include observation of all site BMPs for: • proper installation • maintenance • failure • BMPs that could fail to operate as intended • effectiveness so that design changes can be implemented as soon as feasible Observations of the site and any recommended corrective actions will be documented on CEM-2030 Stormwater Site Inspection Report. Any photographs used to document observations will be referenced on stormwater site inspection report. Required corrective actions will be initiated within 72 hours after they are identified and completed as soon as possible. 40.6.3 Visual Monitoring Within 48 Hours After A Qualifying Rain Event Generating Site Runoff Site visual monitoring post precipitation events shall be conducted within 48 hours of any qualifying rain event that causes site runoff. The post-storm site visual monitoring inspection shall visual observe: City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 WPCP Implementation Page 40-4 • Stormwater discharges at all discharge locations Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening • Any stored or contained stormwater that is derived from and discharged subsequent to the qualifying rain event. Stored or contained stormwater that will likely discharge after working hours due to anticipated precipitation shall be observed prior to the discharge during working hours. Stormwater discharges and stored or contained stormwater will be observed for the presence or absence of floating and suspended materials, sheen on the surface, discolorations, turbidity, odors, and source(s) of any observed pollutants. Post qualifying rain event stormwater visual monitoring site inspection will include observation of all site BMPs for: • proper installation • maintenance • failure • BMPs that could fail to operate as intended • effectiveness so that design changes can be implemented as soon as feasible Observations of the site and any recommended corrective actions will be documented on fCEM-2030 Stormwater Site Inspection Report. Any photographs used to document observations will be referenced on stormwater site inspection report. Any corrective actions will be completed as soon as possible but ifBMPs require design changes the implementation of changes will begin within 72 hours of identification and the changes will be completed as soon as possible. 40.6.4 Visual Monitoring Non-Stormwater Discharges Visual monitoring and observations for non-stormwater discharges will be conducted for the presence or indications of prior unauthorized and authorized non-stormwater discharges and their sources. The presence or absence of non- stormwater discharges based on site observations will be documented on CEM-2030 Stormwater Site Inspection Report. Documentation of observed non-stormwater discharges will include presence or absence of floating and suspended materials, sheen on the surface, discolorations, turbidity, odors, and source(s) of any observed pollutants. Observations of the site and the response taken to eliminate any unauthorized non-stormwater discharges and to reduce or prevent pollutants from contacting non-stormwater discharges shall be documented on CEM-2030 Stormwater Site Inspection Report. Any photographs used to document observations will be referenced on stormwater site inspection report. If a discharge or evidence of a prior discharge is discovered, reporting will comply with the requirements in Section 50- 2 Discharge Reporting Requirements. If an illicit connection or illegal discharge is discovered, reporting will comply with the requirements in Section 50-4 Illicit Connection/Illegal Discharge Reporting. 40.6.5 Visual Monitoring Documentation, Follow-up and Tracking Procedures Site visual monitoring site inspections will be documented on CEM-2030 Stormwater Site Inspection Report, in Appendix G. Completed inspection reports shall be submitted to the Resident Engineer within 24 hours of inspection. Copies of the completed reports will be kept in WPCP File Category 20.33: Site Visual Monitoring Inspection Reports. City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 WPCP Implementation Page 40-5 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening For deficiencies identified by site visual monitoring inspections the required repairs or maintenance ofBMPs shall begin and be completed as soon as possible. For deficiencies identified by visual site inspections that require design changes, including additional BMPs, the implementation of changes will begin within 72 hours of identification and be completed as soon as possible. When design changes to BMPs are required the WPCP shall be amended, including Water Pollution Control Drawings. Deficiencies identified in site visual monitoring inspection reports and correction of deficiencies will be tracked on CEM-2035 Stormwater Site Inspection Report Corrective Actions Summary, in Appendix H. Corrections summaries shall be submitted to the RE when corrections are completed and must be submitted within 5 days of the site inspection. Completed CEM-2035 Stormwater Site Inspection Report Corrective Actions Summary forms shall be filed in WPCP File Category 20.35: Corrective Actions Summary. A copy of the completed CEM-2035 Stormwater Site Inspection Report Corrective Actions Summary form will also be attached to the corresponding visual monitoring inspection report and shall be kept in the WPCP File Category 20.33. City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 WPCP Implementation Page 40-6 SECTION 50 WPCP Reporting Requirements 50.1 Record Keeping Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening To manage the various documents required to by the WPCP and to provide easy access to the documents the following WPCP file categories will be used to file WPCP compliance documents: • File Category 20.01 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) • File Category 20.03 Water Pollution Control Schedule Updates • File Category 20.10 Correspondence • File Category 20.23 Stormwater Training Documentation • File Category 20.31 Contractor Stormwater Site Inspection Reports • File Category 20.33 Site Visual Monitoring Inspection Reports • File Category 20.34 Best Management Practices Weekly Status Report • File Category 20.40 Weather Monitoring Logs • File Category 20.61 Notice of Discharge Reports Records shall be retained for a minimum of three years for the following items: • Accepted WPCP and Amendments • Stormwater Site Inspection Reports • Site Inspection Report CorrectiveActions Summary • Notice of Discharge Reports 50.2 Discharge Reporting If a discharge or evidence of a prior discharge is discovered by the contractor, the contractor shall notify the Resident Engineer within 6 hours of the discharge event or discovery, and will file a written report to the Resident Engineer within 48 hours of the discharge event or discovery of evidence of a prior discharge. The written report to the Resident Engineer will contain the following items: • the date, time, location, and type of unauthorized discharge • nature of operation that caused the discharge • initial assessment of any impacts caused by the discharge • the BMPs deployed before the discharge event • the date of deployment and type ofBMPs deployed after the discharge event, including additional measures installed or planned to reduce or prevent re-occurrence City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 WPCP Reporting Requirements Page 50-1 Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Palomar Airport Road Widening • steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate and/or prevent recurrence of the discharge Reporting of discharges shall be documented on CEM-2061 Notice of Discharge Report, in Appendix I. Completed CEM-2061 Notice of Discharge Report shall be submitted to the Resident Engineer within 24 hours of discharge event or discovery of evidence of a prior discharge. Copies of the CEM-2061 Notice of Discharge Report will be kept in WPCP File Category 20.61: Notice of Discharge Reports. 50.3 Regulatory Agency Notice or Order Reporting If the project receives a written notice or order from any regulatory agency, the contractor will notify the Resident Engineer within 6 hours or receiving the notice or order and will file a written report to the Resident Engineer within 48 hours of receiving the notice, or order. Corrective measures will be implemented immediately following the notice or order. The report to the Resident Engineer will contain the following items: • date, time, location, and cause or nature of the notice or order • BMPs deployed prior to receiving notice or order • date of deployment and type ofBMPs deployed after receiving the notice or order, including additional BMPs installed or planned to reduce or prevent re-occurrence • an implementation and maintenance schedule for any affected BMPs 50.4 Illicit Connection/Illegal Discharge Reporting If the contractor discovers an illicit connection to a storm drain system or any pipe discharging on to the project site not shown on the project plans the contractor shall notify the Engineer within 6 hours of the discovery and will file a written report to the Engineer within 48 hours of the discovery. If the contractor discovers any illegal discharge including illegal dumping of material on the project site the contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and will file a written report to the Engineer within 3 days of discovery. The report to the Engineer will contain the following items: • date, time, and location of the discovery • details of the illicit connection or illegal discharge, including any photographs taken • any actions taken to contain illegal discharge • any sampling and testing to determine material dumped or discharged City of Carlsbad WPCP Template 5/6/2016 1/31/2018 WPCP Reporting Requirements Page 50-2 Attachment A Water Pollution Control Drawings EROSION CONTROL NOTES 1. ll£ EROSION CONTROL SYSTEllS REWIRE CDl'TlrICATION BY ll£ ENGltfiR Of RECllRD. SlJOi aimnm SYSTDIS SHALL 1£ C011'1..ITED, INSl'ECTED, /H) IN PLACE NI LATER TH.IN OCTOIIER 15TH. ALL EROSION CONTROL SYSTEllS SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE AT ALL TII.ES flJI AU. AREAS IN IHIOi CO<STRUCTION IS NIT SO£DU.EI> TO CQlfJa: II THIN Tl£ t£XT SEVEJI (7) D,\YS, Ml. EROSION CONTROL SYSTEllS SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE lMTIL APRIL 15TH. 2 . ll£ CXlNTRACTIJI, PERMITTE! Ill OIHR SHALL 1£ RESPONS!a.E fOR 1l£ INSl'ECTION, IOllflCATION 1H) f'R(J'[R IIAINTOW«:E Of ll£ EROSION CONTROL OEVIDES AS l£CB'SARY. IN ll£ EVDIT Of fAILl.11E Ill AEn&IL TO PROPERLY IIAINT AIN SAID OEVIDES, 1l£ CITY Dt.I t£ER MAY CAUSE EMER60CY IIAINTOW«:E 1IORK TO 1£ In£ TO PROTECT AOJACDIT PRIVATE AN> f'Ul.IC PRIPERTY, 1l£ CXlST (IIQ.l.Olfoll AN I NJTIAL IIJBI LIZAT ION AIO.NT) Of IHIOi SHALL 1£ CHAR1iEO TO ll£ OIHR. 3 . AU. EROSION C0NTllll. l£ASlRES REWIRED TO RETAIN SEDIIDIT 01+-SITE ANO TO SAFUY OISOIARGE ANY ACCE..ERATEO RlNllT GEl£RATEO BY 1l£ PRO...£CT SHALL 1£ INST AU.ID OLIUNG 1l£ INITJ AL CO<STRUCTION PHASE Of 1l£ PRO...£CT. 4. 1l£ CO<STRUCT I ON ANO IIAINTOW«:E Of AU. EROS! ON C0NTllll. SYSTEllS SHALL 1£ IN SLeST ANT JAL CJN'ORIIANCE WI TH ll£ APPROVED EROS! ON CONTROL PL.AN. 5. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL OEV IDES SKlWN ON 1l£ EROS! ON C0NT1U. PL.AN IHJOi INTERf'ERE WITH 1l£ WORK SHALL 1£ REI.OCATID Ill IOllfIED AS 1l£ 1l0RK PRllCR£SSES AS REC0MleUD BY ll£ ENGi t£ER Of WORK ANO AS APPROVED BY 1l£ CITY !Mllt£ER. 6. ALL REMOVAa.E PROTECTION OEVIDES SJ-OIN SHALL 1£ IN PL.ACE AT 1l£ DO Of EA0i 110RKJNG DAY lll£N 1l£ 5--0AY RAIN PR08ABILITY f0RECAST EXCEEDS olo-f'ERaHT. 7. EROSION CONTROL SYSTEllS SHALL 1£ SD!VICED AN> IIAINTAIIEO TO PROVIDE CCNTI N.WS CAPAC! TY ANO >OC.CON:r TO FLN:TI ON AS DESI QED. AFTER PRECIPITATION EXCEEDING CK-QJAATER ( 1/4) !IOI IN ANY 12-Kll.R PERIOD, Ill \PON DIRECTION Of 1l£ CITY 00Jt£ER, SILT ANO DEBRIS SHALL 1£ REMOVED FlKlM C>£0C DAMS ANO DESJLTJ"-'l BASINS ANO 1l£ BASINS fUl'ED ORY AN> 0Tl£RIISE RESTORED TO ll£ IJIIGINAL DESIGN CON>ITION. 8. DESI LT ING BASINS CIHiTRUCTED Of COl#'ACTEO EARTH SHALL 1£ COl#'ACTEO TO A RELATIVE COl#'ACTION Of 90 PERa:NT Of IIAXHUI DENSITY. A SOIL EJ«.ltfiRJfoll REPa!T JNCLI.Olfoll 1l£ Til'E Of f!El.D TESTJ"-'l Pl'l1f'IJIIED, LOCATION, ANO RESU.TS Of TESTl"-'l SHALL 1£ SLQIJTTEO TO ll£ CITY EJ«.IPEIR flJI APPROVAL Ll'ON COlf'l..£Tl"-'l 1l£ DESILTJNG BASIN. 9. EROSION CCNTROL PROVISIONS SHALL JIQ.lJlE ANO COMPI..D,£HT ORAJNAGE PATTERNS CLIIJNG 1l£ Cl.llR0/1' ANO f'UlLl!E PHASES Of GRADING TiftllGD./T ll£ RA! NY SEASON. 10. ll£ CONTRACTOR, PERMITTE!, Ill PRO...£CT Olll£R SHALL 1£ RESl'ONSla.E ANO SHALL TAJ<E t£CESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PRE'IENT f'Ul.JC TRE:SPASS ONTO AREAS llt£RE llol'O.NlED WATER OlEATI:S A HAZARDOUS CON>ITION. t£CESSNlY PRECAUTIONS IIAY INCi.La:, ElJT NIT 1£ LIMITED TO, APl'Ra'RIATE PERl.cTER FOCI NG OR A 24-Kll.R GUARD PREVENT J"-'l l.W.l/TKlRI ZED PERSONS FROM OOERI"-'l ll£ BASINS. 11. GRAtE0 AREAS -ll£ TRACT PERIIETER IIJST IJIAJN AWAY FROll 11£ fACE Of SLOPES AT 1l£ CINl.USJON Of EA0i 110RKI"-'l D,\Y. 12, PAVED STREETS, SJDEWAU<S, ANO On£R JIIPROVEIIOOS SHAU. 1£ IIAJNTAJIEO IN A ~T ANO Q.£AN CIN>JTION, fREE Of LOOSE SOIL, CO<STRUCTJON DEBRIS, ANO TRASH. STREET SllEEPJNG Ill Oll£R EWALLY EJTECTIVE l£ANS SHALL 1£ USED ON A REIM.AR BASIS TO CCNTROL EROSION. IATERl"-'l SHALL NIT 1£ USED TO CUAN STREETS EXaJ>T FIJI ll£ REMOVAL Of flN:: MATERIAL NIT 0Tl£RIISE REl,DV£0 BY SWEEPI"-'l OR On£R MEOiANICAL MEANS. 13. STANCH!Y CREWS SHALL 1£ ALERTED BY ll£ CXlNTRACTIJI, PERMITTE! Ill Olll£R F'IJI EMERGENCY 1IORK DI.RING RAINSTORMS. 14. GRAVEL BAGS ANO t£DESSARY MATERIALS IN ACCOROANCE WITH 1l£ APPROV£O PL.ANS. SHALL 1£ AVA IL.Aa.E ON SI TE ANO STOOCPILED AT ccmonoo LOCATIONS TO f ACIL IT ATE RAPJ O =1 ON Of TEll'tmRY DEVI DES OR TO REPAIR ANY DAMAGED EROSION CONTROL MEASUlES lll£N RAIN IS llllllloENT. A STANO-BY CREW SHALL 1£ MADE AVAJL.Aa.E AT AU. TII.ES DLIIING 1l£ RAINY SEASON. 15. AU. UTILITY TREID£S SHALL 1£ BAO<F'ILLED IITHIN 24 H0LllS AN> IIJST 1£ BAO<F'ILLED 1£F'ORE 1l£ DO Of ll£ 1l0RK D,\Y If A 4Cr PERa:NT OiANCE Of RAIN IS PREOICTID. 16. A GRAVEL BAG SILT BASIN Ill TRAP SHALL 1£ PROVIDED AT EVERY STORM IJIAIN I~ TO PREVENT SEDIMENT FROM ENTERING 1l£ STORM IJIAIN SYSTEM. 17. A 12-lhCH HIGH 8Y 4-f"OOT WIDE BERM SHA1..1. BE MAJNTAJt-.ED ALOf,,I;: TI£ TOP Of Tl£ SLCf'E Of TlllSE f!LLS ON IHJOi GRADING JS NIT IN PROGRESS. CIKENTRATEO WATER SHALL llE CARRIED NIT CLOSER TH.IN 1<>-nrT FlKlM ll£ TOP or SLOPES. 18. ALL BUILOJ"-'l PADS SHALL 1£ 51.Cf'EO TOWARDS ll£ ORJVEIAY ANO VELOCITY C>£0< DAMS PROVIDED AT ll£ BASE or AU. IJIIVEIAYS IJIAINING INTO ll£ STREET. VELOCITY C>£0< DAMS SHALL 1£ PROVIDED ACROSS ll£ Ol/TLETS Of AU. LOTS ORAINll,G INTO ll£ STREET. 19. PROVJ CEO VELOCITY C>£0C ON.IS IN AU. Llf'AVED STREET AREAS AT 1l£ INTERVALS INDICATED !£LOW. VELOCITY C>£0C DAMS MAY BE CONSTRUCTED or GRAVEL BAGS, Tilll£R, Cfl Oll£R EROSION RESISTANT MATERIALS APPR0V£O BY ll£ CITY EJ«.IN::ER, AN> SHALL EXlE)() COlf'l..£TELY ACROSS 1l£ STREET AT RIGHT AIG..ES TO Tt£ CENTERLIN::. EARTH DIKES MAY NIT 1£ USED AS VELOCITY MOC CMMS. MOC DAM JNSTALL.ATJON SHALL PROVIDE F'IJI 1l£ PREVENTION Df' EROSION -1l£ ENlS Df' 1l£ DAM. GRADE Of ll£ STREET LESS THAN 2S 2S TO ◄:I: 4:1: TO 10:I: OVER 10:1: INTERVAL AS RECOJ RED 100n son 25n 20. AU. EROSION CONTROL PL.ANS IIJST PROVIDE A 2◄-+«lll! TELEPIO£ N..M!ER ANO 1l£ NAl,E(S) Of 1l£ PERSON{$) RESPa"51a.E ,Ill EMER60CY JIORK. A TELEl'H0I£ ANSWERING MACHIN:: Cfl ANSWERJ"-'l SD!VICE IS '-™CCEPTAa.E. a:HTACT ________ ---------NAME AREA CODE WATER POLLUTION CONl PALOMAR AIRPORT RO PALOMAR AIRPORT RD AT PAf. CITY OF CARLSBAD , SAN DIEGO CC PALOMAf .!, I KEY MAP I I I I I SCALE 1"-40' LEGAL DESCRIPTION BASIS OF BEARI RIGHT-G'-WAY Df' PALOMAR AIRPORT ROAD AN> INTERSTATE HWY 5 OWNER/DEVELOPER CITY Of CARLS8AO 1635 fARADAY AVE. CAR1..S8AO, CA 92008 DECLARATION OF ENGINEER OF WORK Tt£ BASIS or COOROJNATI:S EXHIBIT IS ll£ CALlfORNIA 1983 (EPOCH 1991.35), ZON ll£ fa.l.OWl"-'l HlRIZONTAL SKlWN ON RECllRD or SLllVEY BENCHMARK CI TY Of CARLS8AO SLl!VEY C "CLS9-057". A 2.5" DISK I ON 1l£ SWTHIIIEST ClJAORN,/T AN> c»NlN RON>. ELEVATION• «.010' OATIJ I HEREBY DECLARE THAT THE DESIGN Of THE IMPROVEMENIB AS SHO't'tN ON THESE PL.ANS COMPLIES WITH PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING STANOAROS ANO PRACTICES. AS THE ENGINEER IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE Of THE 0£SIGN Of THESE IMPROVEMENIB, I ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBLE CHARct: FOR SUCH DESIGN. I UNOERSTANO ANO AOCNO\IUllCE THAT THE PL.AN CHEOC Of THESE PL.ANS BY THE QTY Of OCEANSIDE IS A REVIEW FOR THIS LIMITED PURPOSE Of' ENSURING THE PLANS COMPLY V!ITH QTY PROCEDURES ANO OTHER APPLICABLE POUCIES ANO OROINANCES. THE PL.AN CHECK IS NOT A DETERMINATION or THE TECHNICAL ADEQUACY or THE DESIGN Of THE IMPROVEMENTS. SUCH PLAN CHECK DOES NOT, THEREFORE. RELIEVE ME Of MY RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE 0£SIGN Of THESE IMPROVEMENTS. AS ENGINEER Of WORK, I AGREE TO INOEMNIF'Y ANO SAVE THE CITY Of OCEANSIDE. IIB OfFlCERS, AGENIB ANO EMPLOYEES HARMLESS fROM ANY AND AL.I. LIABILITY, CLAIMS. OAMAct:S OR INJURIES TO ANY PERSON OR PROPERTY YltflCH MIGHT ARISE fROM THE NEGUGENT ACIB, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS Of THE ENGINEER Of' WORK, MY EMPLOYEES. AGENTS OR CONSULTANTS. DAVID A. WIENER ' ' "'------ R/w -~-.r--=--.::::--_ ----r-, ------I I ------t ~ '--t 0:: V) z <{ 0:: 1-_J <{ AC PAV ING y ,->--- - ----~:.. -----------~---.'-,) ..... BASIS OF BEARING 1lE BASIS OF COORlllNATES NCI) BEARll'GS FOR THIS DHIB IT JS Tl£ CAI. lfCWlNJ A COORDJ NAlE SYSTOI OF 1963 (EPOCH 1991.35), ZOI£ 5, BASED L0CAI..LY Lf'0N 1lE FOU.OIING l«lRIZCNTAL ClllffilO.. STATJCNS AS SHlWN ()I RECOAO OF 5U!VEY ll0. 17350. AC PAVING BENCHMARK CITY OF CARlSBAD SUl\'EY CCNTRa. ~ "Cl.SB-057°. A 2.5° DISK IN llRAINAliE BOX !NI.IT ()I 1lE SOl/THWEST 0VAORANT OF AVENI DA DCINAS NCI) CANNON ROAD. El.£VATl()I • 44.010' DAl\M: NGV029 p Attachment B Water Pollution Control Schedule Contractor to Insert Water Pollution Control Schedule. Attachment C WPCP Amendments STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SWPPP/WPCP AMENDMENTS LOG CEM-2009 (NEW 5/2011) PROJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS Amendment Date Number CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDIDNUMBER PROJECT SITE WATER POLLUTION CONTROL □WPCP 0SWPPP Amendments Log Brief Description of Amendment ADA For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 Notice or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. Page 1 of 1 SWPPP PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL D Risk Level 1 D Risk Level 2 □ Risk Level 3 Requested by Approval Date STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SWPPP/WPCP AMENDMENTS LOG CEM-2009 (NEW 5/2011) Instructions GENERAL INFORMATION • Projects with either a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) require the information on this form to document amendments. • Attach a completed copy of the form to each approved SWPPP/WPCP amendment, and indude in SWPPP Attachment DD or WPCP Attachment C. FORM Contract Number/Co/Rte/PM For local agency encroachment permit projects, write the encroachment permit number in the Contract Number field. Project Identifier Number Caltrans projects starting July 1, 2010, will have a project identifier number. For projects without one, write "N/A" in the field. WDIDNumber For projects with WCPC enter "WPCP' in this field. When the resident engineer has approved SWPPP or WPCP amendments, enter: 1. The amendment number. 2. The date. 3. A brief description of the amendment. 4. The name and title of person who requested the amendment. 5. The date the resident engineer approved it. Attachment D Stormwater Training Documentation Appendix A CEM-2008 SWPPP/WPCP Amendment Certification and Acceptance STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SWPPP/WPCP AMENDMENT CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE CEM-2008 (REV. 12/2011) P~QJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER VvUID NUMBER CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL Page 1 of 3 □ □ □ Risk Level 1 Risk Level2 Risk Level 3 □ N/A. Project resides in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit and is reg- ulated under Order No. R6T-2011- 0019, NPDES No. CAG616002. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)/Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Amendment Number CONTRACTOR WATER POLLUTION CONTROL MANAGER SIGNATURE DATE CONTRACTOR WATER POLLUTION CONTROL MANAGER NAME PHONE NUMBER Contractor Certification of SWPPP or WPCP Amendment I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision according to a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted, to the best of my knowledge and belief, is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that significant penalties exist for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE DATE CONTRACTOR NAME PHONE NUMBER Resident Engineer Acceptance and Approval of SWPPP or WPCP Amendment I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted, to the best of my knowledge and belief, is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that significant penalties exist for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. RESIDENT ENGINEER SIGNATURE DATE OF AMENDMENT APPROVAL AND ACCEPTANCE RESIDENT ENGINEER NAME PHONE NUMBER ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SWPPP/WPCP AMENDMENT CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE CEM-2008 (REV. 1212011) PROJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER VI/DID NUMBER Stonnwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)/Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Amendment Number -----------Required for Private Entity Administered Projects Page 2 of 3 I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted, to the best of my knowledge and belief is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that significant penalties exist for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE PERSON SIGNATURE DATE LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE PERSON NAME TITLE PHONE NUMBER Required for Local Agency/Private Entity Administered Project Caltrans Oversight Engineer's Concurrence With SWPPP/WPCP Amendment I and personnel acting under my direction and supervision have reviewed this WPCP and find that it meets the requirements set forth in the contract Special Provisions, Caltrans Standard Specifications, section 7-1.01G, 'Water Pollution and the Caltrans SWPPP/WPCP Preparation Manual." ~• 'cRSIGHT ENGINEER SIGNATURE DATE OF AMENDMENT CONCURRENCE vvcRSIGHT ENGINEER NAME PHONE NUMBER ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SWPPP/WPCP AMENDMENT CERTIFICATION AND ACCEPTANCE CEM-2008 (REV. 12/2011) Instructions GENERAL INFORMATION The information on CEM-2008 is required for projects with either a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or a Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) to document amendment acceptance and/approval. SWPPP amendments must be approved by CEM-2006, "Legally Responsible Person Authorization of Approval Signatory," signed by the legaly responsible person (LRP). 1. For Caltrans, the LRP is the district director. The LRP may authorize the project resident engineer to be approved signatory. Page 3 of3 2. For a local agency, the LRP is either a principal executive officer or a ranking elected official. The local agency LRP may authorize the project resident engineer to be approved signatory. 3. For a private entity performing work in the state right-of-way under an encroachment permit, the LRP must be one of the following: a. For a corporation, a responsible corporate officer. b. For a partnership or sole proprietorship, a general partner or the proprietor, respectively. The private entity LRP may not authorize an approved signatory. 4. Attach a completed copy of CEM-2008 to each SWPPP or WPCP amendment, and include it in the SWPPP Attachment DD or the WPCP Attachment C. FORM Contract Number/Co/Rte/PM For local agency encroachment permit projects, write the encroachment permit number in the Contract Number field. Project Identifier Number Caltrans projects starting July 1, 2010, will have a Project Identifier Number. For projects without one, write "N/A" in the field. WDIDNumber For projects that have a Water Pollution Control Program enter 'WPCP" in this field. oject Site Risk Level ,eek the box for the appropriate SWPPP risk level or N/A for projects in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit. ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. Appendix B CEM-2009 SWPPP/WPCP Amendments Log STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SWPPP/WPCP AMENDMENTS LOG CEM-2009 (REV. 12/2011) PROJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS Page 1 of 1 CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDIDNUMBER CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS PROJECT SITE WATER POLLUTION SWPPP PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL CONTROL OWPCP OSWPPP Amendments Log 0 Risk Level 1 O Risk Level 2 O Risk Level 3 □ NIA. Project resides in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit and is reg- ulated under Order No. R6T-2011- 0019, NPDES No. CAG616002. Amendment Date Brief Description Requested by Approval Number of Amendment Date ADA For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document Is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 Notice or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SWPPP/WPCP AMENDMENTS LOG CEM-2009 (REV. 12/2011) Instructions GENERAL INFORMATION • Projects with either a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) require the information on this form to document amendments. • Attach a completed copy of the form to each approved SWPPP/WPCP amendment, and include in SWPPP Attachment DD or WPCP Attachment C. FORM Contract Number/Co/Rte/PM For local agency encroachment permit projects, write the encroachment permit number in the Contract Number field. Project Identifier Number Caltrans projects starting July 1, 2010, will have a project identifier number. For projects without one, write "N/A" in the field. WDIDNumber For projects with WPCP enter "WPCP" in this field. When the resident engineer has approved SWPPP or WPCP amendments, enter: 1. The amendment number. 2. The date. 3. A brief description of the amendment. 4. The name and title of person who requested the amendment. 5. The date the resident engineer approved it. Appendix C CEM-2023 Stormwater Training Record STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STORMWATER TRAINING RECORD CEM-2023 (REV. 12/2011) --:OJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS SUBMITTED BY CONTRACTOR (PRINT AND SIGN NAME) CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER VI/DID NUMBER PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL □ □ □ Risk Level 1 Risk Level 2 Risk Level 3 □ □ Stonnwater Training Record Training Course Trtle or Specific Training Objective Location Stormwater Topics Instructor Name D Temporary soil stabilization D Temporary sediment control D Tracking controls D Wind erosion control Instructor Trtle D Non-stormwater management D Stormwater discharge sampling D Waste management and materials pollution control D Spill prevention and control Phone D BMPs required for work activities current week D Stormwater pollution prevention plan Course Length (hours) D Water pollution control program Attendee Roster Name Company Page 1 of3 N/A(WPCP) NIA. Project Resides in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit and is regulated under Order No. R6T-2011- 0019, NPDES No. CAG616002. Date of Training Type of Training D Formal D Informal Training Audience D General □BMPs 0SWPPP Phone ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STORMWATER TRAINING RECORD CEM-2023 (REV. 12/2011) PROJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER VI/DID NUMBER Attendee Roster Name Company Review and Record Keeping Has training information been entered into the Stormwater Training Log (CEM-2024)? Oves Page 2 of3 Phone i reviewed this document and, based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the >f my knowledge and belief the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. vv,nc( pollution control manager (name) Date Water pollution control manager signature STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STORMWATER TRAINING RECORD CEM-2023 (REV. 12/2011) GENERAL INFORMATION Instructions • Projects with either a Stom,water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or Water Pollution Control Program require the infom,ation on this fom, to document stom,water training for contractor and subcontractor managers, supervisors, and employees. lndude the fom, and required training documentation in the stomiwater annual report for SWPPP projects. Page 3 of3 • Use this fom, to document training for employees responsible for activities associated with Construction General Pem,it compliance and contract specifications. Use this fom, to document required weekly infomial stom,water training. • Provide this training record and an updated copy of CEM-2024, "Stom,water Training Log," to the resident engineer within five days of the date of training. • Attach additional copies of page 2 of this fom, if necessary to record all attendees attending training. FORM • Contract Number/Co/Rte/PM For local agency encroachment pem,it projects write the encroachment permit number in the Contract Number field. • Project Identifier Number Caltrans projects starting July 1, 2010, will have a Project Identifier Number. For projects without a PIO, write N/A in the field. • WDID Number For projects with Water Pollution Control Program, enter "WPCP." • Attendee Roster Enter employee name, contractor or subcontractor company name and employee phone number. • Training Audience Enter one of the following responses: General-Training for individuals responsible for activities associated with compliance with the Construction General Pem,it. BMPs---Training for individuals responsible for BMP installation, inspection, maintenance, and repair. SWPPP-Training for individuals responsible for overseeing revising and amending the SWPPP. Appendix D CEM-2024 Stormwater Training Log STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STORMWATER TRAINING LOG CEM-2024 (REV. 12/2011) DDOJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS SUBMITTED BY CONTRACTOR (PRINT AND SIGN NAME) Page 1 of 2 CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDID NUMBER PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL □ Risk Level 1 □ Risk Level 2 □ Risk Level 3 □ □ N/A(WPCP) N/A. Project resides in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit and is regulated under Order No. R6T-2011-0019, NPDES No. CAG616002. STORMWATER TRAINING LOG Number of Date Training Date of Training Training Storrnwater Training Documentation Training Audience Attendees Course Title or Topics Covered Provided to Resident Engineer 0 General 0BMPs osWPPP O General 0BMPs 0SWPPP O General 0BMPs 0SWPPP O General 0BMPs 0SWPPP 0 General 0BMPs 0SWPPP O General 0BMPs □sWPPP 0 General □BMPs 0SWPPP D General 0BMPs 0SWPPP 0 General 0BMPs 0SWPPP ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STORMWATER TRAINING LOG CEM-2024 (REV. 12/2011) GENERAL INFORMATION Page 2 of 2 Instructions • For projects with either a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan or a Water Pollution Control Program the information shown on this form is required to document stormwater training for contractor and subcontractor managers, supervisors, and employees. The stormwater annual report for SWPPP projects will include required training documentation and the information on this form. • Provide an updated copy of CEM-2024 with attached training documentation to the resident engineer within five days of training. FORM Contract Number/Co/Rte/PM For local agency encroachment permit projects, write the encroachment permit number in the Contract Number field. Project Identifier Number Caltrans projects starting July 1, 2010, will have a Project Identifier Number. For projects without a PID, write NIA in the field. WDIDNumber For projects with Water Pollution Control Program enter "WPCP" in this field. Training Audience Check one of the following responses: General-training for individuals responsible for activities associated with compliance with the General Construction Permit BMPs-training for individuals responsible for BMP installation, inspection, maintenance, and repair. SWPPP-training for individuals responsible for overseeing revising and amending the SWPPP. Appendix E CEM-2041 Weather Forecast Monitoring Log STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION WEATHER MONITORING LOG CEM-2041 (NEW 5/2012) Page 0JECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDIDNUMBER CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL □ Risk Level 1 □ Risk Level 2 □ Risk Level 3 SUBMITTED BY CONTRACTOR {PRINT AND SIGN NAME) DATE Weather Condition D Clear □ Partly Cloudy □ Cloudy Storm event began? on (time) (date) Cumulative amount of precipitation from previous day? inches Storm event ended? WEEKLY REPORTING PERIOD Week of / / / / Weather Information for Temperature Maximum Minimum "F "F Precipitation Condition ONone □ Misty D Light rain ORain Storm Precipitation Information D Heavy rain □Hail □snow Wind Condition ONone D Less than 5 mph D Greater than 5 mph Complete the following when there is any precipitation within the 24-hour period. Storm Event Information Project Site Difference From Cumulative What is the cumulative amount of precipitation for storm Time Rain Gauge Previous Amount of event to date? Reading Precipitation Reading inches {inches) (inches) --- What is the 24-hour cumulative amount of precipitation? inches --- of 3 on Is the cumulative amount of precipitation for storm event 1 /2 inch or greater? (time) (date) Oves □No If yes for risk level 2 and 3 projects are stormwater discharges being 0 Extended duration storm event sampled and analyzed? Oves □No Additional Storm Event Information Compliance Storm Event The compliance storm event {5-year, 24-hour Has the storm event exceeded the storm) for this project site is: compliance storm event? inches Oves ATS Compliance Storm Event Complete the following when A TS is used on project site The compliance storm event (10-year, 24-hour storm) for this project site is: inches Has the storm event exceeded the compliance storm event? Oves If yes to exceedance of the compliance storm event based on project site rain gauge readings, attach printout of precipitation data from nearest National Weather Service weather station as verification of compliance storm exceedance. Verification of project site compliance storm event exceedance from weather station __________ is based on project site address or latitude and longitude. ___________________ (NWS) Weather Station ather Information input by {print name and sign) STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION WEATHER MONITORING LOG CEM-2041 (NEW 5/2012) Page 2 Weather Information for ------ •• ~.1ther Condition Temperature Precipitation Condition Wind Condition D Clear Maximum •F 0None D Heavy rain 0None □ Partly Cloudy Minimum •F □ Misty □Hail D Less than 5 mph □ Cloudy D Light rain Osnow D Greater than 5 mph 0Rain Storm Precipitation Information Complete the following when there is any precipitation within the 24-hour period. Storm Event Information Storm event began? Project Site Difference From Cumulative What Is the cumulative amount of precipitation for storm on nme Rain Gauge Previous Amount of event to date? (time) (date) Reading Reading Precipitation inches (inches) (inches) --- Cumulative amount of precipitation What is the 24-hour cumulative amount of precipitation? from previous day? inches inches ----- Storm event ended? of 3 on Is the cumulative amount of precipitation for storm event 1 /2 inch or greater? (time) (date) Oves □No If yes for risk level 2 and 3 projects are stormwater discharges being D Extended duration storm event sampled and analyzed? Oves □No Additional Storm Event Information Compliance Storm Event compliance storm event (5-year, 24-hour Has the storm event exceeded the m} for this project site is: compliance storm event? inches Oves ATS Compliance Storm Event Complete the following when ATS is used on project site The compliance storm event (10-year, 24-hour storm) for this project site is: Inches Has the storm event exceeded the compliance stonm event? Oves If yes to exceedance of the compliance storm event based on project site rain gauge readings, attach printout of precipitation data from nearest National Weather Service weather station as verification of compliance storm exceedance. Verification of project site compliance storm event exceedance from weather station__________ is based on project site address or latitude and longitude. ___________________ (NWS) weather Station Weather information input by (print name and sign) STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION WEATHER MONITORING LOG CEM-2041 (NEW 5/2012) .... ather Condition Ociear □ Partly Cloudy □ Cloudy Storm event began? on (time) (date) Cumulative amount of precipitation from previous day? inches Storm event ended? Page 3 Weather Information for Temperature Maximum "F Minimum °F Precipitation Condition D None D Heavy rain □Misty 0Hail □ Light rain 0Rain Storm Precipitation Information Osnow Wind Condition 0None D Less than 5 mph D Greater than 5 mph Complete the following when there is any precipitation within the 24-hour period. Storm Event Information Project Site Difference From Cumulative What is the cumulative amount of precipitation for storm nme Rain Gauge Previous Amount of event to date? Reading Precipitation Reading inches (inches) (inches) --- What is the 24-hour cumulative amount of precipitation? inches --- of 3 on Is the cumulative amount of precipitation for storm event 1 /2 inch or greater? (time) (date) Oves □No If yes for risk level 2 and 3 projects are stormwater discharges being D Extended duration storm event sampled and analyzed? Oves □No Additional Storm Event Information Compliance Storm Event ! compliance storm event (5-year, 24-hour Has the storm event exceeded the rm) for this project site is: compliance storm event? inches Oves ATS Compliance Storm Event Complete the following when ATS is used on project site The compliance storm event (10-year, 24-hour storm) for this project site is: inches Has the storm event exceeded the compliance storm event? Oves If yes to exceedance of the compliance storm event based on project site rain gauge readings, attach printout of precipitation data from nearest National Weather Service weather station as verification of compliance storm exceedance. Verification of project site compliance storm event exceedance from weather station __________ is based on project site address or latitude and longitude. ___________________ (NWS) Weather Station Weather information input by (print name and sign) WEATHER MONITORING LOG REVIEW I have reviewed this document and based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted Is, true accurate, and complete. Water pollution control manager name National Weather Service precipitation data for compliance storm exceedance attached to this log submittal? D Yes D No Water pollution control manager signature Date STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION WEATHER MONITORING LOG CEM-2041 (NEW 5/2012) Instructions GENERAL INFORMATION • The information shown on this form is required for projects with either a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) to document weather forecast for the project site. • Use this weather monitoring log to record daily weather information for the project site location. • Complete the weather monitoring log each working day. If the project is a calendar-day project, for example, a seven-working-day week, attach an additional copies of the second page so you can report all seven days. • Submit Weather Monitoring Logs to the resident engineer within five working days of the ending date shown on the weather monitoring log. • For verifying exceedance of compliance storm, locate the National Weather Service (NWS) automated weather station nearest the project site. NWS weather station locations are available at: http://www.wrh.noaa.gov/sto/obsmap.php. • Print out precipitation data for the nearest NWS weather station for any storm event that exceeds the compliance storm event. NWS weather station precipitation data is available at: http://www cnrfc noaa gov/awipsProducts/RNOHYDRSA php. FORM Contract Number/Co/Rte/PM For local agency encroachment permit projects write the encroachment permit number in the Contract Number field. Project Identifier Number For projects without a Project Identification Number, write N/A in the field. WDID Number For projects with Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) enter 'WPCP" in this field. er the project site street address including city and state or the latitude and longitude used to obtain NWS forecast. Weekly Reporting Period Enter the first and last working day for the reporting period Enter precipitation information during working hours at least every two hours. 1. Time 2. Rain gauge reading 3. Storm event cumulative precipitation amount Using the amounts of precipitation for each two-hour period during working hours and the amount of precipitation during non-working hours to determine the cumulative amount of precipitation for a storm event, and record the amount on the form. Determine if the forecasted cumulative amount of precipitation for the storm event is one-half inch or greater, and check the appropriate box. Compliance Storm Event Compliance Storm Event for Risk Level 3 project site discharges is determined by using the following maps: http://www.wrcc.drLedu/pcpnfreq/nca5y24 git http://www.wrcc.dri edu/pcpnfreq/sca5y24.gif ATS Compliance Storm Event Compliance Storm Event for ATS discharge compliance is determined using the following map: bttir//www wrcc.drLedu/pcpnfreq/nca1 0y24.gif http://www.wrcc.dri.edu/pcpnfreq/sca 1 0y24.gif If the storm event exceeds the compliance storm event. verification of compliance storm event is required based on nearby governmental rain gauge readings. Enter the project site street address including city and state or the latitude and longitude used to determine the nearest NWS weather station and weather station identification. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION WEATHER MONITORING LOG CEM-2041 (NEW 5/2012) Instructions, continued RAIN GAUGE REQUIREMENTS • The gauge must be monitored every day when any amount of rain has fallen in the previous 24 hours. The first reading each day should occur at approximately the same time to provide a 24-hour storm amount. Capture precipitation data in the early morning after storm events because accumulated precipitation will quickly evaporate when the weather clears. • The rain gauge monitoring procedure is as follows: 1. At the specified time of day, read the amount of captured precipitation. The water in the gauge is likely to appear rounded at the surface when observed at eye level-a phenomenon called a meniscus caused by water tension. Read the gauge at the center of the meniscus. 2. Record the reading, including units (inches), before removing the gauge from its base. After recording the value, double-check your reading, empty the gauge, and reset it. 3. For additional readings taken during the day, do not empty the gauge after midday readings. Record the time and the reading on this form. For midday readings, the amount of precipitation entered into the "Project Site Rain Gauge Reading" column is cumulative for the day since the gauge was not emptied during this period. Appendix F CEM-2034 Storrnwater Best Management Practices Status Report STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STORMWATER BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES STATUS REPORT CEM-2034 (NEW 9/2010) DJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS water pollution control manager (print name and sign) Submitted by contractor (print name and sign) Page 1 of 4 CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDID NUMBER PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL □ Risk Level 1 □ Risk Level 2 □ Risk Level 3 Date Date Provide a weekly list of stormwater best management practices on the stormwater pollution prevention plan that are active on the project site. No. 1 2 Stormwater Best Management Practices Status Location Disturbed soil area Active disturbed soil area Inactive disturbed soil area acres acres acres ------ BMP Name BMPID Quantity Installed Quantity to be To Date Installed Next Week Location Disturbed soil area Active disturbed soil area Inactive disturbed soil area acres acres acres ------ BMP Name BMPID Quantity Installed Quantity to be To Date Installed Next Week ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STORMWATER BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES STATUS REPORT CEM-2034 (NEW 9/2010) .OJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDID NUMBER No. Stonnwater Best Management Practices Status, continued Location Disturbed soil area Active disturbed soil area acres acres ---- BMPName BMPID Quantity Installed --To Date Location Disturbed sou area Active disturbed soil area acres acres ---- BMPName BMPID Quantity Installed --To Date Page 2 of4 Inactive disturbed soil area acres -- Quantity to be Installed Next Week Inactive disturbed soil area acres -- Quantity to be Installed Next Week ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-641 o or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STORMWATER BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES STATUS REPORT CEM-2034 (NEW 9/2010) OJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER \II/DID NUMBER No. Stonnwater Best Management Practices Status, continued Location Disturbed soil area Active disturbed soil area acres acres ------ BMP Name BMPID Quantity Installed --To Date Location Disturbed soil area Active disturbed soil area acres acres ------ BMPName BMPID Quantity Installed --To Date Location Disturbed soil area Active disturbed soil area acres acres ------ BMPName BMPID Quantity Installed --To Date Location Disturbed soil area Active disturbed soil area acres acres ------ BMP Name BMPID Quantity Installed --To Date Page 3 of4 Inactive disturbed soil area acres --- Quantity to be Installed Next Week Inactive disturbed soil area acres --- Quantity to be Installed Next Week Inactive disturbed soil area acres --- Quantity to be Installed Next Week Inactive disturbed soil area acres --- Quantity to be Installed Next Week ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STORMWATER BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES STATUS REPORT r-i::a.~-2034 (NEW 9/2010) General Information Page 4 of4 The water pollution control manager must oversee preparation of the best management practices status report and submit a copy of the BMP status report weekly. Attach additional copies of page 2 and page 3 of this fonn to include all required locations. Insert consecutive numbers for each location when using page 2 or page 3 of this fonn BMPName BMPID BMPName Temporary Soil Stabilization Non-Stonnwater Management Preservation of existing vegetation SS-02 Water conservation practices Hydraulic mulch SS-03 Dewatering operations Hydroseeding SS-04 Paving and grinding operations Soil binders SS-05 Temporary stream crossing Straw mulch SS-06 Clear water diversion Geotextiles, mats, plastic covers, and lined ditches SS-07 Illegal connection or discharge detection and reporting Wood mulching SS-08 Potable water and irrigation Earth dikes, drainage swales and lined ditches SS-09 Vehicle and equipment deaning Outlet protection and velocity dissipation devices SS-10 Vehicle and equipment fueling Slope drains SS-11 Vehicle and equipment maintenance Streambank stabilization SS-12 Pile-driving operations Temporary Sediment Control Concrete curing fence SC-01 Material and equipment use over water liment or distilling basin SC-02 Concrete finishing Sediment trap SC-03 Structure demolition or removal over or adjacent to water Checkdams SC-04 Waste Management and Pollution Control Fiber rolls SC-05 Material delivery and storage Gravel bag benn SC-06 Material use Sandbag barrier SC-08 Stockpile management Straw bale barrier SC-09 Spill prevention and control Stonn drain inlet protection SC-10 Solid waste management Wind Erosion Control Hazardous waste management Wind erosion control WE-01 Contaminated soil management Tracking Controls Concrete waste management Stabilized construction entrance and exit TC-01 Sanitary or septic waste management Stabilized construction roadway TC-02 Liquid waste management Entrance and exit tire wash TC-03 Street sweeping SC-07 ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-641 o or TOO (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. BMPID NS-01 NS-02 NS-03 NS-04 NS-05 NS-06 NS-07 NS-08 NS-09 NS-10 NS-11 NS-12 NS-13 NS-14 NS-15 WM-01 WM-02 WM-03 WM-04 WM-05 WM-06 WM-07 WM-08 WM-09 WM-10 Appendix G CEM-2030 Stormwater Site Inspection Report Appendix H CEM-2035 Stormwater Site lnpsection Report Corrective Actions Summary STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STORMWATER SITE INSPECTION REPORT CORRECTIVE ACTIONS SUMMARY ~~-1-2035 (REV 2/2012) tJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS Page 1 of2 CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDIDNUMBER PROJECT SITE WATER SWPPP PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL POLLUTION CONTROL □ □ WPCP SWPPP □ □ □ Risk Level 1 Risk Level 2 Risk Level 3 □ NIA. Project resides in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit and is regulated under Order No. RST-2011-0019, NPDES No. CAG616002. Submitted by contractor (print and sign name) Date Daily Site Inspection of Best Management Practices Ust daily inspections for at least the previous four days. Daily inspection performed by I Date Any corrective actions listed on inspection reports? YES NO □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ If yes, are corrective actions Date shown on shown on form CEM-2035? corrective action form YES NO □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ .... ~.ement required actions identified in a Stormwater Site Inspection Report Summary as soon as possible, but actions must begin within 72 hours of the site inspection, or complete before the next predicted rain event, whichever is sooner if in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit Corrective action Verification of Stormwater Site Inspection Corrective Actions number BMPType Location , 1 Required Action Comments Date Completed I Verified by (print name) !Verified by (signature) BMP Type Location 2 Required Action Comments Date Completed I Verified by (print name) !Verified by (signature) BMPType Location 3 Required Action Comments Date Completed I Verified by (print name) !Verified by (signature) BMP Type Location 4 Required Action Comments Date Completed rerified by (print name) rerified by (signature) Appendix I CEM-2061 Notice of Discharge Report STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION NOTICE OF DISCHARGE REPORT CEM-2061 (REV. 2/2012) )JECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS Page 1 of 4 CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER VI/DID NUMBER PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL □ Risk Level 1 □ Risk Level2 □ NIA. Project resides in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit and is regulated under Order No. R6T-2011-0019, NPDES No. CAG616002. □ Risk Level 3 Submitted by contractor (print and sign name) I Date Notice of Discharge General Information Location Date discharge discovered Discharge type Exceedance of applicable water quality standard Discharge identified Discharge discovered Discharge samples □ Stormwater 0 Turbidity by stormwater visual by contractor during taken? site inspection? daily work? □ Authorized non-stormwater □ pH DYES DYES DYES □ Non-authorized non-stormwater □ ONO □No □No Discharge identified by Regional Discharge identified by State Date and time water pollution control manager notified of discharge Water Quality Control Board? water Resources Control Board? 7YES □YES Date and time resident engineer notified of discharge ]NO □No Storm Event Information Complete this section for stonnwater discharges Start of storm event End of storm event Duration of storm event Storm event precipitation amount recorded from Date Date Hours : Minutes. site rain gauge inches Time Time Notice of Discharge Information The nature and cause of the water quality standard exceedance, base on a visual observation of the discharge location BMPs currenUy installed at the location of the discharge Additional BMPs that will be implemented to prevent or reduce pollutants causing or contributing to exceedance of a water quality standard ementation schedule for additional BMPs Storm event precipitation amount recorded from governmental rain gauge inches Photoaraohs DYES □No DYES □No □YES □No STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION NOTICE OF DISCHARGE REPORT CEM-2061 (REV. 212012) DJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER 11\/DID NUMBER Notice of Discharge Information (continued) Maintenance or repair of BMPs Implementation schedule for BMPs maintenance or repair Other required corrective actions Implementation schedule for corrective actions .:,u,nmary of actions taken to reduce the pollutants causing or contributing to the water quality standard exceedance Sample location Identification number Samples collected by Sampling and Analysis Results Required when discharge samples are taken Date of sampling Date of analysis Page 2 of4 Pho! ra hs □YES □No □YES □No Samples analyzed by Dale and time water pollution control manager notified of results Analyzer phone number Date and time resident engineer notified of results Sample Identification Sample Collection Time Storm Event Precipitation Analysis ( ) Amount at Sample Time (inches) Analysis Information ~r manufacturer Model number Serial number Calibration date Analytical method Method reporting unit Method detection limit Note: Meter calibration information available in the SWPPP files. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION NOTICE OF DISCHARGE REPORT CEM-2061 (REV. 2/2012) OJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDIDNUMBER Sampling and Analysis Results Required when when run-on or upgradient samples are taken Run-on or upgradient samples taken? Sample location Identification number OvEs □No Sample Identification Sample Collection nme Storm Event Precipitation Amount at Sample nme (Inches) Notice of Discharge Report Certification Page 3 of 4 Date of sampling Analysis ( ) I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fines and imprisonment for knowing violations. Water pollution control manager name 'Date Water pollution control manager signature :epted by resident engineer (name) Date Resident engineer signature Discharge reported by telephone or email to the Regional Water Quality Control Board Date discharge reported to RWQCB Resident engineer intials (RWQCB) within 48 hours of discovery? OvEs □No Notice of Discharge Report submitted to RWQCB within 14 days (3 days for District 7 Date report submitted to RWQCB Resident engineer intials and District 11 ) ? OvEs □No Discharge reported orally to the Lahontan RWQCB within 24 hours of discovery? Date called Lahontan RWQCB Resident engineer intials OvEs □No Electronic submittal of NEL excedance sample results to Lahontan RWQCB and SMARTS Date report submitted Resident engineer intials within 5 business days? □YES □NO STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION NOTICE OF DISCHARGE REPORT CEM-2061 (REV. 2/2012) General Information Page 4 of 4 Instructions • This form is required for compliance with provisions in Section C-2, "Receiving Water Limitations for Construction,· of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit Statewide Storm Water Permit and Waste Discharge Requirements (WDRs) for the State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Order No. 99-06-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000003. • This form is to be completed when the contractor, Caltrans, State Water Resources Control Board, or Regional Water Quality Control Board staff determines that stormwater discharges, authorized non-stormwater discharges, or non-authorized, non-stormwater discharges are causing or contributing to an exceedance of an applicable water quality standard. • Water quality standards are contained in the Statewide Water Quality Control Plan or applicable Regional Water Quality Control Boards (RWQCBs) Basin Plan. • Sampling guidance is found in the current edition of the Construction Site Monitoring Program Guidance Manual. • lndude a copy of the completed form in the project Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) files. • • • • Form Project Identifier Number Caltrans projects starting July 1, 2010, will have a project identifier number. For projects without a number, write N/A in the field. Contract Number/Co/Rte/PM For encroachment permit projects, write the local agency or private entity encroachment permit number in the contract number field. Storm Event Information Leave section blank if box is checked for either authorized or non-authorized non-stormwater discharge. Discharge Information Do not leave any subsection blank. Caltrans permit specifically requires Caltrans to submit the information in this section to RWQCBs. For non-stormwater discharges, describe the construction operation or activity that caused the discharge. Sampling and Analysis Results Leave this section blank if the no box is checked for discharge samples taken. Analysis Results Analytical results less than the method detection limit shall be reported as "Less than the method detection limit." • Analysis Information Leave section blank if the no box is checked for discharge samples taken? • Addition Information Leave run-on sample identification blank if no box is checked for run-on samples taken. ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabnities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management. 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. Appendix J CEM-2065 Notice of Discharge Log STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION NOTICE OF DISCHARGE LOG INSTRUCTIONS CEM-2065 (REV. 2/2012) JJECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS SUBMITTED BY CONTRACTOR (PRINT AND SIGN NAME) CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDIDNUMBER PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL □ □ □ Risk Level 1 Risk Level 2 Risk Level 3 □ NOTICE OF DISCHARGE LOG Date Discharge Location Cause of Discharge Description of Materlal(s) Discharged Page 1 of2 NIA. Project resides in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit and is regulated under Order No. RST-2011-0019, NPDES No. CAG616002. Estimated Quality of Discharge Date RWQCB Notified ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION NOTICE OF DISCHARGE LOG INSTRUCTIONS CEM-2065 (REV. 2/2012) Instructions GENERAL INFORMATION Page 2 of 2 • The infonnation shown on this fonn is required for projects with either a Stonnwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) or Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) to document discharges. • Use this CEM-2065 to log discharges including Stonnwater, authorized non-stonnwater, and non-authorized non-stormwater discharges with an exceedance of an Applicable Water Quality Standard • Log all discharge incidents reported on forms: CEM-2061, Notice of Discharge Report -CEM-2062, Numeric Action Level Exceedance Report -CEM-2063, Numeric Effluent Limitation Violation Report • The resident engineer will notify the Regional Water Quality Control Board and record the date notified. FORM Contract Number/Co/Rte/PM For local agency encroachment permit projects write the encroachment pennit number in the Contract Number field. Project Identifier Number Caltrans projects starting July 1, 2010, will have a Project Identifier Number. For projects without a project identifier number write NIA in the field. WDIDNumber For projects with Water Pollution Control_ Program enter 'WPCP" in this field. • Enter information about discharge incidents from fonns: CEM-2061, Notice of Discharge Report CEM-2062, Numeric Action Level Exceedance Report CEM-2063, Numeric Effluent Limitation Violation Report CEM-2062T, Numeric Action Level Exceedance Report-Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit CEM-2063T, Numeric Effluent Limitation Violation Report-Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit • The resident engineer will notify the Regional Water Quality Control Board and record the date notified. Appendix K CEM-2070 SWPPP/WPCP Annual Certification of Compliance STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SWPPP/WPCP ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE CEM-2070 (REV. 2/2012) :>JECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDIDNUMBER CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS PROJECT SITE WATER SWPPP PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL Page 1 of4 POLLUTION CONTROL □ □ WPCP SWPPP □ □ □ Risk Level 1 Risk Level 2 Risk Level 3 □ N/A. Project resides in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit and is regulated under Order No. R6T-2011-0019, NPDES No. CAG616002. Stonnwater Pollutlon Prevention Plan (SWPPP)/Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Annual Certification of Compliance Water Pollution Control Manager Certification This certification for the project site is based on an inspection of the project site conducted on (date) I certify based on my inspection of the project site that: OYes oves Water pollution control measures are being implemented in accordance with the SWPPP or WPCP approved for the project, including approved SWPPP/WPCP amendments. The project site and activities thereon are in compliance with the Caltrans Statewide NPDES Permit No. CAS000003, the NPDES General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities, Order No. 2009-00009-DWQ, NPDES Permit No. CAS000002, or local NPDES permit, whichever is applicable. Contractor water pollution control manager signature Date Contractor water pollution control manager name Phone number Contractor Annual Certification of Compliance I certify under penalty of law that this document and an attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel property gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that significant penalties exist for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Contractor signature Date Contractor name Phone number TIiie ADA Notice For individuals with sensory disabilities, this document is available in alternate formats. For information call (916) 654-6410 or TDD (916) 654-3880 or write Records and Forms Management, 1120 N Street, MS-89, Sacramento, CA 95814. STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SWPPP/WPCP ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE CEM-2070 (REV. 2/2012) )JECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDID NUMBER CONTRACTOR NAME AND ADDRESS PROJECT SITE WATER SWPPP PROJECT SITE RISK LEVEL Page 2 of4 POLLUTION CONTROL □ □ WPCP SWPPP □ □ □ Risk Level 1 Risk Level 2 Risk Level 3 □ NIA. Project resides in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit and is regulated under Order No. RST-2011-0019, NPDES No. CAG616002. Stonnwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)/Water Pollution Control Program (WPCP) Annual Certification of Compliance Required for Private Entity Administered Projects Private Entity Legally Responsible Person Annual Certification of Compliance I certify that the project is in compliance with the project site approved Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan or Water Poffution Control Program induding approved amendments. The project site and activities thereon are in compliance with the Caltrans Statewide NPDES Permit No. CAS000003. the NPDES General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Land Disturbance Activities, Order No. 2009-00009-DWQ, NPDES Permit No. CAS000002, or local NPDES permit, as well as, the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit Permit, order No. RST-2011-0019, NPDES No. CAG-616002, whichever is applicable I certify under a penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted, to the best of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that significant penalties exist for submitting false information, induding the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. Legally responsible person signature Date Legally responsible person name Phone number STATE OF CALIFORNIA• DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SWPPP/WPCP ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE CEM-2070 (REV. 2/2012) :>JECT INFORMATION NAME AND SITE ADDRESS CONTRACT NUMBER/CO/RTE/PM PROJECT IDENTIFIER NUMBER WDIDNUMBER Resident Engineer Approval of Annual Certification of Compliance An inspection of the project site for annual certification of compliance was conducted on (date) Annual Certification of Compliance project site inspection conducted by I certify that I or personnel acting under my direction and supervision have inspected the project site and find the following: OYes Water pollution control measures are being implemented in accordance with the SWPPP or WPCP approved for the project, including approved SWPPP/WPCP amendments. Page 3 of4 OYes The project site and activities thereon are in compliance with the Caltrans Statewide NPDES Permit No. CAS000003, the NPDES General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities, Order No. 2009-00009-DWQ, NPDES Permit No. CAS000002, Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit Permit, order No. RST-2011-0019, NPDES No. CAG-616002, whichever is applilcable. The box above is checked "no" based on the project site annual certification inspection, and the following corrective actions are necessary for the project to be in compliance with SWPPP/WPCP or NPDES Permits I certify under penalty of law that this document and au attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to ensure that qualified personnel property gather and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those directly ponsible for gathering the information, the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that significant penalties exist submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations. "".;ident engineer signature Date of approval Resident engineer name Phone number Required for Local Agency or Private Entity-Administered Project Caltrans Oversight Engineer's Concurrence With Annual Certification of Compliance I, or personnel acting under my direction and supervision, have reviewed this Annual Certification of Compliance and concur that the project is in compliance with SWPPP or WPCP approved for the project, including approved SWPPP/WPCP amendments and applicable NPDES Permits. Oversight engineer signature Date of concurrence Oversight engineer name Phone number